Podcast Talent Coach

Solving Your Story Problem For High-Ticket Sales

Authority is not about more content. It is about intentional leadership and transforming your expertise into real impact.

In this episode of Influential Voices of Authority, Erik K. Johnson sits down with ChewHoong Koh, international bestselling author and expert in high-ticket sales for mission-driven entrepreneurs.

Together, they reveal how clarity, commitment, and courage fuel your authority, and why mastering the energetics of sales is the missing link between passion and profit.

Important Links:

https://www.linkedin.com/in/chewhoongkoh

~3 mins Achieve Your Goals Faster Visualization you can use anywhere, anytime

Audio and pdf download:

https://tinyurl.com/AchieveGoalsFaster-podcast

www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/achievegoals

Subscribe to the podcast:

Apple Podcasts: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apple

Spotify: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/spotify

Website: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/podcasts

Click subscribe on this video!

Episode Segments:

00:00 "Your Podcast as an Authority Engine" 01:35 The Real Reason Revenue Fuels Your Mission 02:41 Three Critical Steps to High-Ticket Sales 04:47 Meet ChewHoong Koh: Sales Energetics Expert 06:04 What Are the Energetics of Sales? 08:13 Breaking Old Money Stories and Raising Your Prices 11:20 Why Mindset Is Not Enough 12:00 Embracing Your Full Value 13:46 Overcoming Cultural and Hidden Traumas 15:15 Busting Through Your Financial Ceiling 16:34 The Stories That Sabotage Your Sales 18:08 Generational Patterns and Entrepreneurship 22:06 Building Your Authority with the Three C's 25:21 Stepping Into Visibility With Podcasts 27:10 Moving Past Victimhood for Growth 30:00 Aligning Money, Mission, and Joy 31:05 The Importance of Authentic Storytelling in Sales 33:20 The Stories You Tell Yourself: Authority Blocker or Accelerator? 36:44 How Presence and Physiology Build Trust 38:19 "Be Do Have" and The Secret of Goal Achievement 40:04 Eliminate the Inner Critic With ChewHoong's Visualization Tool 42:20 Becoming a Magnetic Authority and Safe Harbor for Clients 44:11 Achieving Goals Faster With Mini Victories 45:51 Get the Free Resource: Achieve Goals Faster

Key Takeaways:

Why Authority-Driven Sales Start Inside:

ChewHoong and Erik uncover that authority and high-fee sales hinge not just on tactics but on deep inner clarity and alignment. If you struggle to ask for the sale, your internal game must be the first upgrade.

The Three C's: Clarity, Commitment, Courage:

Consistent sales and impact come when you know exactly what transformation you offer, are fully committed to your mission, and have the courage to step up and serve.

Story: The Invisible Engine of Influence:

Both the stories you share on your podcast and the ones you tell yourself determine your authority positioning and your revenue. Change your inner narrative, and you change your results.

Breakthrough Tools for Immediate Action:

Get ChewHoong's free guided visualization audios to quiet the inner critic and accelerate progress on your biggest goals.

Episode Highlights:

Learn why mindset alone never drives sales (and what energetic alignment means for your confidence)
Discover how small, hidden traumas can block your business growth until you bring them into the light
Why sharing your personal stories on air magnetizes your ideal clients
The crucial difference between being "just a content provider" and being a recognized, sought-after authority

Connect with ChewHoong Koh

Ready to elevate your authority and close high-ticket sales with confidence Download ChewHoong's free "Achieve Goals Faster" visualization at https://podcasttalentcoach.com/achievegoals

Find ChewHoong Koh on LinkedIn here:

https://www.linkedin.com/in/chewhoongkoh

Podcast Authority Audit

Are you ready to turn your podcast into an authority engine and not just more content? Would you like to move from best-kept secret to recognized authority?

Let me audit your podcast and find the gaps.

We will uncover your authority positioning problem, develop your plan to succeed, and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

Get your podcast audit at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching.

View Details

Authority does not happen by accident. It is methodically engineered called it Authority Engineering.

In this episode of Influential Voices of Authority, Erik K. Johnson unpacks the hidden Authority Playbook embedded inside every successful podcast interview.

Drawing on years of rich conversations with industry leaders, Erik distills the six actionable traits that transform a podcast from just more content into an engine that attracts premium clients and coveted opportunities.

Important Links:

Interview with Paul "Waterboy" Brown:

https://podcasttalentcoach.com/how-paul-brown-uses-mission-and-podcasting-to-build-global-authority-iva-573/

Interview with Dr. Keyvan Eghbali:

https://podcasttalentcoach.com/the-difference-between-helping-people-and-true-impact-iva-574/

Interview with Adam Roach:

https://podcasttalentcoach.com/why-information-will-never-make-you-the-authority-iva-572/

Interview with Kristen Nolan:

https://podcasttalentcoach.com/turning-podcast-interviews-into-revenue-and-clients-iva559/

Interview with Dr. Paul Etchison:

https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching-business-strategy-iva-564/

Podcast Authority Audit: https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching/

Subscribe to the podcast:

Apple Podcasts: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apple

Spotify: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/spotify

Website: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/podcasts

Click subscribe on this video!

Episode Segments:

01:36 The 6 Invisible Patterns of Podcast Authority 03:08 Authority Starts with Mission (w/ Paul "Waterboy" Brown) 05:29 Voice as a Multiplier for Expertise 07:56 Implementation Over Information 08:47 The Power of Storytelling and Context 10:22 Platforms and Accelerating Authority Through Relationships 12:41 Borrowed Trust and Guesting for Rapid Growth 13:24 Personality and Podcasting for Real Rapport 14:28 Trust and Sales: Turning Listeners Into Clients 17:56 Authority is Engineered, It's Not an Accident 18:43 Becoming a Category of One 21:49 Systematic Authority Engineering Framework 24:29 Positioning and Category Leadership 26:27 Chasing the Right Audience vs. Chasing Followers 27:24 The Podcast Authority Audit Explained 28:42 Uncovering Your Authority Gaps With Authority Engineering 30:26 Transforming Content Into Authority That Fills Your Calendar 31:14 Closing and Next Steps

Key Takeaways:

Purpose Drives Authority

People follow purpose, not just expertise. A mission bigger than yourself is the foundation of lasting influence. As highlighted in Erik's interview with Paul "Waterboy" Brown, your calling shapes your authority and attracts devoted followers.

Voice Scales Impact

Expertise alone changes one person at a time, but leveraging your podcasting voice multiplies your ability to impact thousands, even while you sleep.

Implementation Leads to Transformation

Information alone is everywhere, but helping your listeners implement creates true transformation. Become the guide who leads your audience beyond learning into action.

Storytelling Trumps Data

Stories move people to believe change is possible. Infuse your podcast with tension, climax, and resolution. These narrative parables set you apart and build deep connections.

Relationships Compound Authority

Guesting on strategic podcasts and borrowing the trust of established platforms is the shortcut to relevance. True growth comes from being in the right rooms, not having the biggest reach.

Authority Is a Choice

Each expert Erik features intentionally engineered their position. It is never about luck or follower count, but about building trust, showcasing your personality, and moving into a category of one.

Episode Highlights:

Why your podcast is doing the heavy lifting for 70 percent of your sales process
The Authority Engineering Framework: Purpose, Persona, Parables, Platforms, Personality, and Positioning
Why focusing on "viral" or "downloads" misses the point for coaches, consultants, and experts
How implementing just one of these lessons will start filling your calendar with the right opportunities

Ready to strategically grow your podcast authority?

Apply for your Podcast Authority Audit and let Erik reveal the exact gaps holding you back from premium influence and growth: https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching

View Details

Authority is about showing up, building credibility, and creating lasting impact.

This episode of Influential Voices of Authority features Dr. Keyvan Eghbali, a holistic health leader with over 30 years of experience, sharing how he uses his podcast as an engine to reach and transform millions.

Important Links:

https://wellness-speaker.com

https://www.dreghbali.com

IG: https://www.instagram.com/thrive.wellness.solutions/

Linked In: https://www.linkedin.com/in/drkeyvan/

Podcast: https://www.dreghbali.com/spotify/

Subscribe to Influential Voices of Authority podcast:

Apple Podcasts: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apple

Spotify: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/spotify

Website: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/podcasts

Get your Podcast Authority Audit at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching.

Episode Segments:

00:05 "Launching 'This Saved My Life' Podcast" 01:34 Stories That Inspire Real Change 03:23 Podcasting as the Ultimate Authority Builder 05:17 Overcoming Nerves and Getting Started 06:42 Leaving Private Practice to Impact 10 Million 09:20 The Turning Point from Clinic to Mass Influence 10:54 Setting Massive Goals for Greater Legacy 11:45 Unexpected Surprises and Doors Opened by Podcasting 13:26 Leveraging Podcasting for Corporate Wellness 15:08 The Biggest Challenges and Time Solutions 17:46 Bite-Sized Commitments for Consistent Creation 20:17 Stories of Resilience and Inspiration 22:36 Imposter Syndrome and Finding Your Unique Voice 23:24 Calls to Action Driving Business and Connection 25:09 Crafting Value-Packed Corporate Wellness Programs 26:43 Overcoming the Time Objection in Health and Content Creation 28:41 First Steps to Get Unstuck Physically or Creatively 31:01 Personalized Coaching and Discovery Process 33:33 Understanding Root Causes and Real Health Transformation 35:05 How to Access Dr. Eghbali's Support 37:09 Paying It Forward through Service

Key Takeaways:

How Authority Grows with Meaningful Stories

Dr. Eghbali's podcast showcases powerful interviews, including individuals who have overcome tremendous obstacles, realigning authority around hope and healing. By sharing these stories, he multiplies his impact while giving his audience new pathways to wellness and success.

Podcast as Your Demo Reel

Hosting a podcast immediately sets you apart in your field. Dr. Eghbali credits his podcast with opening doors to corporate speaking gigs, boosting his visibility, and allowing prospective clients to get to know his message and expertise firsthand.

Start Small, Build Discipline

Despite a busy schedule, Dr. Eghbali advocates a sustainable approach: commit to a manageable number of episodes, focus on incremental progress rather than perfection, and remember that every episode makes a difference for someone listening.

Genuine Connection Drives Results

Dr. Eghbali's call to action is rooted in authenticity. He encourages hosts to come from the heart and let the right opportunities follow. For him, the value is in truly connecting, ,whether that's helping a company reduce burnout or guiding a single client to breakthrough health.

Impact Ripples Outward

From coaching veterans back to health to inspiring others with neighborly resilience, Dr. Eghbali demonstrates that authority isn't just about numbers. It's about the results you help people achieve and the communities you touch.

Your First Step to Transformation

Success starts with simple awareness and a willingness to ask for support. Dr. Eghbali offers a complimentary 20-minute "root cause" analysis to help listeners identify what's holding them back, because everyone deserves to experience full health and potential.

Episode Highlights:

The value of repurposing your expertise into audio content that sells your credibility
How to manage content creation time as a busy clinician or entrepreneur
Ways a podcast multiplies your reach, impact, and authority for both B2B and consumer audiences
Live examples of using stories and interviews to build an inspiring brand

Connect with Dr. Keyvan Eghbali:

Ready to break through limits and expand your impact?

Text "root cause" to 714-987-1998 for a no-cost clarity call with Dr. Eghbali, or visit his sites:

https://wellness-speaker.com

https://www.dreghbali.com

Podcast Authority Audit:

Ready to strategically grow your podcast authority?

You've published the episodes. You've stayed consistent. You know your content is good.

And yet…

You're not being seen as the authority in your niche
Your podcast isn't creating the level of influence or opportunity you expected
People listen, but they don't take action
And you sound professional… but not unforgettable

The truth?

Consistency alone doesn't create authority. Intentional leadership does.

Are you ready to turn your podcast into an authority engine and not just more content? Would you like to move from best-kept secret to recognized authority?

Let me audit your podcast and find the gaps.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching, click the button and apply to have a chat with me.

We will uncover your authority positioning problem, develop your plan to succeed, and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

Get your podcast audit at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching.

Until the next episode, step into your authority. We'll see you next time.

View Details

Authority always starts with mission. It's about harnessing your passion, your platform, and your unique story to inspire real change. It is not just to generate content.

In this episode of Influential Voices of Authority, Erik K. Johnson sits down with Paul "Waterboy" Brown who is on a two-year mission to walk across Africa and help local communities gain permanent access to clean water.

Important Links:

Head to www.water.work to donate $1 and change a life.

Get more information on Paul "Waterboy" Brown at http://www.waterwalk.co.

Subscribe to the podcast:

Apple Podcasts: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apple

Spotify: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/spotify

Website: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/podcasts

Episode Segments:

00:00 "Rooting Authority in Relationships" 01:13 "From Combat to a Calling" 03:01 "One Billion Without Clean Water" 05:14 "A Mission Revealed in a Moment" 07:45 "Real Estate as a Freedom Vehicle" 10:07 "The Real Cost of Water Wells" 11:15 "Training Locals for Legacy" 13:11 "Divine Appointments in Daily Life" 15:36 "Why Waterboy? The Power of an Approachable Brand" 17:34 "Building a Team on the Ground" 19:05 "Walking as Survey, Walking as Solidarity" 24:23 "Navigating Setbacks, Upgrading Along the Way" 28:00 "Sleeping with Elephants, Learning from Locals" 33:06 "How to Support: Make an Impact for $1" 34:49 "The Lesson: Ask for More Help, Sooner" 36:05 "What's Next: Across Africa…and Beyond" 38:22 'True Success: Empowerment, Not Dependency"

Key Takeaways:

Authority Flows from Relationships

Paul Brown shares why real leadership is rooted in authentic relationships, not credentials or ego. Through his On Your Terms podcast, he connects guests and listeners for transparent conversations about building freedom and impact on their own terms.

Combining Passion, Purpose, and Platform

Paul's mission began with a challenge to rethink charity and instead empower self-sufficiency. Mixing military discipline, real estate expertise, and a willingness to risk, he built a platform able to fund and amplify his mission—showing what's possible when vision and practicality align.

Empowerment Over Handouts

Instead of just drilling wells, Paul emphasizes teaching local communities both how to build and maintain water infrastructure. This creates autonomy, dignity, and a ripple effect... local leaders training their neighbors, multiplying sustainable impact for generations.

Your Network Is Your Net Worth

Critical "divine appointments" came simply by doing business with purpose—from deep study at home to chance meetings in banks and conferences. As Paul puts it, clarity and calling often show up after you act, not before.

The Power of Team, and Asking for Help From trusted Zambian partners to a walking buddy fluent in five languages, Paul illustrates how teamwork and openness to help strengthens any mission. If he started again, he'd ask for more help sooner, because community outpaces solo effort.
How You Can Create Massive Impact for Just $1

Paul's unique call to action is clear: for every $1 given, one person in Africa gains permanent access to water. He invites listeners to give, join the journey, and see exactly where their support makes a difference.

Episode Highlights:

Real cost and logistics of water well drilling across Africa
Wild realities of walking and camping with elephants, rhinos, and hippos
Building true legacy by empowering others to take ownership and lead
Why "Waterboy" isn't just a nickname... it's a strategic approach to humility and visibility
Strategies for transforming everyday business into powerful impact

Connect with Paul "Waterboy" Brown:

Head to www.water.work to donate $1 and change a life. Your support builds authority, legacy, and life-saving access for entire communities one relationship at a time.

Get more information at http://www.waterwalk.co.

Ready to strategically grow your podcast authority?

You've published the episodes. You've stayed consistent. You know your content is good.

And yet…

You're not being seen as the authority in your niche
Your podcast isn't creating the level of influence or opportunity you expected
People listen—but they don't take action
And you sound professional… but not unforgettable

The truth?

Consistency alone doesn't create authority. Intentional leadership does.

Are you ready to turn your podcast into an authority engine and not just more content? Would you like to move from best-kept secret to recognized authority?

Let me audit your podcast and find the gaps.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching, click the button and apply to have a chat with me.

We will uncover your authority positioning problem, develop your plan to succeed, and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

Get your podcast audit at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching.

Until we do this again, step into your authority. We'll see you next time.

View Details

Authority means more than simply sharing information. Authority is about empowering implementation.

True authority comes from serving your audience with intention, leading them through transformation, and building trust at every step.

In this episode of the Influential Voices of Authority Podcast, Erik K. Johnson sits down with Adam Roach, cohost of the I Love Coaching podcast, to uncover how building authority is less about knowledge and more about implementation, community, and impact.

Important Links:

Free gift from Adam: The Sellable Offer Scorecard https://ilovecoachingco.com/scorecard

Or at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/ilovecoaching

Connect with Adam Roach: https://ilovecoachingco.com

Adam on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/adamrroach

Your Podcast Authority Audit: www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching

Subscribe to the podcast:

Apple Podcasts: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apple

Spotify: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/spotify

Website: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/podcasts

Episode Segments:

00:00 Co-Hosting for Authority & Blueprint Strategy 01:28 How Solo Podcasting Misses the Mark 02:14 Structuring Content Around a Four-Phase Blueprint 02:38 Series Structure Using Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs 03:15 Storytelling To Create Trust 04:05 The Shift From Information to Implementation 05:32 How Authoring Knowledge Builds Influence 06:12 Redefining Leadership in Co-Hosting 07:57 Jess Weber's Entry and Evolution as Co-Host 09:36 Turning Processes into Scalable Blueprints 10:39 Podcasting as a Trust-Building Engine 12:01 Real-World Testimonies of Transformation 13:41 Why Authority Relies on Building Trust, Not Ads 15:37 Success Stories Born From the Podcast 18:14 Defining What It Means to Be a REAL Coach 21:19 From Success to Significance 23:34 Serving Those Who Serve Others 27:13 How Environment and Community Drive Growth 30:07 Selecting Clients for Purpose and Impact 32:58 From Adversity to Authority: Adam's Favorite Success Story 34:39 Three Pillars for Building a Coaching Business 36:00 Avoiding the Generalist Trap 37:43 Turning Specialists Into Community Leaders 39:01 Why People Pay for Results, Not Information 41:00 The Scalable Offer Scorecard 41:12 How to Access the Scorecard & Start Scaling

Key Takeaways:

The Power of Co-Hosting and Community Adam reveals the shift that happens when you stop making your podcast about you and start speaking to your ideal client. Co-hosting brings diversity, expertise, and new energy, allowing deep dives into frameworks that drive real-world change.
Storytelling as the Foundation of Authority Sharing wins, struggles, and lessons learned makes your expertise relatable. By authoring the knowledge you share, your podcast becomes the doorway to trust and transformation.
Implementation Outpaces Information In a world where AI delivers unlimited information, transformation comes from helping your audience implement and act. Podcasting and keynote-stage appearances become the fastest pathways to building trust and lasting relationships.
Blueprint to Authority: The Three Ps Adam outlines the proximity, process, and peer framework to move from generalist to specialist. Serve the people closest to you, refine your process, and transition to one-to-many models that scale your impact and revenue.
Environment Outranks Content Placing your listeners and clients in the right environment leads to exponential growth. Authority is built when you serve people with the right blueprint and bring them into a trusted community.

Episode Highlights:

How to leverage your failures and lessons as stepping stones to trust
The critical difference between information and implementation
Why charging more builds deeper client engagement and authority
The myth of "coaching is just trading time for money" and how to break free

Connect with Adam Roach:

Scalable Offer Scorecard:

Take the free Scalable Offer Scorecard: https://ilovecoachingco.com/scorecard Or find it at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/ilovecoaching

Connect with Adam Roach and explore the I Love Coaching community: Website: https://ilovecoachingco.com

https://www.instagram.com/adamrroach

Next Week:

On the next episode, we'll talk with Paul "Waterboy" Brown, who is walking across Africa to help solve the water problem. We will discuss how he uses his podcast to grow his influence and move his mission forward to help the people of Africa get access to clean water.

Podcast Authority Audit:

You've published the episodes. You've stayed consistent. You know your content is good.

And yet…

You're not being seen as the authority in your niche
Your podcast isn't creating the level of influence or opportunity you expected
People listen—but they don't take action
And you sound professional… but not unforgettable

The truth?

Consistency alone doesn't create authority. Intentional leadership does.

Are you ready to turn your podcast into an authority engine and not just more content? Would you like to move from best-kept secret to recognized authority?

Let me audit your podcast and find the gaps.

We will uncover your authority positioning problem, develop your plan to succeed, and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

Get your podcast audit at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching.

On the next episode, we'll talk with ...

Until then, step into your authority. We'll see you next time.

View Details

True authority is more than just showing up. It's about showing up intentionally and being visible to build real trust and relationships.

In this episode, Erik K. Johnson sits down with Andrea Stenberg, journalist, podcaster, and host of the Courage to Be Visible podcast.

They dive into the power of video and storytelling for coaches and consultants who want to stand out, cut through AI-generated noise, and become the go-to authority in their niche.

Important Links:

Free Resource from Andrea Stenberg:

Download The Effortless Scaling Video Repurposing Checklist to build your full month of content from a single video and stop reinventing the wheel.

Get it here: www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/AndreaChecklist

Website: https://www.thebabyboomerentrepreneur.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/andreastenberg/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreastenberg/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/andreastenberg/

Facebook Page: https://www.facebook.com/TheBabyBoomerEntrepreneur

Facebook Personal: https://www.facebook.com/andreastenberg/

Subscribe to the podcast:

Apple Podcasts: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apple

Spotify: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/spotify

Website: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/podcasts

Click subscribe on this video!

Episode Segments:

00:13 Audio vs. Video: Which Builds Trust Faster? 00:38 "Virtual Eye Contact" Builds Authority 01:27 Authenticity in the Age of AI Content 02:21 How Real Experts Use AI (and How They Shouldn't) 03:06 Audiences Crave Real Human Connection 04:00 Borrowing Authority Through Guests 05:00 The Power of Admitting "I Don't Know" 05:38 Imposter Syndrome and Overcoming Inner Limits 07:47 Remember Your Wins: Hour Counting and Milestones 09:26 The Value of External Perspective (and Coaches for Coaches) 10:33 Doors Opened by Podcasting... From Guests to Opportunities 11:58 Authority by Association and the "Borrowed Trust" Effect 12:23 Storytelling That Entertains and Teaches 13:10 Alan Alda, Sharing Personal (Not Private) Stories 15:28 How to Share Personal Content Without Oversharing 16:07 Finding Your Passion and Relatability 17:11 Why Stories Create Connection and Memorability 18:20 Attracting Your "Tribe" With Your Uniqueness 20:08 Using Podcasting Even With a Small Audience 21:15 Guests Don't Care About Your Audience Size 22:19 The Power of Unexpected Connections and Serendipity 23:47 When Non-Clients Become Your Best Referral Sources 25:33 Don't Assume (Everyone's Priorities Are Different) 27:35 Honest Sales and Serving The Right People 27:40 Networking Plus Video: The Authority Builder 28:32 How to Create a Month of Content From One Video 29:49 Repetition: Staying Top of Mind Without Burnout 31:31 Where to Start With Video and Repurposing Strategy 32:33 Free Resource: Effortless Scaling Video Repurposing Checklist 33:12 Looking Back: What Andrea Would Do Differently

Key Takeaways:

Why Video Outperforms Written and Audio Alone Andrea Stenberg reveals that video lets your audience "look you in the eye," see your personality, and know you're the real deal. Authentic presence builds trust in a world full of AI clones.
"Borrowed Authority" from Podcast Guests Hosting knowledgeable guests not only brings value to your listeners but positions you as a peer among industry experts and opens doors to high-level relationships.
Storytelling to Stand Out

Your audience remembers stories, not facts. Sharing the right personal stories (while keeping private matters private) entertains, teaches, and makes your expertise relatable.

Repurpose & Amplify with Strategy

Start with one strong video per month and spin it into a full suite of social, blog, and audio content. Build trust through repetition and consistent messaging.

Don't Wait for the "Perfect" Moment

Authority isn't about going viral. Your small audience and first imperfect videos can still land referrals, connections and clients if you show up consistently and authentically.

Episode Highlights:

Why top coaches still work with coaches
How to "borrow authority" from podcast guests and partners
The trap of undervaluing your experience and wins
The magic of casual personal stories: pets, passions and oddball hobbies
Making content creation sustainable and strategic one video at a time

Your Podcast Authority Audit:

Ready to strategically grow your podcast authority?

Are you ready to turn your podcast into an authority engine and not just more content? Would you like to move from best-kept secret to recognized authority?

Let me audit your podcast and find the gaps.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching, click the button and apply to have a chat with me.

We will uncover your authority positioning problem, develop your plan to succeed, and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

Get your podcast audit at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching.

Connect with Andrea Stenberg:

Free Resource from Andrea Stenberg:

Download The Effortless Scaling Video Repurposing Checklist to build your full month of content from a single video and stop reinventing the wheel.

Get it here: www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/AndreaChecklist

Website: https://www.thebabyboomerentrepreneur.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/andreastenberg/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreastenberg/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/andreastenberg/

Facebook Page: https://www.facebook.com/TheBabyBoomerEntrepreneur

Facebook Personal: https://www.facebook.com/andreastenberg/

Next Week:

Next week we are going to talk with Adam Roach from the I love Coaching podcast. He will show you why your coaching business feels like it is working against you and what to do about it.

View Details

Authority is not just about being consistent. It is about serving your audience in a unique and impactful way. It's creating a movement.

Your podcast can be a platform that truly launches you into the space of sought-after authority.

In this episode of Influential Voices of Authority Podcast, Erik K. Johnson sits down with Jedlie, creator of the acclaimed "Reading With Your Kids" podcast.

Together they dive into building real credibility, cultivating trust, and leveraging your podcast not just as more content... but as the engine for your entire business.

Important Links:

Jedlie's website: https://readingwithyourkids.com

Jedlie on Instagram: @ReadingWithYourKids

Jedlie on X: JedlieMagic

Jedlie on Facebook: https://facebook.com/ReadingWithYourKids

Subscribe to the podcast:

Apple Podcasts: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apple

Spotify: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/spotify

Website: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/podcasts

Click subscribe on this video!

Episode Segments:

00:00 Meeting Jedlie and the Early Days of Podcasting 00:32 "Funky Jesus Music" and Lessons from Early Shows 02:00 From Tape Radio to Broadcasting 03:25 Synergy Between Podcasting, Magic, and Impact 05:27 Building Connection with the "We Choose Respect" Podcast 06:09 Transitioning to "Reading With Your Kids" 08:13 Over 2400 Episodes: How Longevity Builds Authority 08:49 Certified Great Read Program: Giving Authors a Platform 09:40 Trust, Reviews, and Unique Author Support 11:04 Interviewing Not Just Authors, but Icons 13:10 Wildest Magic Show Story: Puerto Rico Surprise 15:15 Doors Opened by the Podcast: From Blue's Clues to Outer Space 17:23 Attracting Big Names and Borrowing Trust 19:29 How Guest Features Turn Into Show Growth 19:30 The Business Model: Revenue, Promotions, and Literacy Events 22:33 Magic, Clowning, and Influences from Penn and Teller 25:00 Creating a Real Reading Movement 26:20 The Power of Reading with Your Kids... Not Just Content, but Culture 27:19 Partnering with Schools to Expand Podcast Reach 28:21 Celebrating Books and Building Authority 29:03 Bartering Value and Recognizing Your Own Worth 29:40 Erik and Jedlie Reflect on Influence and the Podcast Future

Key Takeaways:

You do not become an authority by chance. Jedlie shares how each podcast version, from niche music interviews to helping families read, showed him where his voice could make the most difference.
Authority multiplies when you make space for others. Jedlie's "Certified Great Read" program leverages his audience's trust to give credibility and visibility to indie authors, turning mutual support into lasting impact.
Borrowed trust is the shortcut to authority. Featuring high-profile guests like LeVar Burton, Angela Santomero, and Dr. Katherine Sullivan moved Jedlie's show from a niche corner into the mainstream and opened global doors.
Podcasting can be your ladder... if you use it with intention. From magic school shows to literacy movements, every connection, barter, and creative pivot created new pathways for impact and revenue.
Your audience won't just buy your podcast. They'll invest in your authority, your ecosystem, and your bigger mission when you curate, package, and serve it intentionally.

Episode Highlights:

Breaking through the ceiling of "just another podcast episode", and turning your body of work into an engine for influence
Getting top-tier guests and leveraging every appearance for next-level credibility - How creative bartering and unique experiences set your show apart in crowded niches
Using your podcast as a magnet for collaborations, speaking, and partnerships with schools and communities
The real magic of reading with your kids: deeper bonds, academic success, empathy, and multifaceted authority

Connect with Jedlie:

Jedlie's website: https://readingwithyourkids.com

Jedlie on Instagram: @ReadingWithYourKids

Jedlie on X: JedlieMagic

Jedlie on Facebook: https://facebook.com/ReadingWithYourKids

Curious about taking your own podcast from best-kept secret to authority launchpad?

Apply for your Podcast Authority Audit with Erik:

https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching

View Details

RIGHT MESSAGE WITH THE RIGHT AUDIENCE Authority is built on clarity, collaboration, and consistently showing up, especially in your own voice and message. It's about being authentic.

In this episode of Influential Voices of Authority, Erik K. Johnson sits down with Cindy J. Holbrook, the "Visibility Wiz," to uncover how experts and coaches can turn their podcast into not just more content but a true engine of authority.

Important Links: Take Cindy's free three-minute quiz to discover your Client Attraction Style: https://giftfromcindyj.com.

You can also find this at: https://podcasttalentcoach.com/wiz.

Website: https://CindyJHolbrook.com

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/CindyJHolbrook

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/cindyj_thevisibilitywiz

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/cindyjholbrook

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/cindyj

Subscribe to the podcast:

Apple Podcasts: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apple

Spotify: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/spotify

Website: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/podcasts

Episode Segments: 00:00 Cindy on Podcast Evolution & Visibility 01:21 The Power of Owning Your Stage 02:21 Oprah's Interviewing Superpower 03:15 Launching a Podcast with Influencers 06:15 Authority and Core Messaging 08:21 Standing Out in a Crowded Niche 10:07 Messaging and Consistent Client Attraction 13:19 Authentic Business Strategy Alignment 15:33 Storytellers and Writers: Embracing Your Client Attraction Style 16:02 Doors Opening Through Podcasting 17:54 Lead Magnets and Capturing the Right Audience 19:07 The Power of the "3 a.m. Problem" 21:21 Relationships vs. Algorithms 24:04 Messaging that Cuts Through the Noise 25:00 Audience Growth Strategies for Podcasts 26:23 The Triple Win of Collaboration 28:02 Creating Stages and Collaborative Events 30:02 AI vs. Real Authority Relationships 32:19 The Value of Personal Stories 35:19 Attracting Your Ideal Clients Authentically 40:07 Letting Go of the Wrong People 41:14 Discover Your Ideal Client's True Traits 42:34 The Seven Client Attraction Styles

Key Takeaways: - Create Your Own Stage

Cindy and Erik break down how launching a podcast instantly positions you as a creator (not just a guest) giving you authority and access to industry leaders for high-impact collaborations.

Borrowed Trust Multiplies Visibility

Learn how featuring recognized names early creates exponential trust, opening doors to bigger audiences and more influential guests. When your dream guest says yes, their credibility flows to you, raising your profile in the process.

Your Message is Your North Star

Authority is built when your message never wavers. Cindy and Erik show why clarity is more critical than novelty and how consistency carves out your category of one. The strongest brands aren't afraid to repeat their core message. They repeat it creatively, in different contexts, weaving in unique stories and personal experiences.

Authenticity is Non-Negotiable

Discover why copying strategies that work for others leads to frustration, while embracing your unique client attraction style builds real connection and credibility. Cindy shares practical exercises, such as drawing your ideal client, to tap into authentic psychographic insights.

Lead Magnets That Attract Premium Clients

Generic lead magnets build disengaged lists. Cindy and Erik stress the importance of solving the "3 a.m. problem" for your ideal client, designing offers and email content that resonate deeply and convert consistently.

Authority Endures Beyond AI

While algorithms and AI shift daily, personal connection and storytelling remain the true currency of influence. Cindy's real-life stories, lessons learned, and her willingness to be visible (bald head and all) demonstrate how leaders stand out by owning their truth.

Collaboration is the Fast Track to Authority

From summits and giveaways to roundtable interviews, collaborations create triple wins: for you, your partners, and your communities. Cindy and Erik reveal how even "new" podcasters can leverage collaborations to grow authority quickly.

Episode Highlights: * How podcasting has evolved from interviews to powerful solo episodes with audience challenges * Why partnering with top names can multiply trust overnight * The seven client attraction styles and how to discover yours * The dangers of vague messaging and the rewards of authentic, story-driven branding * How to overcome imposter syndrome by focusing on serving a specific community

Links and Resources: Take Cindy's free three-minute quiz to discover your Client Attraction Style: https://giftfromcindyj.com.

You can also find this at: https://podcasttalentcoach.com/wiz

Website: https://CindyJHolbrook.com

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/CindyJHolbrook

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/cindyj_thevisibilitywiz

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/cindyjholbrook

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/cindyj

Your Podcast Authority Audit: Are you ready to take your podcast to greater heights?

Most podcasts have an Authority Gap.

Their content is good.

Their expertise is real.

But their message isn't landing.

Does that sound familiar?

The problem is that their positioning isn't clear.

And, their podcast isn't creating the influence, opportunities, and clients it should.

That's why I created the Podcast Authority Audit.

The Audit is designed to uncover what's holding your podcast back from becoming the authority engine it was meant to be.

We'll identify:

• Where your authority is leaking • Why your message isn't creating action • What's preventing listeners from becoming clients • How to become the obvious choice in your niche

Let me audit your podcast and find the gaps.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching, click the button and apply to have a chat with me.

We will uncover your authority positioning problem, develop your plan to succeed, and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

Get your Podcast Authority Audit at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching.

Next Week: Next week on the show, we'll talk with Jedlie, host of the Reading With Your Kids podcast. He will show you how he has leveraged borrowed trust over 2,400 episodes to build trust and grow his business and impact.

View Details

Authority means more than just showing up on social media. It is about carving out space, going deep, and using your podcast as a vehicle to drive real results in your business.

In this episode of Influential Voices of Authority, Erik K. Johnson sits down with Louise McDonnell, host of the Social Media Takeaway podcast and leading social media marketing expert.

Louise unpacks how her show has become the cornerstone of her authority, expands her network, and consistently drives speaking opportunities and business growth on a global scale.

Important Links:

Louise McDonnell website: https://sellonsocial.media

Louise's Social selling assessment: https://www.sellon.social

Or PodcastTalentCoach.com/SellOn

Podcast Authority Audit: http://www.podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching

Subscribe to the podcast:

Apple Podcasts: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apple

Spotify: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/spotify

Website: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/podcasts

Episode Segments:

00:01 "Building Authority with Podcasting"

00:14 "Deep Dives and Organic Conversations"

01:36 "Guests, JV Partnerships, and Client Stories"

02:11 "Solo vs Interview Episodes"

02:49 "Launching to the Top of the Charts"

03:36 "Celebrating Guests and Milestones"

05:10 "Podcast Doors to Global Stages"

06:19 "Consistent Marketing with Podcasting"

07:19 "Who is Listening? Expanding Your Reach"

08:20 "Battling the Weeds: Staying Strategic"

09:27 "Planning, Data, and Determination"

11:46 "True Marketing Alignment"

13:15 "Where Businesses Go Wrong"

14:17 "The Power of a Clear Offer"

16:27 "Lead Generation Systems that Work"

17:38 "Getting Your Lead Magnet Seen"

18:10 "Ad Budgets and Platform Strategies"

19:14 "Training the Algorithm"

21:41 "Understanding Ad ROI and Nurture"

22:54 "Louise's Social Selling Assessment"

24:56 "How to Access the Assessment"

26:34 "If Louise Started Over"

28:35 "What's Next for Louise"

Key Takeaways:

Your Podcast as a Launchpad Louise reveals how her podcast directly led to speaking gigs at global summits, stronger JV partnerships, and a far-reaching client base. Visibility leads to opportunity, not just more content.
Consistency and Clarity Build Authority Coaches and consultants often let their own marketing slide. Committing to a podcast schedule keeps your brand top-of-mind and enforces discipline in your own strategic growth.
Marketing Missteps to Avoid

Louise's data-driven social selling assessment highlights two major problems: lack of a clear, compelling offer and no lead generation system. She explains how social media marketing fails when the basics are overlooked, regardless of platform tricks or new features.

Your Email List is Your Real Asset

Chasing followers is not the key. Louise argues the true winners in social media are those with powerful, nurtured email lists–and she shares her formula for connecting social efforts to lead generation and nurturing for real business growth.

Paid Ads are Essential for Scale

Louise emphasizes the necessity of paid ads in today's landscape but breaks down how to be smart with modest budgets and train the algorithm for better ROI. She unpacks common pitfalls in Meta AI ad creation and how to keep brand images authentic.

Assess to Progress

Louise's social selling assessment empowers entrepreneurs and experts to pinpoint real blockages in their marketing–from messaging to offer clarity to systems for consistent client acquisition.

Episode Highlights:

How Louise leveraged her podcast to hit top business charts and open new business relationships
Real stories of surprise listeners and expanding markets outside your niche
Proven ways to move from frustrating busy-work to strategic marketing action
The simple "alignment" principle that multiplies authority, no matter the platform
Tactical tips on ads, LinkedIn tactics, and building a global business from a rural base

Connect with Louise McDonnell:

Ready to identify your blind spots? Take Louise's free Social Selling Assessment and discover exactly where your marketing needs attention:

https://sellon.social/assessment

You can also find all the details at PodcastTalentCoach.com/sellon

Website: https://sellon.social

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/louisemcdonnell/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/louisemcdonnell/

Your Podcast Authority Audit:

Ready to strategically grow your podcast authority?

You've published the episodes. You've stayed consistent. You know your content is good.

And yet…

You're not being seen as the authority in your niche
Your podcast isn't creating the level of influence or opportunity you expected
People listen—but they don't take action
And you sound professional… but not unforgettable

The truth?

Consistency alone doesn't create authority. Intentional leadership does.

Are you ready to turn your podcast into an authority engine and not just more content? Would you like to move from best-kept secret to recognized authority?

Let me audit your podcast and find the gaps.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching, click the button and apply to have a chat with me.

We will uncover your authority positioning problem, develop your plan to succeed, and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

Get your podcast audit at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching.

View Details

Authority isn't about being the loudest voice in the room. It's about clarity, authenticity, and connecting your inner purpose to your message every time you hit record.

On this episode of the Influential Voices of Authority Podcast, Erik K. Johnson sits down with Leslie, founder of Authentic Voice Leadership.

Together, they reveal how you can use the mechanics and mindset of your voice to build real authority, trust, and connection in your niche.

Important Links:

Get Dr. Leslie Davis' free guide: https://podcasttalentcoach.com/leslie

Get your podcast audit with Erik at https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching

Subscribe to the podcast:

Apple Podcasts: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apple

Spotify: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/spotify

Website: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/podcasts

Episode Segments:

00:00 Discovering Passion for Authentic Voice Leadership

01:08 From Singer to Coach: Fusing Leadership, Education, Ministry

02:49 Launching a New Podcast with Strategic Planning

03:10 Lessons Learned from Hosting a Podcast for Moms

04:14 Navigating the Shift from Co-hosted to Solo Podcasting

05:09 Mindset and Authority: How Beliefs Shape Performance

06:06 Overcoming Imposter Syndrome and Building Confidence

07:54 Five Steps to Showing Up as Your Best Self

09:40 Mastering Voice Mechanics for Deeper Connection

10:10 Speaking to an Audience of One

11:31 The Real Challenge: Clarifying Core Values

12:31 A Client's Transformation: From Introvert to Authority

14:45 The Secret Sauce: Getting Grounded in Your Identity

16:03 Maintaining Confidence through Life's Challenges

17:23 Podcasting as a Platform for Opportunity

18:00 Impact Story: Speaking to 3,000 Live, Changing Lives

19:09 The Moment Listeners Reached Out

20:11 When Story and Song Inspire Radical Hope

21:35 Authority Means Touching Lives

22:23 The Role of Ego in Leadership and Influence

23:51 From False Humility to Authentic Leadership

24:35 Resource: Three Step Guide to Building a Trusted Voice

26:27 Vocal Leadership: Aligning Internal and External Voice

27:47 Ballroom Dancing as the Metaphor for Leadership

28:19 The Importance of Tenacity in Your Authority Journey

Key Takeaways:

Voice as Authority, Not Performance Leslie unmasks the myth that authority relies on being extroverted or flashy. Authority grows when you're grounded in your core values, aligned with your authentic voice, and willing to show vulnerability.
The Five Foundations of Thought Leadership From clarifying priorities to skill-building and stepping out to lead, mastering these elements ensures your voice doesn't just fill space, it creates impact. Each element—from voice mechanics to mindset—builds the internal and external resonance that moves audiences.
Why Speaking to One Is More Powerful Than Speaking to Thousands Whether you're podcasting, leading a summit, or coaching, trust is built when you address the individual—making your authority personal, memorable, and actionable.
Ego, Humility, and the Dance of Influence True authority is not about false humility or arrogance. It's about a healthy self awareness; recognizing your story matters and sharing it serves others who need to hear it.
From Listeners to Life Change Stories of listeners who found hope, healing, and renewed confidence trace directly to the internal work Leslie models and teaches.

Episode Highlights:

Practical Tools for Your Next Step Download Leslie's in-depth Three Step Guide to Developing a Voice that Builds Trust and Radiates Authority. Discover how the voice's physical "house," emotional heartset, and "dance" of leadership work together for maximum impact. https://podcasttalentcoach.com/leslie

Connect with Dr. Leslie Baylis Davis:

Website: https://www.mindshiftll.com

instagram.com/@lesliebaylis

facebook.com/@drlesliebaylis

https://www.linkedin.com/in/lesliebaylisdavis/

Next Week:

We will talk with social media marketing expert Louise McDonnell. She will give you two places you're making the biggest mistakes when it comes to your social media marketing.

She will also show you how to leverage your social media presence to grow your impact and authority.

Podcast Authority Audit

You've published the episodes. You've stayed consistent. You know your content is good.

And yet…

You're not being seen as the authority in your niche
Your podcast isn't creating the level of influence or opportunity you expected
People listen—but they don't take action
And you sound professional… but not unforgettable

The truth?

Consistency alone doesn't create authority. Intentional leadership does.

Are you ready to turn your podcast into an authority engine and not just more content? Would you like to move from best-kept secret to recognized authority?

Let me audit your podcast and find the gaps.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching, click the button and apply to have a chat with me.

We will uncover your authority positioning problem, develop your plan to succeed, and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

Get your podcast audit at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching.

On the next episode, we'll talk with ...

Until then, step into your authority. We'll see you next time.

View Details

Build Your Brand

Your brand is about standing out, not just getting noticed.

In this compelling episode of Influential Voices of Authority, host Erik K. Johnson sits down with distinguished branding expert Gerry Foster.

Together, they unravel the real secrets to building an unmistakable authority brand that attracts clients, creates opportunity, and establishes thought leadership... especially for coaches, consultants, and service-based entrepreneurs eager to escape obscurity.

Important Links:

Connect with Gerry: www.gerryfosterbranding.com

https://www.linkedin.com/in/gerryfoster/

https://www.facebook.com/gerry.foster.397

https://www.instagram.com/gerryfosterbigbrandman/

https://www.youtube.com/@GerryFosterBranding

Subscribe to the podcast:

Apple Podcasts: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apple

Spotify: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/spotify

Website: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/podcasts

Episode Segments:

00:00 Welcome and Introduction to Gerry Foster

00:23 Launching the Big Brand Formula Podcast

01:12 How Podcasting Signals Authority

02:04 From Service to Authority Branding

03:00 Making Yourself Memorable

04:05 Gerry's Branding Roots: USC, P&G, and Going Solo

05:15 Confidence Beyond Corporate Backing

06:13 Learning Through Adversity and Bankruptcy

08:04 Creating the Big Brand Formula and Bootcamp

09:28 The Costly Myth of Visibility Without Differentiation

10:15 Transforming a Health Coach's Brand Story

11:13 Branding the "Invisible" to Attract More Clients

12:28 Uncovering Genius and Frameworks for Authority

13:52 Get Known, Get Found, Get Paid—The True Branding Sequence

15:37 The Right Sequence: Brand, Market, Sell

16:32 Deep-Dive Identity Work for Clarity and Confidence

17:05 Helping Energy Healers Find Their Unique Value

18:43 The Secret Sauce: Purpose Before Marketing

20:12 Crafting a "Me Only" Statement

22:11 Beware of "Me Too"—The Power of Category of One

22:33 Harnessing AI as a Supplement, Not a Solution

23:47 The Big Brand Quiz: A Game-Changer for Entrepreneurs

25:51 Lessons from Three Bankruptcies: Seek Wisdom Early

27:17 Why Corporate Branding Doesn't Translate to Services

28:00 The Power of Visibility Through Podcasting and Stages

28:47 Closing Thoughts and Next Steps

Key Takeaways:

Authority Begins with Differentiation

Gerry Foster reveals that successful entrepreneurs become category leaders by uncovering what truly makes them unique, not by copying industry giants or relying solely on visibility. Standing out is more important than simply being seen.

Podcasting as an Authority Amplifier

A podcast is more than content—it signals expertise, builds trust, and becomes an entry point for future clients and speaking opportunities. Gerry shares how his own podcast, the Big Brand Formula, consistently attracted attention and grew his authority.

Overcoming the Invisible Barrier

Branding services, not just products, requires identifying "the invisible"—your values, delivery framework, and client impact. The right brand inspires marketing that actually works.

From Crisis to Clarity

Three bankruptcies didn't break Gerry. Instead, they pushed him to develop frameworks, boot camps, and a proven system for helping other entrepreneurs blaze their path to authority.

Actionable Tools for Brand Builders

Gerry's free online tool, the Big Brand Quiz, gives instant feedback on 25 critical branding elements so you can spot opportunities and blind spots for your business.

Episode Highlights:

Why respected experts are still overlooked and how to shift from being "one of many" to "the one" clients choose
Real-life client transformations, like the health coach and the energy healer, who broke through crowded markets using Gerry's authority branding method
Common branding mistakes: Visibility vs. Differentiation, following product branding strategies, and the danger of undervaluing your own story

Discover your unique brand strengths

Take Gerry Foster's Big Brand Quiz now and identify exactly where you stand in your brand journey. Take the Brand Quiz here:

Website: https://bigbrandquiz.com

Ready to strategically grow your podcast authority?

Want to turn your content and voice into a true authority engine?

Apply for your Podcast Authority Audit with Erik:

https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching

Next Week:

We'll talk with Vocal Leadership and Communication Coach Dr. Leslie Baylis Davis. She will give you five keys to radiate authority every time you speak.

View Details

Authority and influence are built through connection and intentionality. Too often, experts get trapped on a pedestal, separated from the very audience they want to impact.

In this energizing episode of the Influential Voices of Authority Podcast, Erik K. Johnson welcomes award-winning podcaster and coach Jenn Trepeck, host of A Salad with a Side of Fries.

Jenn unpacks how her podcast has become a powerful engine of trust, visibility, and real-world opportunities, rather than just more online noise.

Important Links:

Take advantage of Jenn Trepeck's exclusive offer:

Book a complimentary 30-minute discovery call (business or wellness) at https://calendly.com/jenntrepeck/discovery-call-1-1-30min

Book: Uncomplicating Wellness: Ditch the Rules. Quiet the Noise. Reclaim Your Life. https://amzn.to/4bj8w8d

Website: https://asaladwithasideoffries.com/

Get your Podcast Authority Audit with Erik: https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching/

Subscribe to the podcast:

Apple Podcasts: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apple

Spotify: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/spotify

Website: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/podcasts

Episode Segments:

00:00 Podcasting That Builds Real-World Influence

01:21 "Death of Expertise" and Trust in Authority

02:16 Evolution of Authority in Coaching

04:03 Launching with Authenticity

06:42 Unexpected Success and Audience Growth

08:33 Guesting Strategy for Podcast Growth

11:02 High-Impact Podcast Pitches

12:04 Choosing Shows and Audience Alignment

15:10 Landing Speaking Gigs with Podcast Authority

17:41 Leveraging Events and List Building with Text Opt-Ins

20:00 Challenges Breaking Through the Noise

24:16 The Book-Podcast Authority Flywheel

26:03 Strategic Use of Video and Membership

28:11 The Principle of Integrity in Authority

30:56 Content as a Long-Term Differentiator

33:30 Making Your Platform Shareable for Referrals

34:46 Exclusive Discovery Call Offer for Listeners

35:33 Future Plans for Mainstream Media Expansion

Key Takeaways:

Authority Through Authenticity Jenn challenges the outdated notion of expertise by showcasing vulnerability. Her podcast enables her not only to offer expertise but to build deep trust. People respond not to perfection, but to shared humanity.
Leveraging Guesting to Grow Audience A consistent and intentional guesting strategy—pitching two to ten shows every week, year after year—has exploded Jenn's exposure far beyond what she could reach on her own show alone.
The Expert Podcast Pitch Most pitches fail because they are impersonal and generic. Jenn's secret is demonstrating knowledge of the show's audience, crafting episode ideas tailored for each host, and framing her expertise through their lens.
From Podcast to Speaking Stages Podcasting opened doors Jenn never expected, including keynotes at financial industry conferences. By creating content for people, not just topics, Jenn's show attracts diverse opportunities.
Building Authority in a Crowded Space Even in a noisy niche, Jenn's book and her podcast work together to create multiple entry points. Not everyone reads. Not everyone listens. Give your authority more ways to reach your audience.
Integrity Is Your Edge Strategically choose every guest, every partnership, and every piece of advice. Audiences follow leaders who practice what they preach and only platform ideas that serve their mission.

Episode Highlights:

Jenn's career shift from 12 years of referral-based coaching to becoming a visible leader - Why cross-niche guesting is the undervalued secret to audience growth - Practical frameworks for turning listeners into email subscribers and clients - A real-world system for consistent, strategic podcast pitching - Creating a book to serve your podcast community and attract new audiences

Connect with Jenn Trepeck:

Take advantage of Jenn Trepeck's exclusive offer:

Book a complimentary 30-minute discovery call (business or wellness) at https://calendly.com/jenntrepeck/discovery-call-1-1-30min

Book: Uncomplicating Wellness: Ditch the Rules. Quiet the Noise. Reclaim Your Life. https://amzn.to/4bj8w8d

Website: https://asaladwithasideoffries.com/

https://www.instagram.com/saladwithasideoffriespod/

https://www.instagram.com/jenntrepeck/?hl=en

https://www.facebook.com/Saladwithasideoffriespodcast

https://www.facebook.com/JenniferTrepeck

https://m.facebook.com/groups/425796548337541/

https://x.com/jenntrepeck?s=20

https://www.linkedin.com/in/jennifertrepeck/

www.youtube.com/@jenntrepeck

https://www.tiktok.com/@jenntrepeck

https://asaladwithasideoffries.com/

NEXT WEEK:

Next Week we are joined by the Branding Evangelist Gerry Foster. He will show you the difference between being respected and being strongly positioned and sought after and what to do about it.

Ready to strategically grow your podcast authority?

You're putting out content every week… but your podcast still isn't generating the authority, leads, or clients you want.

It's probably not a content problem.

It's a connection problem.

And that's exactly what we uncover inside the Podcast Authority Audit.

I'll break down your show…

your messaging…

your positioning…

and show you exactly where your authority is leaking and how to fix it.

So your podcast stops sounding like everyone else… And starts becoming the reason people choose you.

Apply now at https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching/.

And let's turn your podcast into your most powerful authority-building asset.

View Details

Authority isn't just about putting out episodes. True authority comes from strategic leadership and making every piece of your platform work toward your bigger vision in a system and strategy.

In this episode, Erik K. Johnson sits down with Paul Etchison, dental coach, successful podcaster, and founder of Dental Practice Heroes, to reveal how creating a podcast intentionally turned his expertise into a thriving coaching business.

Together, they unpack the power of warm leads, authentic storytelling strategy, and why niching down can supercharge growth.

Important Links:

Paul Etchison's Website: http://dentalpracticeheroes.com

Subscribe to the podcast:

Apple Podcasts: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apple

Spotify: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/spotify

Website: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/podcasts

Episode Segments:

00:17 How a Podcast Strategy Builds Dental Authority

01:13 Warm Leads vs. Cold Leads, Why Podcasting Changes the Game

02:24 From Dentist to Coach: Unexpected Pathways

03:57 Getting Uncomfortable with Coaching

05:05 Launching the Podcast: Lessons and Emotions

07:11 The Surprising ROI of Podcast-Driven Lead Flow

09:13 The Power of Speaking Engagements

11:06 Auditing the Podcast for Growth

12:58 Tapping Into Authenticity and Letting Personality Shine

14:39 From 1 to 4 Strategy Calls a Week: Real Engagement

15:44 Intentional Craft: Mastering Questions & Storytelling 17:18 Using Coach Collaborations and Roundtables to Grow

18:04 Scaling the Brand with Associate Coaches

21:21 What Paul Would Change if Starting Over

22:22 Narrowing the Niche, Defining Transformation

23:11 The Strategy Behind Content, Guests, and Engagement

25:04 Overcoming Imposter Syndrome With Authentic Value

26:00 The Next Level: Evergreen Coaching, Masterminds, Retreats

26:46 Scaling Revenue Beyond Dentistry; Breaking 7 Figures

28:28 How To Attract High Ticket Clients with a Micro-Niche

28:52 Where To Find Dental Practice Heroes and Free Resources

Key Takeaways:

Warm Leads are Everything

Paul Etchison shares how his podcast turned nearly every new client into a pre-sold warm lead, bypassing skepticism and building immediate trust. The difference between a cold stage introduction and a podcast referral is night and day.

Be Yourself — That's the Shortcut to Authority

Authenticity isn't a cliché. It's the engine behind engagement. Dr. Paul Etchison and Erik discuss letting personality breathe on air, from sharing personal moments to embracing natural strengths on the mic.

From Scattered Content to Strategic Growth

Start with a strategy. When Dr. Paul Etchison narrowed his focus and set intentional outcomes for each episode, engagement soared and his coaching roster filled up. His advice for new podcasters: crystallize your audience, your purpose, and never stop refining your craft.

Small Audience, Big Impact

You don't need a massive following to command authority and drive six-figure results. The right message, to the right people, at the right time will fill your calendar and fuel your authority engine.

Episode Highlights:

How to build an ecosystem and strategy of offers, events, and communities directly from your podcast

The value of podcast audits to find gaps and supercharge engagement

Leveraging multiple show formats (solo, interviews, roundtables) for trust and conversion

Real examples of revenue growth and price elasticity in a niche coaching business

Connect with Paul Etchison:

Website: http://dentalpracticeheroes.com

Explore free webinars, his branded app, resources, and details on how he drives transformation for dental practice owners.

Next Week:

On the next episode, we talk with Jenn Trepeck, host of Salad with a Side of Fries.

People are not starving for information. They're starving for someone who understands what it feels like to be stuck.

Jenn has built authority in the health and wellness space in a way that cuts through all the noise and truly connects.

We'll have that conversation for you next week.

Ready to strategically grow your podcast authority?

You've published the episodes. You've stayed consistent. You know your content is good.

And yet…

You're not being seen as the authority in your niche
Your podcast isn't creating the level of influence or opportunity you expected
People listen—but they don't take action
And you sound professional… but not unforgettable

The truth?

Consistency alone doesn't create authority. Intentional leadership does.

Are you ready to turn your podcast into an authority engine and not just more content? Would you like to move from best-kept secret to recognized authority?

Let me audit your podcast and find the gaps in your authority strategy.

We will uncover your authority positioning problem, develop your plan to succeed, and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

Get your podcast audit at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching.

View Details

Authority requires more than expertise. It demands intentional delegation and the courage to stop doing everything yourself.

This episode of the Influential Voices of Authority Podcast features host Erik K. Johnson and guest Louis Swart, a serial entrepreneur who has mastered the art of leveraging teams and systems to scale businesses and build undeniable authority in any niche.

Important Links:

Louis' free guide: 150 Things You Can Delegate Today: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/delegate

Explore Louis' services and agency: ironbrij.com.au

Connect with Louis Swart:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/louistswart

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/coachlouistswart

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/coachlouisswart/

Book your Podcast Authority Audit with Erik: https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching

Subscribe to the podcast:

Apple Podcasts: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apple

Spotify: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/spotify

Website: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/podcasts

Episode Segments:

00:09 "How to Get Noticed and Build Authority" 01:10 "Grow Your Authority with Podcast Appearances" 02:45 "Overcoming the Little Voice and Imposter Syndrome" 03:16 "Start Small and Grow Your Confidence" 04:36 "From Mouse Business to Plumbing Empire" 07:09 "The Harsh Reality of Doing Everything Yourself" 08:54 "Scaling Up to a Multi-Million Dollar Exit" 12:52 "Coaches' Biggest Challenge: Doing It All Alone" 13:27 "The 2,000 Hour Rule: Valuing Your Time" 15:41 "Delegating for Exponential Growth" 17:49 "The Gut Punch of Business Reality" 21:04 "Testing Offers and Letting the Market Decide" 22:09 "How Solopreneurs Can Start Delegating" 24:00 "Agency vs. DIY: Pitfalls in Hiring Help" 27:30 "3 Essential Delegation Strategies for Success" 31:28 "Success Story: Freeing Up Headspace for Growth" 34:54 "Why Visibility Is Non-Negotiable" 36:09 "Strangers Who Feel Like Friends: The Authority Effect" 37:30 "150 Things You Can Delegate—Free Resource" 38:44 "If I Started Over: Lessons in Testing and Sales" 40:08 "Why Selling Is Service" 41:35 "Access to Instant Team Resources" 42:37 "How to Connect with Lou and Take Action" 51:21 "Supporting Healthcare Authorities: Erik's Mission"

Key Takeaways:

Why Authority Requires Delegation

Louis and Erik unwrap the damaging myth that solopreneurs should do it all themselves. True authority comes when you focus on what only you can do and delegate the rest.

From Struggling Owner to Systemized Success

Louis shares how failing to delegate destroyed the value of his first business, while embracing systems and teams produced a multi-million dollar exit the second time around.

3 Simple Delegation Habits

Louis' practical strategies to vet, communicate with, and empower virtual assistants.

The Competitive Edge: Podcast Interviews

Visibility through interviews not only builds instant credibility but provides endless social content to multiply your reach, and curb imposter syndrome.

Let the Market Decide: Test and Iterate

Stop guessing. Launch, test, and double down on what your clients will actually pay for.

Free Your Headspace

Clients who delegate find more clarity, creativity, and revenue. Louis' framework shows how to systemize your business and finally become the public face of your brand.

Episode Highlights:

The emotional impact of learning your business is worthless if you don't delegate
Why working only in your business means nobody wants to buy it
How to ensure virtual assistants deliver results without overwhelm or culture clash
The power of social proof: leveraging podcast appearances and "starstruck" moments
Setting a true hourly value for your leadership, and avoiding $10 tasks
Why testing different markets beats gut feelings or friends' opinions

Resources:

Get Louis' free guide: 150 Things You Can Delegate Today: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/delegate

Explore Louis' services and agency: ironbrij.com.au

Connect with Louis Swart:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/louistswart

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/coachlouistswart

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/coachlouisswart/

Ready to strategically grow your podcast authority?

Book your Podcast Authority Audit with Erik: https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching

Next Week:

Next week Erik sits down with Dr. Paul Etchison, a dentist who turned his podcast into the engine behind a million-dollar coaching business. You'll discover how he transforms cold leads into a steady stream of high-value, ready-to-buy clients.

PODCAST AUTHORITY AUDIT

You've published the episodes. You've stayed consistent. You know your content is good.

And yet…

You're not being seen as the authority in your niche
Your podcast isn't creating the level of influence or opportunity you expected
People listen—but they don't take action
And you sound professional… but not unforgettable

The truth?

Consistency alone doesn't create authority. Intentional leadership does.

Are you ready to turn your podcast into an authority engine and not just more content? Would you like to move from best-kept secret to recognized authority?

Let me audit your podcast and find the gaps.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching, click the button and apply to have a chat with me.

We will uncover your authority positioning problem, develop your plan to succeed, and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

Get your Podcast Authority Audit at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching.

View Details

Referrals: When people talk about you behind your back in a good way

Authority is not about self-recognition. True authority happens when others talk about you behind closed doors, sending opportunities in your direction before you ever have to ask. It's the power of referrals.

In this episode of Influential Voices of Authority, Erik K. Johnson connects with Michael Roderick, CEO of Small Pond Enterprises, on the crucial secret to getting quality referrals and turning your message into your greatest asset.

Important Links:

The ReferabilityRater: https://myreferabilityrater.com

Connect with Michael Roderick on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/michael-roderick-1161571/

Michael's website: https://www.smallpondenterprises.com/

Apply for a podcast audit and coaching with Erik: https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching

Subscribe to the podcast:

Apple Podcasts: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apple

Spotify: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/spotify

Website: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/podcasts

Episode Segments:

00:00 Establishing Authority Through Borrowed Trust 01:13 Why Real Authority is Referral Based 02:39 How "Borrowed Authority" Attracts Premium Clients 05:45 The Power of Being a Category of One 07:10 Challenging the Dominant Narrative 14:45 From English Teacher to Broadway Producer 19:01 Leveraging Relationships and Placement 21:37 The AIM Principles of Referability 24:41 Language and Memory: The Sticky Factor 27:00 Storytelling That Gets Spread 32:16 The Triple Threat: Scientist, Celebrity, Magician 35:45 Aspirational Market vs. Excellence Market 40:12 Designing Offers for the Success Market 44:23 Memorable Networking in New York 47:03 Your Secret Sauce to Influence 49:51 Creating RAD: Relationship Adventure Day 54:40 Reverse Engineering to Build Authority 56:40 Knowing When You're Ready to Get Referred 58:43 The ReferabilityRater Tool 01:00:05 Black Box Mastermind for Thought Leaders 01:02:04 Turn Your Podcast into an Authority Engine

Key Takeaways:

Your Authority Exists in the Words of Others

Erik K. Johnson reveals that true authority is not self-appointed. It belongs to those who are talked about, recommended, and sought out by others in their absence.

Borrowed Trust Changes Everything

By appearing on others' stages and earning their endorsement, you tap into borrowed trust, attracting leads, premium clients, and high-value opportunities.

Packaging Your Message for Maximum Spread

Michael Roderick highlights the AIM model: Accessibility, Influence, and Memory. Make your message simple, give people something to talk about, and make your ideas easy to remember and repeat.

Triple Threat Framework for Experts

Understand your natural order as Scientist, Celebrity, or Magician—and build your positioning and market approach to fit your unique strengths instead of copying cookie-cutter formulas.

Speak to the Excellence Market, Not Just Aspirational Buyers

Unlock real business growth by targeting those solving success problems, not just survival problems. Your offer, message, and authority must signal value to the buyers who are searching for guidance, not a savior.

The Power of Signature Experiences

Signature moves and memorable experiences—from exclusive shows to adventure-based networking—get your audience talking about you. Remarkable brands create remarkable stories.

Are You Ready to Be Referred?

People refer those whose message is clear, memorable, and worth sharing. When they lean in, ask questions, and use your language, your referability factor is growing.

Episode Highlights:

How borrowed credibility instantly changes sales conversations
Translating your unique story and skills into an asset the right market wants
Making your frameworks, acronyms, and names "sticky" for word-of-mouth spreading
Avoiding bland, average content by standing out with a bold, memorable message
Why simplicity, emotion, and structure are keys to a referable personal brand
Crafting network-building experiences that become legend among your peers

Links and Resources:

Test your own authority factor with the ReferabilityRater:

A referability rater to see how referable you are and how likely it is people will talk about you when you're not in the room (in a good way).

https://myreferabilityrater.com

Connect with Michael Roderick:

Website: https://www.smallpondenterprises.com/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/michael-roderick-1161571/

Apply for a podcast audit and coaching with Erik:

https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching

Next Week:

Erik sits down with Louis Swart to break down the art of offer positioning and how to become the undeniable first choice in your niche. Don't miss strategies that separate you from the competition and keep clients coming back.

View Details

Authority demands more than expertise. It requires stepping forward, owning your achievements, and building a platform that attracts opportunity.

In this episode of Influential Voices of Authority, Erik K. Johnson sits down with Allison Lane, founder of LaneLit, to explore how visibility transforms accomplished professionals from best-kept secrets into trusted authorities.

Important Links:

Subscribe to the podcast:

Apple Podcasts: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apple

Spotify: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/spotify

Website: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/podcasts

Episode Segments:

00:00 "Visibility and Authority for Accomplished Women" 01:25 "Secret Sauce to Building Trust and Authority" 02:17 "Capturing Content Gold Everywhere" 04:08 "Overcoming Humility and Owning Your Achievements" 05:14 "Authority Is About Stepping Forward" 06:06 "Launching a Podcast and Closing the Facebook Group" 07:30 "From Technophobia to Five Podcast Episodes" 10:04 "Podcast as Platform Builder" 11:46 "Understanding Book Proposals as Business Plans" 14:16 "Leveraging a Book as a VIP Authority Ticket" 16:02 "Books, Speaking, and Creating Opportunities" 17:00 "SEO Secrets to Podcast Discovery" 20:03 "Crafting the Bio That Defines Authority" 21:06 "Flip the Pain: Use Audience Language" 22:25 "People Want Results, Not Process" 23:10 "Influence vs. Being an Influencer" 25:55 "Unique Book Launch: Brewery Fundraiser" 28:18 "Book Launch as Opening Day—What's Next?" 30:15 "The 'And Then What' of Podcast Strategy" 30:47 "Non-negotiables of Your Branding Toolkit" 32:01 "Website as Headquarters for Authority" 35:00 "Why Your Marketing Bio Matters" 38:57 "Power of an Intentional Personal Brand" 40:05 "Seven Shifts to Build Real Authority" 41:47 "How to Get Allison's Authority Guide"

Key Takeaways:

Step Into Authority: Stop Waiting for Recognition Allison challenges listeners to move past humility and step into the spotlight. Authority is not bestowed; it's claimed. Your achievements need to be showcased, not hidden.
Capture Content Gold Every event, conversation, and client win is valuable content. Use your phone to record, photograph, and document moments, making your expertise discoverable.
Podcast as Leverage for Opportunity Consistent podcasting expands your platform, connects you to new audiences through SEO, and brings inbound opportunities from clients and high-profile guests. Your podcast becomes a magnet for authority-building relationships.
Book as Launchpad, Not a Destination The mistake experts make is stuffing their lifetime of work into a single book. Instead, focus on solving one clear problem and use the book to launch your authority into speaking, media, and additional products.
Toolkit Must-Haves for Authority Build a robust social profile where your audience hangs out, a one-page website filled with visual proof, a compelling headline, and a marketing bio written in the language of your ideal client. Ignore job titles. Iinstead, define yourself by the impact you create.
Influence Means Breaking Out of Your Silo Real influence happens when you reach beyond your traditional niche and connect across industries. Be memorable, deliver quotable insights, and create partnerships that elevate your visibility.
Power of Mapping Your Road and Brand Having a vision for your platform and a well-defined filter for your brand allows you to create content that can't be copied and resonates deeply with your audience.

Episode Highlights:

How to overcome the fear of marketing and technology
Using audience complaints to craft your unique positioning
Leveraging podcast SEO to attract not just clients but powerful collaborators
Why book launches work better at breweries than bookstores and create true community buzz

Allison Lane's Free Gift:

Get the Free Authority Guide:

Unlock your pathway with Allison Lane's "Seven Shifts to Build Real Authority."

Get it at https://lanelit.com/authority or DM "authority" to connect on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/allisonlanelitt

Connect with Allison Lane:

Website: https://lanelit.com

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/allisonlanelitt

Next Week:

On the next episode, we'll talk with Michael Roderick. He'll teach you how to become more referable. Discover how to package your ideas, your message, and your expertise in a way that gets people talking about you long after the conversation ends.

Ready to strategically grow your podcast authority?

Get a podcast audit with Erik: https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching

You've published the episodes. You've stayed consistent. You know your content is good.

And yet…

You're not being seen as the authority in your niche
Your podcast isn't creating the level of influence or opportunity you expected
People listen—but they don't take action
And you sound professional… but not unforgettable

The truth?

Consistency alone doesn't create authority. Intentional leadership does.

Are you ready to turn your podcast into an authority engine and not just more content? Would you like to move from best-kept secret to recognized authority?

Let me audit your podcast and find the gaps.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching, click the button and apply to have a chat with me.

We will uncover your authority positioning problem, develop your plan to succeed, and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

Get your podcast audit at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching.

View Details

Authority in today's expert marketplace comes from innovation, personal connection, and delivering transformation in the way your audience needs it most. Guided learning apps can make that happen.

In this episode, Erik K. Johnson sits down with Johnny Beirne for a high-impact dive into how coaches, consultants, and knowledge experts can leverage guided learning apps to build serious authority and influence.

If you want to evolve beyond static video courses and create deeper connections with your audience, this conversation is for you.

Important Links:

Take Johnny Beirne's free assessment:

https://johnnybeirne.com/erik

Explore more about Johnny Beirne:

https://johnnybeirne.com

Connect with Erik K. Johnson and book your authority audit:

https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching

Episode Segments:

00:08 Why Engagement With Apps Outpaces Traditional Courses 09:51 From One-Size-Fits-All Content to Guided, Personalized Learning 13:11 AI That Delivers Your Best Insights, Not Internet Slop 16:32 Case Study: Turning Content Gold into Premium Offers 18:33 The "Try Before You Buy" Authority Engine 20:22 The Power of Personalized Advice and Assessments 23:37 Addressing Coaches' Top Challenges with App Platforms 25:00 How to Keep Your App Current With Minimal Upkeep 26:04 Pathways from Free App to High-Ticket Offers 27:28 Key Indicators Your Content Is Ready for the App Evolution 30:16 Keeping the Human Connection In a World of AI 32:02 Accountability Features: Deliver More Than Information 34:15 Navigating Pivots Without Diluting Authority 36:29 Outreach Tactics to Reach New Prospects and Authors 39:23 How Podcast Guesting Fuels Partnerships and Clients 41:05 What's Next for Guided Learning and Monetization

Key Takeaways:

Why Apps Accelerate Authority for Coaches and Experts

Moving your training from a video course to an AI-powered app transforms engagement, delivers hyper-personalized learning, and lets people "try before they buy" in a way no PDF lead magnet ever could.

Guided Learning: The Edge Over "Info Content"

Personalized assessments and AI-driven journeys inside your app let you meet users exactly where they are. Instead of overwhelming beginners or boring advanced clients, you deliver results and deepen credibility with every interaction.

Monetization and Influence

Use free app access as the new authority lead generator. Let prospects experience your best advice to diagnose their problems, then guide them straight into premium programs, cohort groups, or one-on-one consulting. Discover when your app should be a paid resource, a recurring offer, or the launch pad for high-ticket sales.

Overcome the Tech and Content Hurdles

Johnny reveals why building a powerful app now takes hours, not weeks, and how easy it is to keep your content fresh. Stop fearing the unknown and start scaling without endless video modules.

The Human Advantage Over ChatGPT

AI inside your app delivers your unique perspective, experience, and accountability. It is your expertise filtered, customized, and elevated.

Episode Highlights:

The secret to higher completion and retention rates
Preventing "AI slop" by keeping advice rooted in your proven framework
Seamless ways to integrate video, audio, and personalized prompts
How to spot "pivot fatigue" and tell your story as an innovative leader
Real-world examples from bestselling authors and course creators

LINKS:

Ready to see if your authority content is ripe for an AI-powered app? Take Johnny Beirne's free assessment and get hyper-personalized advice at https://johnnybeirne.com/erik

Explore more about Johnny Beirne:

https://johnnybeirne.com

Connect with Erik K. Johnson and book your authority audit:

https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching

Next week:

On the next episode, we'll talk with Allison Lane. She helps experts step into visibility, own their credibility, and become the trusted authority their audience is already looking for.

View Details

Authority is not an accident. It's the result of fiercely intentional strategy, authentic connection, and the right visibility. Creating authority through podcast interviews can attract clients and revenue.

In this episode of Influential Voices of Authority, Erik K. Johnson brings in Kristen Nolan, senior client account manager at Interview Valet, to reveal exactly how podcast guesting can transform your voice into your most powerful business asset.

Episode Segments

00:01 "Open More Doors with Your Podcast" 01:10 The Two Sides of Building Your Audience 03:08 Finding the Right Partners in Your Niche 04:31 Why Guesting on Podcasts Works 05:19 Interviewing Kristen Nolan: Her Journey 07:39 Growing Authority Without Prior Podcasting Experience 09:55 Podcasting for Introverts and Thought Leaders 10:40 Strategy and Coaching: Custom Interview Prep 13:00 Storytelling for Impact and Connection 14:17 Building Trust as a Guest Authority 16:36 Real Results: From One Interview to $90K Deals 17:41 Go Beyond "Recording and Done" 18:22 Compounding Connections for Exponential Growth 19:08 The Power of Consistency in Podcast Visibility 20:27 Guesting vs. Conferences: Leverage and Repurposing 22:01 How to Target the Right Audience as a Guest 23:47 Researching Shows for Strategic Guesting 25:02 Secrets of Being a Great Guest 26:46 Promote Value, Not Just Products 27:45 Handling Difficult Interviews and Guests 28:05 Vetting Podcasts That Align with Your Brand 29:43 Confidence, Preparation, and What Kristen Would Do Differently 33:00 Special Interview Audit Offer

Key Takeaways

Stop talking to the same circle. Erik and Kristen break down why you must get your message in front of new ears if you want to capture more leads, clients, and visibility.
Guesting is not just about reach; it's about resonance. Kristen reveals how strategic podcast guesting helped one client close a $90,000 deal through the power of authority and trust, not a sales pitch.
Your network multiplies with every episode. Great guests know how to turn one connection into many by leveraging each interview for introductions, new relationships, and lasting partnerships.
You don't need a huge audience. What matters is getting in the right room, with the right message, at the right time. Authority comes from trust, not just traffic numbers.
Consistency over perfection. With the right systems, you build influence through steady, authentic visibility—even if you start out cold and nervous.

Ready to Boost Your Podcast Success?

Kristen shares details about the free Interview Valet Podcast Interview Audit.

This powerful resource evaluates your speaking style, the balance of your interviews, filler words, and your connection with audiences, all so you can amplify your authority and impact.

Get your free podcast interview audit and connect with Kristen: https://interviewvalet.com/kristen

Podcast Audit

Ready for your own podcast authority audit?

Apply to chat with Erik and uncover your show's authority gaps:

https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching

Next week, tune in as Erik shares more proven strategies to amplify your influence, attract premium clients, and finally step out of obscurity. Authority isn't accidental, it's intentional and within your reach.

View Details

Authority Through Positioning:

Authority isn't about being the loudest in the room. It's about showing up with intention, standing confidently in your message, and building real belief in your audience. It's about positioning.

In this episode of Influential Voices of Authority, Erik K. Johnson sits down with Danielle Weil, veteran copy marketing strategist and creator of Launch Flow. Danielle shares what it really takes to launch, grow, and market a podcast that not only builds authority but converts listeners into clients... all through the power of personal connection and clarity in your positioning.

Subscribe to the podcast:

Apple Podcasts: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apple

Spotify: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/spotify

Website: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/podcasts

Click subscribe on this video!

Important Links:

Grab Danielle Weil's Launch Flow Roadmap: https://dwcopy.com/roadmap Podcast Audit & Coaching: https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching

Episode Segments:

00:00 "Why Most Podcasts Don't Grow Your Business" 02:22 "Turning Content Into Authority" 07:13 "Becoming a Category of One" 08:18 "Authority vs. Guest-Centered Shows" 10:16 "Framing Conversations to Build Expertise" 13:15 "Launching a Podcast After 20 Years in Business" 15:10 "From Idea to Launch: The Emotional Rollercoaster" 17:44 "The Feelings After Shipping the First Season" 22:16 "Secrets Behind Seven-Figure Launches" 24:29 "How the Launch Flow Method Came to Life" 26:44 "Energy Flow and Success in Launches" 29:10 "Personal Connection as the Authority Multiplier" 31:11 "Building a Launch That Matches Your Audience" 34:44 "The Emotional Curve of Every Launch" 39:01 "Testing and Shortening Open Cart Windows" 42:03 "List Hygiene and Launch Email Secrets" 44:34 "Get the Launch Flow Roadmap" 45:29 "What's Next for Danielle and Her Podcast" 46:48 "Listener Q&A: When to Rename or Relaunch Your Podcast" 50:35 "Coaching With Erik—Turning Consistency Into Authority"

Key Takeaways:

Authority is Built on Intention, Not Just Content: If your podcast only teaches, you're missing the bigger opportunity. Real authority comes from positioning yourself as the guide who deeply understands your audience's struggles [02:22].
When You Center the Guest, You Lose Authority: Most podcasters unknowingly make their guests the star, not themselves. Frame the conversation, share your expertise, and lead with your message to keep your authority front and center [08:18].
Clarity Follows Action: Danielle waited years before hitting publish. Taking imperfect action brings clarity—and those first twelve solo episodes unlocked new ideas, connections, and momentum [15:10].
Personal Connection is the Ultimate Differentiator: Long sales cycles and crowded markets demand more real, personal engagement than ever. Danielle reveals how adding conversation and live connection to your launches makes you unforgettable [29:10].
Launches Must Fit Your Stage of Business: Don't copy big-league launches if your audience isn't there yet. Scale your offer and promotion to match your reality, not just industry advice [31:11].
Master List Hygiene to Fearlessly Email Your List: Use campaign-specific opt-outs and segment your audience so you can confidently email the right people, build rapport, and avoid inbox fatigue [42:03].

Episode Highlights:

The difference between creating more content and stepping into your authority How Danielle pivoted from behind-the-scenes launch copywriter to visible, recognized expert
The five flows of Launch Flow: Cash flow, lead flow, idea flow, workflow, and energy flow
Why personal stories and context make your teaching matter
Tactical strategies for pre-launch warm-up, open cart timing, and maximizing sales without burning out your list

Resources:

Grab Danielle Weil's Launch Flow Roadmap: https://dwcopy.com/roadmap

Connect with Erik or apply for a podcast coaching audit to turn your content into clients and step into your authority:

https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching

Next Week:

Don't miss Erik's conversation with Kristen Nolan of Interview Valet. Uncover how to turn podcast interviews into strategic revenue engines and unlock new audiences every month!

View Details

Using artificial intelligence to create, edit, and repurpose your podcast comes with legal risks.

Authority is built by intentionally protecting your platform and ensuring your creative assets work for you, not against you.

In this episode, Erik K. Johnson is joined by Gordon Firemark, The Podcast Lawyer™, for a deep dive into the legal risks of using artificial intelligence with your podcast. Together, they reveal what every podcaster, coach, consultant, or expert must know to build authority and safeguard their business.

Important Links:

Podcast Guest Release: https://podcastrelease.com Podcast Audit & Coaching: https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching

Episode Segments:

00:00 "Why Using AI Might Be Putting Your Show At Risk" 01:36 "Copyright Danger When Repurposing Through AI" 02:33 "Publicity Rights and Deepfake Issues" 03:19 "Defamation Claims and AI-Generated Content" 04:19 "Interview Permission, and Why You Need It" 11:09 "4 Pillars for Legal Protection of Authority Builders" 15:46 "When To Incorporate" 16:30 "Protecting Your Team & Content With Contracts" 23:23 "Copyright vs. Trademark: What Do You Really Own?" 24:40 "Registering Your Podcast the Right Way" 29:52 "What's the Craziest Thing You Can Trademark?" 33:46 "Why Guest Releases Are Non-Negotiable"

Key Takeaways:

Using AI Could Violate Copyright, Publicity Rights, and Open You Up to Defamation

Gordon Firemark reveals that AI tools like ChatGPT and Castmagic could put you at legal risk if you don't have explicit permissions from guests and collaborators. Content you create with AI may unknowingly use copyrighted or protected material, exposing you to lawsuits.

Why Guest Agreements and Releases Are Essential

Uploading interviews to AI platforms may violate your guest's rights. The solution? A solid, lawyer-drafted guest release. This single step secures your legal footing and clarifies who controls what.

The Four Pillars of Legal Protection

Gordon details the essential foundations:

Operating under a proper business entity
Having clear written agreements with your team
Understanding the difference between copyright (content) and trademark (brand)
Using contracts that protect your revenue and creative assets
Smart Steps to Level Up Your Authority

Protecting your podcast is part of building long-term authority. From securing your name and logo with a trademark, to registering powerhouse episodes with the Copyright Office, these moves establish your credibility and future-proof your content empire.

Episode Highlights:

When to set up an LLC or corporation to shield your personal assets - Legal pitfalls of "partnership podcasts" and how a simple "podcast prenup" can protect everyone
Real examples of podcasters losing control of their content when things go wrong
What "fair use" really means (and why it's not a protection from lawsuits)
How even basic editing with AI requires explicit guest consent

Action steps to guard against legal risks:

Don't let legal surprises derail your growth. Get Gordon's free, lawyer-drafted podcast guest release, customized for the AI era, at podcastrelease.com, and secure every episode before you publish.

Ready to transform your podcast from invisible to irresistible and become the sought-after authority in your niche? Apply for a podcast audit and coaching chat with Erik at podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching

Next week:

Erik sits down with Danielle Weil to unpack the secrets to six and seven-figure launch copy and how to build flow-driven, burnout-free launches. Step into your authority and tune in for more.

View Details

Authority thrives not only on consistency, but on intentional leadership and leveraging strategic relationships through collaboration.

In this episode of Influential Voices of Authority, Erik K. Johnson sits down with Britain Mills-Dawes and Tea Di Lillo, co-hosts of the Uncinched podcast, to reveal the secrets to cultivating authority through collaboration rather than competition.

Episode Segments

00:00 Welcome to Influential Voices of Authority 02:15 "Borrowed Trust Accelerates Authority" 04:32 Content Discovery vs. Partnership Leverage 07:03 Complementary Services in the Same Niche 09:00 Equine Chiropractic and Horse Training Explained 13:40 Low-Pressure Entry Point for New Clients 17:02 Real-Life Success Stories from Bodywork and Training 20:24 Podcast Impact on Business Growth 21:54 Big Opportunities Unlocked by Podcasting 24:21 Challenges of Establishing Authority as Young Professionals 29:19 Balancing Dual Businesses on One Podcast 31:36 Why Collaboration Ignites Community 33:25 Positive Engagement and Industry Gatekeeping 36:08 Next Steps for the Podcast and Partnership 37:13 Launch Lessons and Authority Growth 38:28 Essential Owner Resources and Guides 41:03 Your Call to Authority

Key Takeaways:

Borrowed Trust is Your Fastest Path to Authority

Erik K. Johnson highlights why growing authority is not just about creating more content or boosting SEO, but about leveraging "borrowed trust." When a trusted voice puts you in front of their loyal audience, credibility transfers instantly.

Complementary Partnerships Outperform Competition

Britain Mills-Dawes (equine chiropractor) and Tea Di Lillo (trainer and coach) share how their podcast synergizes two unique businesses. By serving the same audience in different, complementary ways, they amplify each other's authority and reach.

The Power of Podcasting to Build Trust

Tea Di Lillo discusses how the show acts as a low-pressure entry point, making it easier for clients to get to know, like, and trust her before investing. Episodes showcase authentic philosophy and expertise, breaking down industry walls.

Opportunities Flow from Collaboration

From being invited to Podfest to engaging new clients who heard the podcast first, the duo has unlocked doors and built relationships that never would have happened through competing alone.

Creating a Positive, Inclusive Community

The podcast is helping reshape the equine industry by encouraging positivity and welcoming newcomers in a traditionally gatekept environment. Engagement is strong, and relationships are deepening at every level.

Episode Highlights:

How to select the right strategic partner for borrowed trust - Real examples of podcast-driven client acquisition - Building authority as a younger expert in a legacy industry - Turn hard lessons and grind into testimonials and referrals - The balance of promoting separate businesses on a joint podcast

Connect with Britain Mills-Dawes and Tea Di Lillo:

Quality Equine: https://www.qualiteaequine.com

Stable Instincts: https://www.stableinstincts.ca

Your Podcast Audit:

Ready to leverage borrowed trust, build authority, and grow your podcast into your greatest asset? Apply for a coaching chat and podcast audit with Erik K. Johnson at https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching

Next Week:

Join Erik as he welcomes Gordon Firemark, the Podcast Lawyer, to discuss the legal risks of using AI tools with your podcast.

View Details

Authority grows through intentional connection, not just consistency.

In this episode of Influential Voices of Authority, podcast host Erik K. Johnson connects with Russ Hedge, inspirational speaker, international bestselling author, and master connector.

Together, they reveal how strategically selecting podcast guests, leveraging borrowed trust, and aligning your message with complementary partners can elevate your influence and transform your podcast into an authority engine.

Episode Segments

00:00 "Authority Engine: More Than Content"

01:56 "Strategic Guest Selection for Ideal Buyers"

03:35 "Leveraging Adjacent Experts"

04:37 "Borrowed Trust and Prequalified Listeners"

06:17 "Meet Russ Hedge: Master Connector"

07:55 Launching a Podcast with Purpose and Personal Impact

10:00 "Marketing, Community & Connection"

11:08 Multiple Show Formats: Panels and Local Business

13:01 Audience Dynamics and Growth Strategies

15:11 Adjusting Business for Health and Monetizing Podcasts

17:06 Sponsorships, Value Stack and Monetization Secrets

20:43 Promoting Speaking, Books, Business

21:53 Connection Opens Big Opportunities

23:09 Master Connector vs. Average Networker

25:31 Using Social Media to Catalog Connections

26:01 Cross-Marketing Authority with Books

28:39 Mindset, Credibility, and Inspirational Messaging

30:56 Overcoming Imposter Syndrome and Starting

33:31 Creating Habit and Consistency from Atomic Habits

39:04 Russ Hedge's Authority Secret: Never Stop Connecting

40:02 Doing It Your Way: Monetization Lessons

41:48 What's Next for Russ Hedge: Scaling with Purpose

42:57 RussHedge.com: One-Stop for Connection and Resources

Key Takeaways

Authority from Connection, Not Popularity

Selecting podcast guests based on alignment with your ideal buyer and complementary skills opens doors to the right audience. Strategic partnerships create borrowed trust, boosting your authority and influence.

Monetization Isn't About Audience Size

Russ Hedge monetized his podcast from the beginning, focusing on value-packed sponsorships, digital advertising, and cross-promotion—even before he had a large audience. It's about positioning and providing five times the value, not waiting for "enough listeners."

Your Body of Work Builds Authority

Across more than 1,000 episodes, Russ Hedge demonstrates the power of consistency, celebration, and leveraging each show to promote speaking, books, and deepen community relationships.

Mindset and Authenticity Set You Apart

Your reaction to adversity, authenticity, and ability to connect with others build credibility and authority in your niche. Russ's journey through cancer and major life events showcases how mindset fuels success.

The Secret Sauce: Keep Going and Reconnect

Authority comes from repeated, meaningful connections. Never be a "one and done." Build lifelong relationships and continue to bring value.

Podcast Audit

Ready to strategically grow your podcast authority?

Get your podcast audit and coaching session with Erik at https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching

Connect with Russ Hedge:

https://RussHedge.com

Next Week:

Join Erik as he interviews Tea and Britain, two powerful influencers who show how complementary partnerships position you as a sought-after authority in your niche.

View Details

Authority is not about being everywhere. It's about owning a small space with absolute clarity and intention.

In this episode of Influential Voices of Authority, Erik K. Johnson welcomes Corinne Gearhart, celebrated dog behavior expert and founder of DoodlePro. Together, they uncover how narrowing your podcast focus unlocks exponential opportunity, positioning you as the go-to authority in your niche.

00:00 "Why Smaller Niches = Greater Authority"

04:18 "Building an Ecosystem, Not Just a Podcast"

07:25 "Tripling Rates Through Authority"

09:25 "Membership, Courses, and Book as Authority Engines"

11:09 "Pre-Selling With Your Body of Work"

12:49 "Becoming the Only Expert in the Category"

15:32 "Launching With Imposter Syndrome and Charting Fast"

18:04 "Podcasts Opening Doors to Industry Idols"

20:05 "Referrals, Relationships, and Compound Connections"

21:37 "Credentials, Confidence, and Authenticity"

22:48 "Guarding Trust and Sponsorship Integrity"

26:02 "Sparking Community Conversation and Bridging Divides"

30:24 "Remembering the Beginner's Questions"

31:27 "SEO Strategy for Podcast Discoverability"

Key Takeaways:

Niche Down, Level Up

When you try to help everyone, you help no one. Erik and Corinne share how narrowing your focus eliminates competition, builds trust, and makes you not the best in your category—but the only one.

The Power of Authority Ecosystems

Corinne reveals her ecosystem strategy: podcast episodes feed into memberships, exclusive content, self-study courses, and a best-selling book. This system multiplies authority and ensures prospects see you as the answer before you even meet.

Build Intimacy and Impact

Listeners who binge your back catalog and know your family's names are already sold. Trust and clarity beat hype. Your podcast and book pre-sell your expertise, building intimate community and engagement.

Strategic SEO for Discovery

Corinne explains her tactical use of Google Keyword and Ubersuggest to identify common questions from doodle owners and title her episodes to rank high for those searches. Discoverability is foundational—you don't need a huge social media push if your audience can find you where they're searching.

Authentic Leadership Over Credentials

Imposter syndrome is common, but authority comes from hands-on expertise. Sharing your imperfections builds human connection and loyalty with your audience—people trust realness, not perfection.

Episode Highlights:

How Corinne tripled her local rates by elevating her authority
The role of courses, memberships, and books in converting listeners into clients
Building sustainable growth and community without relying on traditional ads or sponsorships
Navigating controversy and bridging divides in highly passionate Facebook groups
Leveraging referrals from industry icons and guests to compound authority
Using SEO tools to make episodes discoverable for highly specific questions

Ready to turn your podcast from hidden gem into an authority engine?

Grab Corinne's complimentary resource for a calmer morning routine with your dog: https://thedoodlepro.com/morningflow

Connect with Corinne Gearhart:

Website: https://thedoodlepro.com

Next Week:

Join Erik as he sits down with Russ Hedge and learns how mastering multiple podcasts transformed him into a powerhouse connector and niche authority. Don't miss the chance to step deeper into your own authority!

Authority rewards intentionality and clarity. Step into your niche—build your ecosystem—and see how far your podcast can go.

Get Your Podcast Audit

Let me audit your podcast and find the gaps.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching, click the button and apply to have a chat with me.

We will uncover your authority positioning problem, develop your plan to succeed, and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

Until next week, step into your authority. We'll see you next time.

View Details

Authority in the media isn't about hustle or piling up content. It's about strategic positioning, crystal-clear messaging, and intentionally being seen where it matters.

In this episode of Influential Voices of Authority, Erik K. Johnson welcomes award-winning celebrity cosmetic dentist and PR strategist Dr. Catrise Austin.

Together, they break down the bold steps coaches, consultants, and experts can take to go from overlooked content creators to sought-after authorities by being seen as the media.

00:00 "Building Authority Through Podcasts"

03:57 "Embracing Authority and Impact"

09:02 "Authority Eliminates Hustling"

10:33 "Building a Celebrity Dentist Brand"

12:56 Discovering the Power of Media

17:54 "Podcast Brand Overhaul & Strategy"

21:45 Podcast Promotion and Publicity Tips

23:44 "Be Visible, Be the Expert"

28:46 "Everyday Smile Dental Podcast"

29:41 "Affordable Dental Care Resources"

34:05 "Cardi B Smile Makeover Journey"

37:37 "Build Relationships, Seize Opportunities"

40:50 "7 PR Strategies for Podcasters"

45:06 "Podcast Authority Strategy Audit"

45:49 "Narrowing to Become #1"

Episode Highlights:

Why hustling and creating more content does NOT equal authority
How authority is placed by those already in power— and how you can fast-track your recognition by being seen as "media"
Dr. Catrise Austin's journey from cosmetic dentist to featured expert on Today, Dr. Oz, Jeopardy, and beyond
The FAME method for transforming your podcast from "just another show" into a magnetic platform
The crucial difference between promoting your episodes and promoting your expertise
Real-world case studies of podcasters who broke out of obscurity using PR, lead magnets, and positioning
Strategies for being instantly identifiable to decision makers and the media on social, your website, and more
Why intentional connection, the Dream 100, and establishing the right relationships can open doors to top podcast guests, partnerships, and media features
How treating your podcast as a media outlet unlocks press passes, brand deals, and new revenue opportunities

Key Takeaways:

More content isn't the answer—intentionally placing your voice in front of the right audience is
Clarity about your expertise makes the opportunities come to you, rather than you chasing them
Excellence alone won't get you noticed; authentic positioning and visibility do
Your "authority assets"—book, blogs, podcast, lead magnets—are critical to being quotable, bookable, and findable
Relationships are the real catalyst for authority; proximity to the right people accelerates your results

Resources & Free Gift:

Download Dr. Catrise Austin's slides: "7 PR Strategies That Actually Work for Podcasters"

Get clear, quotable, and bookable so media and opportunities come to you:http://forms.celebritybrandingusa.com/podfest

Connect with Dr. Catrise Austin and Celebrity Branding USA:

Website: http://celebritybrandingusa.com

Instagram & LinkedIn: @celebritybrandingusa

Ready to turn your podcast into an authority engine?

You've published the episodes. You've stayed consistent. You know your content is good.

And yet…

You're not being seen as the authority in your niche
Your podcast isn't creating the level of influence or opportunity you expected
People listen—but they don't take action
And you sound professional… but not unforgettable

The truth?

Consistency alone doesn't create authority. Intentional leadership does.

Turn your podcast into an authority engine and not just more content.

Let me audit your podcast and find the gaps.

We will uncover your authority positioning prcoblem, develop your plan to succeed, and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

Apply for a coaching chat and free podcast audit with Erik K. Johnson athttp://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching

NEXT WEEK:

Discover how Corinne Gerhardt turbocharged her authority by niching so deep she became the top Google search in her field. Learn the secrets to "getting chosen" as the recognized expert.

View Details

Authority isn't just about consistency. It's about intentional leadership and leveraging your platform in new ways.

In this episode, Erik K. Johnson welcomes Tina Dietz, founder and CEO of Twin Flames Studios, a pioneer in voice-powered publishing. Together, they explore how you can transform your podcast episodes into a book and multiply your authority in your niche.

00:00 "Repurpose Content into Authority Book"

06:19 "Drink from the Well"

08:05 "From Audiobooks to Corporate Value"

11:47 Author Community and Resource Hub

15:16 "Efficient CEO Team Engagement"

18:47 Advanced Voiceprint and Content Analysis

23:04 "From Podcasts to Published"

26:40 "Building Trust Through Marketing"

28:00 "Monetizing Connections Through Podcasts"

32:23 "Writing, Motivations, and Podcasts"

35:14 "Guide for First Responder Mental Health"

37:12 "Reflecting Work to Find Purpose"

42:54 "Purpose Behind Writing a Book"

44:52 "Organizing Content for Impact"

48:57 Comprehensive Book Development & Launch

52:25 Transform Podcast into Authority Engine

53:22 Podcast Authority & Growth Strategy

Key Takeaways:

Why Turn Your Podcast Into a Book?

People don't buy your book just because of new content. They buy it because you make it easier. A book curates and condenses your "best of the best," saving your audience from sifting through dozens of free episodes.

Repurposing Content for Maximum Impact:

Tina and Erik dig deep on creative ways to repurpose content, from video, audio, and written word, and how this strategy boosts authority and visibility.

Body of Work vs. Content:

Stop viewing your podcast as scattered content; start seeing it as a body of work. Use recurring themes, values, and stories to build your brand and attract premium clients.

The Process & Path to Your Book:

Twin Flames Studios offers a guided process: analyzing your podcast, crafting a manuscript (not just copy-pasting transcripts), and publishing a book that aligns with your goals, audience, and message.

Authority That Opens Doors:

A book amplifies your recognition, whether you're a speaker, podcaster, or coach. Tina shares moving stories, from award-winning audiobooks to connecting industry experts, increasing authority and creating new opportunities.

When Are You Ready?

Signs you might be ready: you have at least 50 quality podcast episodes or pieces of content, clarity on your audience and goals, and you're coachable and ready to invest time and resources.

Episode Highlights:

The value of experimenting with formats and content as your business evolves
How Twin Flames Studios pioneered remote audiobook recording for podcasters
Examples of podcasts turned into books, including The Loud Quiet, a memoir for empty nesters
The importance of strategic vision before you publish, making sure your book is relevant, consumable, and truly builds your authority

Ready to turn your podcast into a book?

Take the free assessment from Twin Flames Studios to see if your podcast is a fit: https://twinflamestudios.com/bookvision

Connect with Tina Dietz:

Website URL(s) https://twinflamesstudios.com

Personal FB: https://www.facebook.com/thisistinadietz

Company FB: https://www.facebook.com/TwinFlamesStudiosLeadership/

Personal LI: http://www.linkedin.com/in/tinadietz

Company LI: https://www.linkedin.com/company/twin-flames-studios

Personal IG: https://www.instagram.com/thetinadietz/

Company IG: https://www.instagram.com/twinflamesstudios/

Company YT: https://www.youtube.com/@TwinFlamesStudios

Want to level up your authority positioning?

Apply for a coaching chat and podcast audit with Erik at

https://podcasttalentcoach.com/coaching

Next Week:

Join Erik as he talks with Dr. Catrice Austin about growing your authority through media—and discover her surprising Jeopardy connection!

View Details

A new era begins! After 550 episodes as Podcast Talent Coach, Erik K. Johnson launches Influential Voices of Authority. This is a podcast designed for coaches, consultants, and experts ready to leverage their voice, message and podcast to build trust, attract premium clients and grow their impact.

00:00 "Becoming a Category of One"

03:08 "Podcasting for Profit and Authority"

06:24 "Mastering Influence and Creativity"

09:37 "Becoming an Influential Authority"

13:00 Podcast Success: Strategy & Mentorship

In this episode, Erik shares the story behind the show's transformation and what it truly means to build authority. Building it not just with content, but with context, magnetic personality, and storytelling.

Erik's broadcasting journey started by accident, but his passion for creativity, connection, and helping others flourish has fueled decades of radio and podcasting success.

Why settle for blending in? Erik explains why ads and sponsors create a ceiling and clutter, and how you can instead become a "category of one."

He emphasizes that listeners come for your content, but stay for your context. This includes your unique stories, perspectives, and personality.

Consistency is great, but intentional leadership is what turns your podcast into an authority engine.

Key insights from Erik:

It's not about content—it's about context.

Your voice wrapped in story creates memorable experiences that build trust and lasting relationships.

People buy your journey, not your six steps.

Magnetic personalities make others believe and inspire action by sharing real stories and authentic experiences.

Authority isn't achieved by showing up; it's built on leadership and entertainment.

Listeners want to be entertained and moved, not lectured.

Three challenges for podcasters:
Overcomplicating the process: Focus on context, not just content.
Lacking a strategy to turn listeners into clients: Erik promises interviews and systems to help you succeed.
Having no mentor or clear path: This podcast is your guide, with industry leaders ready to share their secrets.

Erik invites you to let him audit your podcast and discover where your authority positioning falls short. Visit www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching and let Erik help you build your plan to become unforgettable.

Next episode:

Tina Dietz of Twin Flames Studios joins Erik to explore how you can transform your podcast into a book, making your content easier to access, more impactful, and cementing your authority faster.

Get your podcast audit at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/coaching.

Hosted by Erik K. Johnson.

View Details

This will be the final episode of Podcast Talent Coach. It has been a great journey through 550 shows. But, it has reached its destination.

WHEN I REALIZED IT WAS THE END

I've met a lot of great people. The things I've learned are immeasurable. The journey has been incredible.

As I was shaping this episode, I thought about a variety of approaches. The 7 things I learned over 550 episodes. The top ten people I've met. The list of mentors who shaped my success.

Everything I considered seemed cliché. So, I'm just taking you to how it came to be.

The end of the show came to me during my latest launch. As the cart close approached, I realized the end was near.

WHERE IT STARTED

This all started 20 years ago.

In a March 2005 edition of Wired Magazine, I came across an article about MTV VJ Adam Curry. The article was called "Adam Curry Wants You To Be An iPod Radio Star".

The article mentioned that Curry was the brains behind iPodder, described as the offspring of the blog and the Apple MP3 player.

This was the beginning of podcasting. And I was fascinated. Unfortunately, I had no interest in tech.

A few years later I got my first iPhone. I was soon downloading podcasts. By 2009, I was in love with the format.

By this time, I had been coaching radio talent for about 15 years with a successful radio show of my own.

As I listened to these podcasts, I thought they could be so much more effective if they just used the techniques we used in radio to connect with an audience. They just didn't know what they didn't know. It was still the wild west.

MY PERSONAL LAUNCH

I started creating content. By 2012 I was speaking on stage at events like New Media Expo and BlogWorld.

In June 2013, this podcast was launched. It was also the month that Ken Allan became my first coaching client. He came to me help him create stronger content and a more compelling show.

Over the years, I've coached many incredible content creators. I've created a few courses and live programs.

There have been webinars that have completely crashed, 3-day events that have been incredible, and lots in between.

As the years went on, I started drifting away from stronger content and more toward launching podcasts.

THE DRIFT STARTED HAPPENING

As I would explain what I do to help people create effective content, people would say, "That sounds great, Erik... but I don't have a podcast."

Launching a podcast isn't the tough part. The struggle is figuring out what to do with your podcast. Getting to grow and using it to generate revenue are the areas that create challenges for people.

But, they wanted me to help them launch. So, I did. I launched the Podcast Launch Accelerator to help people launch in 30 days.

That's when I started attracting people who didn't have a podcast rather than those that needed help with content and growth.

Two problems come from this. First, I was attracting people who needed help launching rather than those who wanted more effective content. Second, I was now more into tech and less into how to use it.

Exactly where I didn't want to be.

BACK TO MY ROOTS

So, I got back to my roots. I dove into become influential with your content. My content became more about who you are, how you share your story, and how you move a room to action. We were talking less about how to launch.

I recently did market research around influence and impact. I talked to dozens of people about where they struggle regarding becoming someone worth listening to.

Their challenges were right in my wheelhouse.

When the program was developed, I rolled it out. It was offered in one-on-one calls, workshops, and short info sessions.

Of all the people who saw the opportunity, only one purchased.

Over the years, I've tried different approaches with different courses. I have some amazing clients and a wonderful group program.

The revenue has been solid and growing over the years. It just isn't where I hoped it would be.

KNOW WHEN TO END IT

Dan Miller was one of my mentors with 48 Days To The Work and Life You Love. He and I shared a birthday, though years apart. We lost Dan at the beginning of 2024.

Dan always said you should be able to tell in about 90 days if a business idea has legs. He should know. Dan launched many businesses, some successful, some not so much.

He also thought "winners never quit and quitters never win" was a false cliché. In a blog post and podcast episode, Dan said, "I constantly have areas in my business and life that are on the bubble. If they are not proven successful in a very specific period of time – they’re gone – I quit but keep moving on to success in other ways."

Dan's point was that winners know when to quit.

NOT IN THE NUMBERS

It happened as I was crunching the numbers from the latest launch and examining the results of 2024 in my business. I came to the realization that the success wasn't where I wanted it to be.

During my mastermind call three days later, I explained what I was thinking. That when it was confirmed. It's time to find the next fun thing to pursue.

There are 550 episodes here to serve you and help you shape your content. The first 275 episodes are solo with just me, except for episode 200. I sprinkled in some great interviews with some amazing people over the next 275.

Find them all here: PODCAST TALENT COACH EPISODES

It has been a blast. I can't thank you enough for coming along on the journey. We've done some incredible things.

I'm not sure what's next. There are a few things I want to try. I'm sure a podcast will be part of it.

I'm sure we'll cross paths again down the road. Until then, remember to always tell the truth, always make it matter, and always have fun.

I'll see ya soon.

View Details

MARKETING MESSAGE WITH EMOTION When you create your call to action in your podcast, you need a powerful marketing message. You need to inspire your audience into action.

People buy with emotion. Then they justify that purchase with logic.

Your marketing message needs to stir emotion within your potential clients.

00:00 "Stir Emotions to Attract Clients"

06:11 Corporate Sales Journey Reflection

06:54 Entrepreneurial Challenges and Marketing Insight

12:17 Hewlett Packard's Transformative Culture

14:22 Affordable Marketing Feedback Strategy

17:52 Product Brand Clarity Essentials

22:05 Cheese and Crackers Surprise

25:33 Importance of Market Research

30:05 "Master Your Message Program"

32:01 "Opinion Diversity in Marketing"

36:55 Realtor Specializing in Divorce Sales

39:15 Defining Your Target Audience

41:21 "30 Seconds to Impress"

44:27 "Podcast Coaching Session Offer"

GET YOUR MARKETING MESSAGE TO LAND Do you ever feel like your podcast marketing message just isn’t landing with your audience? You’re crafting awesome content, but somehow your message isn’t converting listeners to clients.

This week, I sit down with business strategist Nicki Chang-Powless to dig into the secrets behind creating a compelling, actionable marketing message for your podcast and business.

If you want your audience to grow—and more importantly, move them to action—this episode is tailor-made for you.

LEAD WITH CONNECTION, NOT CONTENT Your audience listens for companionship. They aren’t downloading your latest episode just to be informed—they want to feel connected, understood, and guided.

If your call to action only shows up at the end of your show, you’re missing out! Listeners don’t always make it to the last minute.

We break down how to bake your call to action and marketing message throughout your show. This allows you meet your audience where they are and inspire them to take the next step.

It’s not about dumping information. It’s about creating relatable, emotionally resonant moments that build trust and authority.

THE POWER OF TARGETED MESSAGING In the episode, Nicki drives home the essential truth: if you’re marketing to “everyone,” you’re speaking to no one.

We talk about how getting laser-focused on your target audience changes everything. Imagine you’re a massage therapist—what you say to a stressed-out parent versus a retired senior makes all the difference.

Nicki lays out how to tailor your marketing message so it resonates with the exact audience you want to attract.

We dig into practical strategies for clarifying your product brand, refining your offer, and using feedback and collaboration to fine-tune your pitch.

COLLABORATION & CONSISTENCY WIN Nicki reveals her biggest lessons from corporate life at Hewlett Packard: the magic of collaboration and consistency. We explore actionable ways you can bring group feedback into developing your marketing message, A/B testing your ideas—without the massive budgets of big brands.

We also talk about the increasing competition for attention in today’s digital world. The average prospect needs 62 touchpoints with your brand before they’re ready to take action. That’s why consistency in your podcast message, branding, and calls to action is more important than ever.

TURNING LISTENERS INTO CLIENTS So, how do you make your marketing message truly work? It starts by knowing your audience, articulating your unique value, and making every touchpoint count.

Whether you’re working on your website, your 30-second intro, or speaking at a networking event, we share real-world examples and simple frameworks.

Plus, don’t miss Nicki’s free gift... “How to Impress When You Only Have 30 Seconds”. This is perfect for nailing your introduction and getting prospects to lean in and say, “Tell me more!”

Download this resource at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/impress.

LET'S CREATE YOUR MARKETING MESSAGE If you’re ready to transform your podcast—and your business—by creating a marketing message that inspires action, this episode of Podcast Talent Coach is your blueprint.

And if you want personalized help building your strategy, apply for a free coaching call at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply. Let’s start making your message matter!

View Details

Are you frustrated trying to grow your audience without breaking through to new listeners? I get it.

You pour your heart into creating incredible content, but it feels like you’re stuck talking to the same handful of listeners every week.

GROW YOUR AUDIENCE WITH PODCAST INTERVIEWS

In this episode of Podcast Talent Coach, I dive deep with Liam Austin, co-founder of Talks.Co, to reveal my favorite strategy for audience growth: landing podcast interviews.

Liam will mention it during our conversation. You can get started for free with Talks.co at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/talks.

To be effective, these guest spots need to put you in front of the right, ready-to-engage audience.

Trust me, guesting isn’t just a nice-to-have—it's a must if you want to build influence and turn your podcast into a thriving business.

THE RIGHT PODCASTS

Knowing which shows to target, and how to get booked as a guest, can make or break your growth strategy. Not all podcasts are created equal, and it's a mistake to guest on just any show.

Liam explains why you don't need to focus on competitors; instead, seek out shows that complement what you do and speak directly to your ideal clients. For example, if you’re a marketing expert for entrepreneurs, aim for podcasts that help entrepreneurs build businesses, not necessarily marketing podcasts.

You want to get in front of listeners who actually want what you offer, not just more of what you do.

GET THEM TO SAY "YES"

But how do you get hosts to say yes, especially when they're inundated with generic, spammy pitches? You have to show up as the number one choice. That starts with hyper-relevant, personalized outreach—no copy-paste emails!

Build genuine relationships by demonstrating you’ve listened to their show and understand their audience. And please, whatever you do, don't send cold pitches about unrelated topics.

As I shared in this episode, nothing hurts more than getting pitched a cryptocurrency trader for a podcast about podcasting!

LONG-TERM RELATIONSHIPS

Getting booked is only half the battle. You also need a strategy to bring listeners from that appearance into your own world.

Liam and I break down the power of value-driven call-to-actions.

Always give immense value first. Then, invite listeners to take the next step with a compelling lead magnet.

Whether it’s a free checklist, a workshop, or a downloadable resource, the goal should be getting them onto your email list. This is where you have full control and can nurture real relationships beyond social platforms.

GET STARTED

Ready to put this into action? Check out Talks.co, the platform Liam founded to connect podcast guests and hosts quickly and efficiently. Create your (free!) speaker profile and discover shows actively seeking guests right now.

If you’re serious about growing your audience, it’s time to move beyond waiting for listeners to find you.

Get started: Use my affiliate link at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/talks to start for free.

As always, if you want personal help refining your content, building relationships, and developing your own podcast growth plan, apply for a coaching call at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply. Let’s turn your passion into profit and meaning—because podcasting is the tool, but your impact is the real goal!

View Details

Welcome to another episode of Podcast Talent Coach! This week, we’re diving deep into the art of stage presence and how to become truly magnetic—no matter your platform.

MAGNETIC STAGE PRESENCE

On this episode, I am joined by special guest Monique McDonald, the "Magnetic Voice Mentor". Monique is an award-winning, Grammy-nominated opera singer turned international speaker and coach.

00:00 "Commanding Presence and Influence"

04:02 Embrace Authentic Presence

07:29 Harness Your Unique Origin Story

13:42 Tony Robbins: Inspiration Amid Challenges

14:50 Empowering Voices for Stage Presence

19:25 Multilingual Recital Singer's Impact

23:49 "Tosca Performance for Royalty"

27:54 From Performer to Entrepreneur

30:33 Preparing Energy for Visibility

35:00 Overcoming Stage Fright

37:19 "Overcoming Fear of Isolation"

39:13 Magnetic Speaker Visibility Kit

42:44 Personalized Goal-Setting Session

UNLEASH YOUR STAGE PRESENCE

You’re working so hard to deliver value with every episode, but if you’re not connecting deeply with your audience, all that hard work may be falling flat. On this episode of Podcast Talent Coach, we get laser-focused on what it really takes to become magnetic and unforgettable—no matter your platform.

Whether you’re on a podcast mic, YouTube camera, summit stage, or even a one-on-one call, your stage presence is the true game-changer. Let’s dive into how your authentic story and presence—not just your content—move people into action.

BUILDING MAGNETIC PRESENCE STARTS WITH INTENTION

It’s not about simply sharing great trivia or being perfectly polished. Your audience wants someone real, someone whose energy shines through every word and every moment.

I share exactly why focusing on your story — your origin, your principles, your "why" — is essential for creating that spark. Lean into your real experiences.

Use your own story as a filter for your content. When you do, people connect to your message and become committed followers, not just passive listeners.

LESSONS WITH MONIQUE MCDONALD — TURN YOUR VOICE INTO YOUR SUPERPOWER

This week, I’m joined by the phenomenal Monique McDonald—the "Magnetic Voice Mentor." Her journey is a masterclass in turning personal loss and transformation into a mission to help entrepreneurs and speakers shine.

From performing for royalty around the globe to finding her voice as a coach, Monique reveals how true stage presence starts with energetic preparation and a willingness to let your authentic self come through.

In this conversation, she gives us actionable tips for preparing your mind, body, and emotions for any "stage". Her tips include how the power of breath and body language can set you apart.

PRACTICAL TOOLS FOR EVERY PODCASTER AND SPEAKER

Packed in this episode are concrete ways you can quickly ramp up your own presence. Stand up and smile—even when no one can see you!

From harnessing the sound of your smile to owning your backstory, these tools are designed to help you command a room of any size. If you’ve ever struggled with "imposter syndrome" or nerves before stepping up to the mic, you’ll find Monique’s perspective on fear, preparation, and focus liberating.

NEXT LEVEL VISIBILITY WITH THE MAGNETIC SPEAKER VISIBILITY KIT

Ready to stop hiding and start radiating confidence on every platform? Monique has created the Magnetic Speaker Visibility Kit. This is a free 10-day journey full of her most effective exercises and vocal techniques, designed just for leaders like you.

Monique's bundle helps you prepare your energy to be seen and heard in every situation—from podcasts to presentations and beyond. Get her kit at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/Monique. Start stepping boldly into your next level of influence and significance.

If you want my help one-on-one, head to https://podcasttalentcoach.com/strategy-call/ to get started building unstoppable stage presence today!

View Details

YOUR PERSONA & PRESENCE MAKE YOU UNFORGETTABLE

As a podcaster, you spend countless hours perfecting your content. But are you making your show truly unforgettable? In this episode of Podcast Talent Coach, I reveal why your unique persona and presence are the most important assets you have. These are assets that artificial intelligence or your competition can never copy.

When you infuse your content with your personal story and authentic self, you stand out from the endless sea of sameness. It’s this magnetism that attracts loyal listeners and turns casual followers into raving fans for your brand.

WHY YOUR STORY IS YOUR SUPERPOWER

Let’s be real: being slightly better or just another "shade of gray" won’t set you apart in today’s crowded landscape. It’s not about being cheaper, having a slicker course, or even a more refined mic setup.

What makes people choose you, over and over again, is your story—your origin, your journey, your perspective. Your competition might try to imitate your process, but they’ll never replicate your lived experience and genuine voice.

In this episode, I break down how icons like Howard Stern, Oprah Winfrey, and Zig Ziglar rose to fame by unapologetically sharing who they are and weaving personal stories into every lesson.

STOP TEACHING—START ENTERTAINING

Too many podcasters get caught up in cramming more information into each episode.

Here’s the truth: listeners crave entertainment. Even when they’re tuning in to learn, it’s the stories and emotions you invoke that keep them coming back.

Just think about your favorite teacher—the one who brought lessons to life, not the monotone professor who put the class to sleep. In this episode, I show you how to wrap your valuable content in relatable, audience-focused stories.

When you stir emotion and invite your audience into your world, you don’t just give them information—you give them an unforgettable experience.

DEFINE YOUR BRAND WITH INTENTION

Your brand isn’t an accident—it’s a choice. I walk you through how to identify four to six adjectives that define your podcast persona and ensure every episode supports those characteristics.

Are you insightful, quirky, bold, or caring? Structure your content and stories to reinforce these brand traits with consistency and confidence.

When you intentionally choose the characteristics your show stands for, you foster trust and recognition in your niche. Just like Gary Vaynerchuk and Mel Robbins attract their tribes with distinct personas, you can create a magnetic brand by sharing your story your way.

TAKE THE NEXT STEP TO GREATNESS

If you ever wonder why your audience isn’t growing, your engagement is flat, or you’re not making money with your podcast, the answer is likely simple: you haven’t leaned into your story and presence enough.

Now is the time to stand out by being more authentic, more entertaining, and more YOU.

If you want hands-on help developing your podcast persona or building stronger, more profitable relationships with your audience, apply for a free coaching call at https://podcasttalentcoach.com/strategy-call/.

Let’s craft your story and turn your podcast into the influential, client-attracting platform you deserve.

View Details

Are you looking to transform your podcast into a true marketing powerhouse for your business? In this episode of Podcast Talent Coach, I dive into the world of virtual events with the incredible Steve Eriksen, founder of EventRaptor.

VIRTUAL EVENTS: YOUR SECRET PODCAST MARKETING TOOL

00:00 Engage Audience with Your Story

04:22 "Mastering Virtual Event Hosting"

08:32 Building Event Lists with Top Speakers

12:28 "Entrepreneurial Success Through Speaking"

16:44 "Set Deadlines for Accountability"

20:14 Clarity Boosts Sales: Simple Pricing

21:49 "Virtual Summits Drive Audience Engagement"

25:42 Summit Preparation: Key Considerations

30:48 Tailoring Talks for Different Audiences

33:27 Targeted Networking for Real Estate Professionals

35:53 "Service Bundles and Success Guarantees"

38:28 "Nine-Step Rapport-Building Framework"

42:09 Virtual Summits for Lead Conversion

45:46 "Weekly Coaching Invitation"

We reveal exactly how hosting and speaking at summits, masterminds, and online conferences can rapidly grow your email list, attract your ideal clients, and explode your authority in your niche.

Virtual events are so much more than just another "networking" opportunity—they’re a dynamic growth strategy. On this episode, you’ll hear why they offer results no other channel can match.

THE COMPOUND POWER OF VIRTUAL EVENTS

If you want leverage, you need to get in front of more people—faster. That’s why I’m such a huge advocate of virtual events.

When you speak at a summit or online masterminds, you aren’t just building rapport with one person at a time. You’re leveraging the audience of a host who’s vouching for your expertise and putting you directly in front of people already interested in your topic.

And when you host your own virtual summit, you don’t just add 25 or 50 leads. You’re suddenly adding hundreds or even thousands of the right people to your email list, letting you scale your business much more quickly.

AVOIDING COMMON VIRTUAL EVENT MISTAKES

Steve Eriksen and I dig deep into what separates successful summits from virtual event disasters. We reveal why keeping things simple—for both your offers and your event organization—is key if you want real results.

Steve shares powerful examples of mistakes to avoid, like confusing multi-tiered VIP offers that leave attendees unsure and uncommitted. Instead, you’ll learn why clarity and a focused value proposition always win, and how offering a single irresistible option can drive thousands in summit revenue.

FIVE KEY ELEMENTS TO BE SUMMIT-READY

You might be wondering: What do you really need to show up and win at a virtual event?

Steve Eriksen is the Founder of EventRaptor - the BEST solution for making Virtual Event Management easy! In his previous role as the Chief Technology Officer for Mary Morrissey, a life coach certification organization with an 8-figure revenue, he was responsible for all the tech that went into their events with thousands of attendees. Steve now helps entrepreneurs with their event tech with EventRaptor.

Steve breaks down the five-step system every podcasting entrepreneur should have in place. These include a strong lead magnet, a signature talk that plants your expertise in people’s minds, a reliable follow-up sequence, an irresistible offer, and a simple sales conversion system.

Whether you’re hosting or guest-speaking, having this foundation will not only grow your email list but also turn new listeners into long-term clients.

BUILDING RELATIONSHIPS THAT LAST

Podcasting and virtual events are about more than downloads and email addresses. They’re about building meaningful relationships with your audience and fellow experts.

Throughout this episode, I share how consistently showing up (even as a last-minute speaker) builds goodwill in the virtual event space, leading to more invitations, stronger JV partnerships, and more sales.

If you’re ready to establish trust, deepen engagement, and finally build a platform that delivers impact, this episode will give you the exact blueprint to make that happen.

Don’t forget to grab Steve’s incredible “Get Summit Ready” checklist at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/summitready, and start leveraging the transformational power of virtual events today!

If you would like my help to walk you every step of the way, go to https://podcasttalentcoach.com/strategy-call/. Just click the button and apply to have a chat with me. We will develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

View Details

WHAT I WOULD DO DIFFERENTLY STARTING MY PODCAST

If I were to start this journey all over again, what would I do differently? That’s exactly what I cover in this episode of Podcast Talent Coach.

After years on the radio and over a decade in podcasting, I’ve learned a lot—often the hard way! In this week’s episode, I lay out three crucial things I’d do differently to help you avoid the same mistakes.

You can command attention with your content, and actually attract clients instead of endlessly chasing them down. You don’t have to struggle to find listeners if you set up your content for engagement, connection, and growth from the start.

RESOURCES MENTIONED:

Podcast Talent Coach: www.PodcastTalentCoach.com

The Big Party Show: https://hurrdatmedia.com/hurrdat-one/shows/the-big-party-show/

LEAN INTO YOUR PERSONALITY EARLY The first think I would do differently: lean into personality sooner rather than later.

For years, I tried copying other radio personalities, and it just didn’t work. Your authenticity is magnetic.

Listeners fall in love with who you are—not just what you say. That genuine connection builds trust and keeps people coming back.

When I finally started just being myself, everything changed. That’s when my shows started reaching the top of the ratings, and I was able to help others do the same.

The secret isn’t in the content; it’s in the storyteller. Share your stories, your quirks, and your unique perspective. Because you are what makes you worth listening to.

BUILD RELATIONSHIPS WITH JOINT VENTURE PARTNERS

The next thing I'd do differently is find joint venture partners much sooner.

JV partners will promote you to their audiences, helping you explode your email list, get in front of ideal clients, and grow your business faster than you ever could alone.

Not all JV partners are equal, though. So, focus on finding the ones who are active promoters and are aligned with your values.

By plugging into the right partnerships, I took my email list from 500 to over 5,000 in just a year. If you want explosive growth, don’t go it alone—collaborate! Your network is a growth multiplier, not just a way to get your name out there.

HIRE A COACH TO SHORTCUT YOUR SUCCESS The third thing I’d do differently? Get a coach early.

I know there’s hesitation. "Will it be worth it? Will I actually implement?" But, having the right mentor is a game-changer.

I waited six years before hiring my first coach, and progress after that skyrocketed. Different coaches have helped me with sales, offers, content, and scaling systems.

A mentor helps you not just gather information, but actually implement it, saving you years of trial and error. Remember: information alone doesn't create transformation. You’ve got to take action—and a great coach will help you do just that.

TURN INFORMATION INTO ACTION

If you want to stand out and attract both fans and clients, it’s all about taking action. Don’t just collect PDFs, lead magnets, and courses. Decide what’s going to move the needle and make it happen.

Most content creators never act on what they learn. Be the exception.

Whether it’s refining your origin story to create rapport, building JV relationships, or working with a mentor, execution is what will separate you from everyone else. Attracting clients and building powerful relationships with your audience starts the minute you put yourself into your podcast and follow these proven strategies.

Want to talk more about how to implement this in your show? Reach out to me. You can email me at Coach at PodcastTalentCoach.com.

I can help you develop your unique brand, build authority, and create content that actually grows your business. If you’re ready to take action, let’s chat—and I’ll help you become someone worth listening to and learning from! Find more resources and coaching information at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com.

View Details

Are you tired of feeling like your podcast blends in with the crowd? On this episode of Podcast Talent Coach, I’m diving deep into the one thing that will truly set your show apart. We talk about overcoming your speaking fear so you can step into your unique perspective and authentic story.

EMBRACE YOUR PERSPECTIVE

You’ve got something to say. You’ve walked through fire, learned the lessons, and earned your perspective. Unfortunately, your communication of that message has little to do with your content and more to do with your presence.

If your message is muddled or your story is missing, your authority won’t land with your ideal client.

Your influence has less to do with your platform and more to do with your presence.

To become someone worth listening to, you need to deliver more than great content. You need to share yourself. That can come along with some fear.

Magnetic leaders don’t just share what they do, they share who they are. They tell the story that makes others believe.

I learned this the hard way by trial and error when I started in radio 35 years ago. My program director asked me when I was going to start being myself.

It took a lot of hours on the air to discover what makes me different. It's not what I'm saying. It's whom I'm being. I had to overcome my fear and step into myself.

It starts with one thing:

Your Origin Story.

ORIGIN STORY MASTERCLASS

If you're ready to strategically use podcasting, video, keynotes, and interviews to grow your influence and become someone worth listening to, join me for my Origin Story Masterclass.

Get details at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/workshop.

This one-hour masterclass will help align your influence with your story and the right audiences for maximum impact. Write your story and overcome your fear.

This is for you if you’re a entrepreneur, creator, or leader with a message, but your story feels scattered.

You need to join us if you want to speak, teach, or lead — but you’re unsure how to position yourself.

Be part of this masterclass if you’re ready to defeat your fear to stand out as a trusted andrespected voice.

Get registered for the Origin Story Masterclass online at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/workshop.

HOW YOU SAY IT

Your origin story is critical, because it is the foundation of whom you're being. Once you know your origin story and principles, you can overcome your fear and find the confidence to lean into that persona.

Most communication is nonverbal. Not what you say, but how you say it.

There was a study done by Dr. Albert Mehrabian.

Many refer to the study out of context by saying 7% of communication comes from the words you say. 38% of communication is your tone of voice. And 55% is your body language.

Dr. Mehrabian didn't exactly say that. But, it was close. He did talk about those numbers and he did say a majority of communication is nonverbal.

Even if the numbers are off a bit, the principle is still true. It's not what you say that is the most important.

Powerful communication comes from whom you're being while you say it. Unfortunately, fear often holds that back.

Lean into your personality. Your communication will be so much more powerful allowing you to attract raving fans.

RELATIONSHIPS THROUGH STORY

Too many podcasters focus only on delivering information, but what really creates influence and profitable relationships with your audience is who you are while delivering your message.

On this episode, I share why your communication style and presence are more powerful than the content alone and how you can step fully into your own spotlight without fear.

Let’s talk about what separates the most influential voices in any niche. Think Oprah, Howard Stern, or Gary Vee. It’s not just their expertise; it’s their story and how they deliver it with authenticity.

Discover how adding your own perspective and sharing pieces of your origin story each week can magnetize listeners. It can also create true fans, and make your podcast stand out in the sea of sameness.

I’ll also explain the four core elements every podcaster must master. These include attention-grabbing artwork, a compelling show name, a laser-focused description, and captivating episode titles that hook your ideal listener.

MARJORIE SAULSON

To help you succeed, I talk with Communication Confidence Coach, Marjorie Saulson. She empowers reluctant speakers to develop their own unique messages, acquire engaging presentation skills, and master any nerves or fear.

Her clients hire her so that they can communicate with poise and confidence in any situation - on stage, online, on podcasts, on the phone, networking, whether they are talking to one person or to 1000.

Her professional accomplishments include:

Being named both Top Speaking Coach of the Year and Top Motivational Speaker of the Year by the International Organization of Top Professionals
Author of the #1 international bestselling book, "Empowering Business Owners to Overcome Speaking Fears Whether You're Talking with 1 Person or 1,000."

Marjorie illustrates how communication is about so much more than just words. She breaks down why your tone, body language, and confidence are the secret sauce to being memorable on stage, online, or on your podcast.

Together, we discuss strategies for overcoming public speaking fears, using the power of the pause, and crafting clear, compelling messages that truly resonate. Marjorie’s stories—from her own journey as a shy child to empowering business owners—offer actionable advice for podcasters looking to find their voice.

If you’re confused about how to bring all of your life experience and lessons to your podcast in a way that feels authentic, this episode is for you. We dig into how to write a powerful origin story—your purpose and foundation—and share it strategically across all your content.

Be sure to download Marjorie's free gift "How to Prepare for an Irresistible Interview". You can find it at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/vibrant.

LET'S GET STARTED

Ready to create a podcast that’s impossible to ignore? Tune in to learn why you need to show up as the real you. Discover how to amplify your presence, plus practical techniques to banish nerves and deliver with poise. This is powerful whether you’re talking to one person or thousands.

If you’re driven to build authority, influence, and connection through your podcast, apply for a coaching call with me and let’s craft your powerful story together.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply, click the button and apply to have a chat with me. We will develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

View Details

Are you struggling to find purpose in your journey or business? This week on Podcast Talent Coach, I sat down with entrepreneur and ocean conservationist Rich German to dive deeply into the connection between passion, purpose, and creating real impact with your platform.

DEFINING PURPOSE FOR SUCCESS

If you're searching for stronger work-life balance, or wondering how to blend your business with your life’s calling, you’re going to want to listen. We break down exactly how finding your true "why" can make the bumps in the road easier to overcome, and how it will magnetize listeners who share your mission.

Rich German’s journey from burnout to balance is one every entrepreneur should hear. He’s led thousands of coaching calls, built the JV Insider Circle into a leading community for coaches and authors, and then made the bold leap into environmental activism and nonprofit leadership with Project O. He did all while designing a life that lets him spend every morning with the whales.

VISION FOR YOUR LIFESTYLE

What is Rich's secret? Set a vision for your lifestyle first, then build a business that funds your dream. Rich shares actionable steps to start your own transition, from group coaching models to automating your business, so you spend less time grinding and more time living your story.

As a content creator, you know connecting deeply with your audience is everything. That starts by owning your origin story and weaving your "why" into every episode.

In this interview, you'll learn why defining your greater purpose creates more powerful, profitable relationships with listeners. Your passion isn’t just a background detail – It's your driving force!

When you make your content about your unique mission, not just revenue, you'll sustain your efforts regardless of challenges, and attract raving fans who share your values. It’s time to stop chasing trends and start building unforgettable bonds through your podcast.

WORKFLOW TO SUPPORT PURPOSE

Rich and I also discussed practical strategies to strengthen your workflow. Are you feeling stretched thin, working 24/7 without seeing the results you want? Rich’s approach is a blueprint for efficiency and clarity: schedule your work around your life, not the other way around, eliminate busywork, and laser in on the 20% of actions that produce 80% of your results.

We even explored why it's so hard for many business owners to “unhook” from the grind and fully step into their deepest calling. If you’re craving more time, impact, and joy, these are lessons for every podcaster and entrepreneur.

RESOURCES MENTIONED

This episode is packed with actionable resources for you. Rich is offering his free Ungrind Assessment at podcasttalentcoach.com/rich. This is your first step to stopping the hustle and start building the life of your dreams.

Plus, don’t miss my upcoming Origin Story Masterclass where I’ll help you clarify your purpose and craft it into stories that captivate your audience and set your show apart. Head to podcasttalentcoach.com/workshop for all the details.

Remember: your podcast is just the vehicle, but the real goal is significance, impact, and lasting relationships. Let’s get you there... one episode, and one purpose, at a time!

If you would like coaching help to craft your story and stragegy, you can get details at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply.

View Details

Are you looking to elevate your authority, grow your business, and foster deep, profitable relationships through your podcast? In this episode of Podcast Talent Coach, I dive deep into the undeniable power of becoming a published author, and how your podcast is the perfect springboard to make it happen.

BENEFITS OF BEING PUBLISHED

A book isn’t just a collection of words; it’s the foundation of authority, visibility, and influence in your niche. Whether you’ve been podcasting for a year or have hundreds of episodes under your belt, you already have a treasure trove of content that can be repurposed into a high-impact book.

I’ll walk you through why having your name on a cover instantly elevates your credibility, opens new doors for speaking gigs, and sets you apart in your field.

Let’s face it... everyone wants to stand out, but not everyone knows how to do it strategically. In my conversation with book coach and editor Susan Crossman, we break down how you can curate your podcast episodes into a well-structured book.

PUBLISHED WITH SUSAN CROSSMAN

Susan Crossman is a book coach and editor who helps mission-focused coaches, consultants, and innovators write and publish compelling books that make a difference in their businesses and their world. She believes a well-written book can be a powerful force for good in our world and she takes delight in assisting her clients to greater author-ity.

Susan’s journey is as inspiring as her expertise. From her childhood dream of writing while perched in an apple tree to overcoming loss and transforming her own story into five published books, she shares actionable insights every aspiring author needs.

We also tackle the big question: should you self-publish or pursue a traditional publisher? Susan cuts through the confusion, helping you decide what aligns best with your business goals and personal aspirations.

Don’t fall into the trap of thinking "if you write it, they will come." As we explore in this episode, writing a book is only 20% of the journey. The real impact comes when you masterfully market and leverage your book as part of your broader content strategy.

Susan and I share real-world examples, from business leaders like Tony Robbins to rising entrepreneurs who found their true calling and built movements after publishing their first book. And yes, we get honest about the pitfalls of poor quality, AI-generated books and why investing in professional editing, structure, and heartfelt writing delivers results your audience will respect.

OTHER OPPORTUNITIES

The benefits of being a published author extend far beyond the book itself. We delve into the speaking opportunities, media exposure, and industry recognition that come with being a published author.

Susan recounts how one of her clients, an accountant-turned-author, became a sought-after speaker and leader in her field - all by articulating her value and experience in a quality book. We also talk candidly about best-seller myths, the importance of audiobook versions, and how to avoid the embarrassment of a rushed, unpolished book.

If you want your message to stick and your book to stand the test of time, this episode gives you a clear blueprint.

GET PUBLISHED

Ready to get started? Susan is hosting a powerful three-day event, "Write With Impact," specifically for coaches, consultants, and change-makers who want to create books that make a difference. I’m excited to offer you a free ticket to this event. Visit www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/writewithimpact and use the code EARLYBIRDSPECIAL.

Whether you’re after legacy, client attraction, or a larger stage, there’s never been a better time to transform your podcast content into a book that multiplies your influence.

Need more personalized help? Reach out to me at coach@podcasttalentcoach.com or apply for a coaching session at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply. Let’s get your message out of your head, onto the page, and into the hands of the people you’re meant to serve!

View Details

ARE YOU READY TO GROW YOUR AUDIENCE?

In this episode of Podcast Talent Coach, we're diving deep into the secrets of growing your podcast audience by building powerful, profitable relationships. How are you growing audience? When you get on other stages and in front of your ideal clients, how are you attracting them to you?

You may be asking yourself how to attract more listeners and keep them coming back for more. It all starts with using your podcast as a robust marketing tool to lead your audience down the path to doing business with you.

We're not just about creating content; we're about creating relationships that convert. This is not about your podcast. It is about your presence.

ENGAGE BY BEING AUTHENTIC ON STAGES

As we explore ways to grow your audience, I want you to grasp the importance of getting in front of people who don't already know you. However, it's not just about sharing information; it's about showing who you are.

Your personality is what will attract people to your brand. When you're on stage, whether it's a virtual platform or a physical one, focus on being yourself and let your authenticity shine.

Your connection to the audience is not about what you're saying, but who you're being while you say it. That is what will make all the difference.

BUILDING RELATIONSHIPS THAT LAST

Keeping your current listeners engaged is just as crucial as attracting new ones. If you're only focusing on bringing new listeners through the front door, don't forget to lock the back door and keep them from leaving.

Continue nurturing your existing audience by providing them with engaging content that keeps them coming back for more.

Reinforce the connection with your audience by reinforcing why they should stay and listen after you capture their attention. Use your social media and email list to continue to engage your current audience.

CONSISTENTLY GET ON STAGES IN FRONT OF NEW LISTENERS

Discover how continuously reaching out and engaging with wider audiences can significantly impact your podcast's growth.

I encourage you to actively seek out stages—whether that be summits, mastermind groups, or other podcasts—to widen your reach. Do this regularly rather than just sporadically.

Make reaching people who have never heard of you a part of your strategy, and you'll see your audience numbers steadily rise. But do it consistently.

CRAFT YOUR UNIQUE STORY

Your origin story can be a powerful tool in building connections with your audience. Sharing the hurdles and challenges you’ve faced not only humanizes you but makes you more relatable to your audience.

People connect with stories—a fact that can benefit you greatly as you work to inspire and engage your listeners. Dive into your past experiences, highlight the lessons learned, and watch as your audience starts to resonate with your narrative.

In this episode, discover how the origin stories of Mel Robbins and Gary Vaynerchuk help build their brand.

If you'd like to further refine your podcast strategy and content, apply for a coaching call with me at podcasttalentcoach.com/apply. Let's grow your audience together.

View Details

THE SECRET TO BECOMING MAGNETIC

So many content creators struggle to gain an audience. The problem is that you're chasing people rather than being magnetic and attracting them to you.

There is a difference between pursuing and attracting. When you only create content, you need to continuously put that content in front of people.

In this episode, we discuss how to become someone worth listening to.

00:00 Attract, Don't Chase, Audience Growth

05:43 Kelsea Ballerini's Genuine Charisma

08:10 Kelsey's Special Selfie Moment

09:47 Kelsey's Quest for Radio Airplay

14:50 Podcast Growth and Community Success

17:17 Context Over Content in Creation

21:46 Dull Architecture Class vs. Engaging History Teacher

24:58 Reviving Human Connection Movement

28:08 Focus on Impact, Not Overload

30:49 Dismissive Critique of Experience

33:35 Goal-Setting and Success Support

In this episode of Podcast Talent Coach, I dive into what it truly means to "Be Magnetic." It's not just about chasing an audience but rather attracting them effortlessly by being authentically you.

Drawing from my own experiences in the podcasting world and the entertainment industry, I highlight how being genuine and embracing your unique qualities can set you apart.

It's like dating – being needy can push people away. Instead, embrace who you are, and let your authenticity draw people to you. Become magnetic.

STEAL THE SPOTLIGHT LIKE KELSEA

I was recently inspired by a Kelsea Ballerini concert. Not only did she captivate a full arena with her presence, but she also made each person feel connected to her personal stories and songs.

Kelsea's ability to make everyone feel special exemplifies the power of relatability and personal storytelling.

Your podcast can have the same magnetic effect. It's about personality, engagement, and making your audience feel seen and heard.

Kelsea's journey shows that the personal connections we make with our audiences are the real stars of the show.

DISCOVER YOUR STRONG FOUNDATION

As I reflected on my journey, I realized how crucial it is to focus on helping people become voices of influence. This episode is a call to remember the roots and mission of why you chose to share your content – to connect and communicate your unique message!

Your content should resonate with your personal brand and maintain authenticity. Just like Kelsea's pop-infused country tracks are true to her, your content should reflect your own unique voice and perspective.

Your podcast will naturally become a beacon for your tribe when it's founded on the real you.

BREAK FREE TO BE MEMORABLE AND MAGNETIC

We venture through the challenge of avoiding falling into the trap of merely fulfilling requests as podcasters. It's not enough to just deliver content; you must be someone worth listening to.

It's about creating a legacy-like influence where your presence is unforgettable. This episode is packed with tips to free yourself from the shackles of traditional formats and embrace new, innovative ways to share stories.

Be remarkable. Create content that stands out, and in turn, you'll foster relationships with your audience.

EXPLODE YOUR AUTHENTICITY

Want to go from chasing downloads to exploding your audience organically? It begins with embracing your authenticity and confidently broadcasting it to the world.

If you need guidance on transforming your content and building genuine connections with your audience, don't hesitate to reach out. Apply for a personal coaching session with me atwww.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply.

Let's work together to make your podcast a powerful platform for change, where you are not just heard but followed and celebrated.

View Details

You're not creating content for content sake. You're building a platform that will command attention. To succeed, you need to become someone worth listening to.

COMMAND ATTENTION BY BECOMING SOMEONE WORTH LISTENING TO

In today's episode, we dive into the importance of becoming someone worth listening to. It's the only way to command attention.

It's not about having the perfect microphone or even launching the slickest podcast. It's about who you are and how you connect with your audience.

Your success requires stepping into the spotlight authentically and creating a platform that will command attention. Let's explore how you can attract listeners and build impactful relationships by truly being yourself.

COMMAND ATTENTION WITH THE POWER OF PRESENCE

It's all about presence, not just the platform. We often get caught up in the technicalities of podcasting, from RSS feeds to sound quality, but those aren't the cornerstones of success.

The true power lies in who you are when you're on the mic. I shared my journey in radio, learning the importance of presence from legendary hosts who commanded rooms.

Your voice and personality are what make your podcast resonate. By leaning into your unique identity, you can become someone people not only enjoy but remember. This is how you command attention.

UNIQUE VOICE, UNIQUE SUCCESS

Finding your unique voice is key to distinguishing yourself from the sea of sameness. I spoke about how I transitioned from imitating others to discovering my own identity in radio. This critical shift allowed me to build a connection with my audience.

When I made my shift, people began recognizing me on the street. This was not because I was famous, but because they felt they knew me through my stories and genuine engagement.

The same principle applies to your content. To command attention, embrace your uniqueness and share your journey. This will grow your influence.

DON’T SETTLE FOR JUST AN AUDIENCE

Growing your audience isn’t just about numbers; it’s about creating raving fans who would follow you anywhere. Many content creators struggle because they aim for listeners rather than influence.

When I worked with hosts like Oscar Trimboli, a listening expert, we transformed his show to highlight his expertise and personality. This in turn, drew in an audience keen on his insights. It’s about moving beyond mere content to establish trust and authority with your listeners.

LET ME HELP YOU ACHIEVE YOUR GOALS

Being worth listening to in order to command attention isn't something that happens overnight. It requires strategy and commitment to share who you authentically are.

That's why I'm here as your coach. Whether you're just starting or looking to level up, let me guide you. Together, we can refine your approach and uncover the aspects of your personality that captivate your audience.

Visit podcasttalentcoach.com/apply for a personalized coaching session. Let's turn your podcast into a platform that leaves a lasting impact so you can command attention.

View Details

Sharing yourself on your podcast is the way to build relationships with your audience. However, you need to be careful what you share.

SHARE YOURSELF AUTHENTICALLY

We have group calls twice a month inside the Podcast Profits Accelerator. This is where a group of podcasters are growing the audience and business. You can see details at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/accelerator.

On a call the other night, one of the members asked what they should share and how much.

What you share on your podcast needs to be strategic. It should reinforce your brand. What you share should build relationships.

DESI SAW US AS FRIENDS

When I was on the radio, it was my goal to get my listeners to see me as their friend. They would take me with them everywhere they went by listening to me on the radio.

I was on the local Top 40 radio station and had a girl who would call me often.

She had a severe developmental disability. It affected her speech which made her difficult to understand.

When I couldn't understand what she was saying, it would make it ridiculous to make her laugh. She may be asking it I could play 'Nsync. I would say, "Did I lick the kitchen sink?"

Desi would laugh and laugh that I couldn't get it right. We would break it down by word until I finally got it. Some days were better than others.

She was in a wheelchair. Her assistant at the home where she lived would sometimes bring Desi to see me at remote broadcasts when she was up to it. I would give Desi some of the t-shirts and prizes we were giving away and have a little fun.

SHE FOLLOWED ME

I then moved to the country station in town. Desi moved with me and would continue to call. However, her call were becoming less frequent. Her health was starting to decline.

We still talked and laughed. She had new songs to request, and I still got it wrong.

Then one day Desi's assistant called to tell me Desi was moving to a new facility and wanted me to know. She gave me Desi's new address so I could write her which I did. Just a quick note to tell her I hoped she was doing well.

That was the last time I heard from Desi. Her calls stopped after that. I just hope I added a little smile to her day every once in awhile.

That's what can happen when you share yourself with your listener.

DON'T SHARE TOO MUCH

On the other hand, it can be dangerous when you share too much.

Don't share you address or the school of your small children.

You don't want to share when you are going on vacation and won't be home.

Avoid sharing anything that could make you vulnerable.

Most people in the world are nice. They have no ill will against you.

However, some are crazy and evil. There are people who may not like what you say or think you are better friends than you really are.

You don't want to live in fear. But you also don't want to leave yourself exposed.

I DIDN'T MEAN TO SHARE MY BABY

It happened to me when we were having our first child.

I was working at the Top 40 station at the time. My wife and I were expecting our first baby.

She went into the hospital on a Friday morning to deliver our little girl. This wasn't something I share much about on the radio. I did mention a few times we were expecting.

That Friday I wasn't on the air. Our little girl came into the world with little complication. She was beautiful.

Saturday morning we woke up and were discussion our departure from the hospital. My wife was still in bed with our daughter. We were waiting for the doctor to come by the room.

Around lunch, a visitor appeared at the door. It was a high school girl who listened to the station and called often. She had brought a gift for the baby.

It was quite awkward. We chatted politely for a few minutes. Then I stood up to thank her for coming and politely escorted her back to the elevator.

Trouble was averted. But it was a little crazy that she even knew where we were.

2 LADIES TALKING SEX

It can happen to you if you are diligent about what you share. Sometimes that includes protecting your identity depending on your content.

One year a Podcast Movement, Dave Jackson from the School of Podcasting and I were standing in the lobby of the hotel deciding which panel to attend next. That's when two twenty-something ladies approached us.

They had recognized us and had questions about their podcast.

The two proceeded to tell us they hosted a very popular podcast about sex. They both used different names on the podcast. Aliases.

The podcast was becoming very popular. Their brand was growing. Now these young ladies wanted to know if they should start using their real names to build their personal brands or continue using the aliases.

Dave and I both suggested they continue to use the aliases. The content of their show could potentially attract the wrong people to be superfans. They surely didn't want a dangerous individual showing up unexpectedly that could do them harm.

Use good judgement.

SHARE YOUR BRAND

So, what do you share and how much?

Begin by writing your origin story. How did you develop your superpower? When did you discover you have the ability to do what you do?

Write all of it.

Then, find the pieces of that origin story that support your brand and your foundational principles.

Demonstrate what you stand for and what you stand against.

Drip pieces of your origin story into your content episode after episode. People will get to know you over time. And more importantly, get to know your brand.

I share many of things I've encountered over my 35 years in radio and dozen years in podcasting. We talk about the people I've met and the challenges I've encountered.

You know I love hockey and live in the Midwest. We talk about my passion about adding more relationships to the world, because I see my kids lacking powerful relationships due to technology.

On the other hand, I'm not telling you my address or where my wife works. I didn't tell you I was spending a week in Colorado skiing in January before I went there.

It's not that I don't trust you. I just don't need someone showing up at my hotel room or worse yet, showing up at my house while I'm not home.

Use common sense about what you share.

Share your beliefs and values. Share stories that support those beliefs. Don't share personal information that could put you in danger.

Share to build the brand and attract your ideal clients.

If you don't have a mentor who can take your hand and walk you every step of the way, go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply, click the button and apply to have a chat with me. We will develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

View Details

Storytelling is a powerful way to create relationships with your audience. Your stories allow you audience to get to know you.

STORYTELLING BY THE BEST

The best speakers in the world use powerful storytelling.

Zig Ziglar always used great stories in every point he made. He was a master at storytelling.

If you've listened to Zig, you've heard the story of the old water pump or the selling pans door to door. He made his stories come to life.

When Simon Sinek speaks, he is always telling stories. Watch his TedTalk on starting with why and you will see a talk filled with stories.

Brene' Brown is one of my favorites. Her stories of struggle and success make you fall in love with everything she does.

Storytelling allows your audience to get to know you. By the stories you tell, your listeners know what you value, what you believe and how you operate.

Friendships are formed through storytelling. Watch these three and others to learn from the best.

TRANSPORT YOUR LISTENER

One reason storytelling is so powerful is that stories transport your listener to other places. They forget about their problems and struggles for a bit.

To take your listeners somewhere else, use visual words. Bring your story to life in the theater of the mind. Use words they can see.

Active language helps your story come to life. It is easier to see walking than walked. "He walked into the diner" is harder to envision than "He came walking into the diner."

Use all five senses. What did it look like? Describe the smells. What were the sounds? How did you feel?

The more descriptive your story, the more it will come to life in your listener's mind.

DO I LIKE YOU?

Stories will help people decide if they like you.

Your listeners need to like you in order to listen to you. They are going to spend 30 minutes or an hour with you in their earbuds. It better be more than info.

Pretend they are asking, "Would I enjoy taking a one-hour car ride with this person every week?" That is really the essence of your show.

Develop friendships by telling a story to your best friend. Let your listener learn something about you.

REVEAL THINGS THROUGH STORYTELLING

When I review shows for my clients, I always ask myself, "What do I know about the host that I didn't know before the show started?"

Reveal things about yourself to let your listeners get closer to you.

During a show review for a client recently, he referenced his Italian in-laws, mentioned the movie Talladega Nights and talked about the R&B group Boyz II Men. Little things like that let us get to know him.

When are building your influence and authority, you need to become a powerful personality that attracts people. Storytelling defines your character. This is how people get to know, like and trust you.

The Bible has lasted for thousands of years because of the stories around a powerful character.

Comic book heroes have been around for decades due to the stories and characters.

Zig Ziglar was influential because of his storytelling and powerful personality.

To increase your influence and significance, leverage storytelling.

STORYTELLING WITH DR. MICHELE GUNDERSON

In this episode, we have a fantastic interview with Dr. Michele Gunderson. She is a former university instructor and Iyengar yoga teacher who has transformed into a successful entrepreneur.

Dr. Michele possesses a unique talent for helping business owners align their inner and outer worlds through storytelling, which can catapult their businesses to new heights.

During my conversation with Dr. Michele, you'll learn how understanding and harnessing the power of story can lead to incredible opportunities, whether you're working to grow your podcast, inspire an audience, or achieve five- or six-figure months in your business.

We'll dive into key elements that make stories memorable and compelling, and how they can transform not just your messaging but your entire business strategy.

Dr. Michele also provides practical insights into recognizing empowering and disempowering narratives within ourselves and their impact on our business results.

Get ready to be inspired as Dr. Michele Gunderson guides us through the art of storytelling and how it connects us deeply with the world around us. It's a conversation filled with fascinating insights and actionable tips on harnessing the undeniable power of story to drive your success.

Dr. Michele's free gift is called "7 Quick Tips for Crafting an Inspiring Story That Sells". You can download it at QuickStoryTips.com.

HELP WITH YOUR STORYTELLING

Let me help you with your storytelling.

If you don't have a mentor who can take your hand and walk you every step of the way, go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply.

You can click the button and apply to have a chat with me. We will develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

Let's get started today.

View Details

Why do you want a podcast? I'm pretty sure you don't want a podcast just to have a podcast. You want influence and authority. You want significance.

SIGNIFICANCE AND COMPANIONSHIP

It's not about what you're saying. It is about who you're being when you're saying it. Your significance comes from who you are, not what you say.

Your listeners come for your content, but stay for you.

When I coach clients, they often find it difficult to step into who they really are. They don't think people want to hear about their life or story.

But, that's the furthest from the truth. People listen to you for companionship.

Companionship is the primary reason people listen to audio. They don't want to be alone.

People don't want to exercise alone, so they have their earbuds in. They don't want to drive alone, so they have audio on. Your fans don't want to be alone on a run, so they are listening to your podcast. You're keeping them company.

MORE OF YOU

On a coaching call the other day, my client said his former coach told him to cut out all of the personal stuff. Nobody wants to hear it.

That advice couldn't be further from the truth. And it's detrimental to your podcast.

Are your downloads struggling? There isn't enough of you. Your podcast cannot survive on content alone.

Artificial intelligence can copy your information. It can probably generate your six steps to success faster than you can. I don't need to sit through 30 minute of your podcast.

AI can't copy you and your story. Share yourself with your fans and stand out.

Your fans want more of you.

That little voice in your head is telling you that people may not like what you share. They may not like the real you.

And that's ok.

NOT FOR EVERYONE

The biggest personalities are polarizing. But they didn't start that way.

Oprah started as a typical news anchor. She went on to host a daytime television show that was just like her competitors Phil Donahue, Sally Jessy Raphael and the others.

When Oprah finally decided to be herself, share her struggles and do it her way, her star shot to the top. However, she wasn't for everyone. But her superfans loved her. She had incredible significance that lives on today.

Howard Stern started in radio doing the same schtick every other DJ was doing. He struggled to find success.

One day Stern decided to do it his way and be himself. He rubbed a lot of people the wrong way. Even his program director was trying to hold him back.

But, his fan base started to grow quickly. People loved him. And people hated him. He surely isn't for everyone.

But the people who love him really love him. He became the biggest star on the radio, because he shared himself. His became of person of significance.

SIGNIFICANCE BY SELECTION

You don't need to share everything about yourself to grow your significance. It requires sharing the right things.

The fans get to know you by the stories you share with them. Share the stories that build your brand.

Once you've determined your ideal target listener, you know exactly what means the most to them. This is where your significance originates. Speak into their lives by sharing parts of your life with them.

There are seven elements of powerful, magnetic personalities. This is how to start your journey to significance.

I teach you how to elevate your significance and become a magnetic personality who attracts clients to you rather than chasing them inside of the Podcast Profits Accelerator community.

This is powerful group that will help you build and implement your podcast monetization strategy. It all begins by becoming a magnetic personality. You can get full details at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/accelerator.

A CHARACTER

First, you need a character. That is you. Have the courage to step into who you are.

You are the leader of your tribe. People want what you have. Believe in yourself.

Ignore the people who aren't following you. They won't become your fans anyway. People who don't love you won't buy your products, consume your content.

On the other hand, your fans will love you when you lead.

ORIGIN STORY

Next, you need an origin story. How did you develop your superpower?

You need to be able to tell this story in ten minutes and also in 90 seconds.

Your origin story is how your significance came to be. It's a critical part of your journey. This is the first step in getting people to love who you are. Share your struggles, discoveries, and successes.

Gary Vaynerchuk has his origin story of how his father immigrated here from Belarus and started a liquor store.

Steve Jobs had his origin story of being adopted and starting his computer company in the garage with his buddy Steve Wozniak.

TRANSFORMATION

The third element is the transformation. This is the moment you discovered your superpower. Think of it in terms of, "And then one day..."

When was the moment you discovered this was your purpose in life?

Jeff Walker of Product Launch Formula had his transformation when he did his first launch of his newsletter to 19 people.

Howard Stern has his "oh wow" moment when he was frustrated and just shared his life on air one day. People started calling, and he knew he was on to something special.

PRINCIPLES

From your origin story, you next need to develop your foundational principles. These are the things that lay the foundation for what you do.

What are the principles you won't break?

Russel Brunson of ClickFunnels believes you're only one funnel away from breaking through.

Dave Ramsey is against credit cards.

STORIES

Next, you need stories that wrap around and demonstrate your principles. Think of these like the parables in the Bible. People learn through story.

There are a few stories from your journey that solidify your principles. Share these stories often. These could be small pieces of your origin story.

Russel Brunson has his potato gun story.

Alex Hormozi has the story of sleeping on the floor just to make it work.

LINGO

Personalities with significance have a certain lingo that superfans use. This is a little insider language.

What phrases do you use often? Find half a dozen sayings that are common in your talks and use them often.

Gary Vaynerchuk talk about arbitrage and hustle.

Dave Ramsey uses “live like no one else so later you can live like no one else”.

WORD OF MOUTH

The final element is word of mouth. You need a handful of superfans who will spread your praises everywhere they can.

Celebrate these people on your show. Get them to tell as many people as possible.

Empower your superfans.

Rush Limbaugh had dittoheads.

Alex Hormozi has MoziNation.

SIGNIFICANCE

When you have accomplished all seven traits of magnetic personalities, you'll see your significance grow.

Would you like my help implementing this into your show and business? Are you struggling to get noticed and grow your influence?

Come join us in the Podcast Profits Accelerator.

I can't wait to see you there.

View Details

You spend so much time creating your content every week, maximize your time by repurposing your content. One powerful way to repurpose is by converting your podcast into a book.

Each week you create great show notes. Those show notes can be organized into a book.

THE POWER OF CONVERTING A PODCAST INTO A BOOK

There are a variety of benefits of turning your podcast into a book. Let's look at a few.

A book can help you build your legacy. Your book will be around for years to come. Share your story and build your legacy.

Your book can build credibility and expertise. Just having a book gives you credibility. There is an aura around published authors.

A book can help generate leads. In today's world, you can include links to your lead magnets, landing pages and online content within the book. This is especially true in digital form.

When you have a book, you have a reason to be on other stages and expand your network. Your book gives hosts something to interview you about.

You can increase your influence and reach when you have a book. When you book is on Amazon, you have incredible search power. People can find you easily.

Personally, a book can help you get clarity on your message. The writing process helps you refine your message and get clear on exactly what you want to say.

Finally, your book will allow you to share your story and build relationships. People can get to know you better through your book.

HELP TRANSFORMING YOUR PODCAST INTO A BOOK

You don't have to do it alone. There are writing experts who can help you with a variety of steps in converting your podcast into a book.

There are ghost writers who can take your content and write it for you.

You can enlist editors to help you organize the content.

There are specialists who can check your grammar and punctuation.

Others can help you create your cover and format your book.

You can enlist specialists to help with the marketing plan.

Decide where you need help and get started converting your podcast into a book.

PODCAST INTO A BOOK WITH CHERI MERZ

One of the best experts to help you gain more visibility by converting your podcast into a book is my good friend Cheri Merz.

A twenty-five-year serial entrepreneur, Cheri returned to her dream of a writing career after retirement.

Today, with more than thirty indie-published novels, one memoir, and several non-fiction books to her credit, Cheri’s mission is to guide entrepreneurs to integrate an effective book writing and publishing strategy into their visibility plan.

Cheri provides mentoring to craft an engaging signature story. She provides you the expertise and coaching or done-for-you services to publish, launch, and market a high-quality solo or compilation book.

This is an interview from my Podcast Profits Summit. Enjoy my conversation with Cheri Merz.

You can get Cheri's free gift "Podcast to Book Conversion: Essential Tools and Resources" at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/podcasttobook.

LET'S GET STARTED

View Details

What is your biggest podcast struggle? On this episode, we are going to help a handful of podcasters overcome their biggest challenge.

LET ME HELP YOU WITH YOUR STRUGGLE

If you are struggling somewhere in your podcast process, shoot me an email. That might be getting started, growing your audience, maintaining consistency, generating revenue or something else. I'd love to help you.

You can send me your struggle and I'll answer it here on the show. Visit www.podcasttalentcoach.com/contact. You can send me a note there.

Here are the important links mentioned in this episode:

Send your question: www.podcasttalentcoach.com/contact

Get CastMagic: www.podcasttalentcoach.com/castmagic (affiliate link)

Get Opus.pro: www.podcasttalentcoach.com/opus (affiliate link)

Podcast editing services: www.podcasttalentcoach.com/editing

Podcast hosting: https://libsyn.com Use coupon code PTC and get your first month free (affiliate code)

Podcast Launch Accelerator: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/pla

THE CHALLENGES

In this episode, we will tackle a variety of challenges.

Tannen wants to know how to create a solid marketing strategy.

Barbara is struggling to get people to subscribe.

Ralph doubts he is even reaching anyone.

Jeffry wants to know how to get started.

The struggle Vanessa is facing is confidence without sounding arrogant.

Michael's biggest struggle is finding people to help him.

THE MARKETING STRUGGLE

My biggest struggle is building a solid marketing strategy? How do I take my show and chop it up for a week's worth of social posts? When do I post them to create consistency?

-Tannen

There are a variety of AI tools that can help you create chunks of content.

Repurposing your content on social media does two things for you. First, it helps you connect with your current listeners keeping them coming back.

Next, sharing on social in the right way can help you reach new listeners. This includes TikTok and reels. Most social media only reaches your followers. These two platforms put your content in front of new people who might be interested.

To grow your show, you need to find new listeners who don't know you.

I recommend you record your podcast on video to begin. Use the video for YouTube to get discovered. You can also repurpose parts of the video for social media content.

Then, use the audio from the video as the podcast. Use this for social content as well.

Create captioned social media videos, quote cards, audiograms, and social posts.

AI can help you create a lot of this. However if you don't have time, you can always pay someone to do it for you. How much is your time worth?

Two tools I really like. The fist is CastMagic. You can find my affiliate link at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/castmagic.

The other tool I love is Opus.pro. It creates captioned social media videos for your podcast. Find my affiliate link at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/opus.

Let me help you. Visit www.podcasttalentcoach.com/editing. You can get a week's worth of social content for every episode.

GETTING SUBSCRIBERS

My biggest struggle is getting subscriptions. How do I get people to subscribe to my podcast?

-Barbara

Start with the why.

When we try to get people to take action, such as subscribing to your podcast, we often rely too much on logic.

People make decisions emotionally. Then, they justify those decisions with logic.

When you spend too much time on the steps in your process, the features in your program or the content on your podcast, people don't take action.

Nobody cares about your details … yet.

Spend more time on the why. Stir emotion.

Make your audience care. Then you can get into the details.

AM I REACHING ANYONE

My biggest podcast struggle right now is actually more of a struggle of faith. I’ve been doing the show daily for over a year and I sometimes doubt whether it’s actually reaching anyone. Since I do a Christian based show, I know that God is always faithful and I simply need to trust in his timing and do the work. It’s just hard some days when I look at the analytics.

-Ralph

Share that on your podcast. Be real. Touch people emotionally.

Spittin' Chicklets just shared a piece on their show. It is a show about hockey.

Whit is former NHL player Ryan Whitney. Biz is former NHL player and NHL hockey analyst on TNT Paul Bissonette. When they talk about being “in the room”, they are talking about being in the locker room.

This audio comes from episode 545. It is an example of remembering why they do it.

So Biz was, sitting in the Delta Lounge, I believe, at the airport, and a guy came over and dropped off this letter. I'm gonna read it to you quick because Biz sent it over to the guys.

He said, “I listened to you guys when my life was falling apart. Just having the pot on in the background made me feel like I was back in the room. At sometimes, I was as bad as it gets with mental health, family, booze, etcetera. Since then, I've quit drinking two plus years now, and me and my family, wife and two little girls have made it out the other side, and we're doing great. You guys will never know how much comfort and support I got from just having the pod on and bringing me back to a good spot. You and Whit and all the boys saved my life. Sorry to bother you on your day off. Thank you, Nick.”

And Biz, like, made it clear to us, like, reading something like that, man, he's got it right there... This is why we do it.

What you're doing is important, Ralph. Keep at it.

I STRUGGLE GETTING STARTED

My biggest podcast struggle is just getting started. How do I find the confidence to take the first step?

-Jeffry

You can do this. We eat an elephant one step at a time.

Break it down. In my Podcast Launch Accelerator, we build your podcast step-by-step.

First, define your why, your topic and your idea target listener.

Next, develop your show structure. Will it be solo, interview or something else?

Get some equipment. You'll need a mic, a laptop and some headphones.

Download Audacity to help you record and edit. It is free software.

Hit record and share your thoughts.

Export your audio as an .mp3. Upload it to your audio host, like Libsyn.

Connect your host to all the podcast players.

Take it one step at a time.

SOUNDING CONFIDENT

How do I sound more confident and less arrogant.

-Vanessa

This is an interesting question, Vanessa. I'm not sure how you can be arrogant without being confident.

People want to know what you know. Share it with them.

Share yourself and your story. Let people fall in love with you.

As Zig Ziglar said quite often, “You can get anything you want in life as long as you help enough other people get what they want.”

Give. Help people reach their goals.

Then, offer to give them more help for an investment.

On this show, I offer a ton of free advice. I would hope you don't feel like I'm arrogant or egotistical. Take my content and put it into action.

However, I'm here when you want more help. When you need someone to walk you every step of the way, reach out. I'm more than willing to have that conversation with you.

Believe in yourself. Some people will love you. Others may not. And that's ok.

Attract the people who love you for who you are.

THE TIME STRUGGLE

My challenge is finding time. It's hard doing it by myself. My biggest podcast struggle right now is finding people to help me.

-Michael

Schedule it. Put it on the calendar. What gets scheduled gets done.

You can also get a co-host. Share the work.

Hire a virtual assistant to take the easy stuff off your plate. This could include creating show notes, posting your episode, and the other rote work that is the same week after week.

As we discussed earlier, you can hire an editor. You can see my work at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/editing.

What is your time worth? Hiring an editor allows you to show up and share your magic. Then, you can hand it off to someone else to do the dirty work while you spend your time getting more clients and generating more revenue.

LET ME HELP YOU

I'd love to help you. You can send me your struggle and I'll answer it here on the show. Visit www.podcasttalentcoach.com/contact. You can send me a note there.

If you're really serious about overcoming your biggest struggle, we can also sit down for an hour of coaching.

I can take your hand and walk you every step of the way. To get the details, go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply, click the button and apply to have a chat with me. We will develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

View Details

Curiosity is one of the biggest traits of great personalities. If you want to become a magnetic personality who attracts client to you rather than chasing them, you need to discover how to be more curious.

PEOPLE LOVE CURIOSITY

One of my best on-air talent had a powerful sense of curiosity. He loved to learn about people and things. He also had a unique view of every situation.

His name is Mike, but everyone calls him Big Party. When you think of a guy named Big party, you probably envision a very large, rotund man. This wasn’t the case. Party is an average looking guy. He just makes everyone feel special when they are around him.

His curiosity leads him to ask great question of everyone he meets. When he conducts an interview, he doesn’t have a list of questions. He just asks about the things that pique his curiosity.

One day after I left the radio station, the bosses thought it would be better if Big Party talked less and played more music during his show. The ratings dipped.

But more importantly, Party hated what he was doing. During his vacation, he decided he was going to quit when he returned.

The day came for Party to go back to work, and he changed his mind. But rather than following orders and playing more music, he decided he was going to do his show his way. If they didn’t like it, they could fire him.

He began leading with his curiosity again. The content became stronger. Listeners started to return.

Soon the ratings were back up. And management quit tinkering.

Because Party is interested, he becomes interesting. People want to know what he thinks about things and events, because he has an interesting take.

Curiosity is powerful.

CONTENT FROM CURIOSITY

Curiosity will also help you overcome writers block.

When you’re curious about what’s going on in your surroundings, you never get stuck without things to talk about.

Be curious about the things that happen around you. Take notes. Jot down the things that catch your attention.

Connect those interesting things to powerful stories.

Learn to ask questions about everything.

Don't be so tied to the script or list of questions. Listen intently, and pivot when necessary.

CURIOSITY MAKES YOU SMARTER

When you're curious, you'll naturally become more intelligent. You will be amazed at the things you learn when you look for more information.

Talk less and listen more.

When things happen during your day, ask yourself why.

Remember when you were little and you asked why about everything? Why is the sky blue? Why do dogs bury their bones? And why do we sneeze?

Be curious about things that happen in your life. Take note of the stories associated with those questions.

Curiosity is where most podcasters struggle. It's also why they fail to become influential.

Your content won't keep people coming back every episode. Artificial intelligence can copy your content in a heartbeat. They will only come back if they are attracted to you.

Curiosity is how you develop your personality. How you become a influential authority. Your curiosity and courage will begin to attract clients to you rather than chasing them everyday.

ALSO BE COURAGEOUS

Once you start developing your curiosity, have the courage to share those curiosities on your show.

Express your real thoughts and feelings. Try new things.

When you are curious and courageous, you become more interesting. You become more likable.

This week, start taking notes of the interesting things that happen in your day.

Then, use some of the most interesting in your episodes.

If you don't have a mentor who can take your hand and walk you every step of the way, go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply, click the button and apply to have a coaching call with me. We will develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

View Details

There are times when you run out of time. When the time crunch hits, how do you consistently publish your podcast each week?

I RAN OUT OF TIME

My calendar got tight this week. Recording and publishing this episode became a challenge.

I typically record my podcast on Saturdays. On Tuesday we have our Podcast Profits Accelerator calls. Most of my coaching calls are on Thursdays.

This week, we suddenly had visitors coming to town. Then, I had some last minute travel come up.

Next thing I know, I'm running out of time to get everything done.

It takes creativity when you run out of time.

We moved the Podcast Profits Accelerator call to Thursday. My mastermind changed to Saturday. Luckily, one of my clients moved a couple days as well.

Those moves freed up time time to get business done. But what happens with the podcast episode? I still need to publish that.

When you run out of time, there are a few ways to still publish an episode.

WHO CAN HELP

The first thing you can do is find someone who can help you.

I recently read The Road Less Stupid by Keith J. Cunningham. In the book, Cunningham talks about being more productive by doing only the things in your circle of genius. Delegate everything else.

YOUR PRESENTATIONS

To create an episode, what content can you repurpose?

Presentations you've given to other groups can make good content.

Gary Vaynerchuk often uses his keynote speeches for podcast episodes. Alex Hormozi will use recordings of his q&a sessions for episodes.

I've done "ask me anything" sessions on Facebook and used those as podcast episodes.

SUMMIT INTERVIEWS

When you run out of time, summit interviews make great podcast content.

I hold two summits each year. During that summit, I interview 23 different experts. Those interviews become podcast episodes.

People can attend the summit and get all of the content plus ask questions. Or they can wait while the content drips out over time.

With nearly two dozen interviews, I have almost half a year of content to use as necessary.

PLAN AHEAD

Planning ahead helps you avoid running out of time.

Work a week ahead. When you run out of time, you already have the episode recorded for this week. Get ahead of the game.

You can also record an emergency episode. This is an evergreen episode you use in case you have nothing else.

GUEST HOST

One solution few consider when they run out of time is a guest host.

Find another expert in your niche who complements what you do. Ask them to host your episode this week.

You can also share an episode from other podcast to expose their show to your audience. You would simply record an intro and explain.

OTHER INTERVIEWS

Have you been interviewed on other podcasts? You can use those interviews when you run out of time.

You've shared great content with other hosts. Surely your audience would benefit from those conversations.

Use one of those interviews as an episode of your show.

PICK ONE

Those are six solutions you can use when you run out of time and can't find room in the schedule to record a new episode.

View Details

In this episode we discuss the significance of building relationships over simply producing better content to achieve audience growth. While many podcasters believe the secret to audience growth lies in creating superior content, the true key lies in fostering better relationships with your audience.

AUDIENCE GROWTH STARTS WITH YOU

Content serves as the initial attraction, but it's the bond between the podcaster and listeners that keeps people coming back for more. People come to your podcast for your content. They stay for you.

My recent trip to Walmart is a perfect example. The lack of human interaction made shopping frustrating. I share that story in this episode.

Compare your experiences at Walmart to the magical, emotion-filled experiences at Disney World. Disney delivers exceptional customer service and relationships that make all the difference.

Strong relationships can create memorable experiences, which is crucial for achieving audience growth in podcasting.

HAVE A CLEAR PLAN

We also talk about the importance of having a plan and a clear objective for achieving audience growth. In this episode, I show you how shared experiences and emotional bonds can build a community.

Following a structured, step-by-step approach, taught by my mentor Iman Aghay, led to significant and quick growth within my own business.

It is critical to your audience growth success that you have a plan. According to available data, studies suggest that around 70% of businesses that survive for five years have a documented business plan.

How does that apply to your growth.

You don't necessarily need a formal MBA business plan. It just means a significant majority of successful businesses rely on a formal plan to achieve their objectives.

DON'T GROW TOO SOON

Executing a strategic plan can lead to audience growth. But, avoid premature growth, which can lead to failure if the product isn’t ready for the market.

Marketing expert David Ogilvy famously said, "Great marketing only makes a bad product fail faster." Ensure your content is engaging and ready to convert first-time listeners into loyal audience members before you aggressively pursue audience growth strategies.

AUDIENCE GROWTH THROUGH COACHING

To help you achieve your audience growth objectives, join me for a one-on-one coaching session. Together we will craft and outline a customized strategy specific for your situation.

I've seen my biggest growth in my business when I've focused on the next most important thing.

Dream big, plan the work, and take action.

Let me help you with a coaching call. Together, we will build your audience growth strategy.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply, click the button and apply to have a chat with me. We will develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

View Details

What is your biggest challenge right now? Many podcasters recently shared their answers with me. Today, I'll help you overcome your biggest challenge.

OVERCOMING YOUR BIGGEST CHALLENGE

I've often heard many podcasts fade away after 7 episodes. The industry has termed it podfading.

I thought the number was a bit crazy. Then one day, I realized how true it is.

A client was trying to grow her podcast. Her biggest challenge was attracting new listeners.

We decided the strategy that would fit best was appearing on other podcasts. Let's get in front of her ideal clients.

We opened Apple Podcasts and started searching for podcasts that matched her caregiving niche.

As we combed through the podcasts, nearly every other one had only released a few episodes and the last was months or years ago. They had faded away.

Podfading is real.

THOSE THAT HAVE FADED

I did the same exercise with another client. We opened Apple Podcasts and searched "Get Untuck". Here is what we found.

Even many of the top recommended podcasts have faded away, though with more episodes.

These are listed in order that Apple Podcasts recommended them.

Get Unstuck with Murielle Marie. 23 episodes last published 7/24/23.

Get Unstuck Today by Paul Salter. 47 episodes last published 7/14/24.

How To Get Unstuck with Helen Thomas. 19 episodes last published 5/28/24.

Get Unstuck & On Target by Mike O'Neill. 203 episodes last published 2 days ago.

Get Unstuck. Move Forward With Your Life by Jason Hopcus. 12 episodes last published 4 days ago.

Get Unstuck by Becky Branton-Griemann. 48 episodes last published 4/20/22.

Get Unstuck by Mutita Panmook. 245 episodes last published 1 day ago.

Get Unstuck: Elite Voices Making An Impact by Maiken Kuhl. 31 episodes last published 12/13/24.

Get Unstuck with Michele Lefler. 53 episodes last published 10/17/23.

You get the idea that most of them fade away. But you're saying, "Erik, these all have 40 or 50 episodes."

The next recommended podcast is Get Unstuck & Go by Rodrigo Labra. 4 episodes published last published 2/14/23.

Then there is Unstuck With Me by Barbara Jebet. One episode published 5/7/20.

Get Unstuck & Find Clarity by Lysia Nathanya. 2 episodes last published 10/10/19.

Get Yourself Unstuck by Andrew Eaton – 3 episodes last published 3/27/20.

And it goes on and on.

YOUR BIGGEST CHALLENGES IS USUALLY ONE OF THESE THREE

Most podcasts fade away due to three big challenges. First, the podcast becomes more work than they thought it would be. To overcome this challenge, you need a process in place to consistently produce your show.

Next, podcasts fade away because it doesn't grow as fast as they thought it would. You need a system in place to methodically grow your audience.

Finally, podcasts fade away because it doesn't generate money as fast as they thought it would. Most lack a strategy to generate revenue with their show.

I imagine your biggest challenge has something to do with one of these three.

Let's look at the biggest challenge from each of these listeners and see how we can overcome your hurdles.

APPEARANCES INTO CASH

The most significant challenge I face with podcasts is turning my appearances into cash. While I deeply value the opportunity to share my story and connect with new audiences, I want to better leverage these appearances to generate tangible income, whether through promoting my books, courses, or speaking engagements. Balancing that monetization goal while maintaining authenticity and value for the audience is a priority for me.

-Sheldon

Thanks for the question, Sheldon.

You can maintain your authenticity and value by serving first. Brendon Burchard once said one of the reasons you're not making money is that you don't seek to help first.

If you are using your podcast appearance to help listeners first, it is your obligation to offer to help them go even further by working with you.

You can only teach so much in an interview. Help them clearly see what is possible. You can even point them in the right direction. Then, offer to help them implement it.

Begin by creating a strategy for your interviews. Start with the end in mind. Where do you want to take them?

When I'm interviewed, my goal is to get people to a sales video that will sell my program to help people launch their podcast. The video shows people how to walk through the 21 steps to launch. Then, the video offers the course to implement the checklist.

During the interview, I help people see how easy it is to launch the podcast. We talk about the benefits of having a podcast. I help listeners envision having their own podcast and growing their significance in their niche.

The interview is about inspiration and clarity.

At the end of the interview, I invite people to get my podcast launch minicourse at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/launch. They opt in and get on my list. Then they get access to the 21-point checklist and a video that walks them through it.

After going through the 5-minute video, they are invited to a call with me to answer their questions. Finally, I ask if they would like help implementing the plan.

It's all about having a strategy and begin by serving people first.

SHOULD I START

My biggest challenge is to decide whether to start a podcast or just groom and promote myself as a guest on existing podcasts. I am leaning toward the latter as I am uniquely prepared to bring help, hope and healing to a huge, constantly-growing, group of pain-filled people. On the other hand, I am tech averse and doubt I have inclination, time, skill, or energy to take on development of an adequate self-conducted podcast.

-Dale

These are two separate strategies.

Appear on other podcasts to get discovered and attract new followers.

Have your own podcast to build relationships with your followers.

When you have your own podcast, you get to have a conversation with your listeners every week. You get to share your story and let them get to love you.

Creating a podcast isn't that difficult.

Editing audio is like editing a Word document. Copy, cut, paste, delete. All the same commands.

Saving it as an .mp3 is like exporting that Word document as a .pdf.

If you can upload a photo to Facebook, you can upload audio to your host.

After your podcast is set up, that's about all it takes each week.

To get help walking through the process, join my for the free podcast launch workshop. Get the details at http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/launchworkshop.

FINDING NEW AUDIENCES

My biggest challenge is reaching new audiences.

-Jeanette

I have found the best way to grow my audience is partnering with others.

Find people who are speaking to your ideal clients. Then, partner with them to reach more of your ideal clients.

I recently had a former client reach out. She saw me speak on a group call about the power of getting interviewed on other shows.

She called to say she is ready to relaunch her podcast. On top of that, she is partnering with another expert to launch a joint venture and would like my help.

This is the power of partnering with others. You never know who is in the audience.

MY BIGGEST CHALLENGE IS MY AGE

I am 73, so not a spring chicken by any stretch of the imagination, but dumb as a post when it comes to technology. I would very much like to have my own podcast for my business that I am trying to get off the ground, but tech stuff bites me every time. I already have people interested in what I do, and I have had offers to be an affiliate, but I don't know how to set that up on my WordPress site.

-Marilyn

Start slowly, Marilyn. If you already have others interested in what you offer, sell it before you build it.

If you can get 10 or 12 people to invest in a $500 course you teach live over 6 weeks, you can make a quick $5,000.

This is what I did.

I found multiple people who wanted to grow their audience. During conversations with each of them, I offered to teach them how in a 6-week course. They each paid me $500 before it even started.

I recorded the entire program. That became my course. The $5,000 funded my other projects to find more clients.

As I mentioned with Dale, the tech isn't that difficult. Plus, you can also find people to help you produce the show once you begin generating revenue with the course you just built.

You don't need to build a big affiliate program on your Wordpress site until you have something that sells. Just get started.

GETTING GUESTS

My biggest challenge right now is getting consistent guests in my niche.

-Greg

Getting guests typically isn't very difficult. The biggest challenge is asking often.

Not every invite will accept your invitation. Just keep asking.

When you land a guest, ask them for referrals. If they have guest ideas for you, ask them to send an introductory email.

The best chance of getting a guest is finding someone who has something to promote. That could be a book, program, organization or a variety of other things.

Reach out to potential guests on a regular basis. Put it on your calendar and do it often. You'll find success.

PARTNERS

My biggest trouble is connecting with other podcasters to grow my podcast. As you know, many podcasts podfade and I’m finding that to be very true. Many of the podcast I’d love to connect with when I look them up have stopped producing months ago. I would like help in finding the best podcasts I can connect with.

-Edwin

Don't limit your options to only experts in your niche. Find anyone who speaks to your ideal clients.

One of my clients is an accountant. His ideal clients are entrepreneurs.

When he looks for partners, he isn't only looking for other accountants or even experts in the financial space.

He is finding partners by looking for experts speaking to entrepreneurs. I could be a partner for him, because my audience if full of entrepreneurs.

This client could partner with funnel experts, mindset coaches, social media marketing pros, or a variety of other influencers.

Don't limit your scope. Find people speaking to your ideal clients.

When you find a great partner, ask for referrals. Get them to introduce you to others.

Once you get the wheel turning, you'll gain momentum.

Have fun with it.

YOUR BIGGEST CHALLENGE

I would love to help you with your biggest challenge. Email your question or biggest challenge to coach@podcasttalentcoach.com.

You can also get an hour of my coaching to build your podcast strategy. You can apply for that call at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/apply.

View Details

Virtual events are a great way to promote your business. And your podcast is a great way to promote your virtual events. You just need the right strategy.

CREATING POWERFUL VIRTUAL EVENTS

Free Gift: Simple, Profitable Virtual Events Checklist

www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/eventschecklist

Virtual Events Bootcamp

www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/virtualevents

When I first started with virtual events, I went the webinar route. I tried it over and over again.

In October of 2021, my strategy changed.

I had launched a webinar that month to promote my Podcast Launch Accelerator program where I help people launch their podcast in 30 days.

I was promoting the webinar myself with no JV partners. The registration page had 72 visits. Of the 72, 41 registered. That was a conversion rate of 57%. It should have been much higher than that.

Of the 41 that registered, 10 people attended live. That was a 25% conversion. For a new webinar, that was decent. It should be closer to 50%.

Unfortunately, of the 10 that attended, nobody purchased. This is when I started second guessing my strategy. Webinars just weren't working for me.

Then one day I discovered workshops. Instead of doing 90-minute webinars, I pivoted to 3-hour workshops. I was helping people implement what I was teaching.

On my first workshop, I had nine people attend live. Of the nine people in the workshop, four purchased my program.

I was going deeper and delivering more value. That was converting into sales.

Creating virtual events is all about developing the right strategy.

MARKETING VEHICLE

My goal is to help you use your podcast as a marketing vehicle for your business. And in order for it to be an effective marketing vehicle for the business, we need to understand what our year looks like in the business.

To begin, define what you're trying to accomplish, and how you're trying to accomplish it.

We talk so much about our podcast being a powerful marketing tool, because it can create those powerful relationships with your listeners. Your content can bring listeners into the top of your funnel.

As you tell stories on your podcast, you walk listeners through the process of getting to know, like, and trust you. You get them started with your content through your lead magnet, and then get them to a sales call with you.

So, how do we create content with a purpose that leads toward landing more clients?

When people begin to create their podcasts, they just say, "Oh, I need record an episode this week... What am I gonna talk about??

They create the episode. Then at the end, they're say, "Hey, if you wanna have a call with me, sign up. Here's where you can find my calendar link."

The content and the call to action really don't connect well together.

Let me show you how to create a plan that will help you build a cohesive marketing plan using your podcast.

VIRTUAL EVENTS TO ENROLL

With your cohesive marketing plan, the first thing we need to understand is what we're trying to market.

If we are creating content that helps us market what we sell, when do we sell it? When are your enrollment events and sales conversations?

Now a lot of times when you're selling your coaching program, you will do it through one-on-one calls. If you're just randomly bringing those calls in, you can't plan.

This week, you might have 3 calls. Next week, you might not have any. And the next week, you might have 4, and then you might have 1.

What I'd like to see you do is figure out how we can create more of those sales conversations at one time. So as you look at the year, plan out where your sales and enrollment events happen.

That could be maybe through a webinar. You might create a workshop. Your enrollment event might be a variety of other virtual events.

So you're inviting everybody to an event. And at the event, you invite attendees to book a call with you so you can help them explore what it is that you help them do.

When you're booking calls with prospective clients every day throughout the year, it's tough to get in a rhythm. But if you batch those calls through virtual events, you can do your sales calls in a week and begin to get a rhythm going.

MORE EFFECTIVE

Rather than trying to get a call here and a call there, let's see if we can get a batch of calls in at one time so that we're creating a master plan for your content throughout the entire year doing a few virtual events.

So maybe you're doing a few big, virtual events once a quarter or 3 times a year, where you're inviting an entire group to come and have a conversation with you. You don't necessarily need to do webinars.

I found it difficult in the 10 years that I was doing a lot of one-on-one strategy calls with podcasters. They would trickle in here and there because I would create the content on the podcast, and then I would invite people to a call.

When I pivoted and I started to do virtual events, I would create a workshop or a a training that would happen maybe once a quarter. I would get a lot of people to that, and invite those people to have calls with me.

Now they've kind of experienced what coaching with me is like, and they're more apt to sign up for a call to have that conversation with me and have that strategy call with me.

VIRTUAL EVENTS GIVE A SAMPLE

I found it much more effective to get people on the phone that way, because they've already experienced what I have to offer.

When you take people straight from your podcast to a strategy call, it gets a little scary because they're going into the deep end one-on-one with you.

In their gut, they feel like it's gonna be a big hard sales pitch, and they're not gonna be able to figure out how to get out of it. And they're gonna get roped into a $1,000 program that they didn't really want. And so they just don't sign up for the call.

When you offer them to come to virtual events, they come to the events with other people. there's safety in numbers.

So they don't feel as apprehensive to come to virtual events as they would straight to a one-on-one call.

When they get to the event and they see how you operate and they see how you flow and what you're all about, then they're more likely to sign up for that one-on-one call with you so you can see how you can help them. You both can see how the two of you get along in your coaching.

ENROLLMENT VIRTUAL EVENTS

So first, determine where your sales and enrollments events are going to happen.

It doesn't matter to me how many you do. But what I'd like you to do is be intentional about when you're doing them and what you're trying to accomplish.

So if we remember that most podcast episodes get the bulk of their downloads and listens in the first 30 days after they're released, we can now start to work backwards as we're creating your content calendar and marketing plan.

Once we set the event date, and we know that the podcast gets most of its downloads in the first 30 days, we can start to figure out when to promote the event using our podcast. This will help us use our podcast in the most effective way.

Work backward from your event date to figure out when to promote it on the podcast.

You want to start teasing the event roughly eight weeks in advance. If my event is happening on April 1, I want to start teasing it on February 1st.

Create some anticipation.

And then about six weeks in advance, announce the event with full details. Have the registration page up and running. Begin enrolling people in the event.

Six weeks gives people enough notice that the event is coming and let's them get registered for it.

YOUR REGISTRATION PAGE

One thing that I do is always use the same URL for my event. So if you want to register for any of my events, I always put the event at the same URL. So if you go to podcasttalentcoach.com/workshop, you'll find my Audience Explosion Blueprint workshop. I will update that page with the new dates and details for each new workshop.

I always do is use that same URL. If I'm promoting it on February 15th for my April 1st workshop, somebody listening to the podcast on May 1st can visit that URL with the new dates on it. So even if they're listening past the date of the event, it will have the current event up there.

Then four weeks out from the event, set the deadline and create some urgency to get people registered. Create that deadline and start creating some urgency four weeks out.

During these last four weeks, focus on the outcome of your virtual events and create urgency. Get people registering to be part of the event. And then at the event, you can invite people to have call with you.

So over these 8 weeks, we're teasing, we're announcing, and we're creating that urgency. Then, repurpose your your podcast content and be visible.

YOUR VIRTUAL EVENTS

So, how do you create your virtual events? That's what our guest is helping us with today.

Janelle Anderson is known as the Virtual Events Visionary helping coaches and experts create and host simple, profitable virtual events to massively scale their business.

She is a Certified Professional Coach, 7-time bestselling author, and renowned speaker who is on a mission to empower her clients to thrive and prosper so they can transform the lives of their clients.

Janelle has had the honor of helping hundreds of clients transform their lives and now is on a mission to help hundreds of coaches prosper in their businesses so they can transform thousands of lives.

Today, she is going to help us use the virtual events strategy grow our businesses.

Free Gift: Simple, Profitable Virtual Events Checklist

www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/eventschecklist

Virtual Events Bootcamp

www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/virtualevents

View Details

You are working so hard to create great content. Unfortunately, your episode title is killing all of that hard work.

YOUR EPISODE TITLE IS CRITICAL

If you don't have the correct episode title, you will struggle to get downloads and listeners. But your title is only one of four important elements of your podcast.

THE FOUR ELEMENTS

There are four elements of your podcast that each serve a specific purpose.

You develop your artwork to simply catch the attention of your ideal listener. It doesn't need to contain every detail about the show. Just catch attention.

Next, the purpose of your podcast name is to attract your ideal listener. When they see the name, you want them to say, "This looks like it is interesting and for me." The name should get them to click.

Once on your show page, the description of the show should tell your ideal listener why this show is perfect for them.

Finally, they'll start looking through the episode titles. The purpose of your episode title is to get your ideal listener to push play. It is like the headline to an article.

If you want more listens and listeners, create interesting titles.

CRAFTING EFFECTIVE EPISODE TITLE

I never got a degree in broadcasting or journalism. But I did take a few classes as electives when I was getting my degree in architecture.

News production was one class I took. In every story we wrote, the professor would say, "Don't bury the lead."

What he meant was tell them what you want them to know right up front.

Though I never did news, it played a big part in my career on the radio. When I started on the radio, I have to entertain people up the 17-second intro of a song.

I had no time to buy the lead. It was all about being brief and entertaining.

Too many podcasters wander into the story without a point right up front. We talk about leading with your provocative point right from the start.

Unfortunately, listeners won't even get to the intro of your story without a great episode title. Don't bury the lead.

HOOK THE LISTENER

Remember, people have short attention spans. Hit them quick with the hook.

Your listeners are only giving you a few seconds to decide if they are going to stick around for the episode. They are skimming content looking for something interesting.

Draw listeners into your episode quickly.

Think of when you are scrolling through social media. When do you stop?

You stop scrolling when something interesting hooks you. Something grabs your attention.

Your headline should hook your listener right from the start.

CREATE INTRIGUE

The best way to hook them early is creating intrigue.

There is a reason people use click bait. It works.

Click bait creates intrigue.

Here are a few headlines from YAHOO!...

He Lost A Hard Drive With $750M Of Bitcoin
Why George W. Bush's Belly Tap of Barack Obama is Going Viral.
The 35+ Best Walmart Deals To Show This Weekend

These headlines create intrigue. George Bush tapped Barack Obama's belly? Is there video?

Click bait wants you believe one thing, but the content is really something else.

I don't want you to use click bait. It isn't click bait when you deliver on the promise.

I want you to create intrigue. Then, deliver on the promise.

The episode title of this show is Your Episode Title Is Killing You. This content is showing you exactly why.

This episode title creates some intrigue. Just be sure you deliver on the promise of the episode title.

USE AI

One great way to create great titles is to use artificial intelligence tools. I use CastMagic. You can find CastMagic through my affiliate at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/castmagic. If you subscribe through that link, I'll a small commission, but it won't cost you anything additional.

When I use CastMagic, I upload my episode. The AI tools then gives me 10 episode title options.

GOOD EPISODE TITLE SEO

Using AI will also help you create good search engine optimization.

If you want to be discovered, be friendly with Google. Make your episode title searchable with good SEO.

This is where CastMagic can help. Use the terms your ideal clients are searching Google to find.

And here's a tip. Nobody is searching for Episode 127.

Stop using episode numbers as your title. Don't even put them at the front. If you want to include the number, put it at the end.

If a platform truncates your episode title, you'd rather it be the episode number rather than the headline.

BUILD YOUR EPISODE TITLE

This week, start creating powerful episode titles for your shows.

Hook your listeners early. Create intrigue.

Use AI to help you create a powerful episode title that is SEO-friendly. You can use my affiliate link for CastMagic at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/castmagic.

If you'd like my help with your content and strategy, reach out. When you're ready to become influential and significant, we need to talk.

Apply for a call with me at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply.

YOU DON'T REALLY WANT A PODCAST

You don't really want a podcast.

The podcast is just the vehicle.

You want impact, influence, and authority. You want to move a room.

When it comes down to it, you want significance.

We don't want a big audience. We want the ability to move that audience into action.

I love podcasting. And I feel like podcasting is the best way to grow that significance.

But at the end of the day, the podcast is just the tool.

It comes down to what you do with that platform.

Over the past 30 years, I've been coaching people to become unique personalities who have great significance.

Each of those individuals have all built powerful relationships with their audience and lead that audience to action.

Let's talk about how to grow your significance. Get an hour of my coaching

I can take your hand and walk you every step of the way. Apply for a call with me at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply. Click the button and apply to have a chat with me. We will develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

View Details

There is a saying in business that the money is in the list. Building your email list is an important piece to any business.

EMAIL EVERY DAY

Collecting names and email addresses of your clients and potential clients helps you grow your business in a big way. Your email list allows you communicate and build relationships with your potential clients.

My podcast is a big piece of growing my email list. I regularly offer resources on this show that helps the list grow. For example, you can get 21 lead magnet ideas to help grow your email list at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/magnet.

I then send an email to my list every day. It's designed to give them value on a regular basis. But it also keeps me top of mind. Even if recipients don't read every email, they at least see my name in their inbox even if it is only to delete the email.

By staying top of mind, when they need podcast answers, they think of me.

In the book They Ask You Answer by Marcus Sheridan, he shares research about consumer habits. The study shows that consumers have typically finished up to 70% of their research before ever contacting a company.

Therefore, if you are waiting until your potential client reaches out before you start building the rapport and relationship, you are waiting too long. They are already close to making the decision.

Legendary marketer Dan Kennedy says, "Build the list – sell to the list". I most always include an offer of some sort in my email.

OFFERS IN YOUR EMAIL

Sometimes my offer is to work with me. Other times I promote partners. There are times when I simply offer more content and other resources. Most every email asks the reader to take action.

And it works over time.

In my email, I often invite readers to contact me for a podcast strategy session. This is an hour of coaching with me to develop your strategy. You can see those details at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply.

During the call, we talk about your goals. We figure out where you are now. Then, we build a bridge to reach your goals.

On every call, I ask the person how they discovered me. And I get a variety of answers. Rapport takes time.

IT TAKES TIME

One day, Mary Elaine signed up for a call. When we got on the Zoom call, I started by asking her how she discovered me.

Mary Elaine told me she had been on my list for years. She didn't know how she got on the list and couldn't even remember how long it had been.

After reading my email for years, she decided now was the time to take action.

I helped Mary Elaine launch her podcast. She was also a coaching and production client for years.

Katina was another entrepreneur who reached out for a podcast strategy call. The call started by asking her how she discovered me.

She told me she had been listening to this podcast for 18 months. It was finally time to get on a call.

There have also been clients who signed up after listening to two episodes. Dr. Paul and I got on a strategy call. He told me after listening to a couple episodes he knew he needed to get on a call with me.

You never know how long it will take to get a lead to take action. People make decisions at different paces. Some act quickly. Some are slow and methodical.

That's the importance of the list. Communicate often. Provide lots of value. Then, make the offer to work with you to go deeper.

Build the list. Sell to the list.

BUILD YOUR LIST

So, how do you build your email list? There are many ways.

Today, we talk with Sheila Davis, a Marketing Strategy, Communication, and Content Development Coach.

Sheila helps identify your ideal customer and message so you can build a relationship with them and serve them. She has over 30 years of experience in marketing, including serving as the marketing manager of 48 Days To the Work and Life You Love.

Sheila loves working with authors, podcasters, course creators, bloggers and entrepreneurs to developing marketing and content strategies. The goal is to maximize their time and their customer reach, including Email Marketing, Digital Marketing and Content Development.

During this conversation, we talk about the importance of a list, things to remember when building your list, and solutions to the common challenges most entrepreneurs face when building that list.

Enjoy my conversation with Sheila Davis.

EMAIL LIST BUILDING GUIDE

Make sure you grab Sheila's list building guide. This 4-step guide is perfect for entrepreneurs, authors, and podcasters looking to create meaningful connections with their audience and turn them into loyal customers.

You can download it at 48days.com/marketyourbiz.

View Details

On this episode, I want to give you the Podcast Talent Coach best of 2024. These are the most downloaded episodes of the past year.

IT WAS QUITE THE YEAR

2024 was quite the year for me and Podcast Talent Coach. We've seen many ups and downs.

At the end of 2023, I received and email from my mentor that he was fighting cancer. He would lose that battle in February. That started the year with a kick to the gut.

Over the past twelve months, I've been able to help dozens of entrepreneurs launch their podcast. We have grown quite a few with the Audience Explosion Blueprint.

In September, we had another fantastic Podcast Profits Summit. And I've worked with my coach to refine my business and make my content and focus even stronger.

I can't thank you enough for being here on this journey. It was been an amazing year full of realizations, learning and love.

This road we are on can get a little crazy. Keep reminding yourself that it's all about the journey and not the destination.

Let's take a look back over the biggest and most popular episodes of the past year.

Maybe you missed them. Perhaps you want to revisit the nuggets in each.

Whatever the case, here are the most popular episodes of 2024.

BEST OF #7

Starting the list at number seven is Connecting With Your Personality – PTC 488.

On this episode, I want to share with you a session I did recently during my Audience Explosion Blueprint Workshop. This was a powerful 3-day workshop where I helped a group of podcasters build their strategy to grow their audience.

This particular session will help you develop your personality and begin building powerful relationships with your audience.

Here is a sample of that episode.

"If all you're doing is speaking to the 3% that are in the market to buy today to fix the solution today, you're missing 97% of your market."

You can hear that episode at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/488.

BEST OF #6

The episode hitting the list at number six is What is Your Biggest Challenge? – PTC 483

I recently asked that recently of podcasters on my email list, "What is your biggest challenge?" On this episode, I'll help you through a few of them.

Here are a few of the questions I received...

I’m trying all the things to increase downloads.
My biggest challenge is getting the guests to share the episode.
My biggest barrier is lack of courage to put myself out there.
Learning to build an interactive community around the podcast is my biggest challenge.
I'd love to have a strategy in place before I launch, then I know what I'm aiming for!
How do you choose a podcast name?

Here is a sample of that episode.

"Remember, community comes from relationships, which is why I'm such a huge proponent of building relationships with your podcast."

You can hear that episode at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/483.

BEST OF #5

Number five on the list of the Best of 2024 is Podcast Promotion Questions – PTC 480

When it comes to growing our podcast, I get many questions about podcast promotion. How do we get in front of new listeners and invite them into our show?

On this episode, we'll answer a variety of questions about podcast promotion.

Here is a sample of that episode.

"Studies show that the average podcast listener consumes about 7 episodes, 7 podcasts, different podcasts every week. And about 30% consume 11 or more different shows a week."

You can hear that episode at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/480.

BEST OF #4

Number four on the list is Dave Jackson – Profit From Your Podcast – PTC 485

Many podcasters want to create a profit from their podcast. However, most lack a strategy to generate revenue and grow their business.

Dave Jackson is the host of the School of Podcasting podcast. He is also author of the best seller Profit From Your Podcast: Proven Strategies To Turn Listeners Into a Livelihood.

He launched the School of Podcasting in 2005 and was inducted into the Podcasting Hall of Fame in 2018.

Dave joined me on the Podcast Profits Summit to talk about overcoming your challenges without spending thousands of dollars. I want to share that session with you today.

Here is a sample of that episode.

"When I moved into this house had no carpet, and it was just this giant echo chamber. So the first thing I did was, like, okay. We need we need a carpet. We need some rug, something like that."

"There's a really popular microphone called the Blue Yeti. And technically, it's not a bad microphone, but what most people overlook is that thing can pick up, if you want, in every single direction. Well, that's just screaming, pick up the neighbor's lawnmower and everything else."

You can hear that episode at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/485.

BEST OF #3

Making the list of the Best of 2024 from Podcast Talent Coach is Cindy J. and Making Money – PTC 479

When coaches come to me for assistance, one of the most common challenges is making money with their podcast. Most are using their show incorrectly and spending time in the wrong places with the wrong activities.

There is a misconception about podcasting. You make money WITH your podcast, not FROM your podcast.

I want to help you spend more of your time on money making activities.

Cindy J. Holbrook the Visibility Wiz joins me on the show today.

She guides entrepreneurs and small business owners to thrive as you go up the ladder from being the best-kept secret to Trusted and In-Demand Authority.

Cindy J. has been coaching since 2009. She has been my coach and she's one of the best in the business.

On this episode, Cindy shows us how to spend our time on the right money making activities, so we can generate revenue with our podcast.

Here is a sample of that episode.

"If you start doing something every day, you make sure you do at least one money making activity Monday through Friday or whatever your work days are. You're going to start seeing an increase in everything, in visibility, influence, and profits."

You can hear that episode at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/479.

BEST OF #2

One spot from the top in at #2 on the list is Turn Your Podcast Into A Book – PTC 477

Are you ready to turn your podcast into a book?

Each week you work hard to spread your message and share your vision.

If you produce an episode a week, you'll have 50 episodes in just under a year. With four pages of show notes (or 1,200 words), you could turn your podcast into a book.

But, why would you want to go through all the work to write a book? There are six big reasons. We dive into those reasons on this episode.

There is great news. You don't need to write the entire book yourself.

Steven Leapley is an executive ghostwriter from Southern California. He helps creative people like you write their book.

Steven joins us today to help us discover how to turn our podcast into a book.

Here is a sample of that episode.

"But I think the the biggest challenge is... it comes down to to honestly fear. There's you know, to to pull the trigger and actually write your book. You know, it's like, there there's a there's a fear of of is it gonna get finished? There's a fear of am I gonna get taken for, you know, taken? You know, there's a fear of am I good enough?"

You can hear that episode at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/477.

BEST OF #1

That brings us to the most popular Podcast Talent Coach episode of 2024. Number one on the list is Why You Can't Grow Your Podcast – PTC 481

If you're like most podcasters, one of your biggest challenges you want to overcome is how to grow your podcast. I hear it often.

On this episode, I help you dive deep into audience growth.

In this episode, we dive deep into the challenges faced by many podcasters when it comes to growing their listenership.

You receive invaluable insights into why some podcasts stagnate and what you can do to overcome these hurdles.

We start with the critical importance of making your audience care. Provide unique value in your episodes.

Infuse each episode with authenticity and stay true to yourself. We discuss strategies to build a relationship with your listeners, such as cleverly weaving your episodes together and harnessing specific tactics designed to not only attract but also retain a dedicated audience.

Here is a sample of that episode.

"Everybody tells me I want a bigger audience, and I go, what are you doing? Well, nothing really. Well, the audience isn't just gonna show up. They're not just gonna come knock on your door and say, hey, we're here. Where's the show? You have to do the work."

You can hear that episode at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/481.

GIVE IT A LISTEN

And that's the top seven episodes of Podcast Talent Coach from 2024. Pick your favorite and give it a listen.

Whether you missed it the first time, or you'd like to go back and revisit it, here is your chance the check out the best.

You can also find the links in the show notes. I've listed a link to each of the episodes at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/podcasts.

Thanks again for being here. I hope you have a tremendous 2025.

I'd love to help you make that happen. I can be your mentor who can take your hand and walk you every step of the way with some powerful coaching. Get a sample of it.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply, click the button and apply to have a chat with me. We will develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

View Details

Being a guest on other podcasts is a powerful way to grow your audience. However to achieve success, you need to refine your speaking skills.

SPEAKING SKILLS WITH A STRATEGY

Just being on other podcasts isn't enough. You need a strategy.

Being a guest on other podcasts benefits you in two ways.

First, it puts you in front of people who do not know you. You're finding new listeners.

Second, you benefit with search engine currency. As you appear on more shows, you appear on more platforms and websites. The more you show up online, the more search engines will find you.

This second reason is how you can benefit even if the podcast doesn't have a huge audience.

Sure, you want to be in front of as many people as possible. But don't forget about the SEO benefit.

YOUR ONE CHANCE STRATEGY

Remember that as you are in front of new audiences, you only get one chance to make a first impression. Make it good.

To connect with others and bring them into your world, improve your speaking skills.

Your speaking skills strategy includes your confidence, your content, and your context.

Start by believing in what you know and what you have to offer. Lean into your superpower.

Next, shape your speaking skills by crafting your content that relates to the audience of that specific show.

Finally, add context. Wrap your content in stories so the audience gets to know who you are, what you value, and what you believe.

Great speaking skills are something you can learn and master. The fear of public speaking comes from not being prepared and confident in your content.

Nobody knows your story better than you do. Embrace it. Great speaking skills are about sharing one thing in many ways through your story.

SANTOU CARTER

In this episode, I bring you an engaging conversation with Santou Carter.

Rev. Santou Carter is an international best-selling author, a multi-award-winning performing artist and systemic psychotherapist working with fear and anxiety.

Santou integrates her skills as a performer, preacher and psychotherapist to provide her unique S.T.E.E.R. framework using a holistic ‘Body, Mind, Spirit’ approach to ensure her clients can captivate an audience with an engaging, anxiety-free presence to increase their sales and wealth.

She has also been nominated for a Women in Podcasting Award, in the category of Best Guest Expert.

YOU KNOW ENOUGH

In this episode, Santou shares invaluable insights on the journey of podcasting, emphasizing the importance of tapping into your holistic self and leveraging all your experiences and skills.

Together, we explore why it's unnecessary to wait until you feel completely knowledgeable to start a podcast, because growth and learning happen along the way.

We delve into Santou’s unique approaches, including her S.T.E.E.R. framework, which integrates Spirituality, Techniques, Education, Emotional space, and Relationships, to guide personal and professional development.

She offers powerful strategies for using podcasts to grow your business, repurpose content, and effectively engage audiences. Plus, Santou shares her candid experiences performing with her husband and the cultural significance of those moments.

Join us as we uncover why podcasting is a potent tool for creating lasting connections and vibrant energy. Whether you’re an aspiring podcaster or looking to amplify your existing efforts, this episode is packed with actionable advice and inspiring stories. Let's dive in!

SPEAKING SKILLS INCLUDE YOUR WHOLE SELF

As a seasoned public speaker and group facilitator, Santou shares invaluable insights into how podcasters can blend their professional and personal experiences to create engaging content.

She emphasizes the importance of bringing your holistic self into the podcasting realm, leveraging all your skills and expertise to build confidence and foster genuine connections with your audience.

Santou discusses the flexibility of podcasting, comparing it to rediscovering an old favorite song; just as forgotten notes come alive, latent skills can emerge during the podcasting journey.

Aspiring podcasters need not wait until they feel completely knowledgeable. Starting with the confidence that 'you know enough' is crucial. The podcasting process itself will help illuminate additional skills and knowledge as you go along, making it a journey of continuous growth and learning.

THE LONG TAIL

Touching on the longevity and ownership benefits of podcasting, Santou explains how podcast content remains accessible and valuable long after its release, unlike the fleeting nature of social media platforms.

She introduces her unique STEER framework. It is a holistic approach that enables podcasters to create content that resonates deeply and offers lasting value to their audience.

Santou shares practical strategies to maximize podcast reach and impact. She discusses how repurposing podcast transcripts into blogs or books, and using platforms like YouTube, can broaden your content's consumption.

She highlights the effectiveness of social media for promotional purposes, advising the use of quote cards and leveraging Pinterest for its evergreen content ability.

Santou also reveals a free resource on using podcasting to increase sales and underscores the importance of nurturing audiences through email marketing.

During our conversation, Santou shares personal anecdotes from her ow speaking skills and performing career, including her memorable concert singing orthodox music with her husband and his recent opera performance in her native language.

Bringing it all back to podcasting, she highlights how personal stories and relationships play a crucial role in developing speaking skills and creating relatable content.

Be sure to get Santou's free gift "How to Use Podcasting To Increase Sales". You can download it at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/increasesales.

View Details

I tend to be very analytical. When I first heard about our relationship with money and the mindset needed to succeed, I thought it was a lot of woo and not for me.

MY RELATIONSHIP WITH MONEY

The more I heard about mindset, and the more I researched it, the more I realized that success absolutely requires the right mindset and relationship with money.

Growing up, we had very little money. My mom raised us on her own on the wages of a waitress.

She always had a side hustle to make ends meet. I never knew we didn't have money. I just thought we were frugal.

One year when I was about 12, I told my mom that my best friend Russ would receive gifts on Easter. I found that odd.

My brother and I always received Easter baskets full of candy. But that was about it.

Russ' family was Catholic. We were Methodist. Maybe that was just part of their tradition.

That year, my mom bought us gifts for Easter. That's when I realized gifts had nothing to do with our spiritual denomination. It had everything to do with where and how we spent our money.

THE INFLUENCE OF MY MOM

Looking back on my childhood, mom always had a bit of disdain for the wealthy. She waited on many of those wealthy people at work, and many weren't respectful. I think that influenced her relationship with money.

Mom always expected me to go to college. But I don't think she ever thought we would be a wealthy family. It was part of our relationship with money.

I once dated a girl after college whose dad was the president of a bank. I think her dad even had part ownership.

One year, I joined them at the country club for Easter brunch. It was just like any other meal at a nice restaurant. There were just golf fairways out the window.

When we broke up, my mom said, "That's ok, you're not the country club type anyway."

She didn't mean anything by it. It was just the way our family was raised. It was her relationship with money. She never had a great deal of money.

My mom eventually died broke. I had to send her creditors the death certificate along with a letter notifying them there was no money in her estate to pay them.

That's when I realized I didn't want that to be my story. I didn't want that to be my relationship with money.

RELATIONSHIP WITH MONEY IS A DECISION

I like money. Money allows me to have nice things. But it also allows me to help others who need it.

I began donating a portion of my salary to various organizations. The money wasn't mine. It was just flowing through me.

When my relationship with money changed, the amount of money God would send my way changed.

You deserve money. But to get it to flow your way, you need a good relationship with money. You need to believe you deserve it.

TONYA WHITE

In this episode, we dive into the insightful discussions and powerful lessons shared at the Podcast Profits Summit with Tonya White.

Tonya is the founder of Heart & Soul Wealth. She is a financial educator and coach who empowers women to transform their relationship with money and make informed financial decisions.

With a background in corporate Human Resources and over a decade in financial services helping couples, individuals and families, Tonya uses a holistic approach to help women navigate their financial goals, especially those nearing or in retirement.

YOUR PAST SHAPES YOUR RELATIONSHIP WITH MONEY

In this episode, Tonya emphasizes the importance of learning from past financial decisions and using new skills to make better future choices. She tackles tough questions about dealing with trauma from investment failures and overcoming self-judgment and shame.

We explore the profound impact of disempowering money messages, often rooted in childhood and societal beliefs, and how they shape our relationship with money.

Through real-life examples and personal anecdotes, Tonya illustrates how transforming these mindsets can lead to significant personal and professional growth. She also shares valuable techniques such as using affirmations effectively, meditation, and connecting money to a larger mission to overcome worthiness issues and imposter syndrome.

This episode is packed with essential insights and actionable advice to help you shift your money mindset and pave the way for financial success. Let's get started!

PAST FINANCIAL DECISIONS

Tonya emphasizes the importance of learning from past financial decisions by acknowledging that they were made with the best information and resources available at that time.

She advocates for using newly acquired financial skills and insights to make better decisions moving forward, while underlining the significance of self-forgiveness and grace in the journey of personal and financial growth.

Tonya addresses handling trauma from past investment failures, acknowledging the self-judgment and shame that often accompany financial losses. She advises listeners to accept what was known at the time and to glean valuable lessons from these experiences to improve future financial decisions.

Furthermore, she offers actionable advice on moving past these negative experiences, highlighting the necessity of self-forgiveness and grace to foster personal, financial progress, and a healthier relationship with money.

The conversation also explores the impact of disempowering money messages ingrained in us from childhood and societal norms. These messages shape our relationship with money.

Tonya explains the difference between "money is the root of all evil" and the actual biblical phrase "the love of money is the root of all evil," emphasizing how such misconceptions can affect one's ability to cultivate wealth and achieve goals.

We share our personal experiences with disempowering financial messages, discussing how these beliefs shaped our decisions and self-perception over time.

AFFIRMATIONS

Diving deeper, Tonya discusses practical techniques to transform disempowered mindsets into empowered ones. Using affirmations effectively, especially in the form of engaging questions, can rewire the subconscious to foster a healthier relationship with money.

Tonya shares the story of an entrepreneur who successfully changed her financial outlook through such mindset work, resulting in more confident business dealings and improved sales conversations, demonstrating the profound impact of overcoming negative self-talk and disempowerment.

Tonya’s holistic approach, combined with her personal journey from corporate HR to financial coaching, brings a warm, nurturing perspective to money management, particularly empowering women to make informed financial decisions and attain lasting financial health.

You can download Tonya's free gift "The 5 Keys To Financial Health" at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/financial.

View Details

If you're like many podcasters I talk with, your little voice in your head can sometimes throw you off course. Influence begins with confidence.

BECOMING A PERSON OF INFLUENCE

Impostor Syndrome is just someone pretending to be someone else. It is self doubt.

To overcome Impostor Syndrome, just be yourself. Stop pretending.

It starts as a vision of who you truly are. That vision can build your confidence and help build your influence.

When you be yourself, you're not faking it. You are working to be who you really are.

It is so much easier to be you rather than pretending to be someone else. Your confidence will grow.

Have the courage to step into your true self. Start by sharing one small story about yourself on your podcast.

Your tribe will love you for it. This is the beginning of growing your influence.

MELINDA LEE

On this episode, we're diving into the transformative power of voice, flow, and authentic connection with our special guest, Melinda Lee.

Melinda Lee is a Presentation Skills Expert, Speaking Coach, and nationally renowned Motivational Speaker. She holds an M.A. in Organizational Psychology, is an Insights Practitioner, Certified Professional in Talent Development, as well as Certified in Conflict Resolution.

For over a decade, Melinda has researched and studied the state of "flow" and used it as a proven technique to help corporate leaders and business owners amplify their voices, access flow, and present their mission in a more powerful way to achieve results.

Melinda brings a wealth of experience as a presentation skills expert and speaking coach for TEDx Berkeley. She shares her journey from overcoming impostor syndrome to landing major clients like Google, and how aligning her words with her intentions has attracted more opportunities her way.

She has worked with thousands of executives and teams from Facebook, to the Army Corp of Engineers, and more. She is breaking the ancestral lineage of silence.

During our conversation, Melinda unpacks the misconceptions about public speaking and highlights the importance of inspiring change rather than mere teaching. Sparking inspiration is an important step to developing influence.

She explains how achieving a flow state can elevate our public speaking, influence, and overall communication skills. Through personal stories and practical advice, Melinda reveals how to access this flow and maintain it, even under high pressure.

IMPOSTOR SYNDROME VS INFLUENCE

One of the key topics Melinda addresses is overcoming Impostor Syndrome, a common issue even among successful professionals. She candidly shares her personal strategies for confronting and processing fears rather than ignoring them, detailing how this mindset shift has empowered her in her career.

Overcoming Impostor Syndrome is the first step to becoming a person of influence.

Melinda's journey from facing skepticism to winning over tough audiences highlights the importance of embodying feelings and connecting deeply with both oneself as well as the audience.

We get into common misconceptions about public speaking, emphasizing that it goes far beyond just teaching. Effective speakers are those who can inspire change and transform lives by conveying not just the "how" but the "why."

Focusing on "why" over "how" is a key component of influence.

Through transformational speaking and podcasting, podcasters can build deeper connections with their listeners by exuding authenticity and engaging from the heart.

MINDSET EXERCISE

You will find great value in our conversation when Melinda introduces an exercise designed to help speakers move from being in their heads to speaking from the heart.

One such exercise involves shifting self-affirmations from "I am a confident speaker" to "I am grateful to be a confident speaker," a simple yet powerful change that fosters greater connection and openness.

Additionally, Melinda discusses the significance of self-awareness and self-reflection in overcoming barriers to communication and achieving peak performance. This step will help your influence blossom.

Whether you're a podcaster looking to connect more deeply with your audience or a speaker aiming to transform lives, this episode is packed with insights to help you elevate your voice and impact. So, get ready to feel inspired and get in flow with our conversation featuring the incredible Melinda Lee.

Melinda has a free gift for you called "Unlock Your Flow: A Free Self-Assessment To Enhance Speaking Skills And Identify Growth Areas". You can download it at https://speakinflow.com/online-assessment/.

View Details

Becoming an influential authority in your niche is possible through the power of podcasting when you have the right strategy.

AN INFLUENTIAL AUTHORITY

In this episode, I want to help you become that "go to", sought after and influential authority in your industry.

This is a presentation I did during the Podcast Profits Summit.

In this episode, we’ll discuss how authenticity, storytelling, and building relationships can transform your podcast into a powerful tool for influence and success.

I share examples from influential experts like Gary Vaynerchuk and Barbara Corcoran. You'll also get advice on attracting ideal clients, nurturing trust, and expanding your reach beyond your existing networks.

You'll get insights on how to grow both your audience and your business by focusing on authenticity and relationship-building. While many podcasters concentrate on the technical aspects of podcasting, it’s the personal stories and values — the "why" behind what you do — that truly build trust and rapport with your audience.

THE SALES PROCESS

The sales process has nuances that can turn listeners into loyal clients. 40% of the process is about building rapport, 30% involves qualifying leads, 20% is dedicated to educating on solutions, and the final 10% is about closing the deal.

This breakdown highlights the importance of establishing a solid relationship foundation before moving on to sales pitches. Your podcast can do exactly that.

Lead with your own experiences and personality, like other influencers. Great examples include Gary Vaynerchuk, Russell Brunson, and Brendon Burchard. Build a genuine connection with your audience.

Many of my clients have effectively transformed their podcasts into powerful business tools. TaVona Denise is a nurse turned coach. She launched a successful podcast that helped promote her summit.

Scott and Holly Stoner worked with me with their Wellness Compass podcast. We crafted content and a process that brought people to their foundation.

These examples illustrate how effective podcasting can lead to substantial business growth, not just through attracting listeners but by fostering a community built on trust and authenticity.

AUTHORITY THROUGH AUTHENTICITY

Finally, we get into the importance of storytelling and focusing on the 'why' rather than the 'how' in podcasting.

By consistently sharing your origin story and values, you transform your podcast into a platform that people bond with and return to for your unique personality and perspective.

This episode is a treasure trove of actionable insights for anyone looking to not just start a podcast but to become an influential authority in their niche.

Get ready to unlock the secrets to becoming a trusted voice in your industry.

Let me help you develop your level of influence and become the "go to" authority in your niche. Get a taste of what my coaching is all about with an hour-long podcast strategy call. You can find the details and apply for your call at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/apply.

View Details

When you grow your audience to build your business, you need to manage your leads. It isn't enough to get people to subscribe to your podcast. You need to get them to your email list.

GROW YOUR SHOW BY GROWING YOUR LIST

When I was first starting out, I hired Cindy as my coach. She was helping me build the infrastructure that would help me grow my business.

Cindy is a visibility coach. She helps people get noticed. Just what I needed to grow my audience and business.

One day on a call, Cindy suggested I participate in a giveaway to grow my email list.

A giveaway is a marketing tactic where a group of experts join together to help each other grow.

One expert is the host of the giveaway. This person builds the back end and manages the giveaway.

A number of other experts each contribute a free gift. They all then promote the giveaway to their lists.

The email recipients opt in for the giveaway, which grows the list of the giveaway host. Then the email recipients decide which gifts they would like, and they opt in for those gifts. This grows the list of the contributor.

The better the gift, the better chance an expert has to grow their list.

YOUR LIST OR YOUR PODCAST

But I wanted to grow my podcast audience, not my list.

On the call that day, I told Cindy the same thing. She told me growing the list would grow the audience.

Each time you release a new episode, you can email your list and remind them to listen. That was the day I understood the power of the process.

If you invite people to your podcast when you are on stage, they may come listen to your show. If they don't come back or subscribe, you have no way to contact them again.

But if you invite them to your email list with your lead magnet when you are on stage, you have their name and email address until they unsubscribe. Now you can reach them each time you release a new episode.

When I started building my email list, my podcast audience started to grow.

Soon, I started to realize I needed to organize the contacts on my email list.

That's where a powerful CRM tool comes into play.

MANAGE YOUR LEADS ON YOUR LIST

There are a variety of CRM tools, or customer relation management tools, available to manage your list. These tools help you manage your interactions with customers, build customer relationships, and grow your business.

Many people are surprised when I suggest people on stage don't send people to the podcast. Instead, send them to your email list.

When you get people on your email list, you need to keep them organized and manage your leads. This allows you to send relevant information to each segment of your audience while reminding the entire list to listen to the podcast.

So, how do you choose a CRM to manage your leads?

MANAGE YOUR LEADS WITH RAMESH DEWANGAN

I've invited Ramesh Dewangan to join us and help us develop a plan.

Ramesh is the Founder and CEO of Quantum Vision Consulting. He brings over 30 years of global experience in software development, product management, and marketing to help entrepreneurs and small businesses achieve rapid growth by implementing innovative business practices and systems.

Ramesh specializes in business growth through automated marketing and sales using CRM and mobile applications.

Download Ramesh's free eBook "Driving Business Growth: Discover how CRM accelerates business success" at

View Details

We are into the last six weeks of the year. As you look back over the past 10 months, how are you doing on your goals you set back in January?

If you're like most, your goals are struggling. In this episode, I have a great interview with Ken Williams to uncover why most goals fail and what to do about it.

YOUR GOALS WITH THE END IN MIND

I am big fan of beginning with the end in mind.

When we talk about growing your audience, building your business, or simply refining your call to action, we often talk about starting with the end in mind.

The end is the definition of your goals. Where do you want to end up?

Unless you can get perfectly clear on where you want to land, your goals have no hope of succeeding.

YOUR IDEAL LISTENER

The end in mind is exactly why you need to clearly define your ideal target listener.

How will you know if you've attracted the perfect client if you haven't defined what that looks like?

Many coaches I speak with will describe their ideal client to me as an age range. They might say their ideal client is between 35- and 55-years-old. Worse yet, they might tell me they help everybody.

Let's just take 35 to 55. Consider a 35-year-old. Where are they in their career? They've been working full-time in their career for ten or fifteen years.

How about their family? They might have a couple kids that are 8 and 10. They spend a lot of time running their kids here and there.

Now consider a 55-year-old. It's the other end of the range. Where are they in their career? Maybe ten or fifteen years from retirement.

How about their family? They might have a couple kids that are 28 and 30. This person could very well be a grand parent.

Now when you are trying to attract your ideal client you will describe their pains and challenges so clearly they think you are reading their mail.

Do these two people sound like they have the same challenges and pain in their lives? Is the timeline to overcome those challenges similar in any way?

This is the power of clarity. Start with the end in mind.

CLARITY ON YOUR GOALS

Now when you set goals, everyone will tell you to be specific and measurable. Start with the end in mind.

So, why aren't your goals working? Why aren't you succeeding at achieving them?

The problem is your goals are too smart. Smart goals aren't working, and there is a reason why.

This is the reason I have Ken Williams on the show today. He will show you how to set goals you can actually accomplish.

KEN WILLIAMS

Ken Williams is a life coach, a chocolate cake baker, and the father of five kids.

While he has authored several books, including "21 Days to Success through Networking," his career took a meandering route through call centers, sales organizations, and industrial environments, until he discovered how his past goal-setting efforts had been setting him up to fail.

Now, he hosts the Bad Boss Podcast, where he helps listeners overcome conflicts with difficult bosses, and he teaches his clients how to get the results they want by setting S.T.U.P.I.D. Goals.

In this conversation, Ken Williams and I get deep into the world of goal setting. We explore why traditional goals often fail and how a shift in perspective can make all the difference.

Ken shares his transformative experience with obtaining a ham radio license, which changed his approach to setting and achieving goals.

ARE YOUR GOALS SMART OR STUPID

This episode challenges the effectiveness of SMART goals and introduces a novel concept called "STUPID goals," designed to fill gaps left by traditional methods.

Ken recounts his initial reluctance to get a ham radio license and how passing the test opened his eyes to the importance of relationships and experiences over conventional goal metrics. His story underlines the significance of tying goals to personal experiences, making them more inspiring and easier to achieve.

He further contrasts "stupid goals" with "smart goals," clarifying that the former emphasizes stretch, tangibility, unshakable commitment, and the possibility of achieving them realistically yet challengingly.

During our conversation, Ken critiques SMART goals, pointing out their limitations in providing a clear path when goals are unmet. He emphasizes the emotional toll of perceived failures and describes how "stupid goals" can offer a more compassionate and practical framework.

Using analogies and personal stories, Ken makes a compelling case for goals that inspire and energize, challenging listeners to rethink their approach to personal and professional achievement.

The episode also highlights the importance of incremental, small steps in goal-setting. We discuss various techniques, including leveraging resources like print-on-demand publishing and using tools such as the app My Streaks to build habits gradually.

Be sure to grab Ken's free gift. You can download his Stupid Goals Anti-Planner at https://kenwilliamscoaching.com/stupid.

We have six weeks left in the year. Let's set some goals for the next year that you can actually accomplish.

View Details

One of my favorite ways to grow your audience is by giving podcast interviews. It sounds obvious, but podcast listeners listen to podcasts.

PODCAST INTERVIEWS TO GROW

According to the Podcast Consumer Report 2024 study done by Edison Research, the average podcast listener consumes an average of 8.3 episodes a week.

The report also states podcast listeners consume an average of 11.2 hours of podcasts each week.

Podcast listeners prefer podcasts as their form of entertainment. They don't just dabble. They go all in. Over one episode a day and over 90 minutes a day.

To reach your ideal listeners, do more podcast interviews.

REPURPOSE YOUR INTERVIEWS

But don't stop there. When you do podcast interviews on other shows, use that content in every way possible.

Talk to the host prior to conducting the interview to get permission to use that interview for your own promotion.

You can repurpose your podcast interviews in a variety of ways to gain more visibility.

When you do, be sure to promote their podcast as well. The more you promote the podcasts that interview you, the more podcasters will be interested in having you on their shows.

Repurposing your podcast interviews is an effective way to create promotional content without having to create all of the content yourself.

Now you've elevated the power of appearing on other shows to a whole new level.

LEVERAGING PODCAST INTERVIEWS

On this episode, I interview Lyndsay Phillips. She is brilliant when it comes to leveraging your podcast interviews.

Lyndsay Phillips is the CEO of Smooth Business Podcasting, speaker, guest expert, host of Leverage Your Podcast show and creator of the Podcast Leverage System.

Serving authors, coaches, experts & thought leaders who are serious about using their voice to impact others and grow their business.

Lyndsay excels in transforming podcast episodes, guest interviews, summits, and videos into captivating, consumable content that attracts collaborations, leads and clients.

Get ready to grow your show. Enjoy my conversation with Lyndsay Phillips.

Lyndsay's free gift is "3 Strategies To Leverage & Repurpose Your Guest Interviews". You can get it at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/leverage.

View Details

Social media can be an effective way to grow your audience. There are many options, like Facebook, LinkedIn, TikTok, X, Instagram and others. How do you determine which platform to use?

THE RIGHT SOCIAL MEDIA PLATFORM

The first factor in your social media platform decision should the location of your clients. Be where your ideal client is.

Different social media platforms attract different people and are used for different purposes.

Facebook is like a journal. This is where you keep your memories and share the things that have happed to you.

X is similar to a conversation. The discussion on X is more real time.

LinkedIn is used for business connections. This is where business conversations happen.

Instagram is like a photo album. This is your story in pictures.

TikTok is still creating its identity. The short videos on TikTok are little snippets that can be used to connect with your potential clients if you create the correct content.

DIFFERENT MODES FOR DIFFERENT FOLKS

Another important factor to consider when selecting your social media platform is the format of the content.

People like to consume content in different modes. Some like audio. Some like to consume video. Others prefer text.

What is the preferred content format of your ideal client?

TikTok is great for short video. Facebook is decent for all three. Audiograms on Facebook and Instagram are often overlooked.

LinkedIn is great for longer articles to demonstrate your expertise.

It is wise to provide your content in multiple formats. Different modes for different folks.

VALUE OF YOUR CONTENT

Whichever mode and platform you choose, be sure to provide value.

Valuable content is content that fulfills a need. That could be education, entertainment, or simply stirring emotion.

Your content on social media can't just sell. It will be quickly ignored.

Provide great content and get people back to your show to build those relationships.

LINKEDIN FOR PROFESSIONALS

If you are trying to attract professionals, like entrepreneurs, leaders, c-suite pros and the like, LinkedIn is a great platform.

LinkedIn is a powerful tool for attracting professionals, especially if you're a coach or consultant.

You can use LinkedIn to grow your audience and attract your ideal clients with the right strategy.

LINDA KEMPIN ON LINKEDIN STRATEGY

On this episode, I have a conversation with Linda Kempin to help you develop your LinkedIn strategy.

Linda Kempin helps clients discover the secrets to why their LinkedIn profiles aren’t getting traction.

She enjoys sharing a look behind the curtain at how LinkedIn really works, delivering insights for business owners who want to attract their ideal customers.

Linda serves clients globally with Award-Winning LinkedIn coaching, online group programs, and her Accelerated VIP service. Her clients range from Senior Execs to Recent Grads, from Entrepreneurs to Transitioning Military.

Linda’s goal is to help you "Get Seen by the People Who Need YOU!"

Get ready to take some notes and enjoy my conversation with Linda Kempin.

You can download Linda's free resource “5 Secret LinkedIn POWER MOVES” at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/powermoves.

View Details

We talk a lot about attracting your ideal clients by being your authentic self on your podcast. But, how do you overcome your fears that come with being so vulnerable?

CONQUER YOUR FEAR AND SELF DOUBT

Self doubt is not uncommon.

When I have strategy calls with podcasters, we discuss their biggest challenges and fears.

One coach asked me, "Do I really have anything of value to offer? Will anyone listen even listen to what I have to say?"

There are probably times when you have that little voice in your head questioning your ideas. I get it.

It takes courage to overcome those fears.

There are six other fears I hear quite often

YOUR FEAR OF IMPACT

The first fear is making an impact. I had a coach tell me he often questions himself. He asked, "Is this making a difference in anyone's life?"

Building relationships with your audience is the first step to making an impact.

People follow those with whom they have a relationship. And relationships start with getting to know each other well. Share your story.

WASTED TIME

Another fear is wasting time.

I was talking with Mike about launching her podcast. When I asked what was holding him back, she asked me, "What if it doesn't work? It would be a lot of time and money wasted."

Be clear on your purpose and your goals. You also need to be realistic on the timeline.

You don't need tens of thousands of people listening. Success only requires having a passionate audience that loves what you have.

You don't need everyone. Success comes with a passionate tribe. Ignore the rest.

I LOOK LIKE A FRAUD

One coach told me, "I'm more worried about being seen as a fraud."

This fear often comes from how we perceive ourselves rather than how others perceive us.

Your success isn't about your content. It's about who you are being on your podcast.

When you speak with confidence, you're seen as an authority. But when you doubt yourself, you are seen as unsure and less believable.

This is when people start to doubt you. It comes from doubting yourself.

Believe in yourself. Be strong.

WE FORGET WHAT WE DIDN'T KNOW

One common fear people tell me is, "Who am I that these people would want to talk to me?"

This comes because we often forget what it was like when we didn't know what we know now.

Think back when you first started down your journey. Go back to the time when you decided to learn about your superpower.

Did you know how to do everything you know now? Of course not. You barely knew where to start.

Over the years, you learned from the best. You learned all the details.

Remember when you first started out and you looked at the experts in your niche with amazement? You were asking, "How do they do that? It will be so great when I'm where they are."

Today, it is all second nature to you.

But there are people who are starting where you started years ago. Those are the people who are ready to listen to you.

You are also influential enough that great guests want to be on your show. Everybody loves exposure. You just need to reach out.

PODFADING

One other big fear that I hear often is the fear of failure.

When I asked about her biggest fear, Denise told me, "I fear that I will fail. That I will be one of the 80% that lets the podcast die out."

Podfading is a real threat. There are three reasons podcasters give up and die out.

The first reason happens when they realize podcasting is more work than they thought it was going to be. They don't have a plan in place to consistently produce the show every week without eating all their time.

The second reason happens when they realize the podcast doesn't grow as fast as they thought it would. They don't have a system in place to methodically grow their audience.

The final reason happens when they realize the podcast doesn't generate revenue as fast as they thought it would. They don't have a strategy in place to use the podcast to attract their ideal clients.

FEAR OF SUCCESS

The last fear I want to share is one often overlooked.

There is a fear on the other side of the coin. This is one that many don't consider.

Kris and I were discussing her podcast launch. As we were getting ready to go through the process, I asked about her biggest fear.

She said she had a fear of success. Kris said, "If I grow too far too fast, I'm afraid I won't be able to handle it mentally or physically."

It's easy to sit in the preparation phase. You can't fail while you're preparing. The risk comes when you actually launch in life.

Many people are hesitant to admit the fear of success is holding them back.

Take the first step. Lean into your superpower and see what happens.

OVERCOMING YOUR FEARS

On this episode, I want to share a conversation I had with Michael Devous Jr.

Michael is a dynamic force in the world of entrepreneurship and personal development. With over three decades of experience in the entertainment industry, he has honed his skills as a performer, producer, and motivational speaker.

His journey, marked by resilience and transformation, has led him to inspire others to harness fear and achieve their dreams.

As the founder of Devous Media Holdings and the visionary behind "The Fearless Road" and "Fearless Thinking" podcasts, as well as The Ascend Hub community, Michael is dedicated to providing entrepreneurs with the tools, resources, and connections they need to thrive.

During this conversation, we talk about overcoming your fears and learning to believe in yourself.

Enjoy the conversation.

Get Michael's gift "The Fearless Road Quiz: Unveiling Your Inner Compass" at

www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/fearless.

View Details

As an entrepreneur, you work hard to generate revenue. Many businesses focus on sales to drive that revenue. But, what are you doing to keep more of that money?

THE BOOK ON SELLING

I love learning the nuances of selling. In fact, I just finished another book on it.

We talk a lot about connecting with other experts and the power those connections hold for your growth. This book came to me from connections.

One of my former coaches introduced me to her daughter as a joint venture partners. Her daughter introduced me to the leader of her mastermind.

The leader of the mastermind connected me to a sales expert who was another member of the mastermind.

That expert is Joe Pallo. He wrote a great book on selling called "How To Sell Nothing – The Logical Way To Make The Emotional Sale".

In the book, Joe talks about learning about the prospect before the sales conversation. It's a lot about relationships and very similar to what we discuss here.

WHERE DOES THE MONEY GO?

As we generate revenue from our sales, we tend to allocate that revenue to a variety of expenses.

But, do you know where your money is going?

Why is it that people making $40k a year live paycheck-to-paycheck and people making $120k a year also live paycheck-to-paycheck?

It's because our expenses creep up as our income increases. We think we could never live without something that we never dreamed of having when we were making half or a third of what we are making now.

Unless you deliberately tell the money where to go, it will all disappear.

Many entrepreneurs start their company on a shoestring budget. I started this company on $500 for a website, some podcasting tools, and a couple other things.

As entrepreneurs make more money, they begin spending on things like marketing, virtual assistants, and memberships.

How many memberships do you have? Which ones are you really using on a regular basis and getting benefit from?

Back when you were making no money, you hustled and spent time instead of money. You made it work, because you didn't have the money to spend on marketing.

Now, I'm not saying don't invest in marketing or powerful tools to help you grow your business even faster.

I'm simply suggesting you invest that money with a purpose. Do you really need a second mastermind or third AI tool?

KEEP MORE OF YOUR MONEY

When it comes to spending money, I'm a big proponent of investing money where it can help you grow bigger and faster with focus.

One of those ways is finding an expert who knows the space much better than you and can help you shorten the timeframe to reach success. Experts can typically show you what you don't know and help you discover solutions faster.

I use coaches and experts for very specific purposes. I don't have a business coach. That is too broad.

At this point, I have a sales coach and a marketing coach. They help me in very specific ways.

Another expert I use is my accountant. I don't do my taxes, because I have no interest in learning all of the tax code, I don't know what I can write off properly, and I don't want to spend the time trying to figure it out.

A good accountant can help you keep more of your money by finding the leaks in your bucket.

You work hard to generate the revenue. It's time you start working a little harder to keep it.

YOUR MONEY EXPERT

Today, I want to help you get started. I want to bring you a conversation I had with Ralph Estep Jr. He is the host of the Ask Ralph Podcast where he shares insights on finance, taxation, and entrepreneurship and helps entrepreneurs manage money God's way.

He has some incredible tips for you to help you keep more of your money.

Ralph V. Estep, Jr. is a multifaceted professional whose career spans accounting, entrepreneurship, farming, and media.

With a background in finance and technology, he founded Saggio Management Group and has held leadership positions in various organizations.

This interview was part of my Podcast Profits Summit. Grab something to take notes with and get ready to keep more of your money.

Enjoy my conversation with Ralph Estep. Jr.

Be sure to grab Ralph's gift.

It is "Keep more of your money with 5 accounting tips most entrepreneurs miss". You can download it at https://www.askralphpodcast.com/5tips.

View Details

Building relationships with your audience is the path to your success.

RELATIONSHIPS WITH YOUR AVATAR

Whether you're trying to grow your audience, grow your business, or make your impact on the world, success requires a powerful relationship.

People do business with those they know, like and trust. It's all about building rapport.

People follow those they know, like and trust. Influential authority originates from building a relationship with those you want to follow you.

When we start building your podcast, one of the first steps is defining your ideal target listener. Your avatar. Who are you trying to attract.

Most people will go through the typical basics, like age, gender, niche, etc.

Some will go a little deeper to describe the avatar's interests, pains, and goals.

Few will get deep enough to define the influencers their ideal client follows, the mental challenges holding their prospect back, or the myths that the avatar believes.

The more you know about your ideal target listener, the stronger your content will be. You can use this definition as a filter for everything you do.

RELATIONSHIPS THROUGH PERSONALITY STYLE

One area often overlooked is personality style. By defining the personality style of your ideal target listener, you will know what content is important to her, how to communicate with her, and what will inspire her to take action.

There are a variety of personality tests available. Each of them are a little different, but typically measure a person's characteristics, motivations and tendencies.

A personality test helps define the best way to interact with someone.

By understanding how to communicate with the various personality types and which types you work best with, you can craft your content to superserve this specific group.

ASHLEY LOGSDON

On this episode, I'm joined by relationship expert Ashley Logsdon to delve into the intricate world of personality types and their impact on building strong audience relationships.

Ashley Logsdon is a Life Harmony Relationships coach who works with individuals to create a life where every family member thrives.

Focusing on introspection and understanding "the language of empathy", she helps professionals and families move from communication to true connection - with themselves, their environment, and others.

She's been involved in her father's business for the past 20 years and now runs and manages 48 Days, LLC - a resource for creating the work - and the life - you love.

Ashley and her husband Nathan co-hosted the Mama Says Namaste podcast for 7 years, focusing on intentional family living and togetherness.

This conversation is from my Podcast Profits Summit and will help you understand how to attract, connect with, and communicate with your ideal target listener.

DISC PERSONALITY PROFILE

Together, we explore the DISC personality system, where Ashley explains the varying traits of D (Dominant), I (Influential), S (Supportive/Steady), and C (Conscientious/Creative) types. The discussion highlights how understanding these personality styles can help podcasters adapt their communication to better connect with their listeners.

Ashley emphasizes that every personality type has its strengths and challenges, especially in entrepreneurial ventures. She suggests that while D and I traits are often seen in successful business builders due to their assertiveness and social ease, S and C personalities also bring unique advantages.

MOVING BEYOND THE TYPICAL AVATAR

Throughout the conversation, Ashley and I discuss the significance of knowing your audience on a deeper level. Moving beyond basic demographics to understand the challenges, interests, and personality types of listeners can greatly enhance content engagement.

Ashley introduces a free guide available at 48days.com/you that provides practical tips on empathetic communication tailored to various DISC profiles, which can be an invaluable resource for podcasters aiming to resonate more with their audience.

Our conversation also touches on the effective strategies for interacting with different personality types in various settings.

Ashley recounts a live event scenario where she managed an interaction with a high-I individual by affirming her presence and gently guiding the conversation to maintain the event focus. This example underscores the adaptability required in real-time communications and the value of preemptive understanding of personality styles.

PODCAST SUCCESS THROUGH RELATIONSHIPS

We also talk about the pivotal role of relationship-building in podcast success. By tailoring content and interactions to fit the listeners' personality types, podcasters can foster a deeper sense of connection and trust.

Whether you are a high-energy, quick-deciding D or a detail-oriented, systematic C, this episode is rich with insights on how to harness your unique traits to create compelling, engaging podcast content.

Enjoy our discussion.

Grab Ashley's gift at 48days.com/you.

Who are you trying to attract? Which clients are best for you?

Clearly define your ideal target listener. Understand who you're trying to attract.

The more you know, the easier it will be to attract them to you.

View Details

It has been said many times that people do business with those they know, like and trust. Having common values helps you build that rapport.

RELATIONSHIPS

I like to think of know, like and trust as relationships. When you build relationships with your audience, your impact grows in amazing ways.

Your potential clients want to get to know you, because they want to understand if you believe what they believe. Do you have similar values?

Your values build the foundation of who you are.

To become a magnetic host who attracts listeners and clients to you rather than chasing them, you need to be someone others want to be around. Not only be around, but they seek you out.

INFLUENCE THROUGH VALUES

This happens when you get clear on the characteristics of an influential authority.

First, you need a powerful origin story. How did you develop your superpower? How were your values instilled in you?

Next, you need to define your values and beliefs. What makes you you? Write out your foundational principles.

Now describe that pivotal moment when you discovered this was your mission. When did that transformational moment happen that gave you your superpower?

Then you need to develop the stories of your journey that demonstrate your values, beliefs, and principles. What insider language is incorporated into those stories that is used by your tribe?

Finally, you need a tribe to spread your message and be your testimonials.

BEGIN WITH VALUES

This entire process starts with defining your values. You can't develop your origin story, foundational principles, transformational moment, stories to share, or a tribe to spread it without first knowing your values.

Be brave and stand for those values you believe in. It will be scary. Do it anyway.

If you try to please everyone, you please no one. You become safe and middle of the road. When you're in the middle of the road, you become roadkill.

Make people pick a side. When you make people care, you will attract the right people and repel the wrong people.

If everyone rates you a 3 on a one-to-five scale, they really don't care. Three means, "I could take it or leave it. I really don't have a feeling either way." That's a bad place to be.

When you pick a side, some people love you and others hate you. That's ok. At least they care.

You'll attract more people who love you and the people who hate you won't come back anyway. They weren't going to buy in the first place.

You will be ok. Stand for what you value.

VALUES WITH ROBERT MACPHEE

I want to share an interview I recently did on the Podcast Profits Summit on values with Robert MacPhee. This will help you get started.

Robert MacPhee is the creator of the “Excellent Decisions” values-based leadership program and the author of "Living a Values Based Life".

He is the former Director of Training for the Canfield Training Group, having worked closely for many years with Jack Canfield, the co-creator of the Chicken Soup for the Soul Book series and the author of The Success Principles.

Robert is an expert in experiential learning, peak performance, values clarification and leadership. He is also the host of the Value Based Life Podcast.

You can find Robert's free gift at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/values. It is the Values Advantage free video mini-course to begin the process of discovering what YOUR highest values are.

Enjoy the gift from Robert.

View Details

WHY AN OFFER DOESN'T CONVERT

Dumping time and energy into a podcast that does nothing to grow your business does not make good, financial sense. The offer you present on your podcast needs to inspire people to take action. If people are't taking action, it's not your offer. It's who you're being while you're making the offer.

The solution is about your authority, not your podcast.

[Podcast Launch Workshop Details HERE.]

MY JOURNEY INTO PODCASTING

I came to podcasting from radio. My radio career started in 1988. I began coaching on-air talent and programming radio stations in 1995.

In 2009, I discovered podcasting and began helping podcasters in 2012.

I love podcasting. But it isn't about podcasting. It's about authority and relationships.

The selling process is 40% rapport and relationships. If you want to get your audience to take action, you are selling.

OFFER WITH ORIGIN

Consider Gary Vaynerchuk or Russell Brunson or Brendon Burchard.

Do they have podcasts? Yes. But they also have YouTube channels, websites, email lists, and a variety of other content platforms.

It isn't about the platform.

This is about creating relationships.

If you follow them, you know a lot about each of these guys.

Gary is from Belarus. He collected baseball cards growing up, hated school, and worked in his father's liquor store.

Gary originally started Wine Library TV and eventually wrote "Crush It". He's all about the hustle.

Russell was a wrestler and lives in Boise. It all started with his potato gun.

Brendon grew up in Montana. Went through a bad breakup before getting in his car wreck.

You know their origin stories, and it builds rapport. Can you see how your podcast can help you build relationships with your audience?

It isn't about the offer. They each have a variety of offers. This is about know, like and trust. Relationships.

YOUR OFFER WITH AUTHORITY

Attract your clients with your personality rather than chasing them with your ads. When you speak people listen because you're an authority and you have influence.

Your offer isn't the secret to your success. This is about positioning you as the “go to” expert in your niche.

Do you ever feel like you have an incredible message to share, but no one is listening? You haven't established authority yet.

When you become the authority, you are well-known and sought-after. People seek you out. Would you rather chase your leads or have them come to you?

As an authority, you build a loyal fan base full of paying customers. Not only do people pay you often, they refer you to others. Leads creating more leads.

Don't be a product looking for a buyer. It's not the offer Be a leader helping clients achieve their goals.

YOUR OFFER WITH PERSONALITY

Become an influential authority by infusing you and your story into every episode.

Many podcasters tell me they don't have a big personality. And, that's ok. You don't need a big personality. You just need an authentic personality.

Everyone has a personality and can be a storyteller.

This is a process I have refined since 1988. I've been successfully teaching people how to do it since 1995.

Over the years I have built and activated huge audiences. I build influencers.

When you know your "why", your what becomes more impactful. This is how you develop an effective offer.

You struggle to get clients, because you're spending your time chasing clients with your offer rather than attracting them with your personality.

IT ISN'T YOUR FUNNEL

Your problem isn't your offer funnel. It's you. Put in the time to build relationships. Once the well starts producing water, it will continue to flow with ease.

Attract people with who you are.

You will attract clients with your personality by building relationships. People do business with those they know, like and trust. That's the definition of rapport.

Stories build relationships.

The podcast is just the vehicle. It is secondary to your story.

The key to your success is your authority and influence. The name of the game for an offer that converts is authority.

Do you want to keep chasing clients or are you ready to stand out as the well-known authority who attracts clients into your world?

You can be a personality. Just understand it's a journey, not 6 steps to success.

YOUR SECRET WEAPON

I'm not your only solution. But, I am your secret weapon.

You can learn podcasting from a million different YouTube videos. But none of them have the experience I do.

It's not just my years of experience. It is my track record. I'm best in class.

Here are a few examples:

Name: TaVona Denise

Podcast:Conversations With TaVona Denise

Result:I recently used an episode to promote a summit I hosted. I believe the reason the summit was such a big success, was because I used the podcast to promote it.

Testimonial: What I love most about working with Erik is how organized he is. This wasn’t a haphazard, thrown-together coaching program. He showed me things in a step-by-step format. He gave me things to do before each call. He also helped me when I had my freak out moments.

Name: Scott & Holly Stoner

Podcast: Wellness Compass Podcast

Result: We hired Erik before we launched our podcast because we knew he could steer us toward success from the first episode, which is exactly what he did for us.

Testimonial: He coached us through the first six months of launching our podcast, and we will be forever grateful for his expertise and how accessible and actionable he makes his expertise. He’s also just a really good guy and a lot of fun to work with.

Name: Rick Sizemore

Podcast: The VR Workforce Podcast

Result: We’ve been able to achieve goals we never imagined possible, with top ratings in our categories in iTunes, downloads beyond our wildest dreams. And an award from a leading organization.

Testimonial:You can figure it out, but you’re going to have a lot more headaches, it’s gonna take a lot longer, and in the end probably cost more. If you want to take your podcast to the next level, call Erik K. Johnson

IMPROVE YOUR OFFER

You can continue to spend hours and hours hunting and guessing if it will work. Watching YouTube videos and downloading free .pdfs. How has that been working for you?

You've been trying to figure out how to make your podcast generate clients and revenue. I understand your challenges.

You can't dump time and energy into a podcast that does nothing to grow your business. Stop chasing the solution. Just model what works.

The first step is to have a coaching call with me to see exactly where the gaps exist in your strategy. One call and you will have a plan.

Then, you can decide which path is right for you.

Spend an hour talking with me, or spend another year struggling, experimenting and spinning your wheels only to be exactly where you are today a year from now.

View Details

Many podcasters tell me they don't think they have a personality. We all have a personality. It just depends how we want to use it.

People come for your content. They come back for you. Become magnetic by developing and embracing your personality.

LINKS:

Audience Explosion Workshop - http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/workshop

Podcast Strategy Call - http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply

WHAT IS PERSONALITY

A personality is the combination of characteristics or qualities that form an individual's distinctive character.

I want you to be a magnetic character who attracts people to you. But I don't want you to create some character that isn't true to who you really are.

Defining your personality and character is an exercise in self-evaluation. You need to dig deep to find the qualities that make you unique.

PODFADE

Many podcasts fade away after about 7 episodes.

I thought this stat was an old wives' tale until I did the research.

While on a call with a client, we were looking for podcasts where she could be a guest. As we looked through the podcasts in her niche, we realized many of them only had published a few episodes and had faded away years ago.

There are around 4 million podcasts today. However, only half of those podcasts are actively publishing new content.

Podcasts fade away for 3 reasons.

Podcasting is more work than they thought it would be.

The show doesn't grow as fast as they thought you would. You can join us for the Audience Explosion Workshop - http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/workshop.

And, the show doesn't make money as soon as they thought it would.

These can all be solved with your personality.

PERSONALITY SOLUTIONS

People will come to your show for your content. They continue to come back for you.

Creating a podcast every week becomes difficult when you are trying to teach something new every week.

The show doesn't need to be new information every week. It needs to be new context every week.

Teach the same principles through different context. Add stories, case studies, your personality, and a fresh perspective.

Dave Ramsey hosts the Ramsey Show. It is a 3-hour daily radio show and podcast that began in 1992.

On his show, Dave answers listeners questions about personal finance. Nearly every question is answered through the filter of Dave's eight baby steps to get out of debt and build wealth.

Nearly every answer for decades has been one of the 8 same answers.

Dave's show is one of the top five most-listened-to radio shows in the country. People aren't coming back every day for the answer. They come back for the stories. It's all about the context.

STOP TEACHING

As you are creating your episode, stop teaching. Make it less about the how and more about the why.

Information isn't engaging. Entertainment attracts listeners.

When I was getting my architecture degree, I had a professor who taught architectural history. Every morning he would turn off the light, turn on his projector, and read his historical notes of every building he showed.

I could barely stay awake in that class.

In high school, I took U.S. History with Mr. Johnston. When he taught topics, he would tell stories that would bring the characters to life. I'm not a history fan, but loved that class.

Both classes where teaching history. But the engaging class was about the story, not the information.

I'M NOT A PERSONALITY

Many people don't think they are entertaining. They don't feel they have a great personality.

You don't need to be over-the-top to be a great personality. Stand apart from the rest by being yourself.

It doesn't require that you be funny or boisterous. You don't need to be Howard Stern or Gary Vaynerchuk or Dave Ramsey. Get noticed by being authentic.

Consider Barbara Corcoran from Shark Tank. She is a big personality without being larger than life. You just love her for who she is.

How about Mel Robbins from the Mel Robbins show? She is a former on-air commentator for CNN and contributing editor for Success Magazine.

Mel is an amazing personality because she is authentic. She shares her wins and losses on every episode. Her personality isn't over-the-top. She is just herself.

You can be yourself. It just takes a little bravery to embrace who you really are.

CRAFTING YOUR PERSONALITY

So how do you craft your personality and begin to show it to everyone?

Becoming a well-known personality who can transform into the "go to" influential authority in your niche requires five elements.

Using these five elements will make you interesting.

First, you need an Origin Story. How did you get your superpower? It's the thing that make you who you are.

Next, you need foundational principles. What do you stand for and what do you stand against? Pick a side.

Then you need stories. These are examples that support your principles.

Next, you need a transformational moment. This is the point in time when you realized the thing that changed your life.

Finally, you need tribe lingo. These are the words and phrases that you use frequently that make people feel like they are part of the club.

Your personality will come to life when you tell stories of your transformation that are infused with your principles and tribe lingo.

WINNING WITH YOUR PERSONALITY

When you embrace your personality, you will begin to develop relationships with your audience.

People will be attracted to you, because they feel like you are their friend. The more you share about yourself, the more people will get to know you and decide if they like you.

One of the biggest complements comes when someone meets you for the first time and they tell you they feel like they know you because they've been listening to your show for a long time.

That's the power of podcasting and personality.

Stop teaching information and start sharing your stories and personality. You'll become the well-known, influential authority in your niche before you know it.

View Details

AN EFFECTIVE INTERVIEW REQUIRES STRATEGY

Interviews can be a powerful tool for your podcast. But creating an effective interview requires a strategy and plan.

In this episode, I want to show you how to use strategic questions to craft an effective interview that helps you reach your goals.

I'll also share a recent interview I conducted with popular music artist Teddy Swims. We'll dissect it to see what makes it an effective interview.

Get details on your Podcast Strategy Coaching Call with me here:

https://podcasttalentcoach.com/strategy-call/

WHY DO YOU INTERVIEW?

You first need to ask yourself why you are conducting interviews in the first place? What are interviews doing for you?

Solo episodes build your credibility. Interview episodes build your network.

When you create a solo episode, you have the entire episode to demonstrate your expertise, share your story, and connect with your listeners.

The episode is all you. But, a solo episode also requires you to do the heavy lifting and create all the content yourself.

Doing a show by yourself doesn't require coordinating calendars to schedule the recording, which is a big benefit to me. I like to record when it's convenient for me. That may not be as convenient for a guest.

You will also be the only person promoting a solo episode.

When you create an effective interview episode, you don't have nearly as much room to demonstrate your expertise. The spotlight needs to be on your guest.

However, I'll show you how to get creative to interject yourself into the episode.

On the other side of the coin, there are many benefit to interviews.

When you interview guests, it is easier to create content. To build an effective interview, you simply need to create a few great questions with a story arc. Then, have a great conversation by being a good listener.

It is also possible that your guest will promote. This usually happens when you make a clear ask before the interview and make it incredibly easy for your guest to share.

When your guest shares the episode, it helps you build your network by getting in front of your guest's tribe.

On top of the exposure to a new tribe, you can also build a relationship with your guest. Over the long haul, this can help you get even more exposure.

EFFECTIVE INTERVIEWS ARE ABOUT MOMENTUM

So, how long should your effective interview be? I get this question often.

When it comes to your content, there is no such thing as too long, only too boring.

I have listened to episodes that are an hour long, and I wish it was longer. Then there have been 15-minutes episodes that seemed to drag on forever.

An effective interview is all about momentum.

Just like your solo shows, effective interviews cannot be information alone. When you infuse story and emotion into your interviews, you keep your listener engaged.

People have learned from story as long as people have been around.

TEDDY SWIMS INTERVIEW

Earlier this week, I had the pleasure to interview singer-songwriter and popular music artist Teddy Swims.

When I attend concerts, I typically go backstage to the artist's meet and greet. This is where a group gathers in a room. The artist comes in to shake hands and take photos.

My wife and I had been looking forward to the Teddy Swims show for quite some time. He has an amazing soul and sound.

Two weeks before the show, my contact told me Teddy isn't doing any meet and greets. He then said Teddy would be willing to do an interview if I was interested.

I jumped at the chance.

Creating effective interviews with pop stars can sometimes be challenging. They are often asked the same questions, provide standard answers, and can be a little standoff-ish.

Teddy has blown up quickly, and I was a bit nervous.

The music of Teddy Swims is hard to define. He blends R&B, soul, country and pop into a mix that is quite unique.

He started publishing cover tunes on YouTube back in 2019. People started taking notice by his unique voice and style.

Teddy released some original songs digitally. But he really rose to fame with his 2023 song "Lose Control". Zero to stardom in 3 years is incredibly fast.

So, getting a chance to interview a guy who achieved fame quickly and probably isn't a seasoned interviewee is a risk.

EFFECTIVE INTERVIEW PREP

As I prepared for the interview, I didn't do a ton of prep. It was maybe 15 minutes. Many people spend hours trying to know everything about their guest.

When I prep for an interview, I find a few select pieces of information that will help me craft an interesting conversation.

I don't need to know everything about my guest. It is my goal to create a conversation that will make the audience interested in my guest.

My interviews are not designed to show you how much I know about my guest. I want to ask questions you would ask my guest.

To create an effective interview, I also want to get my guest to tell stories and be engaging.

So now I'm walking into an interview with a guy who is fairly new to this game, and I need to make it as easy and comfortable for him as I can.

To make it worse, Teddy did two interviews right before I walked into the room. How can I ask questions that are different enough from those past two interviews to keep him engaged and excited?

I walk into the room and it is much different than my usual experience with an artist. Teddy is the only one in the room. There is no security or road manager. There is no handler. It's just Teddy.

Many artists are uncomfortable being alone with anyone. Now to be fair, my contact was with us. But that was it.

Teddy and I had met once before. He remembered that, and it was an easy way to open the conversation.

He couldn't have been more gracious. As we sat down, I quickly realized Teddy Swims is much more seasoned than his few years in the business would lead you to believe.

THE INTERVIEW

First, I'll play the interview for you. Then I'll dissect the interview and explain why I asked each question.

Remember, my goal is to get you engaged by getting Teddy Swims to tell stories. I also want to make you more interested in him than you were before you listened to the interview.

Enjoy my interview with Teddy Swims.

THE PARTS OF AN EFFECTIVE INTERVIEW

Before we start to dissect the interview, I want you to either close your eyes, or if that's not possible, focus on something.

Now without looking at your podcast player, I want you to guess how long that interview was.

The interview was 7:48. Did it feel that long? It's my hope that the stories gave the interview great pace and momentum.

So let's look at each question and why I asked it.

MTV VIDEO MUSIC AWARDS

Question 1 was, "Who was the coolest person you ran into at the MTV Video Music Awards?"

This question was designed to open the conversation with a story. I wanted to make Teddy comfortable so he didn't have to think much. The event was fresh in his mind.

I did not want to wander into the interview. There was no "tell us about yourself", "how are you", or "what's been going on". We hit the ground running.

INFLUENCE

Question 2 was, "What artists have influenced you most?"

This questions was built to be similar to a question like "how did you get started" or "tell us about yourself". However, I want to question to provide inspiration to listeners and really connect you to the diversity that makes up Teddy Swims.

MUSICAL THEATER

Question 3 was, "What was your 'go to' audition song?"

This question was built in a way to provide some background on Teddy Swims without going into his entire biography.

The question also creates an "oh wow" moment. Teddy has tattoos everywhere. Well, at least everywhere I can see, including his face, kneecaps, and head.

He wears jeweled nail polish, crazy sunglasses, and big earrings. His attire consists of a jeweled snap, long sleeved cowboy shirt, cutoff jeans, white socks and sandals.

Teddy is not like anyone you've encountered. Being in music theater is probably not something you would guess looking at him.

This "go to" audition song question is also designed to be a question he has probably never been asked before. Which you could tell by his unsure answer. But like a pro, he pivoted into his favorite musical. That was pro level on his part.

COVER SONGS

Question 4 was, "What is your favorite cover song that you've done?"

This was part of my prep. I knew about

View Details

HOW TO SURVIVE THE ENTREPRENEUR ROLLER COASTER

Have you ever been on the entrepreneur roller coaster? It is all about the ups and downs of being an entrepreneur.

IMPORTANT LINKS

Next chance to launch is coming up. See the launch workshop details at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/podcastfast.

If you have a podcast and you're ready to grow now, here's your chance. See my next workshop at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/workshop.

THE BOOK

As I've created this podcast, I've experienced the entrepreneur roller coaster time and time again.

One day it is the best thing going. You get a client to enroll and you're on cloud nine.

The next day you get the email that a client is not renewing and they are moving on. You're bummed for the next three days.

This all comes to life everyday for most of us as entrepreneurs. It is also described in an amazing way in the book The Entrepreneur Roller Coaster by Darren Hardy.

Darren currently owns and runs DarrenHardy.com where he and his team help people be exceptional. He is an author, speaker, and advisor. Darren is also the former publisher of Success Magazine.

In addition to The Entrepreneur Roller Coaster, Darren Hardy also wrote Living Your Best Year Ever and The Compound Effect.

It will prepare you for the wild ride of entrepreneurship. It will warn you of the forthcoming fears, doubts, and the self-defeating conditioning of your upbringing and past. It will inoculate you from the naysayers, dream-stealers, and pains of rejection and failure. And it will guide you safely past the landmines that blow up and cause the failure of 66 percent of all new businesses.

MY ENTREPRENEUR ROLLER COASTER

2024 is a perfect example of my own roller coaster.

This year started with two of my coaching clients and one of my editing clients not renewing for another year. I loved each of them.

It was painful and felt like a breakup.

I knew they had amazing potential. Each of them had achieved so much to this point. The progress was fantastic.

Over the year, I had a few amazing calls with coaches who didn't sign up for the coaching I felt would help them in such a big way.

Each of them had their own reasons. We continue to stay in touch. I believe the time will eventually be right for them.

THE FUN PART OF THE RIDE

Then there were call like my most recent client who couldn't enroll fast enough. He has been in my world for a few years, and we finally got on a coaching call together.

On that call, he signed up and has been knocking it out of the park. It feels so great.

Each time I get on a call with my other clients, they tell me of all the great progress they are making and the lives they are changing.

I just wrapped up a coaching program helping Neil and Taylere launch their "The Leadership Pause" podcast.

They sent me an email that said, "Thank you for everything, Erik! We appreciate all your guidance. This course was terrific."

It has happened in my business year after year. A few years ago it was really getting to me to the point I was going to throw in the towel.

THE DATA

Then one day I looked at the data. I noticed a trend in my business.

Listening to my podcast tends to dip in the summer. My workshops are less attended in the summer. Fewer clients sign up in the summer.

When August arrives, my downloads increase. I have more speaking opportunities. My workshops have great crowds. And more clients enroll.

It's nothing I'm doing. The entrepreneur roller coaster is just the nature of my business.

That's when I realized I didn't need to be scared of that first roller coaster drop. It always happens. Then comes the fun of the turns and loops.

Once I started understanding the entrepreneur roller coaster is natural, podcasting and business became much more fun.

WE ARE ALL ON THE ENTREPRENEUR ROLLER COASTER

I was on a summit this week. During a roundtable discussion with the other experts who were speaking, I discovered we all have our own entrepreneur roller coasters.

We all have our own journey. Don't compare yourself to others. Enjoy your path.

The entrepreneur roller coaster is normal. We are all on it. You need to learn to enjoy the ride.

Step back and examine your roller coaster, so you can anticipate the drops. Anticipate the dips, turns and thrills, so you can enjoy the journey.

Stop looking at your downloads this week compared to last week. Look at this month compared to the same month last year and the year before.

Do you see seasonality in your podcast? Is the roller coaster natural in your business?

Start planning the next year with the entrepreneur roller coaster in mind. When you see the dip in the history, plan things to embrace and counter the dip.

Create content on your podcast people will consume during the dip. Help them with the challenges that happen in their lives at that time.

YOUR NEXT STEPS

Next chance to launch is coming up. See the launch workshop details at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/podcastfast.

If you have a podcast and you're ready to grow now, here's your chance. See my next workshop at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/workshop.

View Details

CLAIM YOUR TIME

As you produce your podcast each week, how do you get your time back?

I've invited Kathi Burns on this episode to help you with your productivity and organization. She is a board certified professional organizer.

Your time is something you can never get back. It's important that you use it as wisely as possible.

I want to see you spending your time building your business and working with your clients. When you spend more of your time than necessary producing your podcast, you business suffers.

SPENDING YOUR TIME EDITING?

You may think you can save money producing your podcast yourself. Let's take a look at what that costs you.

There are a variety of things you need to do to publish an episode. As an example, we'll say you need to edit your audio, export it as an .mp3, edit your video, export it to file, create your show notes, create your podcast artwork, create your YouTube thumbnail, create a couple audiograms to promote the episode, upload the episode and artwork to your podcast host, and upload your video and thumbnail to YouTube.

How long will that take you? I'm guessing 90 minutes to two hours. Let's go with 90 minutes.

If you spent 90 minutes of your time hosting a webinar, how many sales could you make? What if you spent 90 minutes on sales calls. What is one coaching client worth to you in lifetime value?

In our example, let's say you sell a $2,000 coaching package. Wouldn't it make more sense to spend $200 to have the production done for you so you could spend your time on sales calls instead of editing?

Even if you only close one out of every four sales calls, you're spending $800 to free your time for four sales calls to generate $2,000 in revenue.

This is how you leverage your time.

This is possible. You can see my basic editing package as an example. See your editing options at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/editing.

ORGANIZE FOR EFFICIENCY

Now if you're going to spend those 90 minutes watching television instead of pursuing business, keep editing your own show.

But if you're going to leverage your time, make it count.

The best way to do this is being organized. Plan your week. Plan your day. Batch your tasks.

Get focused on what you want to accomplish, so you know where to spend your time.

When I create this podcast, I take many of my summit interviews and use them as episodes of the podcast. I record 24 interviews in 3 days. That's nearly half a year of episodes.

As I create my daily emails, I write the entire week on the same day. I get my mind in my connection and relationship mode to write great content and connect with my tribe.

What tasks are you doing every day or every week that you can group together to save more of your time?

KATHI BURNS

These are just a few examples. My guest has many more ideas for your time.

Kathi Burns, CPO® is a Board Certified Professional Organizer, Image Consultant, author and speaker.

As the founder of OrganizedandEnergized.com, her mission for almost two decades has been to end overwhelm, energize, and transform lives by creating systems clients can stick to.

Kathi is nationally recognized for her simple organizing and style solutions. She has also been featured on Good Morning America as a successful woman-owned business. She hosts Organized and Energized! The Podcast.

Kathi is here to help you spend your time more efficiently.

Enjoy my conversation with Kathi Burns.

Big thanks to Kathi Burns for taking some of her time to join us today.

You can get Kathi's checklist at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/organize.

To attend her Get Gone masterclass on October 8th, you can get registered at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/gone.

View Details

MONETIZE A PODCAST WITH FOCUS

Focus is the key to monetize a podcast.

[Get info on ThriveCart through my affiliate link - CLICK HERE]

When I started, I struggled until I focused on one offer to one avatar.

As I launched Podcast Talent Coach, I wanted to do everything.

I started with one-on-one coaching. I wrote a book that was to be part of a comprehensive course. There were plans for a membership. I was helping people launch their podcast.

It was everything I could think of to create multiple streams of income to monetize my podcast. But, nothing was working. There was no traction.

Then one day I met my mentor. He taught me the power of creating a signature course.

Through his process, I created my signature course through market research with a single avatar. I focused on coaches trying to grow their business.

He then showed my how to focus all my efforts on that one offer.

My business quickly took off and created my best year yet.

DON'T MONETIZE A PODCAST WITH SPONSORS

Create one stream of income.

Focus is powerful. It is tough to avoid getting distracted.

I know multiple streams of income sounds appealing. But you can't create multiple streams until you create your first. And you can't create your first without focus.

Many podcasters want to start with sponsorships. It's difficult without a real focus. Trying to monetize a podcast with sponsors is a challenge.

Rick was able to get a sponsor in a much different way.

Rick Sizemore is the host of the VR Workforce Studio podcast. It is a podcast focused on Individuals with disabilities and stories of employment including training and education, vocational rehabilitation.

On the show, Rick celebrates the champions of employment who hire people with disabilities as well as vocational rehabilitation professionals and the work they do to create hope and a path forward to employment for people with disabilities so they can work and lead better lives.

The audience for Rick's podcast is very focused and niche. He is totally focused on those in and around vocational rehabilitation.

He connected with an organization who wanted to reach that specific group. Rick showed that group how effective his podcast was in sharing a message with the rehab community.

The group paid Rick a nice sum to be the sponsor of his show. He was able to land the sponsor, because the show was focused on one specific avatar.

NOT ALL LISTENERS ARE THE SAME

Unfortunately, most sponsors don't understand the power of the podcast audience. Most podcasters, sponsors and ad agencies treat ads on podcasts like they are ads on traditional media.

On traditional media, commercials are sold at a rate per thousand listeners. If the rate is $25 per thousand listeners, and you have 2,000 listeners, an ad on your show is worth $50.

But podcast listeners aren't equal to traditional media listeners.

If QuickBooks advertised on a football game, only a fraction of those listeners or viewers would be interested in QuickBooks. Therefore, paying $25 for a thousand listeners doesn't really get them a thousand listeners. It's just a fraction.

On the other hand, if QuickBooks advertised on a small business podcast, nearly every listener needs accounting software. Paying for a thousand listeners will get you nearly a thousand listeners interested in their product.

Podcast listeners are immensely more valuable than traditional listeners. Unfortunately, traditional advertisers treat them the same. You become a commodity with ads and sponsors unless you find that special unicorn of an advertiser that understands the power.

Finding that unicorn takes a lot of time and effort. Time away from your business. Monetize a podcast by focusing on your core offer.

Ads and sponsorships also cap the revenue potential. How many ads can you possibly put on your podcast?

Finally, your listeners don't want ads and sponsors. They are fleeing traditional media to escape ads. How irritated do you get when an ad pops up in the middle of a YouTube video you're watching?

MONETIZE A PODCAST WITH YOUR OFFER

Instead of ads, monetize your podcast by marketing your own stuff. Focus on one offer.

You might think it is easiest to sell a low ticket offer. Something like a $19 book or a $47 course.

The opposite is true.

Price conveys value. If you are offering a $47 course, people think it's worth $47. Few people are clamoring to buy $47 anything.

If it's a $2,000 program, people feel it should be packed full of value greater than $2,000. People save up to buy a $2,000 product.

It isn't uncommon to buy a $47 course and never even start it. When people invest $2,000 in a program, it is much more likely they will consume it.

People value what they invest in.

LOW TICKET TAKES MORE TIME AND EFFORT

It also takes just as much time to sell a $47 product as it does to sell a $2,000 product. A sale is a sale.

Low ticket products also create more headaches. People who purchase low ticket items tend to complain and want refunds.

When I was selling my $497 course, I had multiple people want payment options.

It's a 4-week course for $497. How can I possibly break that into payments.

When I started selling my $20,000 coaching program, coaches would ask how to pay in one lump sum or just simply as how to pay. There were very few issues.

Those who can afford to invest in high-end programs tend to have their business dialed in. They aren't worried how to make a $200 payment. It's more about the results than the price.

I recently stopped offering my free strategy call. It was a struggle to get people to take advantage of the opportunity. People value what they pay for. Then, they would often book and not show up.

Instead of free strategy calls, I began offering an hour of my coaching for $150. You can see it at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/apply.

On the first day I changed from free to the $150 call, I had someone sign up.

People value what they pay for.

MONETIZE A PODCAST WITH PARTNERS

We now have your avatar and offer dialed in. You have offered it and sold it. More importantly, you want to keep selling it.

It is time to market your offer to monetize a podcast.

Instead of buying ads, get partners to promote it.

Joint venture partnerships are a powerful way to market your stuff to your ideal clients. Find partners who are already speaking to your avatar.

When a partner promotes your offer, they are typically paid a commission on those sales. If the offer is digital or a physical product, commission is typically around 50%. When the offer involves your time such as coaching, commission is 10% or 20%.

These sales are tracked through affiliate links. When you have affiliate tracking software, it will create a link specific for each of your partners.

Your JV partners then promote your offer through that link. When their tribe clicks the link to make the purchase, your affiliate software tracks it.

THRIVECART OPPORTUNITY

I currently use ThriveCart. It is a great way to track affiliates and pay commissions. I have been using it for a few years now.

Here is the best thing about ThriveCart. You can currently purchase ThriveCart for a one-time payment rather than a monthly fee like most software.

You can see ThriveCart at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/ThriveCart. That is my affiliate link. When you purchase ThriveCart through that link, I'll make a small commission from your purchase. It doesn't cost you any more. This is just a way ThriveCart markets their software.

Now, I can't tell you how long it will be a flat fee purchase and when they will move to a monthly fee. I can only tell you that as of this recording, it is a flat fee and you own it.

Check it out at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/ThriveCart.

MONETIZE A PODCAST WITH ONE STREAM

Now you have an offer for an avatar and you have partners promoting you. The next step is to do more of the same.

To monetize a podcast, really get your process working. You'll be tempted to focus on other products and additional streams of income. Stay the course.

Get this offer really refined. Make it generate more cash with less work.

It may sound boring, but it's worth it. Avoid the headaches that come with juggling multiple offers. Once your offer is generating over $100k in annual revenue, you can then begin working on offer number two.

Until then, keep refining your primary offer. Sell more to more people.

There are two ways to make more money. First, sell to more customers. Next, make more from each customer by increasing prices or selling more.

Business is a simple process when you focus. To monetize a podcast, focus on your offer.

View Details

PEOPLE STAY WHEN YOU CREATE A COMMUNITY

One powerful way to grow your audience is by leveraging communities of other influencers. You can also leverage that attention to create a community.

When another expert will put you in front of their tribe, they are endorsing you. That expert is telling his audience that you are someone the tribe should pay attention to.

As you demonstrate your expertise to that audience, you build your authority and influence. You can then invite them to your podcast.

CREATE A COMMUNITY FOR RELATIONSHIPS

As you create a community that is powerful, you need to build a relationship with your audience. Spend time showing them why what you do is so important in their lives.

Once you've built enough relationship with your why, you can then invite them to get more in your community.

THE COACHING JUNGLE

On this episode, I've invited Marc Mawhinney to join us to talk about his amazing community. Marc had been on the show in the past, and he is amazing.

Marc Mawhinney is a lifelong entrepreneur who has been helping coaches get more clients (without paid ads) since 2014!

He’s the host of the "Natural Born Coaches" podcast, which has almost 900 episodes to date, and the Tarzan of "The Coaching Jungle" Facebook group which has over 25,000 coaches in the community.

In this conversation with Marc, we delve into the art of creating and nurturing a thriving online community.

With a focus on Marc's successful venture, "The Coaching Jungle," Marc gives you deep insights into the strategies and principles that have guided the group to grow to a robust membership of over 25,000 coaches.

Discover the pivotal role that a strong foundation, distinctive branding, and the implementation of theme days can play in establishing a community that fosters engagement and growth.

JUNGLE VIP

One of the noteworthy discussions in this episode is the launch of The Jungle VIP membership, a transformative development aimed at generating recurring revenue and offering an accessible option for members not ready for larger packages.

Priced at $97 per month or $997 per year, this membership includes privileges such as promotional posting rights, expert badge status, access to a private VIP group, and monthly networking meetings. Marc shares candidly about the initial concerns among community members, ultimately highlighting the positive reception and benefits of the VIP program.

Marc Mawhinney brings invaluable advice on simplifying access to your community by utilizing a custom domain, making it more convenient for potential members to find your group.

He also stresses the importance of laying a strong foundation before launching a group—picking a clear and relevant group name, distinctive branding, and consistent theme days, such as Promotion Friday or Book Sunday, to ensure a variety of content.

As Marc underscores, providing consistent value to members while simultaneously monetizing the community is essential for its long-term success.

GROWING YOUR COMMUNITY

We also get into the intricacies of growing an online group, pinpointing the critical tipping point for the Coaching Jungle's growth at around 1,000 members. Marc attributes this surge to increased organic requests to join and emphasizes the necessity of promoting the community through multiple channels, including email lists and a dedicated domain name.

Additionally, we discuss our early journeys into the coaching industry, highlighting similar pricing models and the importance of coaching in generating quick revenue streams compared to creating courses.

We also touch a bit on the value of joint venture partnerships, where Marc shares his successful collaborations with industry peers like Terri Levine and Rob Goyette. These partnerships not only resulted in business growth but also provided rich learning experiences and enduring friendships.

Marc's journey offers practical and actionable insights for anyone looking to build and sustain a vibrant online community.

You can find information on the Coaching Jungle VIP program through my affiliate link at www.NaturalBornCoaches.com/Erik.

View Details

START A PODCAST FOR THE RIGHT REASONS

Why did you start a podcast? I'm talking about the real reason.

Coaches tell me they want to grow their audience or make money.

That can't be your real why. When you ask why about seven times, you'll get to the real reason you wanted to start a podcast.

Your struggles to grow and monetize your show has nothing to do with your podcast. The problem is you.

Your podcast is just the vehicle. If people aren't coming for you, they aren't coming at all.

Let me show you why.

THE START OF PODCAST TALENT COACH

When I started my show, I thought I wanted to help people become better hosts and build a consultancy. Over the years, I learned that wasn't my real reason.

That purpose wouldn't keep me motivated.

In 2005, I came across an article in Wired Magazine. The article was about former MTV VJ Adam Curry creating this thing called podcasting.

He was interviewing a guest in his car and distributing the show through the RSS feed technology used by blogs.

This sounded really cool, but was way over my head.

At this time, I had been in radio for about 12 years. The thought of owning my own show in this new medium was exciting. But I had no idea where to start.

Around 2009, I got my first iPhone and started listening to a ton of podcasts. At the time, there were about 80,000 podcasts.

In 2012, I was hooked and started writing a blog about podcasting. The content helped podcasters sound more professional like radio broadcasters.

That blog led to an opportunity to write for the New Media Expo blog where Dave Jackson from School of Podcasting discovered me.

During our conversation, Dave asked why I didn't have a podcast. That was the start of this podcast in 2013.

The show started with the blog content. I was showing people how to sound more professional. Listeners got a lot of tools and tips that we used in radio.

The show struggled to grow. It was struggling, because people weren't dying to know how to sound more professional. More professional also wan't my deep, burning passion.

THE REAL REASON

Then one day I was talking with a client when he said, "If we are able to generate leads, that is awesome. If we are helping change people's lives, and they are reaching out to us, that would be a success. Becoming a resource is the goal."

That was the day I realized my purpose needed to be bigger. Giving people information to sound better was ok, but it wan't life-changing.

As I looked inward and reviewed the clients in my world, I realized I really want to help people become that magnetic, influential personality and show host. Not just somebody sharing information. But somebody who entertains, builds relationships, and can inspire people to take action.

When I can do that, I make the world better. That gets me fired up.

I saw it in my radio career as well.

When I started in radio, I thought the music knowledge would get me to the top.

I shared trivia, music news, tidbits about the bands. I had it all. And, nobody cared.

Then one day I started sharing my story and who I am. I began building relationships with my listeners. That was the day I started my climb to the top and have been there ever since.

Attract people with who you are.

IT'S ABOUT YOU

It's not about your content, but you.

People will show up for your content. They'll come for your 6 steps to success.

But once they learn the 6 steps, nothing about your content will keep them coming back. The only reason they come back every week, is because they want to be around you.

The confidence you portray helps you become magnetic. It's not about what you're saying. It is who you are being while you're saying it.

Your podcast really has little to do with it as well. The podcast is just the vehicle.

It's about authority, not the podcast.

I believe podcasting is the best way to share your message for a variety of reasons.

Podcasts are portable. You can consume podcasts while doing other things. Your show is delivered right to your subscribers phone in their feed. And audio builds relationships through theater of the mind.

WE HEAR IN PICTURES

We speak in words. We hear in pictures.

Stories build relationships. Relationships build trust and authority.

Everyone can be a storyteller.

Stories start with a intriguing introduction. They are filled with vivid details. Great stories end with a powerful conclusion.

Powerful stories are also filled with personality. These stories make people laugh, cry, or marvel at something.

Everyone has a personality. We just need to uncover it and make it shine.

So, why did you start a podcast?

Your successful podcast is about relationships, not ads.

LISTENER ATTRACTION STRATEGY

Attract listeners rather than chasing them.

Let's get clear on your strategy.

Do you want to keep chasing clients or are you ready to stand out as the well-known authority who attracts clients into your world?

Let's build your strategy.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply, click the button and apply to have a chat with me. We will develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

You can develop your personality and storytelling. You can become a magnetic, influential personality and show host. Let me show you how.

Visit www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply, click the button and apply to have a chat with me. I'll see you there.

View Details

WHAT DEFINES A SUCCESSFUL PODCAST?

"How do I start a successful podcast" is the wrong question.

Before you can start a successful podcast, you need to define what a successful podcast looks like.

Unfortunately, many coaches what to build a huge audience to land sponsors and advertisers.

Let me tell you, defining a successful podcast by the size of the audience or number of sponsors will not help you sustain a podcast for any length of time.

You need a powerful "why" to motivate you to consistently create your podcast every week.

When I first met Laura in October of 2019, she had been doing her podcast for six months. It was called "Reviews and Randomness".

She was struggling, because she didn't have a strong purpose. She just didn't realize that was the issue.

At that point, her biggest episode had 91 downloads.

She wanted help with the programming of her show and rebranding.

Laura told me, "I'm finding myself having a hard time being consistent with episodes, because I don't have a clear plan and probably could do a better job of understanding who I’m speaking to."

When I asked her what would need to happen over the next year for her to feel it was successful, she said, "Consistently keep the show running. Even if it is bi-weekly. If I hit that, I would be happy. I'd also like to keep up with e-mail list on a consistent basis."

Laura told me her challenge was finding time to record it. She also said, "Marketing it kills me."

When you have a strong purpose, something bigger drives you into the studio each week to share your message. Something deep down inside is calling you to the microphone.

Ads and sponsors won't do that. There is little inspiration there.

MY MISSION

Laura and I connected again at the beginning of 2024 to create a new strategy.

Her "Reviews and Randomness" podcast had gone away.

Over the past 4 years, Laura had pivoted to find a new niche and business.

She now helps people find money for real estate investing. She and her husband connect investors with lenders.

They also help average people use the money in their 401ks for other investment opportunities.

More importantly, Laura now has a purpose. She tells me it is her mission to elevate the middle class.

On a recent coaching call, Laura told me, "I'm ready to conquer the world. I am tired of talking to people about it who don't get it. I need to get out and start talking about all of this. Why me? Why do I need to do this? I don't understand my role, but I need to do it. I have the nudging inside of me."

That purpose is what we are working to create together. The podcast is just the vehicle for the message. Her purpose and the message are the critical pieces to success.

When it comes time to create a new episode, which do you think is more powerful? Will you get fired up to get in the studio so you can land another advertiser? Or, will you get charged knowing you are meant to elevate the middle class?

That's the power of your mission.

DO YOU NEED TO MONETIZE?

So now ask yourself, do you need to monetize your podcast to be successful?

If you've created a powerful mission, monetization becomes the result and not the purpose.

You will rarely get rich chasing the money. It typically doesn't work that way.

When you follow your passion, money will follow.

I realize it sounds cliché. But it is true when you start with purpose.

Three things need to exist for you to create revenue with your idea.

First, you need to have a passion for the idea. When things get tough, you passion will carry you through.

If you're just chasing the money, it is incredibly difficult to weather the storms.

Next, you need to be really good at it. You might love playing basketball. But it you're only five-foot-two, you're probably not going to get rich playing basketball.

Finally, you need to have a group of people willing to pay you for the result.

You may love folding paper and creating cute origami characters. You also might be really, really good at it. But I doubt there is a big audience waiting to pay you for your paper swan.

Love what you do. Work to be really good at it. Find an audience you can really serve with your super power. That's when the money will come.

ARE YOU A SUCCESSFUL INFLUENCER?

Rather than asking yourself how to monetize your podcast, ask how you can become an influencer.

Influencer has become an overused term. It often brings visions of YouTubers, or kids on TikTok, or people like Paris Hilton who have done very little other than be popular.

That isn't the sort of influencer I'm talking about.

Are you becoming someone of influence? Do you have the ability to move a room? Do people come for your content, but stay because they like being around you?

That's an influencer.

When it comes to making money online, nobody talks about being a monetizer. They talk about being a content creator and influencer.

When you have influence, the money follows.

Your content will only get you so far. Once your audience learns your six steps to success, why should they keep listening?

There is only so much you can teach them.

People return episode after episode, because they want to be around you. They want to be your friend. Your fans enjoy your company.

THE PODCAST IS JUST THE VEHICLE

"How do I start a successful podcast" is the wrong question.

You should be asking, "Who can I help and why do I want to help them?"

Once you define who you help, what you help them do and why you do it, you'll be able to determine what will make your podcast successful.

Creating the podcast is the easy part. The podcast is just the vehicle.

Begin by finding that idea that you're passionate about, you're good at, and people will pay you for the result.

FIVE STEPS TO A SUCCESSFUL PODCAST

There are five steps to creating a successful podcast.

When you follow these five steps, you will be well on your way to becoming an influencer who can help people get the result they desire with something you enjoy and you're good at.

Don't make it any more difficult than this.

Skip a step and the tower doesn't stand. Each step serves a purpose.

DEFINE YOUR WHY

The first step is defining your "why". You need a clear purpose.

This is what we've been talking about.

Your mission is the foundation. Without it, you can't hope to have a podcast that succeeds for any length of time.

Find a mission that burns inside of you. Something that really inspires you to take action.

Making money can't be the only reason you're creating a podcast.

Success requires something greater. Something that will motivate you to get through the tough times.

GROW YOUR AUDIENCE

Once you have determined who you help, what you help them do, and why, start finding them.

Step number to is growing your audience.

Now that you know who you're helping, determine who already has their attention.

Partner with those people to bring their tribe into your world.

CREATE CONTENT TO BUILD SUCCESSFUL RELATIONSHIPS

Step three is building relationships.

As you grow your audience, serve them content that will build relationships with them. This is where you become an influencer.

Your content can't simply be your six steps to success. The content you create needs to build relationships and turn you into an influencer.

Many people feel you either have it or you don't.

I've had coaches tell me, "Who would listen to me? Do I really have anything valuable to say?"

It's not what you're saying. It's who you're being. Becoming an influencer is about creating a movement.

Create content with purpose.

GET THEM STARTED

Now that you are inspiring your listeners, step four is getting them started with you.

Give your listeners a taste of what you do.

To monetize your content, you need to have something to sell. This could be your goods or services. You could also be an affiliate for others.

Once you have something to sell, give your listeners a little taste of it for free.

This could be a guide, checklist, or assessment. You could give them a free training, a mini course, or a small sample of your stuff.

A great freebie is a small slice of what you sell. If you sell a course, is there a module or element that can stand on its own? Consider giving that away to get your listeners started down your path.

CONVERT THEM TO CLIENTS

Your final step is converting listeners to clients.

Where does your sales conversation happen?

Your free taste should lead to that sales conversation.

This might be a sales call, a webinar, an open house, a discovery call, a long form sales page, a sales video, or a variety of other opportunities to talk business.

If your free taste was valuable and solved one specific problem, there is a good chance they will want to take the next step.

CREATE YOUR SUCCESSFUL PODCAST

Over the last three decades, I've been helping radio talent and podcasters become influencers.

Not YouTube, TikTok sensations. People who can influence an audience and get them to take action.

I've helped hosts raise millions of dollars for the food bank, tens of thousands of bottles for the Open Door Mission, and bring large crowds to client locations.

Let's talk about creating your strategy to become an influencer and move an audience.

It's possible when you follow the steps in the right way and the right order.

Visit www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply. Click the button and apply to have a chat with me.

We will get clear on your goals. Then, we define where you are today. Finally, we'll develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

Just visit www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply.

View Details

There is a right way and and wrong way to use social media for digital branding and business. Facebook, Instagram, X, LinkedIn, and TikTok are all used in different ways. Many times, it's the wrong way.

DIGITAL BRANDING WITH SOCIAL MEDIA

On this episode, we talk with Dr. Dumont Owen about Digital Branding with LinkedIn and social media.

Download Dumont's Lucrative LinkinIn Roadmap HERE.

THE WRONG WAY TO USE SOCIAL MEDIA

I recently went through my Facebook friend requests to decide which I would accept. There were the usual fake profiles. Plenty of coaches and podcasters. And as I always discover, many marketers disguised as a potential friends.

As soon as I accepted these friend requests, eight of them sent me a DM.

APPOINTMENT SETTER

The first said, "Hey, Hope you're doing well! Do you need a trained and experienced appointment setter who will book 5-10 sales calls every day on your calendar and increase your sales up to 2X ROI & Results?"

There wasn't even small talk. This guy just went straight for the pitch.

I usually unfriend these people and then block them.

When I use social media, I enjoy partnerships and collaboration.

This guy would have made more progress with me had he said, "We offer trained and experienced appointment setters. Would you be interested in collaborating?"

With a question like this, I might put them in front of my audience.

He could have even asked, "Who do you know?" If I needed it, I would have said, "Me."

Much less spammy.

IGNORING THE QUESTION

The next DM flat out ignored my question.

He said, "Hey Erik! Great to connect...I see you're a coach."

After I confirmed that I am a coach, I asked who he likes to connect with.

He ignored my question and pasted this response: "Hello Erik..nice to meet you!I actually work for a coach who runs a free fb group he allows his members to promote for free in front of 27,000+ active members! It's great place for you to get leads but also be a part of a really supportive community. Happy to send you the free link to join if you feel it could be valuable for you."

He ignored my question and appears to only be interested in pitching.

Time to unfriend.

LIKE-MINDED PEOPLE ON SOCIAL MEDIA

The next was a way I appreciate.

She said, "Thank you Erik, for accepting my invitation to connect here on FB. Looking forward to seeing more of your posts and getting to know you."

After an exchange about who she connects with, she told me she is just looking to connect with like-minded people. She then asked about me.

I replied with a bit about my interest in partnerships. It was a conversation to see how we might build a relationship.

This is the way to use social media. Relationships. I love it.

COMMON SOCIAL MEDIA FRIENDS

The next guy did something similar.

He said, "Hey Erik, thanks for accepting my friend request. It appears we have quite a few friends in common."

We had a good chat about the people we know and how we might connect with others.

This again was about relationships. Great work here.

JUST HEY

Another just said "Hey". We know each other, because I was on her summit.

This is a perfectly acceptable way to use social media. Connect and build relationships with people you met elsewhere.

All good here.

MY MASTERCLASS

Next was another pitch.

He said, "Great to connect with you here Erik. Hope you're having a good day so far!"

I replied with, "Thanks. I love to connect people. What type of people do you like to connect with?"

His response was, "Mostly entrepreneurs, coaches and consultants. Actually, I don't know if you're interested but on the 1st of August, I'll host a Masterclass called... Cool if I send you more info here?"

Uh, no thanks. I'm not interested in another masterclass. Learn a bit more about me.

BLAH BLAH BLAH

The next message looked oddly like an earlier message. But, it was from a different person.

I don't know if this is an agency who has hired a bunch of people to scrape Facebook or a coach who has a bunch of minions.

The message started with, "Hey Erik, it's great to connect with you."

My typical response is, "Thanks. I love connecting people. What type of people do you like to connect with?"

She said, "You're welcome. I see you're a coach as well. I actually work for a coach who has a free FB group for coaches & course creators like yourself. Blah Blah Blah. Happy to send over the link to join if you feel this would be valuable for you."

No. I don't need another Facebook group. I'm in too many right now.

THE SOCIAL MEDIA FRIEND PITCH

Another previously ran a company in the podcast space. I thought we were already friends on Facebook. My bad.

After a quick exchange, he says, "Finally got back into the podcast space. I'm basically doing freelance marketing." Then came the question about his product.

I'll give him some slack. I actually know him.

His question may be a way we can collaborate. We'll see what happens here.

NO FRIEND REQUEST

One final DM didn't even send me a friend request.

This message was just a DM that said, "I hope you are staying well and healthy. I am Rosey, a virtual assistant who loves doing any repetitive administrative and marketing tasks you may have."

It continued on with the pitch. I didn't respond. I just blocked.

Facebook isn't a place where I'm looking for solicitation. I wish I had one of those "no solicitation" signs people put on their front doors.

RELATIONSHIPS ON SOCIAL MEDIA

Using social media to build relationship and increase your brand is a much better approach.

Granted, this takes a lot longer than spamming people trying to get someone to take your offer.

However, it is much better in the long run. Your business will be much healthier.

DIGITAL BRANDING

Dr. Dumont Owen leverages her extensive knowledge of personal and digital branding to help coaches, consultants and subject matter experts get clients in record time using LinkedIn.

A storyteller at heart, she weaves magnetic brand narratives that distinguish her clients from their competitors and position them as the go-to experts in their field.

Dumont is the creator of the Lucrative LinkedIn System, a 5-step system for attracting, engaging, and converting contacts to clients on LinkedIn.

Download Dumont's Lucrative LinkinIn Roadmap HERE.

17:56 Started on LinkedIn, quickly found success.

22:17 LinkedIn connections should be meaningful, not numerous.

25:29 LinkedIn's tool measures social selling performance.

28:31 Audio on LinkedIn is recent and beneficial.

29:34 Create content to engage and build trust.

33:58 Digital branding application: tools, resources, strategies, ownership.

36:42 Authenticity means owning your story and being bold.

42:06 Clarify goals, know niche, promote brand, update profile.

43:47 Step by step guide to LinkedIn success.

View Details

To be a successful podcaster, you can't simply be a nice host who offends nobody. You need to be an authority and influencer in your niche.

THE KEY TO BECOMING AN INFLUENCER

You need the confidence to step up, step out and embrace your personality.

Sure, you have a personality. You just need to define it, refine it, and let it shine.

We sometimes get too caught up in what we do rather than why we do it. Your "why" is so much more important than your what.

I recently discovered Myron Golden on YouTube. Myron said, "There are many people out there who would love to buy what you already love to sell if they only knew you existed. Instead of finding more people to sell to, make yourself more findable to those people who already want to buy what you already love to sell."

You become more findable by being more interesting. Your six steps to success isn't interesting. Everything interesting is about people.

Create more relationships, and you'll attract more people.

WE LACK RELATIONSHIPS

It's my mission to create more relationships in society.

Tech has sucked relationships out of society. That makes it too easy to be against each other rather than supporting each other.

We don't shop at the store any longer. Our shopping is done online.

When I was a kid, we would go hang at the mall. Today, the malls barely exist. If my kids watched Mallrats or Fast Times at Ridgemont High, they wouldn't understand most of the jokes.

Many of us work remotely. We don't hang with our coworkers around the water cooler or at happy hour.

You aren't even required to go into the gas station any more. It's pay at the pump.

We don't watch movies with others at the movie theaters, because movies are on our television.

Kids aren't congregating at the arcade or in the park or at the pool. They are at home online with their virtual friends.

CONNECTING WITH PEOPLE

My daughter knew most of her freshman class in college before she ever stepped foot on campus.

She graduated high school as COVID hit. Before her first semester began, they began having meet-ups on Zoom with all incoming freshman. She met a lot of people.

On the day I dropped her off, we were walking down main street right off campus. I suddenly hear someone say, "Hey, Emma."

I was stunned. We are in a small town thousands of miles from home. How could anyone possibly know her.

After a brief chat, she tells me that was one of the girls on the Zoom calls.

During that semester, all students attended class virtually from their dorm rooms. Meals were delivered by food service or picked up to be eaten in their room. Nobody was allowed to have roommates due to the pandemic.

It was very easy for students to have no relationships with anyone. They could do everything alone in their room.

If Emma hadn't been diligent about meeting others, she could have easily gone through college unnoticed. Fortunately, she met as many as possible. She also became president of her freshman class.

GET NOTICED

If you want to get noticed, build your audience, and attract your ideal clients, you need to get noticed as well.

Tech will kill your relationships unless you're diligent about getting in front of your target audience. Solopreneur is a dangerous career if you're not careful.

So, how do you become an influencer?

You define your personality. Share that personality through stories that allow people to get to know you. Then, get on stages as often as you can to get people familiar with you.

Like Myron said, they would love to buy what you already love to sell if they only knew you existed. It's time to let them know.

There were two recent articles in Inside Radio that show why this is so important.

PODCASTERS ARE INFLUENCERS

The first article referenced Magna’s Media Trials and Vox Media study called "A New Era Of Influence".

The study referenced individuals whose influence matters most to listeners. It found that 75% of respondents value podcasters' influence. Social media influencers and celebrities from TV/film both landed at 15%.

If you want to be an influencer, have a podcast and be unique.

INFLUENCERS AREN'T ADVERTISING

The second article showed the importance of using your podcast for influence rather than advertising.

We've talked about this many times before. Advertising on your podcast is just a bad idea.

If you really want this to sink in, grab a pen and paper to write down a few numbers.

Podcasting has taken the term CPM from traditional media. CPM is an acronym for Cost Per Mille, or cost per thousand. Mille is Latin for thousand.

According to investopedia.com, cost per thousand is a marketing term that refers to the cost an advertiser pays per 1,000 advertising impressions. In radio, it would be the cost to reach 1,000 listeners.

It might be said that a radio station had 3,000 average quarter hour listeners. That would mean on average 3,000 people are listening to that particular station at that particular time.

If the CPM is $25, the price of a commercial would be $75. You would divide 3,000 listeners by 1,000 to get the number of thousands. That equals 3.

We then multiply our 3 by our CPM which is $25 to get our $75 commercial. All stations in a market are treated roughly the same.

How many thousands of listener do you have for your show?

THE ADVERTISING ABYSS

According to the other article in Inside Radio, "Podcast CPMs ticked up slightly in June according to Libsyn Ads. Based on the spots sold through its platform says the average CPM for a one-minute ad was $21.90."

Let's do the math. The big agencies are looking for podcasts with at least 5,000 downloads per episode. Libsyn says only 7% of all podcasts on Libsyn reach that level.

Let's pretend that you're lucky enough to be one of those 7%.

If you have 5,000 listeners, that would be five groups of 1,000 for our per thousand calculation. If the CPM or cost per thousand is $21.90, your one-minute commercial on your show is worth $109.50.

Now, how many commercials are you willing to clutter your show with before your listeners tune away? Let's say that number is six with two at the beginning, two in the middle and two at the end.

But really, how often do you listen to the two minutes of commercials at the beginning of your favorite show before you hit the skip button?

We'll go with six for the sake of discussion. Now each episode is worth six commercials times the $109.50 for each ad. That's a total of $657 per show.

Four episodes per month generates $2,628.

If you sell your advertiser by quarter, it would generate $8,451. That would be 24 clients over the course of the year to generate $34,164 annually.

Now $34,000 sounds pretty good. I can hear you saying, "Erik, I'd take $34,000 for creating my podcast."

WHY YOU WON'T WIN WITH ADS

Here's the problem... or problems.

One, you are trading the goodwill you've built with your audience for the cash the ads are generating. Your fans don't like the commercials.

How many times have you been listening to your favorite podcast or watching a YouTube video and said, "Fantastic! Another Wix commercial!" Right.

You get just as aggravated as I do. Do you really want to do that to the people you are trying to attract as clients? I didn't think so.

Problem number two... it takes a lot of time to land an advertiser. I've spent 35 years in radio. We had 15 sales people working 40 hours a week trying to sell advertising.

Now granted, we were selling 24 hours of content. But many of those advertisers were on multiple hours a day.

You're trying to land coaching clients. You're trying to find time to produce your podcast on a regular basis. There needs to be time to market your business and handle the other tasks.

You don't have time to sell advertising. And you don't have time to keep your advertisers happy when they tell you, "It's not working." It doesn't matter how many customers the advertiser gets, they always think it should have been more.

And problem number three is the revenue. $34,000 sounds like a lot, but that is it. The number doesn't go any higher unless you add more commercials, which we know is a bad.

You can't charge more due to the CPM. The CPM treats your listeners just like every other listener. You're a commodity.

BECOME AN INFLUENCER

Instead, build relationships. Demonstrate your authority. Become an influencer in your niche.

Are you ready to see if it's possible for you to become an authority and influencer? Let's have a conversation.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply, click the button and apply to have a chat with me. We will develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

View Details

Do you have questions about your podcast?

YOUR QUESTIONS

I get questions quite often from coaches and podcasters ranging from building your audience, becoming an influencer and growing your business.

On this episode, we answer a variety of questions.

Where do I find listeners in my target audience?
If we try to control what people think about us, isn't that manipulation?
Is it detrimental to skip a week?
What is the right mix of relatable and creative for a show?
When I promote the show, where should I send people?
Are there unwritten protocols for podcast conferences?

If you have questions regarding your podcast strategy, email me at Coach at podcasttalentcoach.com. I might just answer your question right here on the show.

REFINE YOUR PERSONALITY

In a recent email, I wrote...

To become a known influencer in your niche, be intentional about your personality. Decide how you want to be known. Are you funny, logical, aggressive, loving, zany, generous, or something else? Be intentional. Then, share stories that show that side of you. Let your listeners get you know you in an authentic way.

Nancy replied with this...

I’m all of the list you shared and more. That is true for any human being. That is a calling in itself - to live in a way that reminds people to be their full, authentic selves. If we choose one slim aspect, then we are typecasted - and what we share suffers.

We really have zero control over what people think of us. If we try to control it, is that not manipulation?

I just can’t be one thing when I am (and everyone is) the universe in physical form.

Have a good day,

- Nancy

MANIPULATION QUESTIONS

Manipulation is a tough word.

And it's foolish to think we have zero control over what people think. If that were true, marketing wouldn't work.

To be clear, I'm not saying be something that you're not. And I'm not saying don't be something that you are.

Yes, you may be all of those things I listed. You may be funny, logical, aggressive, loving, zany, generous, or something else.

However, your listeners only have one file to keep you in. We mentally compartmentalize everything, so our brains can handle all of the information.

When you think of the Beatles, what do you think of?

If you're like most, you think of 4 lads from Liverpool performing their music on stage causing many girls to scream.

Why didn't you think movie actors? They did a few movies.

You think musicians, because that's their brand. That's the mental folder you have them in.

How about Matt Damon? What comes to mind?

Oceans Eleven? Jason Bourne? Good Will Hunting? Great actor?

Why didn't you think of co-founder of Water.org? https://water.org

Because you store him where his brand fits.

So you may be funny, logical, aggressive, loving, zany, and generous. But your brand needs to be one. And your role development on your show needs to highlight one of those characteristics.

Be intentional about your brand. Otherwise, your listeners will create their own files and put you where they think you belong.

FIND YOUR LISTENERS

Where to find listeners in my target audience?

- Greg

The first step in finding your listeners is to get clear who those listeners are.

You can't hit a target you can't see.

Clearly define as much as you can, both demographically and psychographically. Determine their gender, age, and family composition. But also define their wants, needs, pains and goals.

Go as deep as possible. My coach calls it the one inch mile. Go an inch wide and a mile deep.

The more you know about your ideal client, the easier it will be to find them.

And be specific.

I was working with a client the other day. We were defining his ideal client.

He said the his ideal client earns between $50k and $80k. I told him those are two very different people.

A person making $50k lives a much different lifestyle and has more discretionary income than a person making $80k. $80k is 60% more than $50k.

Those two people have much different needs and wants. And they can afford different fees when it comes to paying you.

Once you define your ideal client, determine already has their attention. Who is already speaking into their lives?

Now, partner with those influencers to speak to their audiences. Invite them to your show.

Kimberly Crowe of Podapalooza says never turn down a mic. If you're offered the opportunity to get on stage or on a mic, take it.

You'll be attracting listeners before you know it.

QUESTIONS ABOUT CONSISTENCY

How detrimental is it for you to skip a week in between episode releases OR delay a few days due to time constraints?

Leading from that due to time constraints, is it ok to push out for a season, i.e. you are needing to focus on another area of the business so you take a break for a couple of months from your show and then kick back up later in the year?

- Tony Brown

Lessons From the Pit

Consistency is key.

People are creatures of habit. Once you get people in the habit of listening to your show, keep them listening by publishing consistently.

I would suggest you record a few episodes at one time. This would give you time to take a week off and still publish.

Work ahead by a week or two. When you are working on this week's episode this week, any disruption in your schedule can throw off publishing.

If you work a week or two ahead, the episode to be published this week is already done. You're working on the episode for next week. If there is any disruption in your schedule, you have a buffer.

You can also record an "emergency" episode. This would be an evergreen episode that you could publish when you run into time constraints.

I'm not a fan of seasons unless your content lends to seasons. If you do a podcast around a sport, school year, or TV show, seasons might make sense.

Most people create content around a topic. When that's the case, seasons make little sense.

When you view your podcast as a marketing tool, it becomes easier to find time in your calendar to create your content. If you stop marketing, you stop attracting clients.

Block out time, batch your tasks, and schedule production. Create a process, and it will become easier to publish consistently.

CREATIVE OR RELATABLE?

What is the right mix of relatable and creative for a show?

The FreeMatt Podcast

freemattpodcast.wordpress.com

- Matt FreeMatt

Why does it need to be either/or? Why can't it be both?

That's like asking what's the ideal balance of short or funny. Why can't it be both?

In fact, it should be both.

When you create your content, it should be relatable to your ideal listener. Use the ideal listener definition you created as a filter for all of your content.

Then, determine who you can be creative with it. What can you do with the content to make it unique?

Infuse the content with your story and personality. Brainstorm ways to be creative with it.

Could you do an interview or play a game? Maybe you tell a story or play some example audio. You could incorporate listeners or a roundtable of experts.

None of this prevents you from being relatable. It should all be relatable.

SENDING LISTENERS

Right now, I don't have a website for my podcast. When I share an episode (or my podcast in general) on social media, should I link to the podcast host (buzzsprout, libysn, etc.) or to Spotify, Apple podcast, etc.) Or should I send people to a site like pod.link that provides links to everything?

Thanks!

- Ken

"The Bad Boss Podcast"

https://pod.link/1689109552

My first preference would be your home base. That would be your website.

If you don't have a website, work to get one. You could build a simple site on Wordpress. It takes a bit of technical knowledge, but not much.

One great option is PodPage. Find it at https://www.podpage.com. They build websites specifically for podcasters.

You should never direct people directly to a podcast platform like Apple or Spotify.

The numbers vary. Some reports list Spotify as having 34.4% and Apple 32.5% of podcast listeners. That's according to Buzzsprout as of June 2024. https://www.buzzsprout.com/stats

So directing listeners to a particular platform will exclude most of your audience.

I do like the idea of directing them to Pod.Link. Unfortunately, it's not easy to send people to pod.link/1689109552 without seeing it in writing.

If you are sharing it on social, that link works. If you are mentioning it during an interview, it poses a problem.

At the end of the day, you own your website. Don't build your house on rented land. Invest in a website and send your audience there.

QUESTIONS ABOUT PODCAST CONFERENCES

When should I start going to podcast conferences and when I go, are there any unwritten protocols that should be followed? My #1 goal in attending would be to connect with other podcasters and exchange interviews to grow my email list.

-Edwin

It's never too early to start attending podcast conferences and networking.

Understand that not all conferences are created equal. Podcast Movement is quite large. Over 3,000 people attend each year. https://podcastmovement.com

There are many tracks, lots of people, and quite a few networking opportunities. More and more big companies are also attending each year.

Podfest is another great conference. Over 3,000 people attend this one each year as well. https://podfestexpo.com

Then there are small meet-ups and other podcast events throughout the year.

Attending to connect with other podcasters and exchange interviews is a great goal. Connect with the right people.

Find shows that are speaking to your ideal target listener. Know exactly who you help.

You want hosts to say, "I have those people in my audience. You'd be a great fit."

If I tell you my show is for entrepreneurs, what does that mean? Steve Jobs was an entrepreneur. So is my nephew Jimmy running his roofing business off his dining room table. Who are we talking about?

On the other hand, I could tell you I help coaches attract their ideal clients by using their podcast to become the known, go-to authority in their niche.

Now, that is a lot clearer than simply entrepreneurs.

Before you attend a conference, know exactly who you are trying to attract and who would make the ideal partner.

PROTOCOL

In terms of protocol, don't look for clients. Look for partners. Seek to help first, and you'll do just fine.

Get involved in the events. Have conversations in the hallways. Ask questions at every session, so people become familiar with you.

When my buddy Rem attended Podcast Movement, he was the first at the mic in every session I attended. By the end of that conference, everyone knew who Rem was and what his podcast was about.

It is one tactic most people miss. When they see you on the mic, you'll have more conversations than you can imagine.

DO YOU HAVE QUESTIONS?

If you have questions regarding your podcast strategy, email me at Coach at podcasttalentcoach.com. I might just answer your question right here on the show.

You can also apply to have a call with me by filling out the application form at

http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply.

View Details

As we celebrate 500 episodes of Podcast Talent Coach, I want to share with you six mentors who have shaped my journey over the past 10 years.

LEARNING FROM MENTORS

I learned long ago that I don't know everything and never will. Every experience is an opportunity to learn something.

Conferences and conventions are always such a powerful experience for me.

Many people say they rarely go to the session and instead have conversations in the halls. I can understand that. But, I think they are missing the power of the collective mind.

Mingling in the halls during a conference will definitely grow your network. It has a place in your business.

However if you skip all the sessions, you are missing ideas that could take your business to an entirely new level.

We would attend the Country Radio Seminar every year in radio. I would travel with my music director for the station.

During the day, we would take in all the sessions of the conferences. At night, we would split up to attend events and network with artists and record labels.

From the sessions, we would learn new ideas to implement with the stations. At night, we would network with people who could help us implement those ideas.

Then one day our company decided it wasn't necessary for both of us to be there. That single decision cut our learning in half and diminished the networking we were able to do.

The company thought the conference was nothing but a party. It may have been for those who spent all of their time in the halls.

When you're learning from mentors and expanding your thinking, things are possible beyond your imagination.

These six mentors helped my achieve levels bigger than I every dreamed. It is my hope that these nuggets spur some new ideas for you as well.

DAN MILLER

The first is the mentor who has influenced my life the longest.

Dan Miller's book and podcast "48 Days To The Work You Love" inspired me to follow my dream and start my own business.

Dan is author of the New York Times best-selling 48 Days To The Work You Love and Wisdom Meets Passion, No More Dreaded Monday and An Understanding Heart.

His 48 Days Podcast consistently ranks in the top 1% of all podcasts worldwide and his 48DaysEagles.com community is viewed as an example around the world for those seeking to find – or create – the work and the life they love. His podcast sits at the center of his multiple streams of income.

Unfortunately, we lost Dan in January of this year after a very brief battle with cancer.

Dan's attitude through that entire struggle was impressive and uplifting. He kept asking as he always did, "What does this make possible?" Dan saw the silver lining in every cloud.

He was an amazing man and a mentor to me in so many ways.

Dan joined my on Episode 466 to discuss multiple streams of income. You can find the episode at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/466.

DAN'S NUGGETS

Here are a few nuggets from that episode.

Resilience in the Face of Adversity: "When we hit Covid and I couldn't have live events for a couple years there, that had been a big resource for us, a big revenue stream, but not being able to have live events, it didn't really affect us. My revenue continued to go up because we made content available to people in other ways that they could experience, even if they didn't come to Franklin, Tennessee."— Dan Miller 00:24:39 – 00:25:03.

Life Reassessment in Midlife Careers: "What surprised me is I had doctors and dentists and pastors and engineers and accountants showing up and why you guys here? And it was like, well, we're doing okay. You know, everybody looking in from the outside to see us is doing okay, but I don't think this is it."— Dan Miller 00:26:29 – 00:26:45.

How to Turn Your Writing into Income: "How do you take just a raw idea and turn it into real income? But those came directly from people asking, how do I do that?"— Dan Miller 00:30:42 – 00:30:50.

Easy Income Streams for Podcasters: "The easiest next step is coaching. Because if you have a podcast and you're talking about personal development and growth or business success or how to scale or those things, you're inevitably going to have people ringing your doorbell saying, can I talk to you?"— Dan Miller 00:44:47 – 00:45:43.

I'll always cherish everything I've learned from Dan and all the inspiration he provided. You can find more about Dan at https://www.48days.com.

MARC MAWHINNEY

The next mentor who has been a big influence on me over the past decade and 500 episodes was one of my very first coaches.

Marc Mawhinney is a lifelong entrepreneur who helps coaches get more clients without paid advertising! He achieves this with his coaching programs, his podcast Natural Born Coaches, his Facebook group The Coaching Jungle, and his Secret Coach Club.

Marc has been a speaker at events like Social Media Marketing World, frequently makes media appearances and contributes for Entrepreneur.com. He is a master at joint venture partnerships.

I discovered Marc through his Coaching Jungle Facebook group and he soon became my coach. He taught me the power of sending a daily email. Our coaching sessions helped me refine my offers and get my business to the next level.

Marc appeared on episode 333 with me to discuss the power of joint venture partnerships. You can find the episode at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/333.

MARC'S GEMS

Here are a few gems Marc shared during our conversation.

Stand Firm on Your Beliefs: "Sure, you're going to turn some people off, but you're going to attract the people who you want to attract, and that's exactly what you do."— Marc Mawhinney 00:16:25 – 00:16:31.

The Importance of Community for Coaches: "Whatever you do, you need a place to gather your potential clients. You know, people to get to know, like and trust you."— Marc Mawhinney 00:20:27 – 00:20:34.

Viral Topic - The Power of Community: "I can't count how many times someone said to me, mark, I love your Facebook group. It's helped me so much the last few years."— Marc Mawhinney 00:20:55 – 00:21:44.

I can't thank Marc enough for pointing me in the right direction with his coaching. Find Marc in his Coaching Jungle Facebook group.

CINDY J. HOLBROOK

One day Marc was invited to participate in a giveaway. It didn't fit in his marketing plan at the time, so he sent the organizer to me feeling we might work well together.

That organizer was Cindy J, The Visibility Wiz. Not only did I participate in her giveaway, Cindy soon became my next coach and she's one of the best in the business.

Cindy guides entrepreneurs and small business owners to thrive as you go up the ladder from being the best-kept secret to Trusted and In-Demand Authority. She has been coaching since 2009.

Through our work together, Cindy taught me the power of visibility, how to use giveaways to grow my list, and ways to partner with others.

She is simply an all around great person. I love her to death and really appreciate all she has given me over the years.

Cindy was on episode 479 of Podcast Talent Coach to talk about visibility. You can find the episode at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/479.

CINDY'S SUGGESTIONS

Here are a few things we learned in that episode.

From Social Services to Coaching Success: "But I have all this knowledge of the online world that I utilized to get clients. And, I was able to leave social services within 2 years of becoming a coach, and that's when I started attending a lot of events. And people were constantly coming up to me."— Cindy J. Holbrook 00:20:23 – 00:20:41.

Title: Maximizing Advertising DollarsQuote: "My advertising dollars goes towards participating in giveaways or speaking in front of people, you know, being a sponsor at events. That's where my advertising dollars go because I get more return on my money that way."— Cindy J. Holbrook 00:35:04 – 00:35:18.

The Power of Collaboration: "I didn't start collaborating with other experts till, 2014. And that's what finally pushed me over to 6 figures was whenever I started collaborating with other experts."— Cindy J. Holbrook 00:39:11 – 00:39:24.

How to Boost Your Business Today: "If you start doing something every day, you make sure you do at least 1 money making activity Monday through Friday or whatever your workdays are. You're going to start seeing an increase in everything, in visibility, influence, and profits."— Cindy J. Holbrook 00:42:44 – 00:42:58.

Cindy is amazing when it come to leveling up your visibility. Find her online at https://www.cindyjholbrook.com.

IMAN AGHAY

After I was working with Cindy for a few months, she suggest I attend Collaborate. It was an amazing 3-day event to meet JV partners.

This one event changed my business more than I could ever have imagined.

At the time, Collaborate was run by Iman Aghay and Rich German. Iman has been so influential in so many aspects of my business. Through this event, Iman taught me how to properly joint venture with others.

He has taught me how to create my courses and events. More importantly, Iman showed my how to sell what I do.

Iman Aghay is a serial entrepreneur, international speaker, and a nine-time #1 best-selling author. He is best known as the co-founder of Actionera, a platform that assists experts in building mobile apps to enhance their income and impact.

Iman hasn't been on the podcast. However, I did a deep dive into finding promotional partners using everything Iman taught me. You can find that in episode 391 at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/391.

IMAN'S INSPIRATION

Here are few takeaways from that episode.

How to Skyrocket Your Podcast Growth: "Just imagine how your podcast and your business could grow if you could find 40 partners who would be willing to promote you to their fans, to their tribe, to their followers."— Erik K. Johnson 00:01:07 – 00:01:14.

The Best Part of Pitch Refinement: "But the best part is everybody in the circle's on the same page with regard to who talks, what they talk about, how long they talk. There's no pressure. You don't need to awkwardly walk up to anyone to strike up a conversation like you would in a at a networking event."— Erik K. Johnson 00:06:20 – 00:06:38.

Power of Partnerships: "I've been able to grow my email list from about 500 to nearly 4,500. My podcast downloads have doubled. I've made affiliate commissions from promoting those partners, and I had partners promote my courses and my coaching to their audience as well just to help me grow."— Erik K. Johnson 00:10:08 – 00:10:30.

The Power of Partnership: "If you wanna go fast, travel alone. If you wanna go far, travel together."— Erik K. Johnson 00:10:53 – 00:11:01.

Iman Aghay is an amazing online marketer. He is also the co-owner of Actionera. It is a platform to help you build your own mobile app.

Find details on Collaborate at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/collaborate.

You can learn more about Actionera at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/actionera and find Iman at https://www.imanaghay.com.

JIM PADILLA

While I was attending one of the Collaborate events, Iman invited a guest speaker to that event. That guest talked a lot about actually making sales.

He was Jim Padilla and he is my fifth mentor on this journey.

Jim is a Global Impact Strategist & Investor and the founder and CEO of Gain The Edge. It's a done-for-you provider of industry-leading sales systems and unicorn sales professionals.

Jim co-heads Gain the Edge with his amazing wife, Cyndi Padilla. The two of them have generated over quarter billion dollars in sales for a long line of high-level entrepreneurs.

Jim’s mission is to help purpose-driven thought-leaders untangle themselves from the day-to-day minutiae of seeking leads and sales, so they’re free to amplify their impact - while scaling their business!

Shortly after getting into Jim's world, he became my coach. Jim helps me build my sales systems and strategies.

I've gone from being an entrepreneur to actually running a business. The transformation has been amazing.

Jim joined me on episode 465 to discuss making sales. If you want to increase your sales, find this episode at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/465.

JIM'S GENIUS

Here are few nuggets from my conversation with Jim.

From Struggle to Success: "And little did I know that, you know, 20 years later, I'd be making 1,000,000 of dollars teaching other people how to read the room and how to bend influence in their direction so you can be asset instead of a threat to the people who show up in your world, and then they wanna be able to buy from you and give you their credit card."— Jim Padilla 00:12:06 – 00:12:58.

The Core of True Expertise: "What people need to dive into is they understand that you're an expert, but they really need to understand who you are as a person and why what you do matters."— Jim Padilla 00:19:07 – 00:19:11.

Seeing Opportunities in Chaos: "All they see is all the problems that are in the world are truly just opportunities waiting to be solved if you know how to talk about it and know how to articulate it and to see things differently."— Jim Padilla 00:24:57 – 00:25:04.

Maximizing Your Existing Network: "Most obvious buyers you have are the people who already bought from you."— Jim Padilla 00:44:07 – 00:44:10.

Jim and Cyndi are amazing. Find them at https://www.gaintheedgenow.com.

DAVE JACKSON

The last mentor I want to share with you is the guy who became the inspiration for this podcast.

In 2013 I was writing articles about podcasting for New Media Expo.

Out of the blue, I got an email from Dave Jackson at the School of Podcasting. He was interested in having a conversation to see how we might support each other.

During that conversation, Dave said he loved my articles. Then he asked why I didn't have a podcast of my own. Great question, Dave.

If I'm writing about podcasting, shouldn't I have a show of my own.

Shortly after that conversation, this show was born. And our friendship has continued over the years.

Dave Jackson launched the School of Podcasting in 2005. He was inducted into the Podcasting Hall of Fame in 2018. He is the author of the book, Profit from Your Podcast: Proven Strategies to Turn Listeners into a Livelihood. Over the years he has launched over 30 different podcasts with over 4 million downloads.

Dave and I currently co-host the Podcast Review Show where we help podcasters improve. You can find that show at https://www.podcastreviewshow.com.

Dave was a guest on episode 485 to talk all things podcasting. You can listen to that episode at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/485.

DAVE'S BRILLIANCE

Here are a few takeaways from my conversation with Dave.

Viral Topic: The Importance of Mic Technique: "When I moved into this house had no carpet, and it was just this giant echo chamber. So the first thing I did was, like, okay. We need we need a carpet. We need some rug, something like that."— Dave Jackson 00:32:58 – 00:33:07.

The Blue Yeti Misconception: "Technically, it's not a bad microphone, but what most people overlook is that thing can pick up, if you want, in every single direction. Well, that's just screaming, pick up the neighbor's lawnmower and everything else."— Dave Jackson 00:33:44 – 00:33:57.

Mastering Freelance Success: "If I'm trying to position myself as an expert, I either want to interview people who know the people that should be hiring me or in some cases, just interview the people who should be hiring me."— Dave Jackson 00:37:54 – 00:38:03.

Big thanks to Dave Jackson for all the help and inspiration over the years. Find Dave at www.SchoolofPodcasting.com.

FIND YOUR MENTOR

Those are six mentors who have had the biggest impact on my journey. There are so many other people who have inspired, helped, and collaborated with me over the years and through these 500 episodes. I would never have enough time to name all of them.

From my wife Jen, to Jon Fugler and the various members of our mastermind over the years. From the clients, partners, and supporters, each has played a part in this journey.

But most of all, I want to thank you. Without your support week after week and episode after episode, this show would never have reached 500 episodes.

Thanks for being here. Thanks for allowing me to be part of your podcast journey. Let me know how I can help.

View Details

On a coaching call the other day, Ken and I were reviewing his show. We got to talking about connecting content to offers, and he had a breakthrough.

I thought it could help you improve the effectiveness of your show as well.

THE MONEY STRUGGLE

Many podcasters struggle to monetize their show. Your challenges are common.

Most are going about it the wrong way.

You know I am no fan of ads and sponsorships on podcasts. There are three problems with ads and sponsorships that make them no good for your podcast.

First, people are fleeing traditional media to escape all the ads.

Next, ad agencies treat your audience like a commodity. They want to pay the same for your audience as they do for every other audience. Therefore, you need a large audience.

Finally, ads and sponsorships put a cap on the revenue potential. You can only include so many ads on your show. And you can't raise the rate, because you're treated like a commodity.

If you can't sell more, and you can't sell it for more, your revenue is limited.

STOP GIVING IT AWAY

I've seen this firsthand. Spending 35 years in radio, we've tried every trick in the book to keep listeners from leaving during commercials.

We struggle to raise the rate, because ad agencies will only pay so much. If a radio station raises ad rates, agencies just go to another station. All audiences are treated equal.

That simply not the case. You're not just like everyone else.

Listeners don't deserve that. Advertisers don't deserve that. And hosts don't deserve that.

If you are selling coaching to women entering the workforce for a second time after being home with the kids for 20 years, you have two choices.

You could advertise your coaching on Dave Ramsey's podcast "The Ramsey Show". What percentage of that audience is your perfect client? Maybe a fraction.

You could also advertise your coaching on "Career Returners" with Karen and Liz where they talk about returning to a fulfilling, successful career after a long break. How many of those listeners could be your perfect client?

Karen and Liz primarily interview women. I'm guessing a majority of the listeners are your ideal clients.

Ad agencies price your podcast per thousand listeners. If you're a coach for women reentering the workforce, are one thousand Dave Ramsey listeners the same value for you as the one thousand listeners of "Career Returners"? Of course not.

But, agencies treat it the same.

Stop giving away your podcast. Leverage the relationships you're building with your audience.

GROW YOUR AUDIENCE

For this marketing strategy I'm going to share to work, you need an audience.

So, come join us for the Audience Explosion Blueprint Workshop to build your strategy and grow your audience.

By the end of this 3-Day Audience Explosion Blueprint Workshop, you will have a clear, step-by-step blueprint to grow your audience.

You will begin taking the steps necessary to attract your ideal clients.

This workshop is designed to help you lay the foundation to be known as an influencer and respected authority in your niche.

We roll up our sleeves and build your strategy over three powerful days July 19-21.

Get the full details at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/audience.

CONNECTING CONTENT

Let's talk about a better way of monetizing.

Instead of ads and sponsorships, use your podcast to build relationships and market your business.

Build relationships with powerful content. Then, lead your listener down the sales path by connecting content to the offer.

Use your podcast to market something. This could include coaching, services, products, courses, affiliate products or a variety of other things.

When I was on the call with Ken the other day, we reviewed his show.

On the episode, Ken was talking about finding yourself worthy of success, especially at work. It was a great episode.

Toward the end of the episode, he gave three tips to help people find that self-worth.

The third tip was to surround yourself with community and support. Ken then said, "If you need help finding that community and support, let's have a call - sign up on the website."

It was a perfect way of connecting content to his offer. The content he did such a great job laying out led right into his offer for a discovery call. Heck, I was ready to sign up.

When I mentioned it to Ken, he said it was a complete fluke. He didn't do it intentionally. It just happened in the moment.

But after I pointed it out, he said he totally understood how the strategy made so much sense. He never thought of it that way.

RELATIONSHIPS

When you sell ads on your show, you get paid once. Time to go sell another sponsor.

When you are connecting content to your offer, your offer lives as long as the podcast does. It continues to generate revenue for years whenever somebody discovers that episode.

Building relationships with your listeners is so much more powerful than ads. Relationships make your call to action (CTA) more effective.

Create amazing content that leads to your CTA. When you do, you'll find more clients coming to you rather than you chasing them.

START CONNECTING CONTENT

To begin using your podcast to market your business, start with the end in mind. What do you want listeners to do when the episode is over?

Once you've determined the destination, we can now determine how to get there.

The path is your content. When you start with the destination, you know exactly what content to create.

Now, create content that helps your listeners get clarity on their problems and challenges.

This is also true for interviews. When the interview is done, what do you want your listeners to do?

When you determine the destination, you know what questions to ask that will help you get there.

POWERFUL CONTENT

Connecting content to offers takes some art. You can't be all info.

To create powerful content that connects, stir emotion.

Help your listeners see what is possible in the future.

Give examples of your help with others. Everything interesting is about people.

Finally, make them an invitation and offer.

CREATING ENGAGEMENT

I know. You're probably saying, "Yeah, but how do I get them to take action on the offer?"

It can be challenging to create engagement and get your listeners to respond.

First, make it easy. Create an easy feedback loop with your podcast.

If you're like most, you're probably asking how do to know it's really working?

There are times when you're wondering if you're even really talking to anyone.

Getting people to respond requires relationships and engagement with the right audience, not just any audience.

If you're trying to connect with your audience in better ways, you need to create content that connects with that audience and leads them to something more.

What are you doing to get the traction to grow?

When you make a request of your audience, do you never get a reply? Your content is disconnected from your call to action.

Lack of engagement comes from content without emotion.

Start with the end in mind. Decide what you want your listener to do when the conversation is over. Then create content that stirs emotion.

CONNECTING CONTENT WITH STORIES

You can't be information alone. Include stories, personality and heart.

When you include stories, you set yourself apart from everyone else.

Stories also share who you are, what you do, and why.

In his book Start With Why, Simon Sinek says, "People don't buy what you do, they buy why you do it."

Your stories share why you do what you do. Tell more stories.

ATTRACT THE RIGHT AUDIENCE

Let's start building your plan to fill your audience with the right people and turn you into an authority in your niche.

Come join us for the Audience Explosion Blueprint Workshop to build your strategy and grow your audience.

By the end of this 3-Day Audience Explosion Blueprint Workshop, you will have a clear, step-by-step blueprint to grow your audience.

You will begin taking the steps necessary to attract your ideal clients.

This workshop is designed to help you lay the foundation to be known as an influencer and respected authority in your niche.

We roll up our sleeves and build your strategy over three powerful days July 19-21.

Get the full details at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/audience.

If you'd like to start with a podcast strategy call, apply for your call here:

http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply

View Details

CURIOSITY CREATES GREAT INTERVIEWS

Do you ever wonder why your podcast isn't growing? Why you aren't attracting more listeners? It could be your own level of curiosity.

We all want more listeners to our show. Yet we struggle to grow.

How great would it be if you were the kind of magnetic host who draws people to you and has the ability to influence that audience to take action?

You can become that known influencer in your space. It begins with becoming unique and standing out from everyone else in your niche.

AUDIENCE EXPLOSION BLUEPRINT

Before we dive into your curiosity, come join us for the Audience Explosion Blueprint Workshop to build your strategy and grow your audience.

By the end of this 3-Day Audience Explosion Blueprint Workshop, you will have a clear, step-by-step blueprint to grow your audience.

You will begin taking the steps necessary to attract your ideal clients.

This workshop is designed to help you lay the foundation to be known as an influencer and respected authority in your niche.

We roll up our sleeves and build your strategy over three powerful days July 19-21.

Get the full details at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/audience.

BECOME UNIQUE

To become a unique podcast host, you need to embrace your curiosity. It is the most important trait when it comes to creating unique content.

Some of the best hosts are highly curious about everything. This creates great interviews, conversations and content.

Curiosity will take you to places few others will go, because your curiosity is unlike any other's curiosity.

As you hone your curiosity, you will start asking better questions and be able to think on your feet. It is like any other skill you have.

When you use your curiosity during interviews, you only need a couple really good questions. Your curiosity will help you create a powerful conversation by listening as asking solid follow up questions rather than following a list.

HOWARD STERN'S CURIOSITY

Let me give you an example of curiosity during an interview.

Howard Stern was interviewing Billy Joel. During the conversation, Howard starts with a question and then just follows his curiosity. Listen to Howard navigate this discussion.

He asked questions like...

"Was this a tough song to write?"

"What were you thinking?"

"Did you know this piece, the mood of this music feels like a heartbreak?"

"This was a woman that broke up with you?"

"Why didn't it work out?"

"Then words come out? How does it go?"

"Is that a word you would write down sometime?"

He actually gets into the story of the woman. It was Elle MacPherson. But, that's a story for another time.

Howard asks the natural follow up questions his listeners would ask. That's what makes him a great interviewer.

STAY CURIOUS

There are a few things you can do to enhance your curiosity skills.

First, ask questions. Ask questions about everything.

When we were little and we asked "why" about everything, we would drive our parents up a wall. Find the courage to ask those questions again.

Next, follow up the question with another "why". Just like kids, follow your curiosity with more questions. Usually the sixth or seventh why will yield gold.

One of the keys to curiosity is listening. When you actively listen, you'll hear things others will miss.

Be sure to take notes. When you find something that piques your curiosity, write it down. Learn more about it.

Others will typically be interested in the things that interest you. Use these notes to create great content.

Finally, don't be a know-it-all. You don't have to know everything or always be right. Instead, be curious. Truly seek to learn and understand.

FOLLOW THE QUESTIONS

Curiosity begins with asking questions. Challenge yourself to ask questions about the world around you.

It is easy to ask questions about things you don't know. Push yourself to ask questions about the things you know. Asking these questions will really improve your curiosity.

Use questions that start with, "What if..." or "I wonder..."

If you want different answers, ask different questions. Interact with other curious people and people that know more than you.

To get started, make a list of things that pique your interest. What would you like to know more about.

Then, research those things when you have a few minutes. Instead of playing Candy Crush or some other pointless game on your phone, go down a rabbit hole chasing your curiosity.

THE BENEFITS OF CURIOSITY

Curiosity comes with many benefits.

First, curiosity drives relationships. Your curiosity about others demonstrates you have a genuine interest in them. It deepen the relationship.

Next, curiosity breeds creativity. This is where you become unique and an original show host unlike any other.

Curiosity will disrupt stagnation. Being curious will foster change and action. When you are asking questions, new ideas form and move you in a different direction. It creates momentum.

Our curiosity build relationships by showing people we are interested in them and what makes them tick. We appreciate how they are different and unique in their own right.

Finally, curiosity helps us learn new things and grow as a person.

PODCAST CURIOSITY

With your interviews, your curiosity will get your guests to tell you things they've never told anyone.

When you let your curiosity drive the interview, your guest will enjoy telling stories that are different than any other interview they've given.

At the end of interviews, I've had guest tell me they talked about things they've never talked about on an interview. We went down paths they don't typically travel.

To improve your curiosity, you need to practice. Slow down and ask questions.

Just like any skill, you won't be perfect when you begin. It will take time. Just stick with it.

Great podcast hosts are curious. Begin refining your curiosity skills this week.

View Details

UNIQUE SHOWS COME FROM UNIQUE PERSONALITIES

When you try to be all things to all people, you end up being nothing. You're not unique.

PICK A SIDE

Focus your topic on what you know best. Be opinionated. Be passionate. Pick a side. Be unique. Most of all, be consistent.

When you try to discuss an industry in general, your audience won't know what to expect when they visit your show.

Let's take Dave Ramsey for example. During the opening of “The Dave Ramsey Show”, Dave would say, "Where debt is dumb, cash is king, and the paid-off home mortgage has taken the place of the BMW as the status symbol of choice."

Dave's show is a personal finance show. Moreover, it is a show about getting out of debt. Dave helps people find ways to pay off their debt and become financially stable.

"The Dave Ramsey Show" didn't discuss particular stocks or mutual funds. It didn't discuss how to go about investing other than simply suggesting you sock away 15 percent of your income for retirement and then some for college.

Dave's show recommends 7 basic steps to financial security. He has been doing a show on these 7 steps for over 30 years. Every show, everyday, every call. It was all about these 7 steps in some way or another.

When you tuned into "The Dave Ramsey Show", you knew what you would get. Dave was focused.

CHANGING DAVE

As Dave gets older and closer to retirement, he is thinking about the future of the show and company. He changed the name of the show from The Dave Ramsey Show to The Ramsey Show.

To help him ease his way into retirement, Dave incorporates other Ramsey Personalities into the show as co-hosts or hosts when he is gone.

The show isn't just hosted by Dave. When you tune in, it could be hosted by Ken Coleman, Rachel Cruze, Dr. John Delony, George Kamel or Jade Warshaw. It may even be hosted by a couple of them if Dave is not there.

The intro of the show has changed. When it was the Dave Ramsey show, Dave would say, "Where debt is dumb, cash is king, and the paid off home mortgage has taken the place of the BMW as the status symbol of choice."

Now with 6 different hosts with different areas of expertise, the intro of the show says, "Where we help people build wealth, do work that they love, and create amazing relationships."

The show has become less focused on getting out of debt and personal wealth and more about life in general.

Before, I knew what I got. I was in financial trouble and needed answers.

Now, I could get anything. Does the show help me with my job search, or my relationship with my in-laws, or getting out of debt, or starting a business, or dealing with my boss, or my kids assuming I will watch the grandkids, or negotiating my credit card rate?

All of it. You don't know what you're going to get or who will be giving it to you.

The show is losing its clarity.

Give your podcast focus. Your audience will appreciate the consistency.

YOU UNIQUE

What makes you different?

When you try to please everyone, you end up pleasing no one. Make people take notice.

You are an expert at your opinion. Give it to people. Take a stand. Pick a side.

Some of the nicest people make the worst podcast hosts. They try to please everyone in the audience. Those people tend to blend into the background and go unnoticed.

I once coached a radio host who was one of the best storytellers I had ever met. When he and I would meet one-on-one for coaching, he would tell me some of the funniest stories I had ever heard. He would tell me stories of his dad that would have me crying from laughing so hard.

He once told me his dad was absolutely convinced the PT Cruiser was the best car ever made. As much as my host would try to explain that the PT Cruiser was simply the Dodge Neon chassis with a different body, his father wouldn't believe it.

The two of them would get in these heated arguments in public about this car. Of all the things in life you could argue about, this happened to be the PT Cruiser.

The way the story was told was full of fabulous details. The host really had the ability to make the stories come to life.

As much as I would encourage him, the host wouldn't tell those stories on the radio. He didn't believe the audience as a whole would be interested. Instead, he played it safe.

He only discussed vanilla content that wouldn't upset anyone. Unfortunately, the show never took hold.

UPSET THEM

If you're not upsetting someone, you aren't trying hard enough.

I would much rather have half the audience hate me and the other half love me rather than the entire audience have no opinion one way or the other. If the audience doesn't have an opinion, they don't care. I'm doing nothing to stir their emotion if I'm not making them pick a side.

If you haven't picked a side and really focused your topic, people won't care. They won't be passionate about your show.

Speak your mind. Be different. Get noticed. Make people care.

BIG PARTY

Big Party on the other hand lived his life on the radio.

I hired Mike from the college station to be the morning host on our Top 40 station. His on-air name was Big Party, because that's exactly what you got.

Big Party has a unique perspective on the world. He would ask questions everyone wanted to ask, but was afraid of asking.

He would tell stories and share thoughts nobody would share. It was my job to help him share his stories and bring out the right pieces to create great content.

We shaped his stories to allow the audience get to know him and what he was all about. People loved it. And, they loved him.

Everywhere Party went, he knew people and they knew him.

The show was authentic, engaging, hilarious, and some of the best radio. His show quickly went to #1.

CONNECT

Your success is all about connecting, inspiring and motivating your listeners.

When you connect, inspire and motivate your audience, you stir emotions within your listener. Those emotions are powerful. Emotions make people come back for more, because the create a bonding relationship.

Connect with your listener by revealing things about yourself. Revelations make you human. They show your listener that you are a normal person and just like them. They can relate to you.

Tell your listener about yourself. Describe the mistakes you've made. Talk about your hardships. Discuss the obstacles you've overcome. Your listener will relate to that.

I WASN'T UNIQUE

When I first began in broadcasting, I had no idea what I was doing. In fact, I was getting my degree in Architecture. I started drafting when I was 13. That was all I ever wanted to do.

I fell into broadcasting by accident. While working weekends at a roller skating rink, I was offered a part-time job at a radio station running some equipment. I was making a few dollars to blow in college … while getting my degree in Architecture.

My first full-time broadcasting job came while still studying Architecture. Each day I was on the air, I felt like an imposter. What right did I have to be on the radio talking to thousands of people everyday? I didn't know anything about broadcasting.

After finishing my Architecture degree, I stayed in radio. Everyday, I learned a little more about broadcasting. I read all I could about the field. Little by little, my confidence grew.

Years later, I realized I could reveal things about myself during my show. People did actually care about me. Relationships formed. Success came my way.

REVEAL THINGS

Self revelation during your show will help your relationships grow as well. Have confidence in yourself to connect with your audience.

Once you've started to build that relationship, you can begin to inspire your audience. If you can do it, they can do it, too. Give him hope. Light that fire of desire within her. Stir emotions. Describe success.

Now that your listener can envision success, show her how to get there. Motivate her to take action. Break the process down to small steps that she can easily take. Motivate her to take a step each day.

Connect, inspire and motivate your listener with each podcast. When you create strong relationships with your audience, you create fans for life. If I can turn a degree in Architecture into a career in broadcasting, you can be successful there as well. Make it happen.

YOUR UNIQUE AUTHORITY

To become an authority and influencer in your niche, you need to stand out and be unique. You can do that by sharing yourself.

Develop your personality and which parts you'd like to highlight on your show. Then, tell stories to develop that reputation with your audience. Build relationships.

View Details

One of the best pieces of advice I've ever been given is, "If you can't find a stage, build your own."

GROWING YOUR AUDIENCE FROM STAGE

To grow your audience, you need to get in front of people who don't know you yet. Then, you need to share your story and how you are different.

Finally, you need to invite them into your world.

When I use the term "stage", I don't only mean a physical riser in front of a live crowd during an event holding a microphone. To me, a stage is any time you can speak in front of two or more people.

Stages could be live events. A stage could also be a podcast interview, a radio or TV interview, a virtual summit, speaking to a mastermind group, doing a Facebook Live, participating in a roundtable discussion, or presenting during an online event such as somebody's workshop just to name a few.

So, which should you choose and how do you find opportunities? That's what I want to help you solve today.

Let's begin with choosing the right stage. There are a few questions to ask yourself in order to find the right opportunity.

THE RIGHT AUDIENCE

The biggest factor in choosing a stage is the quality of the audience.

Most people are concerned with the size of the audience.

I've made more money speaking to a small mastermind group than I have speaking to nearly 100 people at a conference. The difference is the quality of the client prospects in the room. Those members of the mastermind were all my ideal clients.

Ensure you get in front of the right audience.

WHAT DO YOU ENJOY?

Next, select the right environment. What speaking activities do you enjoy?

Some people prefer being interviewed on a podcast talking to people you can't see. Others prefer the reaction of a room full of a hundred people.

Do what you enjoy.

INVESTMENT OF TIME AND MONEY

Your stage consideration should also be based on your investment.

Some stages require a fee to speak. It's easy to dismiss paying to speak. But if it is the right room, paying could be well worth it.

The bigger investment is your time. Will you need to travel to the engagment?

Travel can eat up days for a one-hour talk. Not all talks are created equal. Ensure it is worth your time.

CAN YOU PITCH?

What are you allowed to offer from stage?

Some opportunities like TEDx won't let you make any call to action, not even a free download. Others allow you to sell from stage.

Know the rules and how that frames your opportunity.

ARE YOU PROMOTED?

Will the host promote you as a speaker at the event?

Sometimes the promotion of you at the event is more valuable than actually speaking at the event.

WILL YOU MAKE CONNECTIONS?

Who else will be in the room? Sometimes the connections you make at the event lead to other speaking opportunities.

When big connections are possible, the new opportunities could be worth more than the current speaking gig. Consider it an investment in the future.

CAN YOU USE THE CONTENT/RECORDING?

Will the host give you access to the recording to use as you wish?

Maybe you can use it as a podcast episode.

FINDING STAGES

To find a stage, make connections with others. When you see announcements arrive in your inbox, reach out to the host to see if you might be part of their next event.

Ask for opportunities. Email the host and ask, "What does it take to be on your stage?"

If you can't find a stage on your own, let an expert help you. There are many experts around that will help you land a stage.

Steve Eriksen has an amazing platform that will help you land a stage.

STEVE ERIKSEN

When Steve Eriksen hosted a summit for his own coaching business, he couldn't find a good system to help him run his event. So he took his technical background in the events space, combined it with his real-world experience as an event host, and created EventRaptor, a system that makes virtual event management easy - including virtual summits! Steve is the Founder of EventRaptor. His goal is to make Virtual Event Management easy!

View Details

Stories connect you to others, because the stories you tell reveal things about you. Those stories let people get to know what you like, believe and value.

VINCE GILL

The way he tells stories is why so many people love country icon Vince Gill. He is so open and transparent with his stories you just feel like you're best friends 5 minutes after meeting him.

Vince released his first album in 1985, but really broke through in 1989 when he signed with MCA Nashville.

When he released Gun Slinger in 2011, he invited a group of us to his house to listen to the album.

His house is pretty amazing. He lives in one of those renovated homes built a hundred years ago.

THE RECORDING STUDIO

At the front corner of Vince's house is a recording studio.

Imagine a large family room. You enter the studio down a couple steps in the middle of the long wall.

To your left surrounding the exterior of the room is his amazing guitar collection. Under the countertop that rings the three walls to the left are about half a dozen drawers. Each holds two guitars.

Hung on the walls above the counters are more guitars as if you were in a music store. There had to be a few hundred guitars in that room. Vince told us most of his collection was in storage with his touring gear.

In the middle of that left half of the room sat the large mixing console facing the far wall with a small recording booth through the door in the close corner.

The right side of the room looked like a warm den. There were oversized chairs, a nice couch, a few end tables and a fireplace. I imagined a lot of songwriting was done in that room.

On wall straight across from the entry stairs was the bookshelf holding his various Grammy Awards, CMA Awards, and other accolades. The Grammys and other awards his wife Amy Grant won were on the shelves as well.

THE STORIES

Above the fireplace hung a destroyed vintage guitar.

I asked Vince about the story behind that guitar.

He said when the floods of 2010 hit Nashville, the storage facility most of the big country artists used for much of the gear was under water. All of the gear in that huge warehouse was destroyed, including many of Vince's prized guitars.

The guitar that hung on the wall was one of the oldest that Vince had in his collection. He salvaged it from the flood and hung it on the wall as a reminder of how precious time is for all of us.

As we made ourselves comfortable in the studio, Vince had his producer cue up the new album. He would then proceed to tell us a story about how a song was recorded or about the inspiration behind a song.

Then he would play it for us. It was amazing.

BREAD AND WATER

One song on Guitar Slinger held a very special place for Vince. He told us "Bread and Water" is loosely based on his brother who had a rough stretch of life.

Vince's brother was in a car accident and almost killed when he was just 21. He never fully recovered.

As he told the story of his brother, Vince said his brother would kind of hobo around. He would often spend time at the mission.

Vince then plays the song for us.

The opening stanza of "Bread and Water" goes like this:

One night he wandered into that old mission The one out on the poor side of town He really had no interest in salvation Just a place to lay his drunk ole body down

Vince got a little choked up when he told the story of his brother as he introduced the song.

Once he played it, the song took on such a different and more powerful meaning for all of us in that studio. Check it out on YouTube. You'll see what I mean.

INTERESTING STORIES

After about four songs, Vince says, "Are you guys enjoying this or are you just getting bored with my old stories?"

Each and every one of us emphatically chimed in that we wanted more stories. I could have sat there for a week and listened to Vince tell stories.

It was truly one of the highlights of my career. When the Eagles recently came to town, I went to see this tour, because Vince was playing guitar and singing the parts left vacant with the passing of Glenn Frey. It was so great.

I have seen Vince Gill play probably half a dozen times at various events. I've met him twice. He has always told great stories, and everybody loves him.

His stories make you feel like you've been best friends for years.

That's what stories can do for you. When you tell stories, you build relationships. You create an identity and personality. People are attracted to you.

To discover how to use stories to grow your audience and build your authority, join me for my next Audience Explosion Blueprint Workshop. You can get full details at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/audience.

During this 3-day workshop, you'll have a clear, step-by-step blueprint to grow your audience. You will lay the foundation to be known as an influencer and respected authority in your niche.

This workshop will help you begin attracting raving fans who share your podcast and purchase your programs.

Come join us. Find the details at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/audience.

MICHELE GUNDERSON ON STORIES

On this episode, I want to share with you an interview I did with Dr. Michele Gunderson. She is an expert on stories.

As a former University instructor and Iyengar yoga teacher turned entrepreneur, Dr. Michele Gunderson has the unique ability to help you align your inner world and outer world stories in ways that will catapult your business.

Her clients go from having less impact than what they’re capable of, to creating five- or six-figure months in a business they love.

This conversation is all about the power of story in your podcast.

Enjoy my conversation with Michele Gunderson.

ADD STORIES

To get Michele's free gift "7 Quick Tips for Crafting an Inspiring Story that Sells", visit www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/storytips.

View Details

One of the biggest struggles podcasters face is how to monetize a podcast. They simply rush to the monetization phase without doing the foundational work first.

MONETIZE A PODAST WITH AUTHORITY

Before you can monetize your podcast, you need to have authority and influence in your niche.

In this episode, I will share nine ways to monetize a podcast. But none of these ideas will work without authority.

If you can't influence a room and move the crowd toward action, no monetization strategy will be effective.

To have influence and authority, you need to become well known in your niche. You will become well known by becoming known well. And you become known well by telling your story and building a relationship with your audience.

The rapport you build with your audience feeds that authority. When they are ready to solve their problems, your audience will start with those with whom they have a relationship.

Relationships start with familiarity and grow into trust. It is the foundation of authority and influence.

Once you have influence over an audience, you can motivate them to take action.

This is where all monetization begins. If you aren't monetizing your podcast, you probably haven't spent enough time building relationships, authority and influence.

If you would like help building that strategy, take advantage of my podcast strategy call. You can find details and apply for a call with me online at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply.

Let's talk about why coaches struggle to monetize a podcast.

PODFADE

I was working with a client creating a strategy to get her interviewed on other podcasts. It's a solid way to grow your audience.

The term podfade has been around for years. A podcast podfades when the host just stops publishing new episodes and the show fades away.

It has often been said that the big hurdle is around 7 episodes. I always thought it was an old wives' tale.

Then she and I opened Apple podcasts and started searching for podcasts that fit the criteria.

To find shows that will interview you, the podcast needs to meet 3 important criteria.

First, the show needs to fit your niche. It should appear that the podcast is talking to your ideal target listener. Not necessarily your topic, but indeed your listener.

Next, the prospective podcast needs to actually interview guests. There is no need to reach out to a show that doesn't do interviews.

My podcast was solo for the first 275 episodes. It didn't stop people from reaching out telling me they would make the perfect guest.

Finally, the podcast needs to be actively publishing new episodes.

FRESH EPISODES

So we searched caregiving in Apple podcasts. Here is what I find today.

12 Step Guide to Caregiving – 1 episode published in May 2018

Twenty-Four Seven: A Podcast About Caregiving – 19 episodes, last in December 2022

Caregiving Coach – 19 episodes, but last was July 2023

The Caregiving Secrets Show – 7 episodes, last published June 2021

Caregiver Storyteller – 18 episodes, last show November 2023

Caffeinated Caregivers – 9 episodes, but only 3 in the first 5 months of this year

Caregiver Conversations – 19 episodes, last published July 2023

Caring for the Caregiver – 4 episodes, last published September 2020

Eye on the Caregiver – 22 episodes, last published May 2023

Caregivers Share – 9 episodes, last published December 2023

The Senior Caregiver Podcast – 8 episodes, last published November 2019

The Purposeful Caregiver – 14 episodes, last published December 2023

Now there are many others that have hundreds of episodes. But these dozen have fewer than 24 episodes. They didn't even make it half a year.

Whether it's 7 episodes or 14 episodes, many podcasts fade away early for 3 reasons.

First, the podcaster realizes that podcasting is more work than they thought it would be. They don't have a system to consistently produce a weekly episode without eating their entire week.

Next, the podcaster discovers the audience doesn't grow as fast as they thought it would. They haven't built a system to quickly and easily build their audience.

Finally, the podcaster gets frustrated that the podcast isn't generating revenue like they thought it would. This typically happens because they haven't created a strategy to leverage the audience attention to generate sales.

We've talked a lot about producing and growing your show. Let me give you 9 ways to monetize a podcast.

The first two I really dislike. The other seven are solid.

MONETIZE A PODCAST WITH ADS

The first way to monetize your show is advertising on your show, just like radio.

Unfortunately, this won't work for you. And it's bad for business.

Most advertising agencies and large advertisers want podcasts with 5,000 downloads per episode. Only 7 percent of all podcasts reach this level.

If you're not nailing 5,000 downloads per episode, you most likely won't be landing any advertisers either.

Advertising is bad for business, because it clutters your show. People are fleeing traditional media to get away from ads.

We would do research with our radio listeners. Time and time again, listeners would tell us the one thing they hated most was all the commercials.

It didn't matter how many commercials we played, it was too much.

I once programmed a radio station where we promised to never play more than 3 minutes of commercials. In comparison, many stations play 8 or 10 minutes of commercials today.

We quickly went to #1 in the ratings with that station. But the top complaint was still too many commercials. People simply don't want commercials in their content.

It takes a lot of time to sell advertising. And you're always trying to sell the next one. On top of that, your show can only hold a limited number of ads. Your revenue will have a ceiling.

COMMODITY

But the worst part of advertising is that it turns your podcast into a commodity. Advertisers treat your audience the same as every other audience. They will pay a set amount of money per 1,000 listeners.

That assumes the thousands of listeners to Joe Rogan's podcast are the same as the thousands of listeners to Gary Vaynerchuk's podcast. And that simply isn't true.

If you advertised Quickbooks on Gary's show, how many listeners need Quickbooks? Probably a good proportion, because many of Gary's listeners are entrepreneur's or have a side hustle.

If we advertised Quickbooks on the Joe Rogan podcast, how many listeners need it? We don't know. The audience is too broad. Only a fraction of the listeners are entrepreneurs. Some work retail. Others work blue collar jobs. Some sit at a desk. Others are managers.

Advertising Quickbooks on Gary's show would be much more effective than ads on Joe's show, because a greater percentage of the audience are qualified buyers.

However, agencies treat all audiences the same. Your show becomes a commodity. Salt is salt regardless of the brand. That's unfortunate for your show.

There just isn't enough benefit to attempt to monetize with ads. Skip it.

SPONSORSHIPS

Sponsorships are similar but a bit different than ads.

Most of the same negatives you get with ads also come with sponsorships. There is a ceiling on your revenue, it takes a long time to sell, and your listeners don't want it.

The difference is the relationship. Sponsors typically support the show and are tied in with the podcast more than an ad on the show.

An ad says, "Buy Blue Apron". It rarely has anything to do with the podcast. The advertiser simply wants access to the audience.

A sponsor supports the show and is usually a good fit.

Smart Passive Income with Pat Flynn is sponsored by Circle, ClickFunnels, Interact and other tools that online entrepreneurs use. Pat can talk about how he uses these tools in his own business. It's more than just an ad.

With sponsorships, you can also go beyond the podcast.

Sponsors can be included on your website, in your newsletter, on your social media accounts, as sponsors of your events, and a variety of other ways. This relationship is a lot more than an ad. It is worth a lot more as well.

SMALL AUDIENCE

There are ways to land sponsors without a huge audience when you stack your value.

An advertiser would get an ad on your episode to your 150 listeners.

A sponsor would get those 150 listeners. They would also get the 2,500 people on your email list, the 1,500 people following you on Facebook, the 1,200 people on your Instagram, the attention from the 800 people who visit your website every month, and the 150 people that register for your webinar.

Instead of the 150 listeners the advertiser receives, the sponsor gets the attention of 6,300 collective fans from all of your channels. Stack the value.

On top of that, your sponsor's product is exactly what your fans need. Only a few of Pat Flynn's fans would want and need Blue Apron. But most all of them could use ClickFunnels.

Though I'm not a fan of sponsorships, I like them better than ads.

SELL YOUR STUFF

My favorite way to monetize your podcast is to sell your own stuff. You control everything.

With your own products, you know the quality of the goods. You know exactly what your listeners are receiving.

You also keep all of the revenue when you sell your own stuff. Double win.

Courses, books, digital products, software and merchandise are just a few things you can sell to your audience.

I like products, because you do the work once to create it and can sell it over and over again. You can also incorporate your stuff into your content.

SELL YOUR COACHING

The next way to monetize your podcast is to sell coaching. I like this as much as selling your stuff.

The downside of coaching is time investment. It takes your time to continue to deliver while products require you to do the work one time.

On the other hand, coaching is usually sold for more. It is a bigger ticket with more revenue upside. You need to make fewer sales to generate more revenue.

One-on-one coaching can move to group coaching to leverage your time. This will happen after you find the common challenges amongst your clients.

SELL OTHER'S STUFF - AFFILIATES

I've really had good success with affiliate sales as a way to monetize my podcast. This is how Pat Flynn got his start.

With affiliate sales, you promote somebody else's product or service on your podcast. It is best when you tie it into the content. Then you provide your affiliate link.

When your listeners buy through your affiliate link, you earn a commission. The rate you earn can usually vary from 10% to 50%, but I've seen as high as 100% on an event ticket where the host will sell their high-end program.

There are quite a few benefits to affiliate marketing. You don't have to create the product. There is no concern about fulfillment. Affiliates will often give you swipe copy and graphics to market the products.

The downside to affiliates is the need to continuously sell. When somebody buys, they aren't your clients. They become the customer of your affiliate. You're basically starting from scratch each time.

There is no chance for an upsell with an affiliate product. The client is buying from your partner. There is no chance to go back and offer them the opportunity to buy again.

When working with an affiliate partner, you also don't control the quality of the product. Always ensure you are dealing with quality companies. Your reputation is on the line when you endorse an affiliate product.

As a matter of law, be sure you don't make false claims or say that you use a product or service that you do not use. You cannot say "it tastes great" if you've never tasted it. It sounds logical, but many do it. Statements like that are against Federal Trade Commission regulations.

PROMOTE EVENTS

Using events is another way to monetize your podcast.

Rather than promoting your products or services on your show, hold an event. Promote the event on the show and sell products and services at the event.

Your events could be webinars, workshops, VIP days, 3-day events, live events, conferences, or any other gathering.

There is power in community. Bring your audience together, and help them make progress. Once you help them solve a challenge, you can offer the opportunity to go deeper with you. Make them an offer for your products and services.

These events can be free or can come with a fee. It all depends on what the attendee receives during the event. What transformation will they experience?

Whether or not to charge is also determined by the amount of work it will require from you to create the event. Webinars are typically free, because it's only an hour of your time. 3-day events usually require an investment, because you are providing tremendous value over the course of 3 days.

DONATIONS AND CROWDFUNDING

Many podcasters use donations and crowdfunding to monetize their podcast. I'm not a fan.

Your listeners shouldn't need to donate to your hobby.

Instead, sell them something.

Don't say, "Please give me $5". Instead say, "If you'd like to support the show, purchase a show t-shirt for $25 on the website."

With the $5 donation, you get $5 and the feeling of receiving a handout. Your listener gets nothing.

With the $25 t-shirt, you get $15 or more after the cost of the shirt. Your listener gets a great shirt. Everybody wins.

There are plenty of print on demand shops that can help you with this. You can also buy a gross and ship them as they are ordered.

PREMIUM CONTENT

I don't see many people use the idea, but selling premium content is a way to monetize your podcast.

You could create basic info on the podcast. Then offer additional content, behind the scenes content, video footage, supporting documents, or a variety of other premium content for a price.

Interviews could be used for this. The podcast could be the basic 30-minute interview. Premium content subscribers get an addition 30-minute interview with key takeaways and other "never before told" stories in the premium content.

MEMBERSHIPS AND MASTERMINDS

Finally, memberships and masterminds are a great way to monetize your podcast.

A membership is like premium content with a community element attached.

The mastermind idea is the community without the premium content.

This idea is driven by the podcast using the fear of missing out. On the episode, talk about what you've been doing in the membership or mastermind. Make people really want to be part of it.

The great thing about memberships and masterminds is the recurring revenue. People are paying each month to be part of the group.

YOUR MONETIZATION

Let's talk about your monetization. Take advantage of my podcast strategy call. Let me help you develop your monetization plan.

View Details

FIRST, GET NOTICED

Before you can grow relationships with your audience and become an authority and influencer in your niche, you need to get discovered. Making your podcast discoverable is one of the first critical steps.

So many podcasters struggle to grow their audience. However, they are doing very little to be visible and become discoverable.

You cannot expect people to just show up to your podcast. It takes diligent, deliberate action on your part to get in front of those listeners.

As you build the relationships, many will become fans for life.

CHICAGO GETS NOTICED

I just saw the band Chicago perform Wednesday night. It was a full house even though only 2 of the 10 guys on stage were original members of the band.

Jimmy Pankow on trombone and Lee Loughnane on trumpet were the only two original members on stage. Robert Lamm is still listed as a member, but for some reason he wasn't there.

Even the lead singer is the third replacement after Peter Cetera left the band in 1985.

Chicago has been touring for over 55 years. Over those years, they have been building relationships. They have toured relentlessly for years gaining more and more fans at each show.

In 1971, Chicago performed a week of sold out shows at Carnegie Hall in New York City. They were the first rock band to do it and turned the shows into a 4-disc box set as their fourth album.

Six years later in 1977, Chicago became one of the first acts to receive the Gold Ticket Award from Madison Square Garden in New York City. It was a new award given to performers who sold over 100,000 tickets to performances at the venue. Chicago drew over 180,000 people to the venue in nine sold-out appearances there over the years.

On Wednesday night, a full house at the 5,000-seat outdoor amphitheater sang, danced and partied with a band that was a shell of its former self. And the fans couldn't have cared less.

It was legacy.

The music holds a special place in the hearts of fans even though the original guys aren't there performing it.

It's all about relationships.

DISCOVERABLE THROUGH PODCASTS

Relationships begin by getting discovered.

There are many ways to get discoverable. Some work better than others.

In studies that have been done, most people discover new podcasts through word of mouth. They hear somebody else mention the show.

Therefore, my favorite way to get discoverable is to get interviewed on other podcasts.

Podcast listeners listen to podcasts. Give them options.

SUMMITS

I find summits a good way to become discoverable. Though all summits are not created equal.

I've been on summits that have 15 people at the session. However, I was on an AI summit a few weeks ago where 350 people were there.

A summit is like a virtual conference. A group of experts give presentations centered around a the theme of the summit.

Summits typically last anywhere from one to five days. The session are usually interviews or presentations.

During the presentation, the presenter will usually offer a free lead magnet to get people on their email list.

When I was on the summit with 350 people in the room, I was able to add 125 people to my email list. Just ensure your presentation and gift match the audience the summit is attracting.

OTHER WAYS TO GET DISCOVERABLE

There are a variety of other ways to get discoverable.

You can get on stage at conferences in your niche.

Find ways to get mentioned in articles.

Do Facebook lives in groups with group owners. Just connect with the owner of the group and see if you can add some value to their group.

I've have huge success speaking to masterminds. These are typically small groups, but they've invested to be there.

You can also create your own virtual events that partners can promote.

DANIEL J. LEWIS

Today, I want to share an interview I did with Daniel J. Lewis. He is a master at getting your podcast discoverable.

As a multiple-award-winning podcaster, Daniel J. Lewis gives you the guts and teaches you the tools to launch and improve your own podcast for sharing your passions and P.R.O.F.I.T!

Daniel created the Podgagement software to help you engage your audience and grow your podcast, and he teaches podcasting techniques through consulting and online courses.

He hosts his own podcast about podcasting called The Audacity to Podcast along with a few other podcasts. Daniel has also been nominated for multiple awards.

Enjoy.

FREE GIFTS

You can get Daniels free gifts at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/daniel. It is an email-based course called "How to Make Your Podcast Stand Out".

Be diligent and deliberate to grow your audience, get noticed, and start building powerful relationships. It's your first step to becoming an authority and influencer in your niche.

View Details

To make your impact on the world, you need attention, authority and influence. A great way to create that rapport is through virtual events.

PROMOTE THE EVENTS

You can promote your virtual events with your podcast. At the virtual event, you can get closer to your audience, build stronger relationships, and demonstrate your expertise.

To be an influencer, increase your visibility.

Virtual events are any online gathering that allows you to present to a crowd and move a room.

Some of the most common virtual events include webinars and summits. You can also create workshops, VIP days, masterclasses, networking events, 3-day events, meet-ups, online conferences, and a variety of other gatherings.

On your podcast, you can discuss the transformation people will experience at your event. Then, make the invite.

At the event, deliver value, help people get results, and make an offer to them.

BEST EVENTS STRUCTURE

There are three things your participants should receive at your events.

First, they need to receive your training. Teach them something that will help them solve a problem.

Next, they need to do something. This could be homework during a 3-day event or simply generating ideas during a webinar. Get your participants to take a step forward.

Finally, participants of the events need to share. They could share the ideas they just generated in the chat during a webinar. During 3-day events you can put them into breakout rooms to share with each other.

Sharing makes the doing real. This is similar to sharing goals. Studies show that when you share goals, you are more likely to achieve those goals.

Learn, do and share is an effective structure of all great events.

POWER OF EVENTS

There are many benefits to doing live events.

Events give you more face time with your prospects. You can build stronger relationships and rapport as part of the sales process. They get to know you better.

These events let you learn more about your prospect and their challenges. The more they do and share during the events, the more you discover how you can help them. It is powerful market research.

Events allow you to make more offers to your prospects. These people are spending good time with you. If you've built your structure properly, you are providing great value. Now you can offer them the next step with you.

Finally, events give you more visibility. You gain by the visibility of promoting the event. There is benefit by the visibility you get during the event. And then you can benefit by continuing the discussion online with participants after the events.

MY EVENTS

When it comes to building my events, I learned by watching those already conducting successful events.

By participating in and helping with their events, I learned what worked and what didn't. I discovered what I should do and what I should avoid.

To make my events successful, I tried to find those who already had authority and influence in their niche. Then, I offered to help them with their events for free. I just wanted to be close enough to learn.

Today I conduct a variety of events including summits, workshops, 3-day events, masterminds and more. It has been a powerful way to build my authority and influence. It can help you as well.

EVENTS WITH JANELLE ANDERSON

Today, I've invited events expert Janelle Anderson on the show to help us learn how to create our own powerful event.

Janelle Anderson is known as the Speaking Confidence Coach for coaches. She is a Certified Professional Coach, author, and renowned speaker.

Janelle is on a mission to empower coaches to launch on a strong foundation of clear messaging aimed at the audience most aligned with their passions and strengths.

She helps coaches grow their business through masterful speaking and storytelling with her business, Emerging Life Coaching.

Her latest event is the Art of Influence Summit where I'm proud to be a speaker. Enjoy my conversation with Janelle Anderson.

GET STARTED

Get started with your events today. Join us for the free training coming up May 21st at 6pm ET/3p PT. It will show you how to create, host and run simple, profitable and virtual events.

You can get registered at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/virtualevents.

Build your virtual events to grow your authority and influence in your niche.

Janelle and I look forward to seeing you there.

View Details

INTERVIEW GUESTS AND MORE

Podcasters have been hitting me up with great questions looking for answers. Today we talk about booking big name guests and demonstrating your expertise during interviews without talking the spotlight from your guests.

We will also answer questions about bringing energy to your podcast, podcasting 2.0, and the pros and cons of joining a podcast network.

If you have a question you'd like me to answer, email me at coach@podcasttalentcoach.com.

PASSION AND ENERGY

I remember you always said to be authentic. And I’m doing just that. However, I feel that I lack energy. I certainly don’t feel like I’m boring. And the stats are showing it. Something inside of me keeps telling me that I shouldn't decide how exciting I sound, it’s my audience that will decide that. How do I overcome the need to feel that I need to bring the energy like John Lee Dumas but I’m afraid I will sound like a rodeo cowboy? I just want to be me.

-Edwin Soler – Closing the 18 Inch Gap

TWO DIFFERENT THINGS

Passion and energy are two different things. You don’t need to be JLD wild to have passion.

When I hear you talking about the people you help or the struggles you’ve encountered at your last job, you get passionate. That doesn’t mean you are overly energetic.

You definitely do NOT want to sound like a bad wedding DJ or some horrible car lot commercial.

People can easily identify fake energy. It's like a fake smile. Faking it will blow any trust you've developed with your audience.

But being authentic will endear you to your audience.

Authenticity is being real and revealing things about yourself. Being authentic is about stirring emotion.

Think of a suspense thriller you've seen. These movies aren't over the top enthusiastic. However, I would argue they have a lot of energy.

Suspense thrillers have you sitting on the edge of your seat with a knot in your stomach wondering what will happen next.

Don't confuse sounding exciting with being exciting.

BRING YOUR PASSION

As you approach your podcast, be passionate about the topics you select. Smile a bit, and let the audience feel your enthusiasm for the content.

It is similar to reading a story to your audience versus telling them a story. Reading the story to the audience doesn't have the same excitement and connection.

When you deliver your content, vary your inflection a little. Stir different emotions throughout the content. Make them smile a bit. Get them choked up. Surprise them. Get under their skin and annoy them a little.

Above all, let your audience get to know you.

When you stir emotion and you talk about content that is interesting to you, I have no doubt you’ll be authentic, energetic, and enthusiastic.

CONNECTING WITH GUESTS

What are some good strategies to attract and connect with celebrities to appear as guests on my podcast? My podcast is "Cancer and Comedy: Healing Through Hope and Humor" and can be found at cancerandcomedy.com. I'm looking to have guests who are entertainers and other public figures who have faced cancer and have a story to tell of how they overcame their circumstances to have success. Two examples of dream guests would be Michael J. Fox and his Parkinson's Foundation and SNL performer Vanessa Bayer who overcame Leukemia.

-Brad Miller – Cancer and Comedy

WHO DO YOU KNOW

For really big stars, reach out to their publicist. I Googled Michael J. Fox publicist and found Sharron Elkabas and her phone number. A quick search of the publicists for stars will help you get started.

You might also consider a subscription to IMDb Premium. The cost is $12.50/month when you buy an annual subscription. That membership will give you contact info to most representatives.

When you are reaching out to people to appear on your show, lead with what's in it for them. How will the guest benefit by being on your show?

You might start with people who have something to promote, like a book or new movie. They have a bigger incentive to make appearances.

PAMPER THE AGENT OF THE GUESTS

Next, take great care of their handler. That might be their manager, agent, publicist or assistant. Make sure you give amazing service to the person who serves as your contact. Make it super easy for them to get their client on your show.

Finally, ask for referrals. Tell the guest and their agent that you are always looking for great guests who have a story to tell. Then ask who they know.

Asking for referrals is tricky. You don't want to ask "Do you know anyone?" It is too easy to say "no".

You want to ask, "Who do you know?" This requires an answer.

You can also ask for referrals from people in your network. Tell everyone you know that you are looking for guests. Be clear exactly who you'd like. Then ask, "Who do you know?"

At the end of the day, you might not start with Michael J. Fox. But you can sure work up to that interview. We are in a connected world that has reduced the six degrees of separation to just a few.

Each time you ask for a referral, follow with, "I appreciate that. My ultimate goal is to interview Michael J. Fox and Vanessa Bayer. Do you know anyone who might know either of these two?"

You never know who has the connection.

PODCASTING 2.0

When do you think podcast 2.0 will become the standard?
What are the pros and cons to joining a podcast network?

-Craig McManus – The Garden Question Podcast

IT'S COMING

Podcasting 2.0 isn't one thing. It is many things. Therefore, I don't believe there will be a single moment in time when it becomes the standard. I believe it will be implemented slowly over time.

According to podcast hosting service Libsyn VP of Podcast Relations Rob Walch, "Less than 1% of all downloads happen with apps that support podcast 2.0 features."

Adoption of Podcast 2.0 will be determined by Apple. It will come down to when and what Apple wants to incorporate. Because, most podcast downloads are still consumed via Apple.

According to Podcasting2.org, "Podcasting 2.0 extends the RSS standard - the core technology that makes podcasting possible - to add new features. None of these features break any existing podcast feeds or podcast players, but, where supported, they enable podcasters to do more things, and enhance the experience for the audience."

It can get very technical. In real people speak, Podcasting 2.0 will add some additional features that podcasters can use. The recent implementation of transcription is an example of 2.0. You hear a lot about it, because Apple has adopted it.

You don't hear much about the other feature, because Apple isn't making a big deal of it.

PODCASTING 2.0 FEATURES

Some of the other Podcasting 2.0 features include:

Soundbite
TXT
Location
Value 4 Value
Chapters
Lock/Unlock
Author/Credits
Live Item
Trailer
License

The lock feature is an example of the rough implementation. Hosts like Libsyn allow you to lock your feed, so it cannot be imported into other players without your consent. However, not all players play by the rules. They say they don't “recognize” the tag.

Adoption of Podcasting 2.0 will be slow and piecemeal. I believe Apple will slowly implement parts of it such as author, chapter and license. But it may be slower to implement things like Value 4 Value unless Apple gets a cut.

PODCAST NETWORK

Whether or not to join a podcast network should be decided on benefits versus costs.

What will you get by joining a podcast network? The biggest benefit is typically promotion on other shows across the network.

You'll need to determine if those shows are speaking to your ideal listener. Will listeners of those other shows also listen to your show? If so, it may be a benefit.

How much promotion do you receive? The network should give you specifics. They should tell you how many shows are on the network and how many times you will be mentioned on those shows.

Where your promo on the other shows occur is also important. A preroll at the beginning is much more valuable than a promo tagged on at the end. Many more people hear the beginning than the end.

There are other questions to consider. How many listeners do those other shows have? Does the network promote you outside of the shows on the network, such as email or social media?

When it comes to the cons of joining a podcast network, consider the investment you'll need to make.

How much are you required to promote the other shows?

What happens if the network has a show you don't feel fits your brand?

Can the network add other advertising to your podcast to make money for the network?

Do you retain ownership of your content?

How can you leave the network, and are you allowed to join another immediately or is there a non-compete clause?

At the end of the day, how much are you willing to talk about other shows and promote other podcasts in order to promote your show to their audiences? How much return will you get for that investment?

INSERT INTO INTERVIEWS HONORING GUESTS

Question: My show is mostly an interview show with relevant experts on particular topics. Yet, I would also like to establish myself more as a trusted and knowledgeable person on the topics that we discuss. How can I insert my own voice more during interview episodes with experts yet without drowning out the expert's answers or acting like I want to one-up their answers?

-John DeRosa – Classical Theism Podcast at classicaltheism.com

SHINE THE SPOTLIGHT

This is a struggle of many podcasters. You want to demonstrate your authority without stepping on the toes of your guest. I get it.

Interviews are great for a few reasons.

First, interviews can help you expand your network. The guest can promote the show to their followers. You can also tag them on social media as you promote your show.

When you interview others, you don't need to do all the work. You simply ask some great questions, listen intently, and ask solid follow-up questions. A great conversation is engaging.

Finally, you benefit by association through interviews. Your guest is subtly endorsing your show by agreeing to appear on your podcast.

But, how to you demonstrate your authority with an interview podcast? There are three things you can do.

ADD YOURSELF EARLY

First, I like to present a bit before the interview begins. This allows me to demonstrate my expertise before the conversation.

I will interview my guest. Next, I will determine the big takeaway from the conversation. Then, I will record a 5- to 10-minute intro to the episode where I teach around that topic.

For instance, I interviewed Marc Mawhinney on Episode 487. Marc talked about the power of doing flat fee joint venture partnerships.

After the interview was complete, I recorded an intro where I taught various reasons people would want to promote you, especially if you have a small list or audience. Money is just one of those reasons.

Now I have demonstrated my expertise a bit and can focus on simply having a great conversation with Marc. If I want to offer a call to action, I can include it here before the interview begins. Everybody wins.

ASK BETTER QUESTIONS

The next way to incorporate you into the interview without stealing the spotlight from your guest is to ask better questions. Find ways to ask a short question that demonstrates your expertise.

This strategy should be one or two sentences at most. It requires great editing on your part, especially with your follow-up questions.

As an example, I might be interviewing Marc on JV partnerships. I might say, "I typically recommend my clients start by creating partnerships with those who really want to see them succeed rather than those just looking to earn money. What is your best tip to get started with joint venture partnerships?"

This question does two things. First, it lets the audience know that I coach people. Next, it informs the audience that I have various ideas to use JV partnerships to generate revenue.

I have just added a little of my expertise without taking away from the guest.

It becomes an issue when the host wants to tell a story that takes three minutes before they get to a question. Be concise. Little by little you will build your expertise with every interview.

EPISODES WITHOUT GUESTS

The third thing you can do is create a solo episode between each interview episode.

Your interview episode my be the great conversation around the topic.

Then, you can create a solo episode where you dive deep into your takeaways from the conversation and how your audience can implement what they've learned.

YOUR QUESTIONS

If you have a question you'd like me to answer, email me at coach@podcasttalentcoach.com. I'd love to include you here on the show.

View Details

USING PUBLICITY TO GROW YOUR AUDIENCE

To grow your audience, you need to consistently attract new listeners. Marketing your podcast requires publicity and public relations.

YOUR PUBLICITY

Publicity is defined as notice or attention given to someone or something by the media.

Getting on other podcasts could be considered publicity. You're leveraging media to draw attention to you and your show.

The average podcast listeners consumes around 8 different podcasts each week. To draw attention to your show, get on other podcasts.

But you can also use other media as well.

My client Greg Payne hosts the Cool Grandpa podcast where he helps grandfathers connect to their grandchildren in more powerful ways.

Greg was featured in an article in the New York Times. His monthly downloads doubled overnight.

That New York Times article led to another article in the Atlanta Journal-Constitution newspaper.

Get outside of your insulated circle and find other media who can highlight you.

THE ART OF PUBLIC RELATIONS

Public relations is defined as the state of the relationship between the public and a company or other organization or a famous person.

Use publicity to improve your public relations.

You know I'm big on relationships. The rapport you're building is the foundation of all sales.

There are a variety of ways to let people get to know you and build those relationships.

Getting interviewed on other podcasts is my favorite way. But you can also share your story in newspaper interviews, magazine articles, blog features, Facebook lives, YouTube video interviews, and any other opportunity you can find to get in front of your ideal target listeners.

MAKE IT EASY

To get others to interview you, make it easy. Post your speaker sheet on your website for easy access. You can see my speaker sheet on my website at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/speaker.

When people are interested in interviewing you, direct them to your speaker sheet. This will contain how they will benefit by interviewing you. It also lists the best ways to contact you.

A speaker sheet helps you appear professional and organized. It will make it easier for people to contact you for publicity.

I'm always looking for opportunities to be interviewed. If you would like to have me on your show, let's see if we can find a time to make that work.

Email me at coach@podcasttalentcoach.com and let's make it happen.

JILL LUBLIN

To help you with your publicity and public relations, I'd like to share this interview I did with Jill Lublin.

Jill is an international speaker on the topics of Publicity, Networking, Kindness and Referrals. She is the host of the "Jill Lublin Show" and author of 4 Best Selling books. Her latest book, Profit of Kindness went #1 in four categories.

Jill is a master strategist on how to position your business for more profitability and more visibility in the marketplace. She is CEO of a strategic consulting firm and has over 25 years experience working with over 100,000 people plus national and international media.

To make an even bigger impact, Jill also leads a conscious kindness community.

Enjoy my conversation with Jill Lublin.

Such a great conversation with Jill Lublin. You can grab her free publicity action guide at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/jill.

Grow your audience by getting in front of new listeners. Find new people you can invite into your audience. Get started this week.

View Details

CONTENT ISN'T KING

It is often said that content is King.

That isn't necessarily true. Content by itself won't gain you an audience.

Content isn't King. Great content is King.

Anybody can copy information. Your content needs to be infused with story and personality to really connect with listeners.

To help you create more powerful interviews, grab my list of "17 of the most Powerful Podcast Interview Questions Ever". It is a free download you can get at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/interview.

BE UNIQUE

It really hit me one time when I was interviewing a musician on the air. I won't mention his name, because he called me out right there in the middle of the interview.

Before our conversation, I went online and read his bio. I went through the news release they sent me about the new album and the tour.

Once the interview began, I felt pretty good. We were rolling along with the standard questions and he was giving the standard answers.

In what city will the tour start? When does the album come out.? What can we expect when you roll through here?

Then I asked him a question about a detail in his bio. I though it was something unique. But he said, "Well, I see somebody read my bio."

That's when I realized I couldn't just ask typical questions and get typical answers. To create great interviews, I needed to get my guests to tell great stories.

Everything I was doing to this point was simply a derivative of someone else. I was a cliché, a poor knock off.

Why would anyone listen to me when they could get the same thing by listening a variety of other interviews with the same guest?

From there, I took my original content and made it great.

CONTENT WITH STORIES

Later in my career I was interviewing Preston Brust of the country band LOCASH. He and Chris Lucas had been working hard for years writing songs for themselves and others while also recording and touring.

LOCASH had a few different record deals, but had never had that big hit they needed to break through. Other artists were recording songs the two had written, but none of those had hit either.

In 2011, country superstar Keith Urban not only decided to record a song written by Preston and Chris, but he was going to release it as a single. When I was talking with Preston, I asked him what it felt like when he got the call that Keith Urban was releasing their song. Here is what he said.

"Things weren't going so good. I get this phone call. I'm in the backseat of my friends car and I get this phone call and it sounded like something was wrong. And he says, 'I'm sitting next to Keith Urban and he just told me that 'You Gonna Fly' is going to be his next single, and he's releasing it next week.' And I literally had them stop the car and I got out of the car and I just let out this yell. It just felt like I'm back."

They were back. That song went to number one on the country charts. Preston and Chris then wrote a hit for Tim McGraw and eventually a top 5 hit for themselves.

I guarantee that question about how it felt to get that call hasn't been asked many times if ever of Preston.

We created such a relationship over the years that he still texts me. They just finished their latest song called "Hometown Home" and he sent me the early version.

That kind of relationship doesn't happen with typical questions and standard answers. Your audience also isn't attracted to typical interviews.

Be different.

BE YOURSELF

Over the years, my style and content developed. I became myself. That is when my show became #1. My content was original and fresh. Nobody else was doing it.

If your content isn't great, nothing else matters. The production of your podcast could be the best available. You could have all the bells and whistles available in your studio, including the best mic. The marketing of your podcast could incredibly creative and unique. However, if the content is average, no one will care.

Don't simply go through the motions creating your content. Find a unique angle. Your take on the subject should be interesting. Make your content stand out using stories, creativity, and personal revelation.

Content won't attract an audience unless it is great content. When your content is great, you become king. Make it happen.

There are four key areas of focus when creating great content and tightening up your show.

BE ORIGINAL

Old-timey radio would say, "Hello Everybody in Radioland!" You're not an announcer talking to a group. Be a person talking to another person.

To be engaging, you need to be human. You need to be yourself.

As you record your podcast, use your natural voice and your own words.

Individuals who are new to broadcasting tend to want to sound like their broadcasting idols. They try to imitate those they have heard on the radio with their voice and clichés.

Unfortunately, new broadcasters tend to sound as if they are using scripted drivel done in some character voice that is forced and unnatural.

You don’t need to sound like Wolfman Jack, Howard Cosell, Don LaFontaine or Howard Stern. In fact, you shouldn’t sound like those guys.

The big personalities are who they are. You should be who you are.

If you are naturally over-the-top, then be over-the-top. If you are not, don’t fake it. You’ll sound like an amateur and people can tell.

Be natural. Talk with a little energy, but always deliver it as you naturally speak.

The days of "the voice for radio" are gone. You don’t need a big voice to be on the radio. And you surely don’t need a big voice to create a podcast. Your voice becomes unique by what you say, not how you sound saying it.

Be yourself. Use your own voice instead of trying to impersonate someone else. Use your natural voice and your own words.

REPEATING YOURSELF

That's right, of course, like I said, obviously.

If you find yourself saying "obviously" or "of course", you are making two mistakes.

The first error is repeating yourself. If you are saying "obviously" because you feel everyone already knows the information, you are wasting your breath.

If it is obvious, there is no need to say it.

To frame it in a way to indicate it is something everyone knows, I might simply make a statement. I may say, "Because the sun comes up in the East, I prefer my bedroom windows be on the West side of the house."

Everyone listening to me knows the sun comes up in the East. I simply include the statement.

If I use a phrase like, "Of course", it appears I didn't want it to look like I was trying to teach you about the sunrise. I didn't want you to think I just learned that. "Of course" plays it off, but it also doesn't need to be there.

If it is "of course", there is no need to say it in the first place.

CONFIDENCE

The second error is lack of confidence, so we add filler words.

You may want to sound knowledgeable to those who know the information. Yet, you know there is a segment of the audience that does not know the details.

To inform those unaware, you add the "of course". In this case, you're just wasting words.

I may say, "The band will be at the arena Saturday night, of course." Some may be aware of this performance. Yet, there may be people in the audience who haven't heard the news.

It makes sense to add the information, but you don't need the "of course".

The idea is to sound knowledgeable and credible to those that already know, while providing the information to those unaware. You simply need to restructure you sentence and eliminate the cliché.

Use a sentence like, "When the band is at the arena Saturday night, parking will be at a premium."

This sentence provides new information to both segments of the audience. I include the "arena Saturday night" portion for the new listeners while giving those already aware of the concert new parking information. Both receive a benefit without the filler words.

When you include "that's right" or "like I said", you are repeating yourself. Your listener heard you the first time.

Most people use these cliches to fill time while they think of the next thing to say. Avoid going in circles. Your listener will quickly become uninterested. Know where you're going and keep moving forward.

ELIMINATE CLICHES

I hear so many cliches in podcasts today. They are present in business in general.

A cliché is a phrase or opinion that is overused and betrays a lack of original thought. It is a very predictable or unoriginal thing or person.

We had a leader of our division who would use one particular cliché on every conference call we had.

Every month, we would have a conference call to keep each station in sync. It would be run by our division leader. The call would then feature 4 or 5 other speakers covering various topics. The call would last about 30 minutes.

After every speaker would finish their report, our division leader would say, "Really good stuff." "That was really good stuff, Ray." "Thanks, Sarah. Really good stuff."

When he would talk about new resources that were available to us, he would wrap it up with "really good stuff". When he talked about new music coming out, he would call it "really good stuff".

What started out as a compliment became a hollow nod that carried no weight. It was overused and lacked original thought. It was predictable.

He got so predictable, as the speaker would wrap up, we would say to ourselves, “that was really good stuff” right before our leader would chime in with the same line. It kept us entertained on the call, but added nothing to the conversation.

What cliches are you using? They are everywhere. Many times you don't realize it is a cliché until you start listening to your own show, or a coach points it out.

The one that sounds most out of place to me on a podcast is, "To be honest with you". When somebody says "to be honest with you", I immediately think, "were you lying to me before?"

What message are you trying to convey when you say, "to be honest with you"? I assume you are simply trying to add emphasis to what you are saying. In reality, the cliché has lost its power. It means nothing. It's a cliché.

There are many others. We are thinking out of the box. We are pushing the envelope. We are taking it to the next level. It's Erik here to remind you something or another. You know what I mean? You know what I'm saying.

Listen to an older episode or two of your show. Really listen to the shows like a listener. Find the cliches and eliminate them. Be original.

AVOID ROUGH TRANSITIONS

And now it's time for …

This phrase seems harmless. It looks like a logical transition from one segment to another during your podcast. Unfortunately, this phrase gives your listener permission to leave the show.

When you use "and now it's time for..." or some similar phrase, it tells the listener that one segment is over and we are moving on to something else. It also signals a natural break in the show and the perfect time to exit.

The transition is a lot like a commercial break in a television show. It is time to grab the remote to see what else is available. This is why TV shows started using the cliff hangers to keep you around.

Famous American showman P. T. Barnum noticed that people were lingering too long at his exhibits. If he could get them through the exhibit faster, he could get more people through in a day and make more money.

Barnum posted signs around the exhibit indicating "This Way to the Egress". Henry would ask Barbara, "Have you ever seen an egress? No? Let's check it out."

Unaware that "Egress" simply meant "Exit", people followed the signs to what they assumed was a fascinating exhibit only to end up outside.

Take down your "egress" sign. If you truly want to hold your listener from one segment to the next, don't send up the signal. Simply move to the next segment.

THE TRANSITION

On a coaching call the other day, I pointed out to the host that he was using "I want to keep this moving" quite often in his show.

When he says "I want to keep this moving", I know we are switching to a new topic. I can punch out here if I'd like.

Instead, just move on.

Imagine you are at a cocktail party. You are discussing the baseball game that you saw over the weekend.

After the baseball topic runs its course, do you say, "Now it's time to talk about my new car"? I doubt it.

You probably just roll right into, "Hey, I bought a new car last week." It is a natural transition. Your friend doesn't think, "Hmm, that was a pretty rough transition." They have moved on right along with you.

As you wrap up one segment, move right to the next. You might end the first segment with, "If you take those steps, things should be back to normal." Roll into the next with, "Jackie has a question about teamwork," and play the call.

The next segment just starts. You've hooked them on the next segment without opening the door to leave.

Don't flash the exit sign. Eliminate "and now it's time for" to hold your listener for the entire podcast.

TIGHTER CONTENT

Focus on these four areas to create great content. Avoid repeating yourself. Eliminate the cliches. Create smooth transitions in your content. Above all else, be original.

When you be yourself and ask great questions, it will be difficult to copy you. The content will be original. And, people will love you for it.

View Details

PEOPLE STAY FOR YOUR PERSONALITY

People come for your content. They stay because of your personality.

We have heard it so often. People do business with those they know, like and trust. It's all about building rapport.

People like you and fall in love with you because of your personality and story.

This particular session will help you develop your personality and begin building powerful relationships with your audience.

YOUR UNIQUE STYLE

And what I want to help you do in this session is really get clear on your personality. Your personality is your unique style.

A lot of people think personality means I need to be funny or I need to be over the top, I need to be this big, boisterous, iconic personality. Personality just means you're uniquely you. It it's what makes you different from everybody else.

There are 4 or 5 characteristics that you possess that people love about you.

Listeners may say things like I love how warm she is, or I love how inviting he is. I love how he listens. I love how attentive he is. He's always able to distill my problems down to 1 or 2 sentences. I love how he makes me laugh, or I love how she makes me smile when she walks in the room.

There are plenty of characteristics that you can have that make you uniquely you and why people love you. I want to help you figure out how to bring more of that into your content. Your personality is what keeps people coming back week after week and episode after episode.

Your personality is why people fall in love with you. The content gets listeners to come. Your personality gets them to stay.

NOT JUST CONTENT ALONE

If you rely only on content, you're a commodity. I can get content anywhere. Not only on other podcasts, but I can get content in books and blogs and websites and videos and everywhere else.

However, I can't get you anywhere else other than your show. So if you think of various subjects like cooking, how many cooking shows are there? How many cooking channels are there? And politics... everybody is talking politics these days. Anybody can interview celebrities and athletes.

What makes these shows different? What makes the cream of the crop rise to the top? It's all of their personality.

If you think of somebody like Rachael Ray, she doesn't have a background as a culinary chef. She's just a mom that gets in the kitchen and makes up easy stuff for her family to eat. And, women love her for it.

Rush Limbaugh took political talk and really brought back AM radio by adding his personality into it and adding a little humor into it. He added his sarcasm and his wit. Rush was also incredibly knowledgeable about the subject matter.

So many people try to copy Rush, but they can't because they can't copy Rush's personality.

OPRAH'S PERSONALITY

It is the same thing with Oprah Winfrey. Oprah, Sally Jesse Raphael, and Phil Donahue. Every channel had one of those talk shows on it where it was sensationalism. It was tabloid sort of conversation.

They were all doing the exact same thing. Oprah decided she didn't want do the exact same thing. She wanted to do a show her way and talk to people that interested her. Oprah wanted to talk about things that are meaningful, not only to her, but to her audience, to the women who were watching every day.

And so she talked started talking about weight loss and started talking about the books that she loved, and she started talking about all of those things. Next thing you know, Oprah rises above all the rest, and Oprah becomes Oprah instead of Oprah Winfrey.

It's how she became who she is, because she stopped trying to be like everybody else and started being herself. Oprah started being her authentic self.

BOB COSTAS

I watched Bob Costas. Bob is so knowledgeable about the sports, especially baseball. When you would watch Bob interview somebody, Bob's questions were often longer than the answers that his guests gave, because Bob knew so much.

Unfortunately, when he tried to do his late night talk show, Bob's questions were way too long and his talk show didn't survive.

But Costas was a great sportscaster and a great broadcaster, because he brought things out of the people he would interview. He knew so much about his guests and topic and had such a passion for it, and he let that come forward.

And that's what makes great broadcasters. When you hear a great play-by-play guy, they're unique because they're bringing their personality into it. All these other guys that try to copy that individual and it doesn't work. The copycats aren't unique, and they don't rise to the top.

There are very few great play-by-play guys because the greats are uniquely themselves, and that's what I want you to bring to your show. Bring uniquely you in there.

CONTENT FILTER

Once you've defined your personality, then you can put your unique spin on everything that you do. You put that unique twist on all of your content, because you use it as your content filter.

Add your ideal client, that ideal target listener we've been defining. We add your personality, and we use that as the filter for all of your content.

So when you need to talk about x today, how are you going to use that filter to make sure that x is unique for your show? You know exactly who you're talking to, and you know how to infuse your personality into it so it becomes uniquely your.

Think about how many shows teach you how to get out of debt. There's all sorts of finance shows on the radio, but there's only one Dave Ramsey show. Right?

Dave has his 8 baby steps. He's like that older brother that'll give you the swift kick in the butt when you need it.

Ramsey will let you cry on his shoulder, but he's going to give you the tough love when you need it because that's Dave's personality.

There are so many other people that try to do financial talk, but they only talk about the information rather than the entertainment and the human aspect of it.

YOUR TOP TEN

ESPN's top ten is another example. Every sportscast shows highlights on their newscast. Back when the local news ran sports, they would show highlights all night long. And, every highlight was the same as every other highlight.

Well, ESPN decided to take the top highlights and create their own top ten list. And now it becomes a debate. How is that dunk better than the catch in left field? The highlights all the same. They're just packaged a different way and put through the filter of ESPN.

ESPN is talking to the guys that are hanging out at the sports bar debating over which team was the team of all time. They just took that same competitive nature and put the top ten around it.

Anybody can show highlights. And anybody can talk about the best play of the day. But, ESPN puts it through their filter and does the top ten list.

PICK A FEW

It is all about your traits and your characteristics and what makes you uniquely you. That's what brings your personality forward, because there's so many traits and characteristics that make up who we are. We can't possibly bring all of them out on the show.

We want to find the 4 or 5 or 6 personality traits that we really want to wrap our arms around and help us with how we approach topics and infuse those topics with our personality. In radio, we would call it role definition. What stories are you going to tell today that define your role on the show of who you are and who you want people to perceive you to be that will help bring that forward.

We infuse that into the show to let people understand what we're all about. It is often said that people do business with those we know, like, and trust. People get to know you through the stories that you tell because your personality and your authenticity come out in that.

MORE THAN 3%

There have been studies done. Chet Holmes talks about it a lot in his book The Ultimate Sales Machine. He says, if you look at your entire market, how many people in your market are in the market to buy today? If you consider everybody, those that are actively seeking a solution to what you have, about 3% of your target market are buying today. They're actively out searching for the solution.

Three percent of your market have their credit card out, and they're ready to make a purchase. That's 3% of your entire market.

The next 7% of the market could be convinced to buy today. Those are the people that are saying, "You know, I wasn't thinking about it, but now that you mentioned it, I do need one of those widgets that you're selling."

These people have a problem and they need a solution. It's just not critical and not top of mind right now. But if you remind them about it, they could be in the market to buy. So that's 7%. There's there's 10% of your market right there.

NOT TODAY

The other 90%, they're not buying today. They're not in the market today.

So the next 30% are going to need what you have. They just don't need it today.

If you're selling automobiles, I'm going to need a new car. I just don't need a new car today. I'll probably need a new car maybe a year and a half, maybe 2 years from now. When my car wears out, I'm going to need a new car. But today, I'm all good. Don't need a new car.

The next 30%, they don't think they need what you have today because they need more information and more education on you on what the problem and the solution happened to be.

Maybe you're selling mattresses and they say, "You know what? My mattress is fine. I'm good. I sleep fine at night."

And you ask, "How old is your mattress?"

They respond with, "Oh, my mattress is 12 years old."

You can now educate them that mattresses wear out after 7 years and sleeping on a bad mattress causes bad back and and, all sorts of pain. You can ask, "Do you wake up in the morning with a stiff back?"

Now they begin to think they may have a problem.

Here is where you can explain it's probably because their mattress is worn out, they don't know it.

So, it takes more education. They start to think maybe they do need a new mattress. They just needed more education.

That example is a little quicker process than maybe what you're going through to explain, like Larry does with doing things right with time management. It might take a little longer to educate.

SOMETHING NEEDS TO CHANGE

And then the final 30%, they're probably not going to buy from you because of other reasons, like brand loyalty or things like that. Maybe you sell computers. If you sell Macs and I'm a PC user, I'm not going to buy. I'm not going to buy your Mac, because I don't use Macs. I use PCs. Yes. I'm in the computer market, but not your market.

Maybe you sell Fords and my wife works for Toyota. I'm probably not gonna buy your Ford, because I get a really good deal over at Toyota.

Now maybe I see the light and I realize my PC is inferior and I want to use a Mac. Now I'm all of a sudden in your world.

Or maybe my wife leaves Toyota and goes to work for IBM, and now all of a sudden I'm in the market for another vehicle and Fords might be my vehicle.

BUILD RELATIONSHIPS

So when it comes to your podcast, we talked yesterday a lot about building relationships. The job with your podcast is to build the relationship with the 90% that aren't buying today so that when they're ready to buy, you're the one they think of for the solution.

It really helps move along that 7% that weren't thinking about buying today but might see the opportunity. If you're only speaking to the 3% that are in the market to buy today to fix the solution today, you're missing 97% of your market.

We spoke yesterday that most consumers do up to 70% of their market research before ever reaching out to a company. By the time they reach out to the company, they're 70% of the way through their research and their buying decision.

So if you're only waiting until they're ready to buy, you're missing a great opportunity to build a relationship with them and be their go-to solution when they are ready to buy. And your personality and your story, that's what helps build that relationship.

Those 3%, they're buying today. They're in the market to buy the solution for their problem today, but chances are they've done a whole bunch of research and homework. So if you're only if you're trying to get in the game now, they already have a relationship with 2 or 3 or 4 other companies, and now you're trying to weasel your way in to the front of that line, and you're trying to play catch up.

YOUR AUTHENTIC PERSONALITY

All you need to do is be your authentic self, because your authentic self is is what can't be copied. So, ideally, when you're yourself, we want to make them pick a side. We want to make them care about what it is you're talking about by having an opinion and sharing that opinion and that thought.

Many times we get on our show and we don't wanna ruffle any feathers. We want to make everybody happy. We want to please everybody.

But when you're pleasing everybody, you're pleasing nobody because you're just vanilla middle of the road. I could take it or leave it, and that's the death of your show.

Think of all of the big personalities that you can think of, whether it's, Howard Stern or, Jimmy Kimmel or Stephen A. Smith on ESPN. You either love them or hate them.

MAKE THEM PICK A SIDE

They make you pick a side. If I have everybody rate your show on a 1 to 5 scale where one means I hate it and I never listen to it, and 5 means I love it and can't miss an episode. If I have to have everybody rate the show and everybody rates it a 3, you're dead in the water because 3 means I could take it or leave it. 3 means, "Yeah, you know, it's it's nice." They don't care.

If they don't have anything better to listen to, they will listen to you. That's not bringing anybody to your show.

As you have more fives than you have ones, you're in the game. You're doing well.

LIKE THE MACARENA

We would look at music research in radio to decide which songs to play and which songs to play more often. Everybody in the research pool would rate the song on a 1 to 5 scale. I always turned down songs that had great 3 scores.

But if a song was polarizing, if you had a song like the Macarena or something, and people are like, "Oh my god, I can't hear that again", and other people are thinking, "Oh my god, turn it up, that's my jam", we've got a song.

If a songs had scores with a lot of ones and a lot of fives, and there weren't hardly any threes, that song was absolutely monstrous. There were probably twice as many fives as there were ones, and we played the crud out of that song. And that's why you still hear it at wedding receptions today, because it's that polarizing sort of song.

When you use your personality to make people pick a side, it makes people pay attention.

When you make them care about your show and you make them pick a side, that's when you know you've hit.

OVER THE TOP

And we talk about you don't need to be over the top. One of my favorite personalities is Barbara Corcoran.

Barbara Corcoran of Shark Tank is phenomenal. But Barbara's not over the top. She is that very wise, kinda smart ass sorta host. Kevin gets a run for his money from her.

Barbara talks a lot about being the waitress that she was when she finally got her first opportunity to get into real estate, and how she made her millions in New York real estate. She talks about the scrappiness that she went through to create that agency and become who she is.

It is unique. Barbara is not over the top, but she's got that that fiery personality. There's a little something lying underneath the surface there. She's got that that scrappiness, that can-do attitude.

People just love Barbara Corcoran.

BARBARA CORCORAN'S PODCASTS

She has two podcasts. One is called, Business Unusual where she would help people with their business questions.

And then, because people love her and love who she is, she started getting questions about all sorts of other life sort of things, like their relationships or job searches or things like that, which didn't really fit Business Unusual. So she launched a second podcast called 888-Barbara.

On this show, she answers all of your questions from the bedroom to the board room, and she would just answer questions about life. Things like "should I quit school and start a job", or "should I get married or move to Hawaii?"

There were all sorts of questions there. I don't think she does that show anymore, because her bandwidth is limited now. But it was a great show.

And it was just all about her personality. It just brought her forward on both of those shows and really made her authentic.

JUST BE YOU

That's what I'm talking about for your show. You don't have to necessarily be this big over the top boisterous sort of personality. On the podcast, you just need to be you and find those things that people love about you.

So when you think about Barbara Corcoran on Shark Tank, not taking any lip from anybody. Barbara is nice and sweet until it's time to not be nice and sweet.

The producers do a great job developing her character on that show by highlighting those little pieces. Robert might throw a jab at her or Kevin might might give her a little barb, and all of a sudden she comes back at them.

She might say, "I'm talking here, pipe down." You know, nobody's gonna push her around. She's a sweet little lady until it's time to not be sweet little lady anymore.

A PERSONALITY FOR EACH HOST

The producers do a great job developing her character and her personality on that show by bringing those sorts of things out. That's what I love about the show. When you have multiple personalities on a show, each needs to play a different role.

If you're doing a podcast that has cohosts or you consider bringing in somebody else to help you with the show, multiple hosts require multiple personalities. If you're both the same, one of you isn't necessary. When you have somebody cohost the show with you, they should complement what you do.

When two guys are hosting a sports show, one guy should be the jock and the other guy should be the dork. They're opposites and complement each other.

There was a show on ESPN for years called the Mike and Mike Show, and they talked sports. One of the Mikes played professional football. Huge lineman kind of guy. He grew up in the sport, and looked like a lineman. Mike looked like a football player, and he was able to speak to sports from the athlete side.

The other Mike was this little nerdy journalist and probably never played a lick of sports in his life other than golf. But he was incredibly knowledgeable about everything, all sports, because he researched it all as a journalist.

These two both approached the topic of sports from two different sides. They had two different personalities and two different perspectives, which made them perfect for each other.

So if you're going to have multiple hosts on your show, make sure that you have multiple roles and you're bringing something a little different to your audience.

DEVELOP YOUR PERSONALITY

What I want to do is go into a little work time. I am going to pull up a document for you to work on.

It's my personality development worksheet. It's how you can assess your personality and what characteristics you want to bring forth on your show.

The personality development worksheet looks like this. So I want you to describe the persona you want to project on your show, how you want to be perceived by your audience.

There should be a handful of characteristics there that you want people to feel when they interact with you. I want you to list 20 adjectives that describe that persona. That's going to push you. You'll probably be able to come up with about 8 off the top of your head. And then you're going to need to push yourself for the rest of them.

PICK YOUR TOP FIVE

Then I want you to select 5 words from this list below here that you'd like to highlight on your show. So one or two of these might need to be developed a bit. They might not be naturally present for you, but three or four of them should be authentically you.

So here's the list of adjectives here. Not exhaustive, just something to get your mind spinning a little bit.

Let's say confident is one that you would like to be perceived as. And maybe you feel you lack that confidence right now. What ways can you bring that forward in your in your podcast, in your show, and in your presentation. That can be developed.

So that might be one where you go, "I'd like to be perceived as being confident."

We can work on that in your content. But maybe you are detailed. Maybe you're practical, maybe you are likable. Find the adjectives in here that describe who you want to be perceived by your audience so we can work on developing that in your show.

So in your in the chat is a download link for this personality development worksheet. What I'd like you to do is is click that link and download it. And we're gonna spend about 15 minutes woodshedding that document. Alright?

Push yourself to get to 20. It's gonna be a challenge for you, but really define who you want your personality to be.

PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT WORKSHEET

That was a part of the presentation from my Audience Explosion Blueprint Workshop. You can download my Personality Development Worksheet at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/personality.

If you'd like help developing your personality, I'd love to have a chat. Visit www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply and apply to have a strategy call with me.

We will develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

View Details

When it comes to growing your podcast and building your business, a joint venture partnership is a powerful way to find success.

Many people view a JV partnership in a very simplistic way. The most common JV partnership is an agreement to promote a product or service in exchange for an affiliate commission.

But, there are many other ways to leverage a JV partnership.

Why would people want to promote you? This is a common question, especially if you have a small audience or small email list.

There are various reasons, and money is only one of them.

PARTNERSHIP FOR MONEY

Money is surely one motivation for promotion. This is what most people think of when they hear JV partnership.

In this agreement, you would provide your promotional partner an affiliate link through your system like ThriveCart. You can see the power of ThriveCart at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/ThriveCart.

Your partner promotes your offer using their affiliate link. When their audience makes a purchase through your link, your partner earns a commission on the sale.

You can also created a simple referral system if you're a coach. In this system, your partner would send an introductory email to you and the person they are referring to you. If that person signs up for your coaching, you can pay your referral partner a referral fee.

This method requires a little more manual work, but you don't need a lot of software to help you set it up. Just track it with a spreadsheet.

YOUR FRIENDS AND FAMILY

The second reason people would promote you is because they love you.

Your friends and family would be willing to promote you, because they want to see you succeed.

Reach out to the people you know who also know others who could be your ideal client. Ask if they will help you spread the word.

YOUR CONTENT

People may want to promote you, because they love what you do.

Your superfans love to be part of a winning team. When Alex Hormozi launched his new book “$100M Leads”, he had thousands of people promoting him. These people received a bonus chapter of the book when they hit a threshold.

Alex's partners weren't in it for the money. They just loved what Alex teaches and wanted to be part of something exciting. He simply empowered his superfans to spread the word.

PARTNERSHIP SWAPS

The next reason people might promote you is for exchange of promotions. Partners will often promote you in exchange for promoting them.

Sometimes, your list isn't big enough to match your partner's list. How can you give equal exchange?

My tech guy wanted to be part of an AI summit. Unfortunately, he didn't have an email list largest enough to qualify.

My tech guy came to me and offered some services in exchange for using my list. I will email about the summit to fulfill his obligation to the summit. In exchange, I will receive some tech work.

He will promote the summit. In exchange, he will get exposure to the summit audience to promote his services.

Get creative with your partnerships.

ASSOCIATION PARTNERSHIP

That other reason people might promote you is for association.

These people may want to gain the credibility just by being associated with you.

I volunteered as the Dean of Podcasting in Dan Miller's 48 Days Eagles community. I happily offered value in the community and promoted it whenever I could.

The biggest benefit I received was being associated with Dan. He was a great man, and I was honored to be part of his world.

Find people who want to be in your world.

WAYS TO PROMOTE

There are a variety of ways people can promote you and you can promote others when you create a partnership.

The easiest way is to feature them on your podcast and get on their show. This is the best way to grow your audience. Podcast listeners listen to podcasts. Get on other shows.

Cross promotion is the second way to promote each other. This can be in exchange for money as described before. It could also be simple exposure.

In a cross-promotion, I could mail your lead magnet offer to my email list. In exchange, you could email my offer to your list. No money exchanges hands. It's a simple promotion.

Next, you could use gift giveaways in your partnership.

A giveaway is a collection of gifts contributed by a group of experts. Each expert emails their list a link to the giveaway for the free gifts.

As people visit the giveaway page, the giveaway host grows her list by people opting in for the giveaway. Contributors grow their email lists by people opting in for their gift.

Many times there is a fee to participate in a giveaway. It is nominal, but usually worth it to grow your email list.

I love using summits as a way to create partnerships. This is like a series of webinars centered around a theme, but each expert doesn't sell anything. They simply offer free gifts to build their email lists.

Live events can also be used in a partnership. This is similar to a summit. It's just live. You can appear on my stage in exchange for a fee or promoting the event.

UNIQUE JV PARTNERSHIP

At my Podcast Profits Summit, Marc Mawhinney laid out the power of joint venture partnerships.

Marc Mawhinney is a lifelong entrepreneur who helps coaches get more clients without paid advertising. He achieves this with his coaching programs, his podcast Natural Born Coaches, his Facebook group The Coaching Jungle, and his Secret Coach Club.

Marc has been a speaker at events like Social Media Marketing World, frequently makes media appearances and contributes for Entrepreneur.com, and is a master at the joint venture partnership.

I want to share this interview to help you see how you can implement JV partnerships in your podcast and business.

Enjoy.

Marc's May 2023 issue of his Secret Coach Club newsletter was dedicated to the topic of flat fee JVs. You can get a copy of that newsletter, which sells for $97, at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com.flatfeejv.

View Details

Your great content will only get you so far. You need to master marketing in order to succeed.

It's not just marketing your business. You also need to grow your podcast with powerful marketing. It all works as a system.

I recently spoke with a few podcasters on the verge of throwing in the towel and ending their podcast. However, I've had a few conversations with other podcasters who are doubling down and going all in.

The difference between the two groups is marketing. To build a successful podcast, lean into your marketing.

THE ROI

The first podcaster, let's call her Anne to protect her identity. She is frustrated by the perceived lack of return on investment.

Ann told me, "Although I love podcasting, I am not sure I can justify the investment of time and money for the ROI that I am receiving right now in leads and revenue. I am just not seeing that things will shift soon enough and I know it's a long game. I haven't decided yet if I am pausing the show or going to do seasons or how I am moving forward but I know I need to step back from everything and reevaluate."

This is common in all podcasting.

There is an old saying in the advertising world. It is to marketing pioneer John Wanamaker. He is quoted as saying, "Half the money I spend on advertising is wasted. The trouble is I don't know which half."

Marketing is cumulative. Each piece add to the next.

Business owners want to believe if they run an ad on Facebook, it immediately generates a sale. That isn't how marketing works.

THE SUM OF THE PARTS

Here is an example of how your marketing might work.

Your ideal client will hear you mentioned on another podcast. Awareness has begun.

She hears you interviewed on another podcast. Now she might think hmm, that brand sounds familiar.

When she next sees you on a summit, familiarity starts to set in. She might download your lead magnet.

Next she might see your logo as a sponsor of an event. That triggers memory of the lead magnet that she digs up to review.

Your lead magnet gets her to check out your podcast. She listens to a few episodes and starts to understand what you do.

Finally, she comes across your Facebook ad. She clicks the ad and takes action to schedule a call with you.

So, let me ask you this... Which piece of your marketing worked?

The whole is greater than the sum of the parts. It all builds on each other. Each part serves a purpose.

Your podcast allows you to build the relationship with your audience over time. When she is ready for your solution, you are top of mind.

It truly is a long game. You don't become best friend with anyone overnight.

MARKETING FOR REVENUE

The next podcaster needed to focus on revenue. Let's call him Bill.

Bill was a couple dozen episodes into his show. He was getting frustrated with the lack of growth.

When we talked, Bill told me, "I'm pausing everything right now to get other pieces in place. I need to focus on things that generate revenue. Right now, I have so many things swirling around that I'm not getting clear. I'm getting derailed and distracted."

What Bill needs is a strategy. How does the podcast fit into the overall revenue generating strategy for his business?

"Build it and they will come" sounds great when Kevin Costner's character hears it in the movie Field of Dreams. But the real world isn't like that.

Growing your audience takes marketing. Not advertising, but marketing.

The Oxford Dictionary definition of marketing is, "the activity or business of promoting and selling products or services, including market research and advertising."

Advertising is part of marketing. But all marketing isn't necessarily advertising.

Everything you do to make people aware of your product, service, podcast, or anything else is marketing.

When you mention your podcast from the stage, you are marketing. Mentioning the show in your newsletter is marketing. If you're getting interviewed on another podcast and you mention your show, you're marketing.

MARKETING FOR AWARENESS

To get your show to grow, start making people aware your podcast exists.

This doesn't need to take a ton of time. Tie it in with everything you already do. If you speak, mention it. When you email, mention it. As you're being interviewed, mention it. If you participate in a giveaway, mention it in your lead magnet.

Be intentional.

When you say, "I need to focus on things that generate revenue", marketing is a big part of that.

Get in front of new prospects. Give those people something for free in exchange for their name and email address and get them on your email list.

Send emails to your list, and invite those people to listen to the podcast.

Create great content on your show that shows people what you do. Invite them to a sales conversation with you, such as a discovery call, webinar, or video sales letter.

Give great value in the sales conversation, and ask for the sale.

Rinse and repeat.

It's a system that grows over time. Business is not a get rich quick game. Build relationships over time and get the flywheel turning.

Once you begin creating success stories for clients, highlight those success stories on your podcast as part of the system.

UNCERTAINTY

The third podcaster isn't sure where he is going. Let's call him Chris.

When he emailed me, he simply said, "I think it may be time to wrap up this project, but I'm not sure."

This is natural. There are ebbs and flows in our journey.

When I begin working with a client, we spend time on their purpose. If you don't have a strong "why", it is difficult to get through these periods of self-doubt.

A strong purpose will help get you through the dark times when you're not sure it's all worth it.

It will also help to document your successes. When you receive positive email from your listeners, print them and put them in a folder. You can review them when you need that pick me up.

When great things happen or you help a client achieve big things, write it down. Add it to the folder. Revisit those successes when you need some motivation.

We all encounter times when we wonder if it is worth it and if it is time to pack it all up and call it a day. The great things you accomplish and the people you help will remind you how valuable you are.

GOOD ENOUGH

Now, let me show you a few examples of podcasters who pushed through the doubt wall.

I recently sent an email with the message of good is good enough when it's done.

When you are working on your next big thing, perfection is your enemy.

You don't have to get it perfect. You just have to get it going.

Take action, and get started.

Edwin sent me an email. Here is a bit of it.

"I will cross the threshold with the podcast. I wanted to have eight of them completed before launching. That was my perfectionist point of view.

I want to record podcast number seven. And the next week after that I’ll follow up yet number eight. And I will have finally crossed the dreaded podfade threshold.

Perfection is an illusion; things only get perfected as we put them out there and keep making small changes and improvements. And that’s what I’m doing with my podcast. Looking for those improvements to keep making it better and better."

Edwin understands the value of pushing through. He understands the long game.

I love the way he sees his perfectionism getting in the way, and pushes through anyway.

That seven episode benchmark is important. Many podcasters fade away at that mile marker. The honeymoon is over. The shine has worn off. It is now time to produce the podcast for a bigger, more powerful reason than it's fun.

This is the point where your purpose kicks in. Define your why and revisit it often. Then, get to work marketing your podcast. Get it to grow.

THE MARKETING PHASE

That's where Charlie found himself when he reached out to me.

Charlie says, "I'm an expert producer but not expert podcaster. We do consistently 300 to 500 downloads per episode. Now is time to market it."

Charlie gets it. He has done a great job building the foundation and creating the show. So far he has created about 36 episodes.

The party is right. The tables are set and the food is out. It is now time to invite the guests.

When your podcast is brand new, it is good that your audience is small. You only get one chance at a first impression.

A small audience allows you to mess up without hurting your downloads. You can try things without much consequence.

Over the first year, you can refine your content and find your voice. You have the chance to get the show right. Then, the marketing can kick in.

Charlie is ready for the next step. He has a solid foundation and has found his voice. He has tried a few things to get the podcast to grow. It is now time to create an effective marketing system to grow the audience.

Your show doesn't grow on it's own. It will take some effort on your part. Marketing doesn't take a lot of time and money. When you have a marketing system, you can do it in about 15 to 30 minutes a day without spending money.

THE RELAUNCH

The last podcaster has gone through both sides of the journey. Dan has relaunched his podcast. It's called Narrowing the Divide with Dan Woerheide.

When he emailed me, he said, "I paused a lot over the last 18 months. Much was self-inflicted. I'm now getting back on track and getting motivated. My purpose is to encourage and inspire others. I'm getting back into coaching. I feel connected in that space. My podcast will be one of the outreach efforts."

Dan understands his purpose. After the evaluation of his situation, he understands how the podcast fits into the system.

Your podcast isn't your system. It is part of the marketing system.

If we go back to our example at the beginning, we can understand the journey.

Your ideal client will hear you mentioned on another podcast. Awareness has begun.

She hears you interviewed on another podcast. Now she might think hmm, that brand sounds familiar.

When she next sees you on a summit, familiarity starts to set in. She might download your lead magnet.

Next she might see your logo as a sponsor of an event. That triggers memory of the lead magnet that she digs up to review.

Your lead magnet gets her to check out your podcast. She listens to a few episodes and starts to understand what you do.

Finally, she comes across your Facebook ad. She clicks the ad and takes action to schedule a call with you.

Which piece of your marketing worked?

THE LONG GAME

I was recently on Dan's show. We talked a bit about that next step.

Define your why and your purpose. Create your long journey. Understand how your podcast fits into your marketing system.

Your podcast doesn't stand alone. It is part of the machine.

What are your goals? How are you measuring success?

When you can define the measurable benchmarks, it is much easier to understand if you're succeeding.

More downloads is a good benchmark. It isn't great.

More discovery calls or more registrations for your webinar or increased email list would be better data. This will tell you if your marketing system is working.

All of the parts work together to grow your business. There isn't one piece that can stand on its own.

Your podcast is designed to build relationships with your listeners. It builds the know, like and trust. And your podcast works hand in hand with all of the other pieces in your marketing system.

But none of it will work until you overcome the perfectionism, get started, and push through the valleys.

If you would like my help defining the process, let's talk.

View Details

CREATING PODCAST MONEY

Many podcasters want to create a profit from their podcast. However, most lack a strategy to generate revenue and grow their business.

NO PROFIT FROM MY COURSE

When I created my first product for Podcast Talent Coach, it was a complete flop. Nobody wanted it.

I started a mastermind in 2013 with 8 of my entrepreneurial friends. We all had aspirations to create successful businesses.

Podcast Talent Coach was just getting off the ground.

I had also purchased Brendon Burchard's Total Product Blueprint. As I went through the program, I created my plan. The mastermind helped me refine it.

My first product was a course. It was the Podcast Talent Coach system.

This program was designed to help podcasters transform their information into entertainment and turn their podcast into powerful, profitable relationships.

The course was a 7-disc set that covered everything you need to know to create a successful podcast. It had everything I learned over my decades of radio experience being on the air, coaching talent, and programming radio stations.

It started with the magic of audio and using theater of the mind.

We talked about content creation, storytelling, and getting results for listeners.

Disc 2 was about the structure and strategy for your podcast.

We then got into content consistency and the power of one-on-one communication.

The course included how to prepare for each show to ensure you reach your goals and lead your listeners to your call to action.

It covered how to review your show for constant improvement. We then got into generating revenue and using your podcast to grow your business.

Finally, the course laid out how to get started and put it all into action.

It even had an accompanying workbook to walk you through all of the steps.

As you can see, it covered everything. Unfortunately, nobody wanted everything.

WHAT TO SELL

People just want the solution to their most pressing problem.

The more I talked with my listeners, the more I discovered they had two big problems.

First, they wanted to grow their show and increase their downloads.

Next, they wanted to profit from their podcast.

These podcasters needs to master storytelling and content creation. They needed to build an effective structure for their show. However, they didn't WANT it.

Sell what your listeners want. Give them what they need.

Sell the outcome, the benefit, and the transformation. They don't care about the process to get there.

That's when I changed my strategy. I created my Audience Explosion Blueprint program. You can see that at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/audience.

I also created my Podcast Profits Accelerator membership. You can see that at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/accelerator.

When I started to focus, my business began to grow.

YOUR IDEAL CLIENT

Begin by talking with your listeners and ideal clients. Ask about their challenges and struggles. Then, create a solution to help them overcome those problems.

When you create the solution to their most pressing problems, it becomes much easier to generate a profit with your podcast.

Sell the outcome and the benefit. They won't care about the calls or videos or templates. Your potential clients only want the outcome.

My clients only want to grow their audience and profit from their show. They don't really care how we get there. The membership and coaching calls and resource library aren't important until they buy into the transformation.

Start by having conversations.

PROFIT FROM YOUR PODCAST

Dave Jackson is the host of the School of Podcasting podcast. He is also author of the best seller Profit From Your Podcast: Proven Strategies To Turn Listeners Into a Livelihood.

He launched the School of Podcasting in 2005 and was inducted into the Podcasting Hall of Fame in 2018.

Dave joined me on the Podcast Profits Summit to talk about overcoming your challenges without spending thousands of dollars. I want to share that session with you today.

To get access to the first chapter of Dave's best seller Profit From Your Podcast: Proven Strategies To Turn Listeners Into a Livelihood, you can find it at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/jackson.

View Details

Have you had little success finding new listeners and growing your podcast downloads? You aren't alone.

THE CHALLENGE WITH DOWNLOADS

I recently sent an email to my tribe asking about the biggest challenge most podcasters face. Podcasters like you mentioned things like these as their biggest challenges...

Finding more subscribers interested in my content
I need perfect people listening to my podcast
I'm trying all things to increase downloads
Learning to build an interactive community
What else can I do to grow my downloads
I have no email list
I need a strategy

Have you had similar struggles?

You've tried many things. Empty promises is all you get from the webinars you've attended.

It is time you get a growth strategy that works.

That's why I've turned my Audience Explosion Blueprint program into a powerful 3-day workshop. I shot a video all about it. You can see it at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/audience.

During the Audience Explosion Blueprint workshop, you'll develop a REAL strategy to consistently and easily grow your podcast audience.

This event will help you quickly and easily explode your audience without the frustration, hard work and guessing.

To overcome your growth struggles, join us. You can see all the details and get registered at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/audience.

PODCASTS FADE AWAY

Podcasts fade away for 3 reasons.

Podcasters give up because podcasting is more work than they thought it was going to be. They don't have a system in place to produce their show easily and consistently.

Podcasters give up because downloads of their show doesn't grow as fast as they thought it would. They don't have a strategy in place to help them grow consistently.

And finally, podcasters give up because the show doesn't make money as fast as they thought it would. They don't have a process in place to grow a business with their podcast.

DOWNLOADS WITH SPRAY AND PRAY

Let's talk about growing your downloads.

Many podcasters approach growing their downloads with a spray and pray approach. They try a million things and wonder why nothing works.

Imagine you were trying to lose weight.

Today, you try cutting out all carbs.

Yesterday, you tried riding the stationary bike for 30 minutes.

The day before that you didn't do anything, because you got busy.

You tried the Atkins diet the day before that.

It was walking around the neighborhood the day before that.

You only ate Lean Cuisine meals the day before that.

Unfortunately, you missed two days, because you were out of town.

But you ate nothing but vegetables the day before you left town.

You hit the gym for the first time in 3 months the day before that.

This has been going on for 3 weeks and you wonder why you haven't lost any weight.

When you dabble in a variety of tactics, nothing seems to work. But when you focus on a few select tactics and work consistently, you have a better chance of experiencing results.

But, we're getting ahead of ourselves. Before we can talk tactics, we need to talk fundamentals.

YOUR POWERFUL WHY

Why do you want to grow your downloads?

A powerful "why" can be inspirational to you and your tribe.

Podcasters give me many reasons they want to grow their downloads.

It could be to spread your message. Maybe you want to build your authority.

Growing your downloads can help you grow your business or market your goods and services.

Maybe you want to grow your downloads so you can be a thought leader. Or you're creating a home base for your tribe to find you.

Growing your downloads could help you have more impact in the world. Maybe you want to generate more revenue or have a bigger and better reputation.

There are many reasons you might want to grow your podcast downloads. And all of these reasons are valuable and worthy. But you can't choose all of them.

You need to select a reason that is meaningful to you. The reason must stir the fire inside of you and inspire you. Your why can't be for anyone other than you.

When you have a why that stirs you in a special way, it will be much easier to execute your growth plan consistently and effectively.

REASONS YOU DON'T

Once you have your why, you need to understand the reasons podcasts don't grow.

Your downloads may not be growing, because you are not getting in front of new listeners. Find people who are not aware of you and invite them into your world.

Greg Payne hosts the Cool Grandpa podcast. His show was featured in an article on grandparents in the New York times. His downloads nearly doubled overnight.

When you find pools of your ideal listeners who aren't aware of your podcast, you can tap into that community to really help your downloads grow.

The next reason you may not be growing is because you are not keeping current listeners coming back.

If you are bringing in new listeners but not keeping them coming back, it's like putting water in a bucket with holes. The bucket never fills.

Give people on your email list and your social media followers a benefit of listening to the show this week. Effectively tease next week's episode.

Your downloads may not be growing because there is nothing unique about your show in your niche.

Share your story and personality to stand out from the rest.

Finally, your podcast downloads may not be growing because you are not getting people to actually listen. Downloads are not enough. If people don't actually push play, the podcast will stop downloading for them.

HOW MANY DOWNLOADS?

What does growing your downloads look like? How many do you actually want?

I recommend you focus on quality over quantity.

Having an audience of 100 who want everything you offer is much more valuable than having an audience of 1,000 who are only superficially interested.

Imagine if you could get on stage in front of 100 people every week and make offers to them. How valuable would that be?

That is the power of your podcast. Quality over quantity.

Each month, Libsyn shares data about downloads on their podcast The Feed.

Last fall, Libsyn said median downloads for shows that have been available for between 30 and 60 days was 139 for shows hosted on Libsyn.

That median if you stack all the podcasts largest to smallest, the one right in the middle is the median. 50% have more downloads and 50% have fewer.

The adjusted mean (or average) is 1,346. It is adjusted because they throw out top half percent and any show that has 3 downloads or fewer.Only 6.9% of all podcasts on Libsyn had more than 5,000 downloads in the month.

Keep your downloads in perspective. Find the right listeners and serve them well.

WHERE TO START

There is a process to growing your downloads. When you follow this strategy consistently, you can grow your show.

First, start growing your downloads by identifying your ideal target listener. Know everything you can about that single individual.

Next, determine where those people hang out online. Who already has the attention of those people? You can't attract them if you can't find them.

This is the reason you can't attract everyone. It is incredibly difficult to find everyone online or determine who has the attention of everyone.

Once you've found them, get in front of those people. Engage those people with your story and personality. Build rapport.

When you are in front of them, provide those people a reason to get on your email list. I know it sounds odd.

Why don't we invite them to listen to the show? If they listen and don't come back, you can't reach them again. When they are on the list, you can contact them again and again until they unsubscribe.

Now that they are on the list, nurture your list and encourage those people to listen to your show. Give them a real reason and benefit.

Spend 30 minutes a day following this strategy and growing your downloads.

HOW TO GET IN FRONT OF THEM

As you implement this strategy, there are a variety of way to get in front of new listeners.

You can get interviewed on other podcasts.

Swapping email mentions with other podcasters can be effective.

I like appearing on summits.

You can create a crowdsourced episode full of other experts who can share the episode with their followers.

Speak at events to get in front of your ideal listeners.

Providing value to masterminds has been effective for me as well.

As we talked about earlier, don't try everything. Select two or three and focus with consistency. Give the strategy time to take effect.

BUILD YOUR STRATEGY FOR YOUR DOWNLOADS

Are you ready to put this into action and build your strategy?

I've turned my Audience Explosion Blueprint program into a powerful 3-day workshop. You can see the details at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/audience.

Let's work together to build your strategy to grow your downloads.

During the Audience Explosion Blueprint workshop, you'll develop a REAL strategy to consistently and easily grow your podcast audience.

This event will help you quickly and easily explode your audience without the frustration, hard work and guessing.

To overcome your growth struggles, join us. You can see all the details and get registered at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/audience.

View Details

OVERCOMING YOUR CHALLENGE

What is your biggest challenge? I asked that recently to podcasters on my email list. On this episode, I'll help you through a few of them.

DO THE WORK

Whatever your challenge, do the little work daily to build your foundation.

Country artist Chris Young is a great example.

The first time Chris Young came to town was around 2009. He played in the radio station conference room to about 20 people.

This was shortly after he was the winner of the 4th season of the TV show "Nashville Star" in 2006.

The next time here in town, he played to a small club with a few other artists for a few hundred people.

Over the next few years, Chris returned to town as the opening act for a variety of other artists. Each time he played to a few more people than the last.

Finally in 2019, Chris came to town to headline his own show for about 5,000 people. He has done that a few other times since then.

Here is a guy that got great exposure on a television singing competition with a big audience. He has put in the consistent and methodical work over time to get where he is today.

Other artists on the singing shows don't make it, because they haven't put in the work to create the relationship over time.

Just look at the winners of American Idol, like Ruben Studdard, Fantasia Barrino, Taylor Hicks and Jordin Sparks. They didn't put in the work.

Carrie Underwood and Kelly Clarkson have been working for years to get where they are today even after their American Idol start.

You can't create a relationship in 20 weeks of a tv season. It takes years.

Do the work. Get rich slowly.

Whatever your challenge, give it time.

Let's look at a few of these questions.

THE DOWNLOADS CHALLENGE

I’m trying all the things to increase downloads. I send out a weekly email and post on social media. I also mention my podcast when it’s applicable on music teacher Facebook groups. I’ve been a guest on a few podcasts. I guess my biggest challenge is not knowing what else I can do to grow downloads. They are increasing but very slowly. Maybe that’s normal?

Thanks,

- Jeanette

Yes, Jeanette, that is normal. I know we don't like to hear that it takes time. But, it takes time.

Rarely will you see your downloads grow at a huge rate unless you get in front of a large pool of your ideal clients.

Greg Payne is one of my clients. He hosts the Cool Grandpa podcast.

As he was growing his podcast, he was able to get mentioned in an article in the New York Times.

Who reads the New York Times? Typically a lot of people who are grandparents.

Greg doubled his downloads overnight.

Getting into the New York Times isn't something we can do everyday. However, you can find other influencers who speak to your ideal clients. Those influencers make great partners.

To find the influencers who have the attention of your ideal target listener, begin by defining your listener. You can do that quickly and easily by downloading my Ideal Target Listener Worksheet here: www.podcasttalentcoach.com/listener.

Keep working both sides of the growth equation.

First, keep your current listeners coming back. Your email and social media tactics will help remind your fans to listen.

Then, find those new ideal clients and invite them into your world. Get them on your email list, so you can email them as well.

The podcast interviews you are doing should help. Let's find other areas to ramp it up.

Above all else, create great content, share yourself, and be consistent.

THE GUEST CHALLENGE

My biggest challenge is getting the guests to share the episode.

- Kate

This is another common challenge, Kate. We can't expect our guest to share, but it is always great when they do.

There are two things you can do. First, select better guests. Next, make it incredibly easy for them.

Let's talk about better guests.

Dave Jackson at the School of Podcasting is a great guest. When he is interviewed on a podcast, he will play a clip of that interview on his own show.

Dave will give a shout out to the host of the show. He will also tell people where to find it. He is a great guest.

If you want guests to share your episode, find guests that share episodes. If you see someone mentioning they were interviewed on a podcast, get those people as guests. They know how to share.

When you book your guests, let them know up front before the interview that you would appreciate if they would share the assets you send them. Make the expectations clear from the start.

MAKE IT EASY

Next, make it easy for your guest to share.

I was on a call with a client this week. She was telling me her guests weren't sharing the episodes as much as she would like.

She told me that when the episode is published, her team sends the guest a link to a folder containing all the graphics and assets along with a link to the show. They then ask the guest to share.

The guest has to do too much work in this scenario. As a guest, I need to sift through the graphics, write an email, craft a social post, determine which asset to post, and link to the episode.

To make it easier for the guest, write the email for them. Craft the social post for them. Make is as easy as possible with as few steps as possible.

Tag your guest in your social posts and ask them to repost it.

You are much more likely to get your guest to share if you make it super easy.

But at the end of the day, not every guest will share. These steps should help you get a few more to spread the word.

THE COURAGE CHALLENGE

My biggest barrier is lack of courage to put myself out there.

- Leah

Impostor Syndrome is real, Leah. We all struggle with it a bit.

Regardless of what we are doing, we want people to like us. It's natural.

When we understand that there will always be someone who doesn't like what we do, it makes it much easier to do it anyway.

We were discussing this the other day with my coach. He was talking about the importance of celebrating our wins.

When we review and celebrate our wins, it puts our minds in the right space to do what needs to be done.

Franklin D. Roosevelt said, "Courage is not the absence of fear, but the assessment that something else is more important than fear."

Nelson Mandela said, "I learned that courage was not the absence of fear, but the triumph over it."

Having the courage to do anything is recognizing the fear is there and then taking action anyway.

I find it most helpful to have a written list of successes and feedback from others.

Many people have sent me great reviews and testimonials. But like many people, one negative comment can derail everything.

That list of positive feedback can help me get and stay in the right frame of mind regardless of what others say.

People want what you have, Leah. Take action in spite of the fear.

BUILDING A COMMUNITY

Learning to build an interactive community around the podcast is my biggest challenge.

- Dot

Community comes from relationships. Are you sharing yourself on the podcast to build those friendships?

Make real connections.

When you share yourself, you will find other will tend to share themselves with you. Over time, you community will grow.

Next, give listeners a reason to engage along with a benefit of engagement. What's in it for them?

Finally, make it easy for them to engage. Tell them exactly what you want your listener to do.

On a recent coaching call, my client told me their podcast was not generating any feedback or response.

I listened to the podcast to review it. When I got to the end, the host said, "You can email me at the email address, and follow me on social media."

Why would I email you?

Remember the last time you ran into an old friend? You caught up and had a good chat. When it ended, one of you said, "I'll give you a call sometime."

Has "sometime" ever come? I doubt it. You have no reason to call, so the call never happens.

We all tell ourselves we need to do a better job staying in touch with our friends. Then we realize a year has passed since we last talked.

If you want your listeners to engage, give them a real reason to engage.

I have a free resource that will help you. It is called "75 Ways To Drive Engagement With Your Podcast". You can download it for free at http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/engage.

THE STRATEGY CHALLENGE

I'd love to have a strategy in place before I launch, then I know what I'm aiming for!

- Ruth

Don't let perfection prevent you from starting.

If you wait for all the lights to turn green before you step on the gas, you'll never move.

On the other hand, having a strategy is wise decision.

Start with the end in mind. What do you hope to accomplish with your podcast? Be specific.

Let's say you want to grow your coaching business with the podcast. How do people become clients? That might be your discovery call.

How do people get to the discovery call? That could be through your lead magnet. Maybe you're a life coach and your free resource is "6 Steps to a Successful Life".

When people download your lead magnet, they discover the six steps. You then invite them on a call to see how to implement the six steps.

Next, we need to determine how people get your lead magnet. We promote the lead magnet on the podcast. But, we must also create content that drives demand for the lead magnet.

Create great content that shows your listeners what is possible when they take the six steps. You might interview people who have done it. You could take a deep dive into one of the steps.

The content should demonstrate why people need to take the six steps. Get listeners to envision the transformation.

Finally, you need to block out time on your calendar each week to record the show. Treat that block of time with respect. Be consistent.

Now you have a strategy. So, let's get started.

You can refine the strategy as you go along. But you can't refine anything until you start.

THE PODCAST NAME

How do you choose a podcast name? How can you verify that that name is not already in use? Is it necessary to trademark your podcast name?

Sincerely,

- Gordon

This is a really gray area, Gordon. Let's take each part separately.

The purpose of the podcast name is to get people to think the show looks interesting and might be for them.

The Gordon Show doesn't tell me anything about the content or make me think the show might be for me. It would take a lot of marketing and explanation to get that across.

You also don't want to be too cool for the room with a show nobody understands. Shows like More Perfect and The Drive really tell us nothing.

More Perfect is an NPR podcast about stories from the Supreme Court of the United States. Could you have guessed that?

The Drive is about maximizing longevity, including physical, cognitive and emotional health. I was thinking football.

On the other hand, it is pretty clear what Your Money Briefing and Secrets of Wealthy Women are all about.

The name of your show should make people think the show is for them.

ALREADY IN USE

Is your name already in use? Google is the easiest way to determine that.

There are many podcasts that use the same name.

I searched for the Money Magic podcast. Here is the list I found.

The Money Magic Podcast with Vangile Makwakwa
Money Magic with Patrick von Finanzzauber
The Money Magic Podcast with Brady Wade
The Magic, Money and Marketing Podcast with Jennifer Donovan
Practical Money Magic with Audrey Heesch
Magic Internet Money with Brad Mills
Mindset, Money, & Magic with Nadeen Martinez
Money & Magic with the Witchy Bookkeeper
Love Money Magic with Christy Teloh

Those are just 9 that are close. There are a ton of other varieties.

When choosing a name, be unique to help you get discovered in search.

See if your show name is available for purchase as a website URL. That's a good place to start.

TRADEMARK WITH FIREMARK

Finally, is it necessary to trademark your podcast name?

No, it's not necessary. Yes, it is beneficial.

A trademark can help you protect your intellectual property. It can also save you from someone else suing you for using their intellectual property if they were to obtain the trademark.

There are plenty of benefits to getting the trademark. But it isn't required.

Keep in mind that having a trademark and defending a trademark are two different things.

Once you have the trademark, you must prevent others from using it. That may sometimes include legal fees.

If you don't defend the trademark consistently, it can be difficult to defend if the time comes. That's why many big businesses go after little guys infringing on a trademark.

You need to defend it against every use or put an agreement in place that allows for the use by others.

I am no legal expert. Consult an attorney before making any decisions. If you want solid podcast legal advice, see my buddy Gordon Firemark. He is the Podcast Lawyer™.

You can find Gordon at http://www.gordonfiremark.com. Tell him I sent you over.

QUESTIONS

Great questions this week. If you have a question, you can always email me at coach@podcasttalentcoach.com.

If you would like a little more personal and powerful guidance, and you don't have a mentor who can take your hand and walk you every step of the way, apply for my free strategy call.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply, click the button and apply to have a chat with me. There is no charge. We will develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

View Details

CREATING A POWERFUL PODCAST MESSAGE

Your message can be powerful when you clearly understand whom you're targeting. A message designed for everyone reaches no one.

MIXED MESSAGE

I was on a podcast strategy call with two nurses the other day. They help healthcare practitioners decrease anxiety and stress, calm down their inner voice and enjoy life.

Their goal is to bring resilience to humanity.

Part of their curriculum is continuing education for healthcare providers.

As we talked, we realized most of their clients are nurses. Though doctors and other healthcare providers can benefit from their content, nurses make up the majority of the revenue.

We often get scared of losing a client. People tell me, "Yeah, but I can help them, too."

I understand you can help everyone. However, you don't have enough time to help everyone. You also don't have enough time and money to market to everyone.

The biggest problem with trying to help everyone is the clarity of your message.

CLEAR RESULT

If these two try to create content for everyone, how can they possibly frame the content for nurses and doctors? They have different needs and pain points.

A surgeon comes in for about an hour. They are in a very high pressure situation for a short burst. Then they move on.

Nurses have a little less pressure, but it is consistent. The pressure lasts for their entire eight or ten or twelve hour shift.

When these two hosts try to speak to both doctors and nurses, the examples are mixed and the solutions are blurry.

The content can be much more powerful when they focus on nurses alone.

By focusing on nurses, the listener understands exactly what we are offering. She can see it is exactly what she needs. And, she has clarity on how it fits into her life.

The listener can envision the results, because the examples are clear. She says, "I can relate – that sounds just like me."

MISSING OUT

By focusing on nurses, the hosts might miss out on a few doctors enrolling in their program. But, they will make it up by increasing the number of nurses that enroll.

Let's say 80% of the clients are nurses and 20% are doctors. Let's also assume we have 100 clients. That would give us 80 nurses and 20 doctors.

Now, let's say focusing only on nurses changes both sides by 20%. We lose 20% of our doctors and gain 20% more nurses, because we are now perfect for nurses.

We would now have 96 nurses and 16 doctors. Our total number of clients just increased from 100 to 112 or 12%.

They don't have enough doctors to lose. There are many more nurses to gain.

When you narrow your message and focus, you will provide more clarity. You will gain more listeners and have more clients.

Download your Ideal Listener Development Worksheet for free online at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/listener.

YOUR MESSAGE

Today, Janelle Anderson joins us to help us ensure our message isn't just heard, but felt.

Stir emotion with your message.

Janelle Anderson is known as the Speaking Confidence Coach for coaches. She is a Certified Professional Coach, author, and renowned speaker.

Janelle is on a mission to empower coaches to launch on a strong foundation of clear messaging aimed at the audience most aligned with their passions and strengths.

She helps coaches grow their business through masterful speaking and storytelling with her business, Emerging Life Coaching.

I recently shared my message on Janelle's summit. She was recently a guest on my Podcast Profits Summit. This is that conversation.

Be yourself. Your authentic message builds trust.

You can download Janelle's Niche Discovery for Coaches for free at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/message.

https://bit.ly/nichediscoveryvideos

View Details

WHY DO YOU WANT TO GROW YOUR PODCAST?

If you're like most podcasters, one of your biggest challenges you want to overcome is how to grow your podcast. I hear it often.

Today, I want to help you dive deep into audience growth.

IMPORTANT LINKS

Here are links to those resources mentioned in this episode:

Libsyn – Audio host for podcasters – https://libsyn.com

The Feed – the official podcast of Libsyn – https://thefeed.libsyn.com

Alex Hormozi – https://www.acquisition.com/bio-alex

Dan Kennedy – Magnetic Marketing – https://magneticmarketing.com

Taylor Swift – https://www.taylorswift.com

Big Machine Records – https://www.bigmachinelabelgroup.com

Podcast Strategy Call – https://podcasttalentcoach.com/podcast-review-questionaire/

Send me an email at coach@podcasttalentcoach.com.

MAKE THEM CARE

In this episode, we dive deep into the challenges faced by many podcasters when it comes to growing their listenership.

You receive invaluable insights into why some podcasts stagnate and what you can do to overcome these hurdles.

We start with the critical importance of making your audience care. Provide unique value in your episodes.

TWO SIDES

There are two sides to the audience growth equation. To grow, you must spend time attracting new listeners. Then, invest time keeping your current listeners coming back episode after episode.

Maintain regular contact with your existing listeners to keep them invested in your podcast. Reach out frequently.

While many podcasters dream of reaching a staggering 5,000 downloads per episode to successfully sell ads, the sobering statistic is that only 7% of podcasts hit those numbers. That is according to Rob Walch at Libsyn.

QUALITY OVER QUANTITY

The quality of your audience is more significant than sheer numbers. Therefore, it starts by identifying your ideal client.

Identifying your ideal target listener and developing content specifically tailored to their interests and needs is key to cultivating a meaningful connection.

I share a few stories from my radio career, illustrating the importance of forging a genuine bond with listeners. It starts by being your authentic self, as mimicking others won't create the same loyal following.

Being relevant, interesting, and true to your identity are the cornerstones of developing a consistent audience that returns each episode. You can't please everyone - it’s better to focus on resonating deeply with the right people.

STRATEGY VS. TACTICS

You need a strategic approach to audience growth. There is a big difference between having a strategy – an overarching plan – and the tactics – the individual actions within that plan.

I'm creating a workshop to help you grow your audience. I want to ensure it is extremely powerful for you.

When it comes to increasing your downloads, what is your biggest challenge?

Send me an email and let me know at coach@podcasttalentcoach.com. Let's grow your show the right way and for the right reasons.

View Details

HOW DO I GROW MY PODCAST?

When it comes to growing our podcast, I get many questions about podcast promotion. How do we get in front of new listeners and invite them into our show?

On this episode, we'll answer a variety of questions about podcast promotion.

PODCAST GROWTH EQUATION

There are two sides to the podcast growth equation.

A larger audience involves keeping your current listeners coming back week after week while you are attracting new listeners to your show.

If you are only promoting your show on social media and to your email list, you are only speaking to people who already know you. This does very little to grow your audience.

However, podcast promotion on social media and to your list is important to keep your current listeners coming back every episode. So, keep it up.

To grow, you also need to get in front of new listeners who are unaware of you. Invite those people into your world, so you can increase the number of listeners.

As we go through these questions around podcast promotion, we'll start with some fundamentals around structure and process. We'll then talk about visibility. Finally, we'll get to when and what to promote.

Let's jump in.

PUBLISHING DAY

What day of the week and what time do you release your podcast episodes? I’m about to launch my new podcast and I want a set date and time for when I release my weekly episode.

-Craig

The great thing about podcasting is that it is on-demand entertainment. People can consume it whenever they would like.

The day and time your publish your show isn't nearly as important as your consistency. Be there when they are ready to listen.

People are creatures of habit. Get them in the habit of listening to your podcast.

I listen to my favorite podcast on Saturdays when I am working around the house. I believe he publishes sometime on Friday morning.

In fact, he records the show on Wednesdays. Unless your podcast is dealing with current events that would be dated in a few days, timing isn't critical.

It really doesn't matter to me when my favorite podcast publishes. I only care that he is there consistently when I'm ready to listen. That consistency builds trust with your audience as well.

Pick a day and time. Then, stick with it.

SHOW NOTES

Does anyone read show notes? I personally don’t read them on podcasts I listen to. I write a simple episode description for ours but don’t really add anything else. Should I be putting more detail in?

-Tim

Yes, you should probably add more detail.

Your show notes really serve three purposes.

First, your show notes should provide the important info from your episode that your listeners might be seeking.

This info could be links that you mentioned in the show. It might be the lead magnet you were offering or a book you referenced.

Your show notes could offer a bulleted list of points you made during the episode. Maybe you were talking about the top 7 tools you currently use. Listeners might come to your show notes to find that list.

The next purpose of your show notes is Google juice. When you create SEO-rich show notes, you make it easy for Google to find you.

Spending a little more time adding detail to your show notes will improve your SEO. Use strong keywords and optimize your notes as much as possible.

The final purpose of your show notes is accessibility for those with disabilities.

It is important to make your podcast content available for those with hearing and vision impairments. The best way to do this is with a full transcript.

Changes in iOS 17.4 include support for auto-generated transcripts in the Apple Podcasts app. However, transcripts will only be available for English, French, German, and Spanish-language podcasts.

Adding more detail to your podcast will make it easier for those with disabilities to consume your content.

There are many benefits to putting in a little more time and effort into your notes.

INCREASE VISIBILITY FOR PODCAST PROMOTION

How can I increase my visibility? How can I leverage my podcast into other platforms for podcast promotion?

-Edwin

Visibility is key to podcast promotion.

There are a variety of ways to gain visibility.

The method you choose show fit two criteria. First, the method should be something you enjoy. Next, it should be a method that moves the needle and effectively grows your audience.

Start by determining who already has the attention of your audience and where your audience congregates.

If you help coaches, you might consider being on summits where coaches come to learn.

For business-to-business companies, consider getting involved with trade shows in your industry or networking events.

Joint venture partnerships are great for reaching online businesses.

For simple podcast promotion, I like getting interviewed on other podcasts. In fact if you have room on your show, I'd love to be a guest. Shoot me an email at coach@podcasttalentcoach.com.

If your niche has conferences and conventions, work to get on stage as a speaker.

When you determine who has the attention of your ideal listener or client, you can partner with those experts to get in front of their tribe.

In his book The Power of Cult Branding, author BJ Bueno says people like to be different together.

Harley Davidson riders like to gather at Sturgis. Star Trek fans get together at Trekkie conventions. Figure out where your ideal clients congregate.

When it comes to repurposing your content, YouTube is a fantastic search engine.

Record the show on video. Use the audio as the podcast. Repurpose the video on YouTube to get discovered.

YouTube helps you get discovered. Your podcast helps you build relationships with your listener.

Opus.pro is a fantastic tool to create captioned videos for a variety of platforms.

WHEN TO PROMOTE

For podcast promotion, is it best to promote it instantly, or is it okay if the the promos spread over 4 days? For instance, Monday I release the podcast. On Wednesday I would do social media posts. Then Friday I would send an email promoting podcast.

Or, does the email need to go out on the same day the episode is published? Will this even affect the success of the podcast?

-Nakita

Most downloads come in the first 48 hours the podcast is released. That is simply because the podcast is downloaded to their phone.

Just because it is downloaded doesn't mean they actually listen.

I like to spread the podcast promotion over the course of the week to remind people to listen to the episode.

When I publish my episode on Saturday, I also post on social media to let everyone know it is available.

On Sunday, I send an email to my list notifying them the episode is live.

Then, I share other assets on social media throughout the week. This includes quote cards, caption video and audiograms.

In my Podcast Profits Concierge program, you get a full week's worth of social media assets to use throughout the week to promote the episode.

You can see those details at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/editing.

Play the long game, and don't try to game the system by artificially inflating your numbers. Consistently work to grow the audience while reminding your current audience to listen to your latest episode.

SHARE YOUR LINK WITH PODCAST PROMOTION

Which link do you share on social media and in your email newsletters? The YouTube link or the audio-only link?

-Wendy

I share the audio-only link. My goal is to get people to subscribe to the podcast.

As we discussed, YouTube is great for discovery. When they find you on YouTube, get them to subscribe to your audio-only podcast. This is where you will build powerful relationships with your audience.

When you publish a new video on YouTube, I might get a push notification if I am subscribed to your channel. If I don't listen, that video gets lost in the mix.

When you publish a new podcast, it is on my phone until I listen, you publish another episode, or I don't listen to your show for more than a few episodes. In that last case, the podcast simply stops downloading until I start it again.

Ideally, you will get your listeners on your email list. This will allow you to nurture the relationship. You can also email your list each time you release an episode.

People are listening to your podcast for companionship. They typically listen with earbuds or headphones and most often alone.

They don't want to be alone doing whatever they are doing. You are there right along side of them.

This is how relationships are formed.

Video simply doesn't have that power. There is something magical that happens when you stir visions in their theater of the mind.

When you activate the imagination, it becomes personal. Your relationships get stronger. You build that know, like and trust.

When it comes to podcast promotion, promote the audio-only link.

View Details

There is a misconception about podcasting. You make money WITH your podcast, not FROM your podcast.

By that I mean your podcast doesn't generate money. You're not making money from the show. When it comes to making money, use your podcast to promote your revenue engine.

As a coach, your revenue engine would be your coaching. If you sell affiliate products, you make money from affiliate commissions, not from producing the podcast.

THREE CHALLENGES

There are three major challenges podcasters face when trying to generate revenue with their podcast.

The first is selling ads and sponsorships. They are spending time on the wrong activities.

Next is spending too much time on their guest during an interview. It's a delicate balance to demonstrate your authority while making your guest look great.

Finally, coaches do not have a strong call to action that leads listeners to becoming clients.

Let's jump into each of these individually.

Before we do, I would love to help you build your monetization strategy. Take advantage of my complimentary podcast strategy call.

During your strategy call, you and I sit down to define your goals. We determine where you are today. Then, we build a strategy to get you from here to there.

This isn't a heavy pressure sales call. We'll work together to build your strategy. When we are done, we'll have an idea if we like each other. If you'd like to see some options to achieve your goals, we can talk about how that looks.

You can apply for your complimentary podcast strategy call online at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply.

Let's get into the challenges.

ADS AND SPONSORSHIPS

The first challenge is selling ads and sponsors. There are a few issues with this.

First, only 7 percent of all podcasts have an audience large enough to attract sponsors.

Second, it takes a lot of your time to sell a sponsor. Once you sell one, you need to start selling the next. It is rarely recurring income.

Instead, spend your time on your clients.

Next, you can only put a limited number of sponsors and ads on your show. Therefore, it caps your revenue potential.

Finally, it treats your podcast as a commodity. Your ad offer is just like every other ad offer. You don't control the price.

Sell your own offers instead of selling other businesses through ads.

MAKING MONEY WITH INTERVIEWS

The next challenge is your interview. Many hosts spend a lot of interview time making their guest look great.

When Oscar came to me, he was struggling to get his podcast Deep Listening: Impact Beyond Words to do anything to grow his consultancy.

I listened to his show and realized he was a great interviewer. However, he did very little to tell me what he offers.

The interview is typically about what the guest offers. We send our listeners to our guest's lead magnet or website.

However, we don't want to make the interview all about us. It's a delicate dance.

Be sure to carve out time on your show to demonstrate your expertise and show people what you do.

CALL TO ACTION

The final challenge is a call to action. Hosts often deliver great content but fail to ask their listeners to do anything.

What do you want your listeners to do when the episode is over?

Your call to action should be the first step toward working with you. The content on your episode should lead to that call to action.

Have a strategy for each episode to get your listeners one step closer to working with you.

CINDY J. HOLBROOK

I want to help you spend more of your time on money making activities.

Cindy J. Holbrook the Visibility Wiz joins me on the show today.

She guides entrepreneurs and small business owners to thrive as you go up the ladder from being the best-kept secret to Trusted and In-Demand Authority.

Cindy J. has been coaching since 2009. She has been my coach and she's one of the best in the business.

Today, Cindy will show us how to spend our time on the right money making activities, so we can generate revenue with our podcast.

To grab Cindy's 7 Money Making Activities, visit www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/moneymaking.

You can learn more about Cindy J. Holbrook and how to step into who you are with outrageous confidence at https://www.cindyjholbrook.com.

View Details

LOVE THY NEIGHBOR WITH BETTER RELATIONSHIPS

I have a vision to help us love thy neighbor. We need more relationships in our lives. And our podcasts can help us do exactly that.

PERSPECTIVE

It is funny how our attitude changes when we realize we know somebody.

Our default attitude is confrontational and offended.

Someone cuts you off in traffic and we get upset. Did they cut your off? Or maybe they didn't realize their lane ended. It's perspective.

Someone takes two plates through the buffet line instead of one, thereby taking more than their fair share. Or maybe they were getting a plate for their handicap spouse who can't stand in a buffet line.

Someone left their trash all over the fast food table. Or maybe they got a frantic call that their child was rushed to the hospital. Again, perspective.

Remember, we only know what we know. And when we have strong relationships, our default tends to be forgiveness rather than confrontation.

IT'S WHO YOU KNOW

One winter we got around 12 inches of snow three weeks in a row. It was a time my attitude changed once I realized we had a relationship.

It was early January, and I was pulling into the parking lot of the radio station. It took longer than usual to get to work, because of all the snow.

When you get that kind of snow, you take it slow and exaggerate your moves. You turn slower and wider. It takes longer to stop. You ease your way through snow.

If you've ever lived in a cold climate, you know snow plows come down the street creating small walls of snow in front of every driveway. Nothing is more frustrating than just getting finished shoveling your driveway only to have the plow push a big wall right back into your fine work.

When I got to the station that morning, the plows had pushed the snow from the street right into the entrance of our parking lot. It was pretty good sized and took some effort to get through it.

As I pulled into the radio station lot just before 8 AM, I had to go around this little BMW that was high centered in the snow. He tried to take his little low profile car through the snow wall the plow had created. Not smart.

Anyone who has driven in snow knows you don't drive a sports car in the snow. And, you surely don't try to drive through deep snow. Common sense.

I had a few choice words under my breath as I drove around him and found my parking spot. I walked into the building as he continued to spin his tires trying to get out of the snow.

Again, anyone who has driven in snow knows you don't spin your tires. You'll never get out. Rock it and ease it out.

THE MEETING

When I opened my email at my desk, I saw an invite for an all staff meeting at 8:30.

At that meeting, the vice president of our company introduced our new general manager. He had just arrived from Tucson, Arizona.

And yep, he was the guy stuck in the snow in that BMW.

I probably should have helped him get unstuck. He surely didn't know any better.

DEFAULT TO CONFRONTATION

Why do we default to irritation or confrontation? Why are we offended first?

We don't know what we don't know. We make assumptions about people when we really don't know the full story.

It's because we lack relationships. Tech makes it so easy to say things behind a screen name that we would never say to someone in person.

It is easy to send a scathing email when we would never say those same things face-to-face.

The way we act in the digital world creeps into how we act in the real world, because we spend most of our time in the digital space. It becomes second nature.

RELATIONSHIPS IN BUSINESS

It happens in business as well. We are shopping on Amazon. When getting gas we pay at the pump. We don't talk with travel agents any longer.

With the pandemic, menus went to our smart phones with QR codes. You can even buy a car from a vending machine at those big Carvana towers.

We have no relationships in business. Rather than buying from someone you know, it has all been reduced to a battle for price. It's a race to the bottom of the price scale.

When you can create relationships with potential clients, you are so far ahead of the competition. You can also charge much higher prices.

3% ARE BUYING NOW

In his book The Ultimate Sales Machine, Chet Holmes says about 3% of your market are buying now. These people are actively seeking a solution.

Therefore, 97% are NOT buying today. If you are only selling, you are missing 97% of your market.

When you are creating content on your podcast to help people and build relationships, you are serving all 100% of your market.

Now ask yourself, are ads on your show serving your market and building relationships? How do you feel when you're watching a YouTube video and suddenly ads pop in and interrupt you?

Why would you do that to your audience?

If all you do is sell, you're missing 97% of your market. When you build relationships, you are laying the foundation. When that other 97% is ready to buy, it is much more likely they are coming to you.

RELATIONSHIPS FOR A BETTER HUMANITY

Not only do I want you to create relationships for better business, I want you to create relationships for a better humanity.

Create a community. Support each other.

My kids don't have best friends.

When I was a kid, I would wake up every summer day and take my bike up to Rick's.

Rick and I would get on your bikes and ride everywhere all day long. We'd go to the store. We would head to the park. There were dirt roads we had never been down that we would explore.

The two of us would ride our bikes all day and get home just in time for dinner, sometimes eating at each others house.

Then we would go out and create some game in the yard. When it got dark, we'd play hide and seek with the kids in the neighborhood. We just needed to be inside before the news came on.

Rick and I knew everything about each other, because we spent everyday together. If we didn't live it together, we told each other about it.

Today, my kids chat on their phones. They hang out with their friends virtually playing Xbox. Their friends are on the other side of their headset.

Sometimes those friends are in Minnesota. Other times in Washington. Occasionally, those friends are the next neighborhood over.

Rarely are they hanging out in person. Tech makes it too easy to not be together in person. Why get on my bike and ride up the street when I can Snapchat or FaceTime?

THE COMEBACK

I want you to bring back the relationship. Not only love thy neighbor, but love thy neighborhood.

We need relationships. Society needs relationships.

Instead of the anger and confrontation, we need compassion and understanding.

Your podcast gives you the platform to share your story and build relationships. You are in the ear of your listeners making connections and growing friendships.

People listen to your podcast while they are doing other things alone. They don't want to be alone. You are their companion.

That companionship is why a podcast is so much more powerful than video when it comes to building rapport. The know, like and trust comes from the stories you tell and the bits of your life you share with your audience.

This week on your podcast, begin sharing a bit of yourself. Start building relationships. The world needs you.

WORK TO BUILD RELATIONSHIPS

When you and I work together, we first get clear on your ideal client. It is easier to build relationships when you know who you are attracting.

Next, we find those people and invite them to your show.

We craft your content to build relationships with those potential clients through the stories you tell. This is especially true if you are interviewing others.

We then connect your content to your offer. This is a matter of building a system that will get your listeners excited about working with you.

Next, we get your listener started down your funnel. Your content connects to the first step toward being a client.

Finally, we have a sales conversation and convert them to clients.

I've done it for years on the radio. We would create great content that would build an audience and relationships. Then, we would leverage that attention to sell advertising.

More people listened to my show than any other show in town. And, I wasn't even on the air in morning drive.

Instead of selling advertising, I want you to sell your stuff.

That's what I help coaches like you do.

Rocky Lalvani used my coaching to double the downloads of his podcast Profit Answer Man. Rocky says, "While most people focus on equipment Erik focuses on the listener and how you can serve them."

Greg Payne of The Cool Grandpa podcast doubled his downloads in our first month together. He doubled again the next month.

Let's get on a call to see how I can help you use your podcast to grow your business.

View Details

HOW TO WRITE A BOOK

Are you ready to turn your podcast into a book?

6 REASONS TO WRITE A BOOK

Each week you work hard to spread your message and share your vision.

If you produce an episode a week, you'll have 50 episodes in just under a year. With four pages of show notes (or 1,200 words), you could turn your podcast into a book.

But, why would you want to go through all the work to write a book? There are six big reasons.

INCREASED VISIBILITY

Writing a book will help you achieve increased visibility.

You will a reason to be interviewed on other podcasts and in other media.

It is possible that people will begin talking about your book and create a buzz.

Your book will the the launching point of your visibility.

BUILDS CREDIBILITY

Writing a book will also help you build credibility.

Just being a published author gives you credibility. Authors know what they are talking about.

The time and energy you put into a book communicates that you're serious about your topic and an expert in your industry.

INSPIRE OTHERS

Writing a book will help you inspire others.

People can revisit your book again and again as you share your story and vision.

Talk about your why and get people to follow you and your mission.

CONFIDENCE

Writing a book will give you confidence.

The sense of accomplishment you achieve when you write a book is amazing. Seeing your book in print is exhilarating.

When you step in front of an audience with your book in hand, you can't help but feel proud and confident.

MAKE MONEY

Writing a book can help you make money, but probably not from the book.

It takes a lot of book sales to make money. However, it can be quite profitable when you leverage the book to land speaking gigs, build your credibility, and grow your business.

Your book can bring people into your world and build a relationship. It can then lead to deals and revenue opportunities.

LEARN A LOT ABOUT YOURSELF AND YOUR NICHE

Finally, writing a book will help you learn a lot about yourself and your niche.

When you put your thoughts on paper, you get amazing clarity on your subject.

But, the writing process itself will help you learn a lot about yourself. You will learn discipline writing everyday. The book will help you get clarity on your vision and discover what really stirs your soul.

Writing a book will also help you learn more about your niche. Digging into your topic and getting clarity on their needs and pains will help you uncover things about your niche you never knew was possible.

STEVEN LEAPLEY

There is great news. You don't need to write the entire book yourself.

Steven Leapley is an executive ghostwriter from Southern Califormia. He helps creative people like you write their book.

Steven specializes in creating impactful books and articles for executives, entrepreneurs, elite military personnel, and emergency medical professionals.

With a rich background spanning various careers including a Navy Corpsman, professional musician, aspiring farmer, and a full-time RV living minimalist, he empowers clients to craft influential content.

Committed to inspiring belief and building relationships, Steven's life philosophy is encapsulated in his motto: "When You Love Your Life, You Leave A Legacy".

Steven joins us today to help us discover how to turn our podcast into a book.

Get Steven's 21 Questions To Ask Before Hiring A Ghostwriter. Send him a message on linked in here: www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/ghost.

View Details

MONETIZE WITH A MASTERMIND

Creating a mastermind is a great way to monetize your podcast.

It is easy to wonder why people would pay to be in a mastermind. When you can bring a group of people together to stir the power of a mastermind, it is well worth then investment.

MASTERMIND LINKS:

Mastermind Ready Scorecard: http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/jay

Jay Fairbrother: http://jayfairbrother.com

Six Figure Masterminds: https://sixfiguremasterminds.com

NAPOLEON HILL MASTERMIND

In his book Think and Grow Rich, Napoleon Hill defines the Master Mind principle as, "Two or more people who work in perfect harmony for the attainment of a definite purpose. When working with a positive mental attitude, this group will constitute an unbeatable force."

Hill goes on to say, "No two minds ever come together without, thereby, creating a third, invisible, intangible force which may be likened to a third mind."

There are five big benefits of being in a mastermind. When you curate the power of the group, you save your members time and effort trying to create the power themselves.

It takes time and effort to find the right people to create your mastermind. When you bring together the right mix, great things happen.

MY MASTERMIND

I have been in a few masterminds. Each runs a bit differently.

My primary mastermind consists of just two people, my friend Jon and me. But it didn't begin that way.

In 2017 this mastermind was started by Jon and consisted of four of us. We were all in the online business space building and growing our businesses. This weekly meeting provided support and encouragement to each of us.

Six months later, two members left and we had two new members joined. Of our two new members, one only lasted a month.

Over the years, members have come and gone each contributing in their own way. Jon and I have remained consistent.

We haven't looked for any new members for quite some time. We simply support each other each week to reach our goals.

I've been in three other masterminds that have had up to a dozen participants.

From these experiences, I've experienced many benefits. Let's look at the top five.

CHALLENGES

First, we share challenges. Each week we bring the big challenge we are facing.

Just talking out the challenge often generates a breakthrough.

Sharing challenges also shows members they aren't unique in their challenges and are not going through struggles alone. We all run into hurdles.

FEEDBACK

The mastermind also provides a high level of feedback.

When the members are carefully selected, each has a unique super power. Feedback comes from many different perspectives.

Receiving feedback from and solving problems with a variety of perspectives can be very powerful. It also generates a variety of solutions.

COLLABORATION WITHIN A MASTERMIND

When you mastermind with other amazing minds, you have the opportunity to collaborate with great people.

This is completely different than networking. You are creating amazing relationships with great minds.

OPPORTUNITIES

A mastermind can open an whole new world of opportunities. When the people in your mastermind need experts in various fields, they will look to people with whom they've already created relationships.

Your mastermind can create business opportunities, speaking gigs, new guests, and a variety of other situations.

ACCOUNTABILITY

Finally, your mastermind provides accountability.

Information alone doesn't create transformation. It takes accountability.

When you know you have to show up every week and report your progress to members of your mastermind, you tend to take action and get results.

Great things happen when you take action. The accountability through your mastermind will help you reach your goals.

THE MASTERMIND GUY

Today, Jay Fairbrother joins us to discuss the power of a mastermind.

Jay is a serial entrepreneur, business coach and mastermind guru with 30 years of experience starting, buying and selling 7-figure businesses. He is now known as the Mastermind Guy.

Jay’s story includes losing everything after the 2010 financial crisis and rising from the shame to shine. He helps Coaches and Experts launch and grow High-End Masterminds.

View Details

THE POWER OF PODCASTING IS BUILDING COMMUNITY

When it comes to building community, there is nothing more powerful than your podcast. We often talk that people do business with those they know, like and trust. It's all about building community and rapport.

(See my next workshop at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/workshop.)

BUILDING COMMUNITY

I was on the radio one afternoon and suddenly developed a case of the hiccups. It happened while the mic was open and I was on the air.

There was not much I could do about it at that point. I said, "If this keeps up, this is going to be a very long show."

Two days later I was a hockey practice with my son. Two moms came up to me and said, "When you got the hiccups the other day on the radio... that was the funniest thing we ever heard."

Being human and sharing our authentic self on the podcast is how we build friendships. When your audience listens to you episode after episode, they get to know you and really building community.

WHY PODCASTING

Podcasts and audio in general are a very personal medium. People are usually listening to you with headphones.

When you are in their earbuds, you are having a very personal, one-on-one conversation. Only they can hear you.

If you say something on your show that makes your listener laugh, people will wonder what they are laughing about because nobody else can hear you. It is that kind of personal connection that starts building community.

Video doesn't have that power. What I see on video you see. Nothing left to the imagination.

We also "perform" on video. It is a little more difficult to be ourselves. It simply isn't natural.

With your podcast, we are in a room alone talking intimately to people we cannot see. We aren't worried about what we look like. It is just a personal conversation building relationships.

YOUR FUNNEL

As you're building community with your listeners, you can get them started down your funnel.

Being your authentic self on your podcast build the rapport. Your audience begins to trust you.

When you then offer your free resource or make a call to action, your audience is more likely to act upon that request.

Your podcast is a powerful way to grow your email list when you're using the show for building community.

JEANETTE SHOREY

Let me show you how it works in real life.

Jeanette Shorey was on my Podcast Profits Summit to share how she uses her podcast to grow her business. I want to bring you that conversation here.

Jeanette Shorey is a National Board Certified music educator with over 25 years of experience. She is an Arts Integration Specialist, an instructional coach, a National presenter and a mentor.

Jeanette mentors music teachers through The Happy Music Teacher Academy. She is the author of resource books and the creator of The Happy Music Teacher Podcast.

She uses her podcast for building community and growing her business.

View Details

Tech makes so many things easier in our lives. Unfortunately, it is killing your business.

Tech may make it easier for customers to buy. But, it's making it more difficult for you to sell.

THE SERVICE STATION

Jim Pendergast lived 6 houses up the street from us on the corner when I was growing up. He owned the neighborhood service station.

When mom had issues with the car, we'd go see Jim.

It was a full service Phillips 66. Jim would pump your gas, clean your windshield and even check the oil if you needed it. We knew Jim, and Jim knew us.

Today, you can fill your tank at the gas station and never even talk to anyone let alone know them.

When it comes time to have your car serviced, who do you trust?

For the last 20 years, I've taken my car to a Midas shop owned by Rick and Brad. When the dealer would tell me I needed work done, I'd take the car to Rick and Brad.

One time the dealer said I needed brakes all the way around. I told the dealer I have a brake guy and took the car to Midas.

Brad took a look at it and said I still had 3 to 6 months left. Nothing to worry about. He said we'd look at it next time I was in for an oil change.

Here is a place that specializes in brakes telling me I don't need brakes.

6 months later Rick and Brad were putting brakes on my car.

In July, we took my wife's car into Midas for an oil change. There was a new guy behind the counter.

Rick and Brad had sold the franchise and retired. I'm stuck looking for the next person I can trust.

Relationships are critical in business. Tech is making it very difficult to create those relationships when we don't interact with people.

GO OUTSIDE AND PLAY

When I was a kid, we knew everybody on our street.

We lived on the corner of a T intersection. Because we were outside playing all the time, we knew everybody. The Nixons, the Weises, the Domenges, the Smiths, the Franks, the Schulers. We knew them all.

When toys from the neighbors ended up in our yard, we just took them back over. If their dog got into our backyard, we simply returned him.

Today, my son doesn't have a best friend. He knows nobody in our neighborhood, because he is glued to his tech.

He hangs out with his buddies on a headset playing Xbox.

It's not just my family.

We live on a cul-de-sac and nobody is ever playing in the circle. Our neighbors even installed a basketball hoop facing the street, so kids could play. It rarely gets used.

I would have killed to live in a circle when I was kid. We'd be out there playing street hockey all the time.

And because we don't know our neighbors, it is easy to get angry at them when their dog is in your yard or you have to move a stray ball when you're mowing.

We don't know each other. The relationships have been sucked out of society. Love thy neighbor is a thing of the past.

ROAD RAGE

On my way to a meeting the other day, I was driving behind a really slow SUV on the two-lane highway. She was going a few miles per hour below the speed limit.

We were winding through these tree-lined areas, which made it difficult to know where you were or when you needed to turn. It was a bit confusing.

I couldn't get around her. Every time I was turning, she would turn. I was behind her forever and felt the tension rise inside of me. My anger was building.

As I approached my turn into my destination, she began to slow down. Her signal came on to make the exact same turn.

It suddenly hit me that she may be going to the same place, and I might just know this person.

I started to feel guilty that I was mad at her. Maybe she didn't know these roads any better than I did. Why was I getting mad?

It's easy for us to get mad and lash out at people we don't know. We hide behind our screen names and post nasty things online that we would never say to people we know.

We have no relationship to lose, so being nasty isn't a risk.

YOUR BUSINESS

But when we have no relationship, it also makes it difficult to do business.

Think of the last big purchase you made from someone you knew. Maybe it was a car or coaching program. How confident were you in that purchase?

Now think of the last big purchase you made from somebody your didn't know. Maybe this was a car or piece of furniture. How confident were you in that purchase?

Did you get a good deal? Will it actually solve your problem? What if things go wrong?

Relationships make business so much easier.

THE LEMON

My wife and I recently purchased a used car for my son from a local dealer. My son needed a car to get back to New York where he plays Junior Hockey.

The dealer has been in town for years, but we've never purchased from them.

It was a nice 2015 SUV. I was just looking for a deal.

About a month after we purchased the vehicle, Simon started hearing noise from the front tire. We took it to the shop. It needed a new front CV axle. It was $1,300.

The dealer called and said that fixed the noise. However, there was a new noise and it needed a new transmission. It was going to cost $2,500.

I had the car towed to another shop who did another transmission for me in the past. Joel looked it over and called me with the news.

It didn't need a new transmission. The new noise was because it was 3 quarts low on oil.

After a call to the original dealer, I discovered this particular model is know to burn through oil. So much so that Hyundai has extended the warranty on the engine due to the issue.

I can't have my 19-year-old son babysitting the oil in a vehicle. So, I wanted to exchange it for something else.

The dealer wouldn't help. He wouldn't return my calls. When I did get a call, it was from his service manager or sales manager. Never the GM.

THE NEW VEHICLE

We finally got fed up and traded it in for $4,000 less than the purchase price at a different dealership.

That sure was some deal.

This time we traded it for another used vehicle to a dealer where I've purchased 3 other vehicles in the past.

We dealt with Jason who has treated me great in the past. That's why we keep going back. We got a great deal and a great vehicle.

My son and I just drove that car from Omaha to New York. No problems at all.

It is so much easier and assuring when we make a purchase from somebody we know. The relationship makes all the difference.

And one step away from buying from someone we know is making a purchase from someone recommended by somebody we know.

TECH LACKS RAPPORT

Rapport is such an important ingredient of the sales recipe.

Unfortunately, tech doesn't allow us to build rapport.

We order our groceries online and have them brought out to our car. Other than the kid that delivers the groceries, we rarely talk to anyone.

When we visit a fast food restaurant, we order at the kiosk and pick it up at the window. Or worse yet, we order online and have it dropped off at our door.

Our Christmas shopping is done on Amazon and delivered on our front porch. We don't even talk to the delivery guy.

When I was a kid, we knew Karen. She was the clerk at Baker's supermarket. We'd see her every Saturday when we'd do our shopping.

When we'd go into Manglesen's for Christmas gifts, David was there to help and answer our questions.

Relationships were built with the businesses who sold us what we needed. We trusted them, because we knew them.

Today, we don't know anyone except Siri and Alexa and the pretend lady that pops up in the chat on the dealer website to help you schedule your next oil change.

COUNTER THE TECH

Bring the relationships back to your life. Love thy neighbor. Society needs it. Your business needs it.

Take action against the tech to restore relationships.

Start sharing your story. Let your ideal target clients get to know you.

Become well known by becoming known well.

The best ways to build that rapport and drive your business is sharing your story and your why on your podcast.

Audio is such a personal medium. It makes visions dance in the theater of the mind.

When you and I watch a video, we see the exact same thing. There is very little left to the imagination.

If we watch a video of couple horses trotting through a field, we see the exact same horses in the exact same setting.

However, if I tell you a story about a couple horses trotting through a field, you envision it in the theater of the mind in a way that is perfect for you.

How many horses were there? Was it an enclosed pasture or out in the wild? Were the horses being ridden by anyone? Did they even have saddles? What color where the horses. Was it day or night? Flat or mountains? Today or years ago in the wild west?

WHAT DID YOU ENVISION?

Earlier when I told you about following that lady in the SUV going really slow on the 2-lane highway, what did you envision in your theater of the mind? Where was I? What was on each side of the street? How many other cars were around. What time of day was it? How old was the lady? What color was her SUV?

We were driving down a 2-lane, 55 mph highway off the coast of Northern California just after 8 in the morning. The sun had just come up. There was still a bit of fog in the area.

Each side of the street was line with tall trees that hid the vineyard tucked behind the rustic houses. The smell of skunk would occasionally waft through my car signaling an early end to a critter out on an early morning stroll.

The middle-aged, salt and pepper haired lady in the small, dark blue SUV was typically driving 10 mph under the speed limit. She was obviously unfamiliar with the area even more than I was.

The six other cars with me in line behind here were bobbing and weaving looking for the right opportunity to pass her. Just before we entered the tree-lined entrance to the beach, she turned left at the big neighborhood sign where I was planning my turn.

Then she stopped. I was trapped with the security guard building on my right, the island dividing the two lanes on my left, and her stopped SUV lost in front of me.

GET PERSONAL

The theater of the mind is magical and personal.

And when people are listening to your podcast, they are usually doing it alone and often with earbuds or headphones.

Where are you listening right now? Who is with you?

Sure, video has all the glitz and glam. But it doesn't have the connection you get with audio and podcasting.

I've had people come up to me and have full conversations as if we'd been best friends for years even though we've never met. They've simply been listening to me.

People will tell me, "I know we've never met, but I feel like I've known you forever because I've listened to you years."

That's the power of relationship.

When people are ready to solve their problem, they will start with the person with whom they already have a relationship.

Don't wait until your prospect needs your solution to start building the relationships. And don't leave it up to the tech. People don't build relationships with your lead magnet, and trip wire funnel.

Share your story. Spread your vision.

Start building relationships today and save your business from the tech.

View Details

AFFILIATE PROMOTION THE LEGAL WAY

We often talk about growing our audience, monetizing our show, and creating better content. But as podcasters and coaches, we don't often think about ensuring we are doing it all in a legal way.

Talking about the legal aspects of your podcast is a lot like talking about taxes. It's not something most of us enjoy, but it is important.

If you are earning affiliate commissions on products you promote, or if people are compensating you in any way to be on your show or in your email, you must fully disclose that in order to be legal.

Otherwise, you could face serious fines.

LINKS

Here are the important links from this episode.

Gordon Firemark's website. https://www.gordonfiremark.com

Free Podcast Guest Release - http://podcastrelease.com

Podcast Prenup Agreement – http://podcastprenup.com

Podcast Law Book – http://podcastlawbook.com

Federal Trade Commission – www.FTC.gov.

LEGAL INFLUENCER

On November 15, 2023, FTC issued a statement regarding a violation of their guidelines.

The statement said Federal Trade Commission staff sent warning letters to two trade associations and 12 registered dietitians and other online health influencers warning them about the lack of adequate disclosures in their Instagram and TikTok posts promoting the safety of the artificial sweetener aspartame or the consumption of sugar-containing products.

As you hear this, you may not think it pertains to you. Legal matters pertain to everyone.

Just because you're a one-man show or soloprenuer doesn't mean you're immune to legal prosecution.

These FTC letters went to the American Beverage Association (AmeriBev) and The Canadian Sugar Institute. In the letter, the FTC expressed concerns that the organizations may have violated the FTC Act by failing to adequately disclose that the influencers were apparently hired to promote the safety of aspartame or the consumption of sugar-containing products, respectively.

It all comes down to legal disclosure.

The letter states, "This action follows FTC’s recent revision of the Commission’s Guides for Endorsements and Testimonials, and is part of the agency’s continued monitoring of influencer marketing."

Here lies the legal challenge. These are guidelines and not laws. They are not black and white.

The guideline says your endorsement of a product cannot be misleading. Who determines if it is misleading?

THE FTC LEGAL GUIDELINES

Here is what it says on the Federal Trade Commission website.

The FTC revised its Endorsement Guides in June 2023 to keep them up-to-date with the ways advertisers now reach consumers to promote products and services, including through social media and reviews.

The Guides point out that marketers using these new techniques and media are subject to the same truthful advertising laws to which other forms of advertising have always been subject. That means, among other things, that people who are compensated to promote or review a product should disclose it.

The Guides are not regulations but if advertisers don’t follow the Guides, the FTC may decide to investigate if the practices are unfair or deceptive under the FTC Act, in which case the FTC may decide to bring a lawsuit.

You can find the guides and entire description at www.FTC.gov.

It comes down to ensuring your audience knows that you will receive some sort of compensation in exchange for the promotion.

However, you also must be truthful. You cannot say you've used a product you have not. If you get results that are not normally expected, you must disclose that.

Compensation isn't always in the form of money either. Anything of value can be viewed as compensation. Just be careful.

GORDON FIREMARK

Gordon Firemark is a lawyer who specializes in entertainment law, specifically in the area of podcasting. Gordon has been practicing law for over 30 years.

He is often referred to as "The Podcast Lawyer™" due to his extensive experience advising and representing podcasters on legal matters. Gordon has been producing and hosting the Entertainment Law Update podcast since 2009.

Gordon joined us for the Podcast Profits Summit. He is here to put the legal concepts into real people speak to help us understand the law.

You can get the resources from Gordon Firemark on is website. https://www.gordonfiremark.com

Free Podcast Guest Release - http://podcastrelease.com

Podcast Prenup Agreement – http://podcastprenup.com

Podcast Law Book – http://podcastlawbook.com

View Details

THE TOP SIX EPISODES OF 2023

It has been an amazing year at Podcast Talent Coach. On this episode, I want to share with you the best of 2023.

These are the top six most downloaded episodes of 2023.

DECREASED DOWNLOADS

Have you seen a decrease in your downloads in the fourth quarter of 2023? It is probably due to a change with Apple Podcasts.

Apple released iOS 17 in September of 2023. That update came with a change to Apple Podcasts and how episodes are downloaded.

According to Apple, automatic downloads are paused when a device is out of available storage or when a listener hasn’t played a show they follow. If a listener hasn't played one of the latest five episodes for more than 15 days, downloads are paused.

Apple says pausing downloads is to preserve device storage. This change is communicated to listeners with a pause indicator on the follow icon located at the top right of the show page.

If a listener resumes playing that show, or changes the download preferences for that show, Apple Podcasts will resume automatically downloading episodes.

The big difference for your podcast is how previously unplayed episodes are handled with the listener resumes playing the show.

Before iOS 17, when a listener would unpause automatic downloads, the system would automatically download all unplayed episodes. Your podcast would then get credited with those downloads.

With iOS 17, Apple Podcasts will not download previous episodes and will only resume automatically downloading new episodes.

BRING THEM BACK

This change is why is it so critical to keep listeners coming back week after week, episode after episode.

It isn't enough to simply get people to subscribe to your show. You need to get them to actually listen consistently.

At the end of each episode, creatively tease your next episode. Create some intrigue and anticipation for the next show. Bring them back.

When you publish your new episode, tell your tribe about it. Share it on social media. Send an e-mail to your list and invite them to listen.

It is important that you tease here as well and not simply promote.

Promoting next week is info only. When I say, "Next week we'll talk with Dan Miller", that's promoting. It does very little to create any anticipation for the episode.

To creatively tease the episode, I need to create some intrigue. I might say, "Next week, Dan Miller joins us and will show you how to build a business with no money required."

A powerful tease opens the loop and gives listeners something to get excited about. However, it shouldn't be something you can Google.

I don't want to say, "Dan Miller will share his 48 Low- or No-Cost Business Ideas next week." You can Google "48 Low- or No-Cost Business Ideas" and find Dan's resource.

There is no reason to come back to the episode to get the answers. No need to wait. You can go get them now.

Tease effectively.

My downloads took a dip in fourth quarter like everyone else.

It would really help if you would subscribe or follow this podcast right now. Grab your phone. Let's do this right now.

On many podcast platforms, simply open the episode. Click that follow or subscribe button on the page.

Even if you think you are already subscribed, please grab your phone and check. It would be a tremendous help to me.

This week, get out and share your podcast with your tribe. Let's get those downloads coming back.

Now, the top six episodes of Podcast Talent Coach in 2023.

#6 BEST OF 2023

Number six is Creating a Custom Intro – PTC 433.

The introduction of your podcast is probably the most critical part of your show. A custom intro takes it to a whole new level.

A typical listener will give you between 90 seconds and a few minutes to entice them to stick around. Don't blow it. You can't catch up to a slow start.

When you create your intro, tell your listener how they will be better after listening to an episode. Your listener is asking, "What's in it for me?"

A custom intro adds show biz. It is unique to your show. And, it can be very affordable.

The opening of your show will have 2 or 3 parts. You can use a highlight clip from the show, which is optional. It will be followed by the voiceover introduction of the podcast. Finally, you will give the introduction to this particular episode.

BEST OF EPISODE 433

On this episode, I want to show you how you can get your own custom theme music and voiceover without breaking the bank. Rick Stewart helps podcasters create their custom intro that is unlike any other podcast.

Rick Stewart founded his own Jingle Company right out of college. He eventually moved to Nashville and spent years singing backup on recordings for Country Music Icons and Christian Artists.

Rick has partnered with his son T.J. to create custom themes and voiceovers for podcasters. T.J. is a multi-instument musician and music producer. His writing and producing skills are amazing.

Rick combines his skills in writing and producing jingles, and years of professional voiceovers, with T.J.'s mastery of writing, performing and producing music to create amazing custom intros and themes for your show.

You will discover why you need a powerful intro, why a custom intro is so important and how to get started.

Give it a listen at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/episode433.

#5 BEST OF 2023

The number five episode of 2023 is 6 Steps To Profitable Podcasting – PTC 429.

It sounds so easy. So, why is it so difficult to create a profitable podcast?

The gurus make more money by making it sound quick and easy for you. The truth is... It is easy to understand.

However, the implementation becomes difficult when you are trying to do it yourself without a step-by-step system.

YOUR PROFITABLE SYSTEM

On this episode, I am going to give you the 6 steps to build a profitable podcast.

Just keep in mind that it will take diligent, consistent effort to reach your goals.

These 6 steps will sound easy. You will find yourself saying, "Everybody knows that, Erik. This doesn't sound like magic."

That's because it isn't magic. It is a system.

Stop throwing things against the wall to see what sticks. Instead, Focus.

Follow one course until successful.

At the end of this episode, I will invite you join me in a program that will walk you through this entire system to create your profitable podcast.

BEST OF EPISODE 429

You can get all six steps to profitable podcasting on this podcast.

We also talk about the Podcast Profits Accelerator.

In this program, you will...

Grow your audience, increase your downloads and add subscribers to your podcast
Increase your impact and influence in your niche to monetize your show
Build a strategy that will attract your ideal clients on a consistent basis

If you want real help building and implementing this podcast profit framework, you really need to be in the Podcast Profits Accelerator.

You can get enrollment details at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/accelerator.

Give it a listen at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/episode429.

#4 BEST OF 2023

The fourth most downloaded episode of 2023 is The Magic Of Rapport – PTC 425.

So many podcasters struggle to make money with their podcast. It is the primary challenge when coaches come to me for help. The thing they are missing is rapport.

Building rapport is the biggest piece of the sales process. And most podcasters miss it with their podcast.

On this episode, I want to help you refine your process, so you can make money with your podcast.

Don't make it harder than it needs to be.

STRATEGY

You know how most podcasters don't make money with their show? They waste a lot of time on their podcast when it doesn't do anything to grow the business?

I am a content coach. I help you build powerful, sales relationships with your podcast.

If you ever want to try it, the process is really simple.

First, we have a 30-minute conversation where we get clear on your podcast goals, what you hope to accomplish and how the podcast works into that plan.

Next, we figure out where you are today, determine what you've tried in the past, and build the strategy to get you to your goals.

And if you like what we've built, and you want some help implementing your strategy, I can show you what that would look like.

You can only continue to dump so much time and effort into an ineffective podcast that isn't bringing you clients and growing your business. Doing what you're doing isn't getting you to your goals.

My clients enjoy the freedom, success and financial gain by attracting clients through their podcast.

They free up their time and relax with a real strategy to consistently and easily attract clients with their show.

Implementation of the strategy we build helps them quickly and easily grow their revenue without the frustration, hard sales and guess work.

I have a few slots on my calendar if you want to meet, find the holes in your strategy, and craft your strategy to make money with your podcast. Visit www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply and we'll talk.

BEST OF EPISODE 425

There are the 7 steps to building rapport with your podcast. Now it is time to get started.

You can only continue to dump so much time and effort into an ineffective podcast that isn't bringing you clients and growing your business. Doing what you're doing isn't getting you to your goals.

My clients enjoy the freedom, success and financial gain by attracting clients with their podcast.

They free up their time and relax with a real strategy to consistently and easily attract clients with their show.

Implementation of the strategy we build helps them quickly and easily grow their revenue without the frustration, hard sales and guess work.

I have a few slots on my calendar if you want to meet, find the holes in your strategy, and craft your strategy to make money with your podcast. Visit www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply and we'll talk.

Give it a listen at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/episode425.

#3 BEST OF 2023

The number three episode of 2023 is How To Make Money With Your Podcast – PTC 423.

So, you want to make money with your podcast. Why?

I know that sounds like a crazy question. Who doesn't want more money?

Dig a little deeper. What is really driving your desire? What would more money do for your business, your family, your mission and your life?

How could a successful strategy that helps you consistently make money with your show change your life?

Let's look 5 years down the road. Imagine what you can accomplish in 60 months if you know where you're going and have a plan to follow.

Can you see it? Can you see how your life is different?

That's why you want to make money. It isn't the money. It's all about the transformation in your life that the money makes possible.

One of my clients told me, "If we are able to generate leads, that is awesome. If we are helping change people's lives, and they are reaching out to us, that would be a success. Becoming a resource is the goal."

Money makes the mission possible.

What would that feel like if that transformation came to life 5 years from now? How great would it be to be clear on your actions and relieving all that stress?

You know you have the expertise to change lives. Your success is just a matter of getting in front of your ideal clients. That is the power of an effective podcast strategy.

I'm going to show you the four steps to make money with your podcast. If you are struggling, your strategy probably has a hole in one of these areas.

BEST OF EPISODE 423

Only 3% of your market is buying today.

A fraction of your target market is actively looking to make a purchase right now.

Another 7% could possibly be convinced they need it now.

For 30% of your audience, the time isn't right.

The next 30% don't believe they need it based on the info the currently have. They need more education.

Your final 30% may never buy. They may be a user of different brand or have different needs.

If you are spending all of your time closing, you are missing 97% of your target market.

Even you convince that 7% that could be sold, 90% of your audience isn't looking to buy right now. You are missing a huge opportunity.

We talk about an effective approach on this episode.

Give it a listen at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/episode423.

#2 BEST OF 2023

The second most downloaded episode of 2023 is Why ChatGPT Means You Matter Even More – PTC 430.

ChatGPT is all the rage. It's also the reason why you now matter even more than ever.

As an oversimplified definition, Chat GPT uses artificial intelligence like Siri on your iPhone or your Alexa smart speaker. It is just much more powerful.

GPT is short for Generative Pretrained Transformer.

We'll get into a deeper definition in a bit.

What I want you to understand is the impact it will have on your podcast.

NOT ALL INFO

Your podcast cannot simply be information. ChatGPT has nearly all the information anyone could ever need. It is the depth of the internet with the conversation of Alexa.

It was an early Monday morning in March of 1995. I had just started my new job as Program Director of an alternative radio station in Lincoln, Nebraska.

I was standing in the jock lounge. It was basically an open room with a countertop around the perimeter. All the DJs kept their stuff in there.

Sitting on the countertop was a big, bulky, desktop computer. It was primarily used to schedule music logs for the stations.

However, this particular computer was connected to the World Wide Web. The mid-90s was when the internet really started taking off.

We would pull up a site called Webcrawler. It was the first search engine to be widely used. It was also the first to fully index the content on web pages.

One of the primary investors in Webcrawler was Paul Allen of Microsoft. But, we'll get to that connection in a minute.

As we played with Webcrawler, we could find anything we wanted. I typed in all sorts of words and phrases to see what would come up. Baseball, bullfrogs, blues music. It was all there.

IT'S ABOUT TO CHANGE

And that's when I realized the world was about to change. The Encyclopedia Britannica set and the World Books we had in the basement of my mom's house were no longer relevant.

Why would I search the encylopedia when I could use Webcrawler?

Now, I know you're probably thinking the use of an encyclopedia sounds ludacris. Or I just sound old. Either way, it was the dawn of a new day.

This also meant my radio show could no longer be the interesting bits of trivia or music news I typically shared. I would need to serve my listeners something Webcrawler couldn't.

That something turned out to be me, my story and my personality. Webcrawler couldn't copy that.

Rather than sharing the tidbit that Bob Mould was once a member of Husker Du and then of Sugar, I needed to talk about the strange sounds coming from the apartment next door last night or the time Ozzy Osbourne wouldn't stop talking to my girlfriend.

Thanks to Webcrawler and the World Wide Web in 1995, it was indeed a different world and time for a new approach.

HERE WE GO AGAIN

And that's where we are again today.

ChatGPT has the information. If you are only serving information on your podcast, you are the new version of the Encyclopedia Britannica.

BEST OF EPISODE 430

In this episode, we talk a lot about sharing your story and personality to separate you from ChatGPT and make you unique.

You can continue to deliver information episode after episode and end up fading away like the Encyclopedia Brittanica. Or you can share a little bit of you on every episode and build long-lasting, powerful relationships with your listeners.

If you would like help developing stories for your show, grab my Story Development Worksheet at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/story.

Developing your personality is a little more involved. I would love to help you walk through that process.

We can talk about that during your Podcast Strategy call. It is my gift to you. No charge. We just develop a powerful strategy for your show.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply, click the button and apply to have a chat with me. We will develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

Give it a listen at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/episode430.

#1 BEST OF 2023

The most downloaded Podcast Talent Coach episode of 2023 is Unique Podcast Business – PTC 426.

Let's take a look at each of the six steps to build your podcast profits framework.

Step one is your Podcast Platform. This is your foundation and your why.

TaVona Denise worked with me to build a strong foundation and a powerful “why” for her show. She worked as a nurse, but no longer loved the profession. She transitioned out of nursing into a new career.

Soon, she began coaching other nurses to do the same and find the career they loved. This quickly became her purpose in life and she built her show around helping nurses launch their own businesses.

AUDIENCE ATTRACTION

Step two is your Audience Attraction. This step helps people discover you. You get in front of new potential listeners and show them how you can help. This is all about partnerships, attraction and engagement.

You want to find influencers who are already speaking to your ideal clients and partner with them.

Greg Payne is the host of the Cool Grandpa podcast. He was around 350 downloads per month. After implementing the Audience Explosion Blueprint, his monthly downloads hit 854.

When I put this step into place with my own show, I was able to double my downloads in the span of three months. I basically doubled my audience in 90 days. That was after 275 episodes as well.

BEST OF EPISODE 426

On this episode, we talk with Anne Sullivan about using her podcast to grow her harp teaching business.

Anne Sullivan began her career as a concert harpist at age twelve when she appeared twice as soloist with the Philadelphia Orchestra.

A native of the Philadelphia area and a graduate of the Curtis Institute of Music, she is in demand as a recitalist, chamber musician and symphonic soloist.

Her orchestral appearances have included engagements with the Baltimore Symphony, the Delaware Symphony where she was principal harpist, the Pennsylvania Chamber Orchestra, and the Chamber Orchestra of Philadelphia.

In 2012, Ms. Sullivan founded Harp Mastery®, an online resource which now serves a worldwide community of harpists.

Her creative approaches to teaching harp students of all ages focus on helping harpists achieve harp happiness, which she defines as "playing the music you want the way you want."

Through her blogs, a podcast, online courses, challenges, live events, and proprietary coaching process, Harp Mastery® continues to empower every harpist to find fulfillment and joy in their harp playing. Learn more at harpmastery.com.

Anne now uses her podcast to grow her business and connect with her students.

In our conversation today, you will get many nuggets to help you in your business as well.

Anne shares with us how she launched her podcast, how she uses the podcast in the business and how her first episode turned out.

Give it a listen at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/episode426.

ARE YOU READY?

Are you ready to have a conversation with me?

Next week we will talk with podcast lawyer Gordon Firemark and determine if your podcast is legal.

View Details

What we tell ourselves is often more powerful than what actually happens to us. Our mindset is a critical factor when it comes to determining our success.

(Get her guide Unlocking the Power of Podcasting to master your mindset at http://merrijohillaker.com/podcasting.)

HOCKEY

This weekend, the high school hockey team I coach struggled against a team we should have easily beat. It was all because they were focused on the wrong things.

Before the game, I encouraged my team to focus on the goal at hand while controlling what they could control. Don't get sidetracked by listening to that little voice in your head that wants revenge for a hard hit or a bad call.

During the game, the referees were making questionable calls against our team. Calls against the other team were missed just as I had predicted.

Things came to a head when one of my guys took a penalty and got into a skirmish with a player from the other team. Another player on our team came in to defend our guy.

The referee stepped in to separate the players.

Instead of maintaining composure, my guy yanks himself away from the referee in a motion that looks like he is throwing a punch.

That move resulted in a suspension.

Rather than keeping our eye on the prize and winning the game, we want to get back at a player for an action nobody will remember in two days.

How many times do you get derailed by the voice in your head? When was the last time you started focusing on minor details that don't move the needle rather than the 20% that produces 80% of your results?

It's all about mindset. Keep you head in the game to win.

MY UNICYCLE MINDSET

When I 8, I wanted a unicycle. I really liked unique things.

One Christmas, I found one in the Sears catalogue and put it on my list.

My unicycle was under the tree that year.

Over the next 8 years, I spent hours falling on my butt and cracking my head.

I would hold onto the tree branch above my head to get on. Then, I would start pedaling as fast as I could to see how far I could get before I fell.

Over and over. I would do it for a few weeks, then pack it away. The next summer, I would do it all over again.

It wasn't that I couldn't ride a unicycle. I just had to conquer the voice inside my head to get the mindset right. It was a matter of believing I would eventually learn to ride that unicycle if I just stuck to it.

JUGGLING MAGIC MINDSET

The same thing happened when I taught myself to juggle. Balls were dropped over and over again.

When I was learning magic, I failed time and time again until I perfected a trick. Only then was it ready to show anyone else.

If a trick isn't perfect, everyone will know how it's done. It takes plenty of failures before the trick is ready for prime time. And, it takes a strong mindset to work through that valley until you reach success on the other side.

FINDING SUCCESS

Huge success comes to those that push past the failures until they reach success. Far too many let failures disrupt their progress.

Mindset is the secret sauce. Rather than listening to the little voice in your head, tell yourself you just learning how to do it properly. It's all part of the process.

We can win or we can learn. There is no room for the failure mindset.

Many successful people have taken a position on the failure mindset.

"I can accept failure. Everyone fails at something. But I can't accept not trying." ― Michael Jordan

"Our greatest glory is not in never failing, but in rising every time we fail." ― Confucius

"Many of life's failures are people who did not realize how close they were to success when they gave up." ― Thomas Edison

"Those who dare to fail miserably can achieve greatly." ― John F. Kennedy

"The difference between average people and achieving people is their perception of and response to failure." ― John C. Maxwell

"You have to be able to accept failure to get better." ― Lebron James

"Failure is success in progress." ― Albert Einstein

"You may encounter many defeats, but you must not be defeated. In fact, it may be necessary to encounter the defeats, so you can know who you are, what you can rise from, how you can still come out of it." ― Maya Angelou

"The past can hurt. But the way I see it, you can either run from it, or learn from it." ― Rafiki (The Lion King)

MERRI-JO HILLAKER

Today, we talk mindset with Merri-jo Hillaker.

As an attorney, mindset coach, functional nutritionist, author, and member of numerous charitable boards, Merri-jo is committed to impacting as many people as possible through her coaching and educational courses to support personal breakthroughs from limiting beliefs, many of which "they don’t know they don’t know."

She is convicted to empower people to truly take back control of their most critical asset… their mind… and step into the life they perhaps have only dreamt of!

As successful as she was through her thirties, including being VP and General Counsel of a publicly-traded company at the young age of 28, she was frustrated by some things in her life that just were not working.

She refused to accept life as it was so searched to uncover "why life wasn’t working out." Such discovery work took her to an even more incredible level of success, multiple streams of income, deep relationships, and unlimited involvement in charitable endeavors beyond even her expectations.

Her #1 core value is contribution. And that's why I'm excited that she is here to share her thoughts on mindset and success with us.

MINDSET TAKEAWAYS

I have three big takeaways from this conversation.

First, choose to be different. We make the facts mean things, and that's why the voice in our head believes it. We are not just born that way; we create it with our mindset.

Next, it's not failure. It is just an experience in your life. What did you learn from the event? Search for the learning and you will start to shift your mindset.

Finally, choose to respond and be responsible rather than being a victim. Control what you can control.

Next week, we will take a look at the year in review. I will bring you my six biggest episodes of the year.

View Details

PROMOTE YOU VS PROMOTE YOUR GUEST

When interviewing others on your podcast, it can become difficult to tell your story and promote your business. On this episode, we discuss 3 ways to monetize your podcast interviews.

CHALLENGE WITH INTERVIEWS

Using interviews is a great way to create content on your podcast, because when you create an interview, you don't have to do a lot of the heavy lifting.

When you create an interview, you simply need to ask some great questions of your guest and then be a great listener. Allow your guests to tell great stories.

It's a super convenient and easy way to create great podcast episodes.

The challenge with podcast interviews is finding a way to highlight your expertise and demonstrate your authority on the podcast episode while making your guests look great.

Dave Jackson over at the School of Podcasting says, "If you want to grow your influence and authority, do a solo episode. If you want to grow your network, do an interview episode."

I prefer to combine the two and do both formats.

Occasionally, I'll do solo episodes. Occasionally, I'll do interview episodes.

INTERVIEWS CAN BE EFFECTIVE

But I don't think those interview episodes need to just be a write-off where you can't demonstrate your expertise and authority in your space while also making your guests look great.

It is a benefit to you when you make the guest the star. You benefit by association with the guest.

When you make your guest look great, you look great in return. You look great by association. When you interview amazing people on your show, you benefit just by being associated with those great people.

But you can't only rely on making the guest look great to drive your business.

When Oscar came to me for coaching, he had a great podcast. He is an expert in listening.

Oscar Trimboli hosts the podcast Deep Listening - Impact Beyond Words. That's also the name of his book, which is fantastic.

During our initial call Oscar said, "I have a podcast. I love doing it. But it's not doing anything to grow my business."

Can you relate to that?

So many coaches tell me they struggle to attract clients with their podcast.

I listened to an episode of Oscar's podcast. He did a great job interviewing his guests because Oscar is a great listener. Of course, he does a great job interviewing.

The problem was there was nowhere in the episode where Oscar told me what he did or how I could work with him, And that's the challenge.

3-STEP PROCESS

How do you create space for yourself to demonstrate your expertise and authority while making your guests the star and making your guests look great?

Create space for yourself by teaching a little bit before you get into the interview.

I use a 3-step process.

First, record the interview first. Sit down with your guest. Have a fantastic conversation. Make your guest look great during that conversation.

Then when the interview is over, record an introduction to the interview. It might last 5 or 10 minutes where you demonstrate your expertise and authority on the subject matter.

This introduction could be a broader topic.

AN INTERVIEW EXAMPLE

On last week's episode, I interviewed Kimberly Crowe. She is an expert when it comes to speaking to sell. Kimberly runs Podapalooza and Speaker's Playhouse.

She's fantastic. If you didn't check out the last episode, go back and listen to Episode 469 with Kimberly Crowe "Speaking to Sell". It's amazing.

Kimberly does a great interview on speaking to sell. Then I do a little teaching on speaking in general and the different kind of stages you could land for speaking gigs.

My teaching a little broader than what Kimberly talks about. I use her as a small micro example of the bigger topic I teach on the episode.

You might teach on something and use your interview as a case study for what you just taught. Take 5 to 10 minutes before the interview begins to demonstrate your expertise and your authority before you get into the interview.

Once you get your teaching done, you can allow your guests to shine. You've already done your work and heavy lifting.

The teaching allows you to make yourself the authority and the expert in your space. The teaching directs people to your call to action, getting them to your lead magnet, getting them to on your email list.

Do that all up front before you get into the interview.

Now the interview can still allow you to grow your network. It can still allow you to create great relationships with your guests. But it also allows you to demonstrate your expertise and authority in each and every episode.

So what are the 3 big ways you can use interviews to monetize and grow your business?

AUDIENCE TO CLIENTS

The first way to monetize interviews is to monetize your audience. Turn your audience into clients. Sell your own stuff.

When you get great guests on your show, demonstrate what it is that you have to offer, and lead your listeners to doing business with you.

I discovered 6 reasons your podcasts don't make money, and the very first reason is you don't have anything to sell. If you don't have anything to sell, it's difficult for you to make money.

NO SPONSORS

A lot of podcasters come to me and they say, "Erik, I wanna generate some revenue with my podcast."

I say, "Fantastic. How do you wanna do that?"

And they say, "I want to sell ads and sponsorships."

That is the worst way you could monetize your podcast. You do not want to clutter up your show with ads and sponsors.

There are four reasons ads and sponsorships are bad for your podcast.

LARGE AUDIENCE

First, ads require a very large audience. Over 5,000 downloads per episode is usually what it takes to land a sponsor for your show or sell advertising.

This threshold is especially true if you're working with the larger ad agencies. They want podcasts that are over that 5,000 downloads per episode in order to be in that stratosphere to sell ads and sponsors for your show.

According to podcast audio host Libsyn, only 7% of all podcasts on Libsyn achieve that number. That means 93% of all podcasts on Libsyn don't hit the 5,000 download per episode number. It's very hard to sell ads and sponsors when you're not over that number.

So, the 93% of us that aren't over that number need to find Some other way to monetize. That would be selling your own stuff.

TOO MUCH TIME

The second reason that podcasts, suffer when it comes to ads and sponsors is that selling ads requires a lot of time and energy to get out and sell an ad or a sponsor.

Let's look at radio. A radio station has a staff of 15 or 20, each working 40 hours a week to sell advertising on the radio station. You don't have that kind of time.

And then once you sell the ad or the sponsor, you then have to go do it again and again and again. Even if you sell them for a quarter or for a year, you still have to go out and do it again.

If you create your own stuff and you sell listeners into a recurring revenue model like a membership, then you sell them once and you're making money over and over again.

When you create a course, you do the work once and it generates revenue over and over again without you having to do the work again. And it's much easier to sell a course than it is to sell advertising and sponsorships.

TOO MUCH CLUTTER

The third reason that ads and sponsors are bad for your podcast is because it clutters up your show.

Studies of traditional media, television and radio show people are fleeing traditional media. They want to get away from all of the commercials on radio.

People are running toward podcasting because there isn't the quantity of ads and sponsors that you find on traditional media.

I was listening to Brendon Burchard's podcast the other day. I love Brendon's content, but my finger started to get sore from fast forwarding through all the commercials.

His podcast had probably four minutes at the beginning, another four minutes in the middle, and another four minutes at the end.

I had to fast forward through all of them, because it clutters up the content. I just want to listen to the show.

That's why I enjoy podcasting. I can get away from the deluge of ads and sponsors.

Now if Brendon were just selling his programs, I wouldn't have a problem. His programs are great. I've invested in many of his programs.

But, I don't need to hear ads about Kajabi and all the other stuff that he has in there.

12 minutes of commercials doesn't make for an enjoyable experience.

THE CEILING

Finally, ads put a limit on the amount of revenue you can generate. That makes it bad for your podcast.

All of that work you put into creating great content and all of the work you put into selling a sponsor, only to limit the amount of revenue you can generate.

Even look at Brendon. It is one of the biggest podcasts in the business spectrum, and he has twelve commercials on his podcast. Twelve is overload, and he's only got 12.

How much money can you possibly make on an annual basis if it's limiting your inventory? You have a ceiling on the amount of revenue you can generate.

SELL YOUR STUFF

So instead of ads and sponsors, market your own stuff. Use your podcast as a marketing tool for your products and services.

If you're going to advertise anything, advertise your stuff. Or at least an affiliate product so you're getting paid every time a product sells.

CURRENT CLIENTS

To use interviews to turn your audience into clients and generate revenue, interview current clients. Interview clients who have already gone through the transformation that you offer.

Have a conversation with current clients about where they were, the transformation they experienced, and where they are today.

You talk about the transformation you offer, and then invite your listeners to come experience that same transformation by becoming your client.

Shane and Jocelyn Sams host the Flip Lifestyle podcast. It is mostly Shane now. Jocelyn in there occasionally.

The 2 of them are a husband and wife team. They run the Flip Lifestyle membership. I believe the Flip Lifestyle podcast is now transitioning into the Make Money Online podcast. He changes it every now and then.

On the podcast, Shane typically interviews current members of the Flip Lifestyle community. They talk about where the guest was when they started building their membership.

Shane asks the guest about their experience and transformation going through the Flip Lifestyle community. They talk about what did they discovered, what they learned, the things they implemented, their transformation, and finally where they are today.

He talks about all of these great individuals who create these fantastic memberships and make a ton of money online. Then he invites his listeners to come and join the community.

It's a pretty simple process. Turn listeners into clients by interviewing current clients and demonstrating the transformation those current clients have experienced. It's a great way to turn your interviews into revenue.

Interview current clients and show your audience the transformation you offer. Invite the audience to come and work with you. That is the first way to monetize podcast interviews. Monetize your audience.

INTERVIEW POTENTIAL CLIENTS

The second way to monetize podcast interviews is to turn your guests into clients. Interview potential guests.

If you do strategy calls or discovery calls for your coaching business, this is a fantastic way to turn those calls into interviews and convert clients.

Instead of just doing a generic interview on your podcast, invite prospects to be on your podcast.

Give them a free coaching session. That coaching session is your strategy session or your discovery call, and it allows you to start building the relationship with your guests to turn them into a clients.

How often do you struggle with getting people on your strategy call or on your discovery call?

When you invite people to be a guest on your podcast, the perception of the sales call fades away.

OPEN DOORS

Zoë Routh is an expert on people stuff. She helps businesses break down the silos, so different departments work better together.

When Zoë came to me, we talked about her podcast and how she could make it more effective.

I asked Zoë how many downloads she was getting.

She said, "I have no idea."

I said, "Really? You don't know what your downloads are? I thought we were all obsessed about our downloads."

Zoë said, "Yeah. I'm not really worried about it. That's not how I use my podcast."

She expanded on that a bit.

Zoë continued, "I use my podcast just to open doors to potential clients who wouldn't normally take my call."

In her consulting business, Zoë works with high level CEOs to help them restructure their business. They break down the walls of the silos, and help departments work better together.

Zoë told me, "A lot of times, those CEOs are busy and don't have time to take my call or meet for coffee for a sales pitch. So instead, I call and I invite them to be a guest on my podcast."

She said, "It makes it a lot easier to get past the gatekeeper. It makes it a lot easier to have a conversation with that CEO, and it makes it a lot easier to start building a relationship with that individual. So I use the interviews as a way to open doors to potential clients."

I thought that was absolutely brilliant.

BUILD RELATIONSHIPS

Now, Zoë has the opportunity to have a conversation with the CEO when she invites that CEO on the podcast as the guest.

Next, she has a conversation with the CEO on a pre-call.

Then she has the interview with the CEO, so she's on for a third time having that conversation.

Finally when the episode is ready to publish, Zoë has a fourth conversation with the CEO. On this call, she explains to them how the episode is published, how they might share it, and how they might benefit from it.

At this point, she's had four conversations with that CEO before they ever even start talking about doing business together.

She's building the relationship. By the time she's done with that fourth call, they are ready to talk about working together.

Now they know each other. They have a bit of a rapport going on. That CEO is much more likely to have that conversation and take that meeting with Zoë than they were if it were just a cold call.

She uses her in her interviews to turn guests into clients.

And here's the benefit. When you do it this way, it also accomplishes that first way to monetize by turning listeners into clients. When you interview a potential client, and you give them that coaching call or that discovery call or that clarity call, it also shows your listeners what is possible by working with you. It shows listeners what it's like to sit down and have a discovery call with you.

When you invite listeners to a discovery call, they understand how it works and what it looks like.

Show listeners what's possible by interviewing potential clients.

INTERVIEW PARTNERS

Finally, the third way to monetize your podcast interviews is to interview joint venture partners.

Interview partners who can put you in front of your ideal target listener, and interview partners who have great opportunities for your audience.

Interviewing partners will help you generate affiliate income by marketing what your JV partner has to offer. But, it also gives you a platform and a stage to swap with that joint venture partner so they can put you on their stage and give you an opportunity to make your offer to their audience.

You win twice.

YOUR JV PACKAGE

Marc Mawhinney is the host of Natural Born Coaches podcast. It's a great podcast. He was my coach for awhile, and he's fantastic.

Marc also runs the Coaching Jungle. It's a Facebook group of about 25,000 members.

To generate revenue with his interviews. Marc does a really unique joint venture program. It's called the flat fee JV. He charges joint venture partners a flat fee.

When you typically work with a joint venture partner, you get a commission from everything that sells through your affiliate link.

You interview JV partners on your show. They make an offer through your affiliate link. Whenever somebody buys through that affiliate link, you get a commission. It's pretty cut and dry.

Nobody loses in that situation. When people buy, you get paid. If people don't buy, you don't get paid. When people buy, your JV partner wins because people enroll. If people don't buy, your JV partner doesn't lose because they are not out any money.

That's how a typical joint venture partnership works.

FLAT FEE JV

With Marc's flat fee JV, people pay him one flat fee. In that flat fee, you get an entire package.

The flat fee JV package includes an interview on his podcast. He hosts a webinar for his entire community featuring you. You are allowed to post in his Coaching Jungle Facebook group. Plus, Marc does a few Facebook live videos with you in the Facebook group, and you're included in his daily email.

It's all in a complete package. You get it for all for one flat fee.

So you pay him, you get all of that marketing, and he only gets paid the flat fee. You keep all revenue generated.

The downside to Marc is that there's no increase in affiliate commissions. He doesn't make more the more people buy. He just delivers on his promise, and he gets one flat fee.

So, his revenue is capped, but there's also a floor. He doesn't make any more. He doesn't make any less. It's pretty steady income.

On the JV partner side, there's a risk that people don't buy anything and you're out your flat fee. But, there's also an upside that if people buy more than what the flat fee cost you, you keep all of it.

It is a great upside, but it's also a great way to leverage interviews to help joint venture partners and to help make money.

Now, you can do the flat fee JV like Marc does. Or, you can do a traditional joint venture partnership where you interview partners. Whenever somebody buys, you make a a commission.

TRADITIONAL JV PARTNERSHIP

Sadie and Sausha over at Meathead Test Kitchen do this. I help them launch their podcast. They talk about all the stuff they love in health and fitness

On the podcast, they direct people to their website to buy all of the stuff they talk about. On their website are all the affiliate links to buy all of the great stuff they talk about.

This is a great way to leverage partnerships to generate revenue through interviews as well.

Sadie and Sausha interview health experts and people who've invented things in the health and fitness industry. They interview those experts about their products and services.

Finally, Sadie and Sausha offer those products and services on their website through their affiliate link, and they make great money there.

YOUR STAGE

It's just one way to leverage partnerships. It also gives you that stage.

When you're talking to somebody about putting you in front of their audience so you can attract your ideal clients, you now have a stage you can put them on.

You can put partners on your stage in front of your audience, your stage being your podcast. Get them exposure to your audience. You both win.

This is a great way to leverage podcast interviews to grow partnerships and monetize your podcast interviews.

THE THREE WAYS

Those are your 3 ways to monetize podcast interviews.

The first is you can turn your audience into clients.

The second way is turn your guests into clients.

And the third way is to interview partners and generate, revenue through commissions and affiliate fees.

So, get in there and refine your interviews. Refine the way you conduct interviews.

Set up that little, space at the beginning. Leave space for yourself to demonstrate your expertise and your authority in your space so you get people to understand how you are the expert before you get into the interview.

Demonstrating your authority at the beginning will allow you to shine the spotlight on your guest, and make them look great without having to figure out how to weasel your way in and make yourself look great.

Just get in there and show them what you do.

EXPERIMENT

Select your favorite way to leverage your interviews for revenue and get started with it this week. You may need to Experiment with 1 or 2 of these to see what works, to see which ones you like.

Monetizing your audience might take a little longer than monetizing your guests. But when you monetize your audience, you have more than one person in your audience that could become a client.

When you're monetizing your guest, it's just the one person sitting across from you that could become a client. However, that one person sitting across from you might become a client much faster than the audience will become a client.

The audience is a little further away in terms of relationship. It's going to take longer to nurture them and move them along to be your client.

So one comes with speed, figure out which one you want. It's quality or quantity. Experiment, and see what works. The the biggest thing I can recommend is that you get started today.

This week when you're creating your next interview episode, decide how you want to monetize that interview. Start doing one of these 3 strategies.

You'll start generating revenue In the right way, in a in a powerful way. Just get started and take some action.

NEXT WEEK... MINDSET

Next week on the show, we will talk to Merri-jo Hillaker about mindset. Where are you in your mindset?

I know that little voice inside your head creeps in and starts talking about all of the things that could go wrong. The voice tells you why you're not the right person to do it.

We all struggle with that little voice in our head. We're gonna help you beat that back next week.

Merri-jo Hillaker has some great tips for us when it comes to mindset and achieving all that we want to achieve.

View Details

SPEAKING TO ATTRACT YOUR IDEAL CLIENTS

If you want to get in front of new listeners, speaking is a powerful way to spread your message.

MY SPEAKING FIRST

It was a thrill the first time I was in front of a big crowd, because I wasn't on stage by myself and I didn't speak.

It was 1994. The radio station team was on stage welcoming the crowd to our 16th birthday bash featuring REO Speedwagon, Starship and Cheap Trick.

8,500 people were in the crowd cheering for us.

That's when I realized the crowd wanted to see us. More importantly, they wanted to see us succeed.

When you are on stage, the audience typically wants you to be successful. But when you do trip up, it shows you are human just like them.

MY BIG SPEAKING DISASTER

One year I was emceeing the annual banquet for our high school hockey league. There was roughly 150 high school hockey players along with their parents in the audience.

I was reading from a script I didn't write. It was prepared for me by the committee.

The script said, "The season got off to a fast start." Now, we speak differently than we write. If you're writing a speech, always read it aloud before you present it.

That didn't happen this time. And fast start is hard to say quickly. So instead it came out as, "The season got off to a fart."

150 high school boys and most of their parents erupted in laughter.

I could only stand there and wait until the belly laughs died down.

I then said, "Or as some people like to say, fast start."

That moment taught me that bringing laughter to an audience, even at my own expense, is electric. It also isn't the end of the world.

Most of the people in that room probably don't remember that moment today.

We often take our mistakes, errors and blunders much more seriously than anyone else in the audience.

Nobody died. We just moved on.

NATURAL SPEAKING BUTTERFLIES

Most of us get a little nervous before we speak. We are afraid a "fast start" moment of our own will happen.

That's natural. The butterflies mean you're excited before you speak.

Embrace that energy and excitement. Let it get you fired up to give a great presentation.

When I am in front of a crowd of 3,000, I find one person and speak to her. Then I find another and speak to him.

Instead of getting overwhelmed by speaking to 3,000, I speak to individuals over and over again.

WHAT IS SPEAKING?

When most people think of speaking, they think of standing on stage in front of a live audience. In today's digital age, the definition of speaking is much broader.

The definition of speaking can mean anytime you're in front of an audience.

The biggest speaking opportunities today are podcasts, live events, summits, masterminds, virtual events, and radio and television interviews.

To grow your audience and build your business, get on a stage.

And when you get on that stage, get the audience to your email list. Let the email list lead people to your podcast. Nurture the relationship.

People will be on your email list until they unsubscribe. You can remind them each time you release a new episode.

LAND SPEAKING GIGS

On this episode, we are joined by Kimberly Crowe.

Kimberly Crowe is an award-winning, international inspirational public speaker, keynote speaker, TEDx speaker, and an authority on speak-to-sell.

She is also a best-selling author, and serial entrepreneur. Kimberly is the broadcast personality of the weekly online show, Speakers Playhouse, and the founder of Entrepreneurs Rocket Fuel.

She is known for her expertise on audience engagement. Her mission is to make speaking on stages super accessible and super fun for entrepreneurs and coaches to share their message in the world.

You can get a great resource from Kimberly called, "Speak to Build Your List: The Magic of Public Speaking to Rapidly Grow Your Tribe of Loyal Raving Fans."

Download it for free at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/Kimberly.

Enjoy my conversation with Kimberly Crowe.

MY BIGGEST SPEAKING TAKEAWAYS

There are three things I took away from Kimberly's conversation.

First, speak to sell is anything that leads your audience to next natural step to buy a product or service from you.

Next, give your listener a link she can grab after she is done doing what she's doing. She is often listening to your podcast while she is doing other things.

Finally, give 80% value. Then give your call to action before you give your last 20%. Don't offer it too early. But also don't drop and run.

You can get a great resource from Kimberly called, "Speak to Build Your List: The Magic of Public Speaking to Rapidly Grow Your Tribe of Loyal Raving Fans."

Download it for free at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/Kimberly.

View Details

ARE BIGGER DOWNLOADS THE RIGHT QUESTION?

There was a post in a podcasting Facebook group the other day wondering why they don't have bigger downloads. The download challenge hits all of us. So, let's overcome that struggle.

The post said, "We have recently launched our 6th episode and have been running for 6 weeks now. My downloads have not even hit 500 yet. I feel like there is something else I should be doing."

As you can imagine, the Facebook crowd was quick to offer their opinion along with their exaggerated download numbers.

First, let's look at the issues with the question. Then, we can talk about the solutions.

THE 7 ISSUES

There are seven big issues when asking about your downloads.

Not all downloads are equal.

Be careful when you are comparing your internal numbers with the public numbers of others. You typically are not comparing apples to apples.

The niche and target are different. Your content and personality are different. The longevity and experience are different.

So, let's look at why you shouldn't be ask this question in the first place.

BUILD IT FOR BIGGER DOWNLOADS

My best friend and I recently drove to Detroit to see my son play in a hockey showcase. He rocked it.

As we were passing Cedar Rapids, Iowa, we saw the exit to Dyersville, Iowa. It is the place there they filmed the movie Field of Dreams.

In the movie, the owner of a farm is told, "If you build it, they will come."

He builds a baseball diamond in his cornfield. Soon, ghosts of baseball legends come to play. They attract a huge audience and reunite the farmer with his dad.

Unfortunately, if you build it they will come only happens in the movies. You need to promote your podcast to build your audience.

Just because you've published your show, don't believe your audience will automatically grow.

Take action each week to methodically get in front of new listeners who aren't aware of you.

SOCIAL MEDIA

One commenter on the Facebook post suggested social media.

That's only part of the answer.

To grow your audience, you need to attract new listeners while keeping your currently listeners coming back episode after episode.

Feed both sides of the equations.

There is a problem trying to grow with social media. Those people already know you.

Unless you are spending money on ads, organic social media won't do much to help you reach new listeners and get bigger downloads.

APPLES TO APPLES

We talked a little about comparing yourself to others. Your bigger downloads aren't equal to bigger downloads of others.

You can't compare yourself to everyone else.

Your show and niche are different. You don't know where they are starting.

If someone launches a show after building a Facebook group of 25,000, they are much further ahead after six episodes than you will be. It's not the same.

QUALITY BIGGER DOWNLOADS

When you are seeking bigger downloads, look for quality over quantity.

It is much more important to have 100 people who love everything you do and buy everything you offer than it is having 1,000 people who are just curious.

There are three levels of prospects. You have those that are intrigued, those that are interested, and those that are invested.

Prospects that are intrigued are kicking the tires to see what's available. They aren't anywhere close to being fully committed to solving their problem.

Those that are interested have taken that first step. They are aware of their problem and are seeking a solution.

Interested people may have given you their email address or registered for a webinar. They may have even subscribed to your podcast.

Then, you have the invested people. These are prospects actively spending money on their solution.

If you have an audience full of invested people, it can be much smaller and much more profitable than an audience of intrigued people.

PERSPECTIVE

Next, keep your bigger downloads in perspective.

According to audio hosting company Libsyn, the median number of downloads of all podcast episodes that were released between 30 and 60 days ago is typically around 150.

(If you'd like to host on Libsyn, visit https://libsyn.com/ and use the coupon code PTC to get your first month free.)

The median is the middle. If you stack all downloads smallest to largest, the median is the number right in the middle. There are 50% more and 50% fewer.

Let's assume the 6th episode of this particular podcast was recently released. The number of downloads wouldn't be included, because it is just beginning to get downloaded.

So, this podcast is getting nearly 100 downloads an episode and it's brand new.

100 downloads is pretty good considering the median is 150. Keep it in perspective.

BIGGER DOWNLOADS TAKE TIME

With that being said, the next challenge is time. It has only been 6 weeks.

This show is brand new and you are already at 500 downloads. Give it time to grow.

Have you ever planted tomatoes?

In the spring, we put in six tomato plants. They grew and grew with no tomatoes.

Finally, late July arrives. It has been about 10 weeks since putting the plants in the ground.

Temperatures get up to around 100 Fahrenheit. Next thing you know, we can't keep up with all the tomatoes on the plants.

In early August, we were picking tomatoes everyday. There were so many.

Looking for bigger downloads six weeks after you launch is like walking out to your garden six weeks after planting and wondering why you don't have anything ready to pick.

Give it time.

PATIENCE

Finally, podcasting takes patience. Enjoy the journey.

One commenter said podcasting has taught them patience. This is probably the wisest comment I've seen on Facebook.

He who enjoys walking will walk much farther than he who enjoys the destination.

Regardless of where you are, there will always be bigger downloads. Enjoy the journey.

7 WAYS TO GET BIGGER DOWNLOADS

Now, let's talk about getting bigger downloads.

Just because you shouldn't be comparing yourself to others doesn't mean you shouldn't be working to get bigger downloads.

There are a variety things you can do to grow your audience.

Remember to seek quality over quantity as you consistently do the work to grow.

NEW LISTENERS

First, remember the two sides of the equation. You must get new listeners in addition to keeping your current listeners coming back.

Find ways to get in front of people who don't know you. Invite them to your email list, so you can nurture the relationship.

You can then email those people each time you release a new episode.

RETURNERS

Next, keep your current listeners coming back week after week.

You need to effectively tease your next episode. Email your list and remind people to listen. Post on social media to let your following know about the new episode.

If you don't keep current listeners coming back, it's like putting water into a bucket with holes in the bottom. No matter how much water you add, you bucket won't remain full.

PARTNER FOR BIGGER DOWNLOADS

The third thing you need to do to create bigger downloads is collaborate.

Find partners who are already talking to your ideal listeners.

Collaborate with those partners to get in front of their audience.

Too many people approach business with a scarcity mentality. They think if they introduce another expert to their audience, their clients will leave and go to the other expert.

Business doesn't usually work that way. Many clients use multiple experts.

If you have someone helping with your podcast, you might have somebody else helping with your website and a third coaching you around your sales.

Find partners who serve the same audience in a different way.

INTERVIEWS

Next, get bigger downloads by getting interviewed. Get on other podcasts.

Podcast listeners listen to podcasts. Fish where the fish are.

I know it sounds basic. Podcast listeners listen to podcasts. But, are you leveraging that opportunity?

The average podcast listener consumes about 7 different shows each week. Roughly 30% of podcast listeners consume over 11 different shows on a weekly basis.

Just because they are listening to another show doesn't prevent them from listening to you.

Get interviewed.

GET PEOPLE TALKING

If you want to get bigger downloads, create word of mouth. Get people talking about you.

To create word of mouth, create great content that people will talk about.

Spend time creating great episodes. Determine the biggest challenges of your audience, and then help your audience solve those problems.

CONSISTENCY LEADS TO BIGGER DOWNLOADS

Next, be consistent.

People are creatures of habit. Show up in their life every week and become a habit.

You do this by consistently publishing at the same time every week.

You also need to consistently promote your show. Appear in the lives of your listeners on a consistent basis.

Select your three primary promotional vehicles, and work on them regularly.

OPPORTUNITIES FOR BIGGER DOWNLOADS

Finally, never pass up a mic.

If someone offers you an opportunity to get in front of their audience, take it.

When it comes to bigger downloads, I'm more concerned with the quality of the audience than the size of the audience.

I've landed a $20,000 client by speaking to a group of six.

You never know when you'll find that perfect client. Never pass up a mic.

GET YOUR BIGGER DOWNLOADS

When it comes to bigger downloads, have a strategy.

First, don't compare yourself to others. Simply work to grow.

Next, have a system that you can execute consistently.

Then, get new listeners to come while keeping your current listeners coming back.

Finally, be consistent.

NEXT WEEK

Next week I'm going to help you get in front of new listeners.

We will talk with Kimberly Crowe. She is the founder of Speakers Playhouse and Podapalooza, which is a great way to get yourself interviewed. You can learn more about Podapalooza at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/podapalooza.

Kimberly will talk with us about landing speaking opportunities and speaking to sell. That's all next week.

View Details

When it comes to producing your podcast and running your coaching business, there are many ways to save time in your week. But there is nothing better than grouping tasks that allow you to work in your zone of genius.

3 WAYS TO SAVE TIME

There are three ways to save time in your week.

Batch your work by doing multiple episodes at the same time.

Group your work, so you're doing similar work at the same time. Use the same part of the brain.

Find the time in the day when you do your best work for each specific type of work.

SAVE TIME BY BATCHING

First, you can save time by batching your work. This means doing multiple at the same time.

If you are recording a podcast, record two or three.

When you are writing your show notes, complete two or three.

As I write my daily email each week, I write 7 days at the same time.

This allows your mind to get in the flow. It will also save you time by getting prepared only once.

To record a podcast, it takes time to set up the equipment, get the audio software loaded, turn off all the distractions and all the other prep tasks.

When you record two or three episodes as the same time, you only need to do the set up once. It will save you a little time you can use elsewhere.

Do this for your other tasks like email and show notes. The time will quickly add up. The flow will also produce better work.

SAVE TIME BY GROUPING

Different tasks use different parts of the brain. When you record the podcast, you use the performance part of the brain. Editing requires the analytical part. When you write email, you are tapping into the creative side.

Each time your brain switches to a different part, it takes time to get into the flow to do your best work. When you group similar tasks together, you will save time because your brain isn't switching modes so often.

Find tasks that are similar, and do those tasks at the same time.

Many experts I know segment tasks by day. Monday is meeting day. Tuesday is content creation day. Wednesday is podcast recording day.

SAVE TIME WITH TIMING

Finally, you can save time by finding the right time of the day.

We all have our perfect time of the day. I'm not a morning person. I perform best at night. Mornings need to be set aside with few interactions with others.

However, I was just on a call with a client. She is a morning person and told me she works best between 3:30 and 5:30 in the morning.

When she was on a training at 6p, she found herself getting irritated. After 4pm, she often gets exhausted and cannot be effective.

Find the time of day when you do your best work. It will be different for different tasks. You'll present better at one time of the day and you'll do analytical work at a different time of day.

When you find your best times, you will save time by getting in the flow and doing great work.

KATHI BURNS

Today, Kathi Burns joins us to help us find more creative ways to save time in our week.

Kathi Burns, CPO® is a Board Certified Professional Organizer, Image Consultant, author and speaker. As the founder of Organized and Energized dot com, her mission for almost two decades has been to end overwhelm, energize, and transform lives by creating systems clients can stick to.

Kathi is nationally recognized for her simple organizing and style solutions and featured on Good Morning America as a successful woman owned business. She hosts Organized and Energized! The Podcast.

You can get the Ultimate Productivity Checklist from Kathi Burns at

http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/productivity.

View Details

Your podcast gives you great opportunities to create multiple streams of income. The show is like the gateway for your clients to enter your world. After they enter, help them solve their problems with a specific stream of income.

Dan Miller of 48 Days to the Work You Love joins us on this episode today to discuss how his podcast sits at the center of his revenue universe.

ONE STREAM OF INCOME

Before you can create multiple streams of income, you need to get your first stream producing income. Focus on one before you launch others.

There is power in focus.

There is a saying that is contributed to Confucius. Then again, many sayings are.

The saying is, "The man who chases two rabbits catches neither." When your focus is divided, you accomplish very little.

Get your first stream of income working before you launch the next. You will find much more success.

I suggest you start with the easiest stream of income. The easiest is the one that is easiest for you. We each have our own super power. Leverage your strengths.

Before we talk with Dan Miller, let's look at a few options for your first stream of income.

Some of these links are affiliate links, one of my streams of income.

When you purchase through an affiliate link, it doesn't cost you any more than it would to buy directly from the site. However, I may receive a small commission by promoting it.

I only promote products I use and believe in. The last thing I want to do is promote something that isn't something I trust will help you.

ONE-ON-ONE COACHING

One-on-one coaching is typically the easiest place to start if you teach people how to do something.

When you share your expertise to help people overcome their challenge, this stream of income is easy to set up.

First, determine the outcome you help your client achieve. Next, offer that coaching to your audience with a clear benefit.

You can do your coaching calls on Zoom or the phone. Have clients pay you through PayPal or something similar. My first client sent me a money order.

Craft a simple agreement, so each person knows what to deliver and what they can expect. Now you're rolling.

GROUP COACHING

Group coaching is another option.

This stream of income takes a little longer to get traction. With one-on-one coaching, you only need one person. For group, you need multiple people.

You will probably start your group with one person and let it grow. Just let the one person know they will get personal attention until others enroll.

As you enroll multiple people, it is much easier when you set up recurring payments through a shopping cart. It is a challenge manually keeping track of who paid and when payments are due.

I use ThriveCart. They currently offer a lifetime deal, but that is going away soon. You can see if the deal is still available through my affiliate link at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/ThriveCart.

COURSES

Courses are a great way to do the work once and sell it multiple times. However, it takes consistent marketing.

Don't believe if you build it they will come. You need to consistently get your course in front of your clients.

When you create your course, solve one specific problem. I made the mistake of putting everything I know into my first course. Nobody bought it.

Nobody wanted everything. They simply wanted to solve their most pressing problem.

To create a course, you need a course platform. ThriveCart actually has a course platform built in called Learn+. You can see it on that same page at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/ThriveCart.

I have also used Groove. It's an all-in-one platform that is pretty powerful. You can see that at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/Groove.

I have also used Teachable for my courses. Teachable is easy to learn. However, they standard plan has recently limited users to five courses. I've outgrown that, so I've moved onto other platforms.

There are many other course platforms. Do your homework to find one that is perfect for you.

MEMBERSHIPS

The next powerful stream of income is a membership site. This could be a combination of coaching, courses, and content.

There are a ton of ways to set up your membership site. It really depends what you want to include and accomplish.

There are plugins available for your Wordpress site, like WishList Member.

You can use membership platforms, like Might Networks.

The all-in-one platforms like Groove and Kajabi also have membership options in their systems. You can take a look at GrooveMember inside of Groove at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/Groove.

Your membership platform will control your content, which members have access, and how they pay for that access.

AFFILIATE COMMISSIONS

Affiliate commissions are a great stream of income to get started generating income.

The benefit of affiliate commissions is the ease. You don't have to build anything. You simply promote others and get paid when something sells.

The down side of affiliate marketing is the work. You won't typically create repeat customers, because you are selling for somebody else. The provider will have the relationship.

Just remember to vet the products and services you promote. Never be an affiliate for something you haven't used yourself or done complete due diligence to ensure the quality of the product and provider.

By law, you cannot say you've used something or that it delivers a result unless you have used the product or service and receive that result. Be careful what you say.

PRODUCTS

You can also create a stream of income with products.

You might write books, create software, or build apps. This is a great way to do the work once and sell it again and again.

The benefit of products is the relationship. You can create repeat customers and lead them to the next step with you.

The down side is the revenue and time. You won't make much off the sale of a book or app. You'll need to sell a lot to make any meaningful revenue.

Products also take a long time to create. You don't typically write a book in a weekend.

Therefore, let your product lead to something bigger.

DAN MILLER

Dan Miller has multiple streams of income. And his podcast sits at the middle of that network of goods and services.

Dan is author of the New York Times best-selling 48 Days To The Work You Love and Wisdom Meets Passion, No More Dreaded Monday and An Understanding Heart.

Dan has an amazing community call the 48 Days Eagles. I am the Dean of Podcasting in the membership. It is an amazing way to find or create the work you love.

Dan is holding a free 48-Day Dream Live Blueprint event online on November 14th, 48 days before the end of the year. If you would like to create big dreams for next year, visit www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/dream.

You can see the full 48 Days Eagles membership opportunity at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/eagles.

Dan's podcast sits at the center of his multiple streams of income and he joins us to share some tips with us today.

View Details

To make more sales with your podcast, you need to identify the correct prospect. Rather than attracting everyone to your podcast, attract your ideal clients.

Your ideal clients need to have four characteristics.

PAIN

First, they need to have a pain they know they have. Trying to convince someone they have a problem is a challenge. You don't want to try to convince someone they have a grub problem in their lawn when their lawn looks perfect.

Your ideal client must also be actively trying to solve the problem. Many people want to lose weight. But, how many are actively seeking a solution for which they will pay money?

This can't be any pain. It must be a problem causing great pain that the prospect will do anything to solve.

WILLING AND ABLE TO BUY

Next, they need to have the ability to buy your stuff. As much as broke people might need your solution, it does you no good if they can't afford to spend the money.

On the other hand, don't assume they can't afford it. Your situations or beliefs around money is not equal to their status.

Ability to buy also means being willing to spend money on your solution rather than another opportunity.

EASY TO FIND

If they have a known pain and are able to buy, you need to be able to find those prospects.

You can't afford to market to everyone. That's why it is so important to define your niche.

You need to be able to find people or platforms that already have the attention of your ideal client. This will allow you to make them aware of your solution.

EXPANDING MARKET

Finally, you should be in an expanding market.

Trying to sell recording tape in a digital world would not be wise. That market is shrinking.

Markets that are expanding would be artificial intelligence, electric vehicles and podcasting.

MAKE MORE SALES

We just wrapped up the Podcast Profits Summit. 24 guests shared ways to make more sales with your podcast.

Jim Padilla was one of my guests.

He is a Global Impact Strategist & Investor. He the founder and CEO of Gain The Edge. It's a done-for-you provider of industry-leading sales systems and unicorn sales professionals.

Jim co-heads Gain the Edge with his amazing wife, Cyndi Padilla. He and Cyndi have generated over quarter billion dollars in sales for a long line of high-level entrepreneurs.

I want to share this interview with you to help you make more sales with your podcast.

You can connect with Jim at JimP360.com.

View Details

Your podcast and content provide amazing opportunities for you and your business. Just think of the things you've been able to do, because you have a podcast. Today, I want to share 9 amazing things your podcast makes possible.

SUMMIT

I have a powerful way to deep dive each of these ideas.

As an entrepreneur, you know better than anyone what it takes to run your business, much less produce a successful podcast every week.

With more podcasts to choose from now more than ever, imagine if you could get all your questions answered in one place. How great would it be getting the step-by-step help you need to position your podcast to stand out and rise above the rest?

Imagine what that could mean for the future of your podcast and your business.

I'm bringing together 24 amazing experts to help you make that a reality. We will have conversations around all the questions you've been asking.

Get registered at http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/summit.

It’s happening online November 2-4, 2023. I have gathered outstanding experts from every aspect of podcasting and online business.

Join us to discover how to transform your podcast into a huge success.

You’ll receive practical and tangible podcasting strategies including how to build, market, monetize, and grow your show as I interview these 24 experts one by one.

It doesn’t matter how many podcasts are out there. Your podcast has the ability to outshine the rest.

Plus when you upgrade to VIP, you’ll receive VIP gifts from the top experts who are joining me, a recording of the entire summit, and two resources from me.

To register for Podcast Profits Summit, visit http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/summit.

I can't wait to see you there.

Let's dive into the 9 things your podcast makes possible. These are 9 of the 24 summit session you'll enjoy at the Podcast Profits Summit.

SHARE YOUR MESSAGE

First, you podcast allows you to share your message and leave your impact on the world. Your listeners get to hear your voice, experience your passion, and get impacted by your expertise.

You have a message to share. People need what you know. Your podcast makes that possible.

Janelle Anderson will join us on the Podcast Profits Summit with "How to Ensure Your Message Isn't Just Heard, But Felt". This is how you make your impact on the world by sharing your message.

Known as the Speaking Confidence Coach for coaches, Janelle is a Certified Professional Coach, author, and renowned speaker.

Janelle is on a mission to empower coaches to launch on a strong foundation of clear messaging aimed at the audience most aligned with their passions and strengths, then grow their business through masterful speaking and storytelling.

YOUR PASSION

Next, your podcast allows you to build a business around something you love.

As the old saying goes, "Do what you love and you'll never work another day in your life."

Your podcast gives you the opportunity to build your business around that one thing you love.

Jeanette Shorey taught music in schools for over 2 decades. She now hosts Stories That Sing.

Her community is called the Happy Music Teacher. It is full of resources and community for elementary music teachers all promoted by her podcast.

During the Podcast Profits Summit, Jeanette will talk about building a business around your passion.

DISCOVERY

Third, your podcast helps you get discovered.

So many coaches come to me struggling to build their audience. How do I get more listeners, more downloads, more clients?

When you build it right, your podcast can be a powerful tool to get you discovered.

Search engine optimization is often mysterious to many people. It doesn't need to be that way.

With a few of the right tools and strategies, you can show up in searches and get discovered using your podcast.

On the Podcast Profit Summit, Daniel J. Lewis will join us with "Make Your Podcast Discoverable with Search Engine Optimization (SEO)".

Daniel is the host of "The Audacity to Podcast".

You'll definitely want to catch this session.

Remember, going VIP on the summit will get you the recordings of every session of the summit along with other amazing resources.

THE TOP OF YOUR FUNNEL

Next, your podcast can sit at the top of your funnel.

To grow your business, your client needs a path to follow. We call it the funnel.

You offer free content to give people a taste of what you do.

Get people to take action by allowing them to download a free resource in exchange for their name and email address. We call this the lead magnet.

After nurturing the relationship through your email list, you make an offer to your audience and turn them into clients.

Your podcast is the top of that funnel. This is where you give listeners that free content. Your podcast makes your funnel possible.

Trent True will join us on the Podcast Profits Summit to discuss how to demystify your podcast funnel.

ATTRACT IDEAL CLIENTS

The fifth thing your podcast makes possible is attracting ideal clients.

We talk about this a ton on Podcast Talent Coach.

Your podcast makes powerful conversations possible every week. There are few things more powerful than being in the ear of a person having a one-on-one conversation sharing your stories.

This is how people get to know, like and trust you.

If you want to get more clients for your business, your podcast will make that possible.

I am giving you that during the Podcast Profits Summit. It is called "5 Ways to Attract Your Ideal Clients with Your Podcast".

BUILD RAPPORT TO MAKE SALES

Next, your podcast makes more sales possible.

There are many ways to make sales. Being authentic, building rapport, and getting others to help are three important pieces to that process.

Collaboration is an amazing way to get in front of more potential clients and make sales.

Jim Padilla is my coach and will bring "Leveraging the Power of Collaboration to Make Sales" to the Podcast Profits Summit.

Jim is the founder and CEO of Gain the Edge and host of the "Opportunity Makers" podcast.

This is definitely a conversation you'll want to revisit again and again. You can do that when you go VIP for the Podcast Profits Summit.

All VIPs get recordings of all the sessions. You also get VIP gifts from the speakers, my guide to attracting clients, and my course "How To Crush Your Next Podcast Interview Like A Radio Pro".

Get registered and go VIP at http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/summit.

STAGES

Things your podcast makes possible number 7 is speaking opportunities.

Your podcast is like a demo reel. Not only can you attract stage owners, you can also show them what you do and how you do it.

Being on stage is a great way to get in front of potential clients. There are a variety of stages.

Get on stages and turn those audiences into clients.

Kimberly Crowe is the host of Speakers Playhouse and Podapalooza. She brings us "How Coaches and Entrepreneurs Can Instantly Profit By Speaking on Four Types of Stages" during the Podcast Profits Summit.

JV OPPORTUNITIES

Next, your podcast makes joint venture opportunities possible.

You now have a stage to share with other experts. The can interview you on their stages in return.

You can also promote joint venture partners and make affiliate commissions.

Marc Mawhinney runs the Coaching Jungle. It is a group of over 25,000 on Facebook. Marc also does joint venture in a unique way.

He also hosts the podcast "Natural Born Coaches".

He will share his process with us during "Creating Unique and Powerful Joint Ventures" on the Podcast Profits Summit.

MULTIPLE STREAMS OF INCOME

Finally, your podcast makes possible multiple streams of income. Your podcast sits at the center of your business.

The podcast can feed multiple other revenue streams. It could be speaking, writing, coaching, courses, and a variety of other streams.

You simply need to build it properly.

Dan Miller is author of 48 Days to the Work You Love. He hosts the podcast of the same name and runs the 48 Days Eagles Community.

Dan's podcast sits at the center of his revenue universe. He will show us how he does it during "Creating Multiple Streams of Income With Your Podcast".

It's all part of the Podcast Profits Summit.

SO MUCH IS POSSIBLE

These are just 9 of the 24 amazing sessions you'll experience during the Podcast Profits Summit. You can register for free at http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/summit.

Imagine getting all your questions answered in one place over three days. How great would it be getting the step-by-step help you need to position your podcast to stand out and rise above the rest?

Imagine what that could mean for the future of your podcast and your business.

This event is going to be a ton of fun. I'm bringing together 24 amazing experts to help you make that a reality.

This isn't your typical talking head type of summit. I'll be having powerful conversations with each of these experts asking the same questions you would ask if you were sitting in front of them yourself.

Get registered at http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/summit.

I can't wait to see you there.

View Details

IT TAKE A STRATEGY TO MAKE MONEY

Don't feel alone. Many coaches struggle to make money with their podcast. They simply don't have a strategy.

I know it can be frustrating. You work so hard to create your episode each week. It is a lot of time and energy devoted to your podcast with very little to show for it.

The lack of success has less to do with you and more to do with your process.

WHERE TO MAKE MONEY

There is one thing I want you to understand before we start down this path.

Your podcast isn't your revenue engine. It is part of your marketing plan to have more sales conversations.

Your podcast doesn't generate revenue. It promotes and markets the thing you sell.

Podcasting is a long-term game. This isn't a "get rich quick" opportunity.

If you use podcasting correctly, the momentum of the fly wheel will continue to help you generate revenue in your business for years to come.

Unfortunately, many coaches give up before the fly wheel gets spinning fast enough.

FADE AWAY

Many podcasts fade away before the 10th episode is published.

When a podcast publishes less and less frequently until it completely ends is known as podfading.

I thought this stat was crazy until one day when I was helping a client find other podcasts that could interview her.

We opened Apple Podcasts to search for her niche. We were looking for other podcasts that were speaking to her ideal client.

As part of that process, we want to find podcasts that interview guests, speak to our ideal client, and are actively publishing new episodes.

I just searched that same keyword in Apple Podcasts. 3 of the 8 recommended podcasts haven't published a new episode in the last 90 days.

Podcasters quit publishing new episodes for 3 primary reasons.

First, podcasting is more work than they thought it would be. They simply don't have a process and team in place that will allow them to produce an episode consistently each week without eating all their time.

Next, the show doesn't grow as fast as they thought it would. Sometimes, these podcasters believe if you build it they will come. The don't have a system in place to effective grow their audience in a methodical way.

Finally, podcasters give up because the show doesn't monetize as fast as they thought it would. They don't have a strategy in place to make money.

To help you succeed, I am building a Podcast Profits Summit. 24 experts will help you build your strategy to make money with your show.

The Podcast Profits Summit will happen Thursday, November 2nd through Saturday, November 4th. I've invited some of the smartest and most successful experts in podcasting to give you their best.

More details will come later this week. I hope you can join us.

HOW TO MAKE MONEY

To make money with your podcast, you need a strategy. Every strategy will be a little different. It depends where you are starting.

You can make money with your podcast using six steps.

First, determine what you are selling. Since your podcast doesn't generate revenue, what will you sell to make money?

Second, determine where that sales conversation happens. This could be a one-on-one sales call, webinar, sales video or a variety of other venues.

Now figure out how to get listeners to that sales conversation. This sometimes involves giving them a lead magnet and nurturing the relationship.

Other times, you could simply invite listeners to a webinar or video. It depends on the size of your offer.

The fourth step is creating content that describes the need for that lead magnet or next step. Inspire your audience and get them to take that step.

Step five is building the audience. Now that you have content that will get people to your sales conversation, grow the audience, and put that offer in front of them.

Finally, use your podcast to build powerful relationships with your listeners. Let them get to know you through your stories. Encourage them to go deeper with you.

WHERE TO START

To answer how long does it take to make money with a podcast, you need to determine where you are in that six-step process.

Your time to monetization will depend on your position along that timeline.

If you are on step one and just figuring out what to sell, it will take you much longer to make money than if you are on step five and simply trying to get your highly converting offer in front of more people.

Your time to monetization will also depend on the amount of time you can spend developing and refining the process.

Enjoy the journey. You'll experience much more success. As the saying goes, he who enjoys walking will walk much farther than he who enjoys the destination.

MAKE MONEY QUESTIONS

Here are eight questions to ask that will help you make money with your podcast. These questions will help you get clarity on your process.

THE SIZE

How big is your following?

The bigger your following when you start, the closer you are to your goal. This following could be an email list, social media following, or anywhere you have the attention of your audience.

RELATIONSHIP

How strong is your relationship with that following?

There are those that are intrigued, those that are interested, and those that are invested.

Some people came into your world through a giveaway or some other 3rd party introduction. These people may not be fully committed to what you do. They were simply intrigued by what you offered.

There are others who love everything you do. Those people are invested. These contacts are much stronger candidates to help you make money with your podcast.

How strong are your relationships? That will determine how fast you can make money with your podcast.

IDEAL CLIENT

Is your ideal client perfectly clear? [Get the worksheet here.]

You can't hit a target you can't see. When it comes to finding your ideal client and getting them to buy your stuff, you need to know where to find them. You also need to know how to communicate with them.

If you haven't defined your ideal client, you cannot effectively get your message in front of them. You will be spread too thin, and your message will be watered down.

Identify your ideal client so clear that you can see one person in your mind. Then, filter everything you do through that individual.

THE PROBLEM

Do you clearly understand the real problem she is trying to solve?

Her problem cannot simply be she wants to make money. Determine the "why" behind the problem.

Why does she want to make money? How will that change her life? What will that make possible?

Go a few levels deep to define the real problem she is trying to solve. Your marketing will be so much stronger and more effective.

URGENCY

How urgent is that problem?

The last thing you want to do is try to convince somebody they have a problem.

If I have to convince you that your website is inefficient, it will be very difficult for me to sell you web services. You're not actively looking for that solution.

When I started Podcast Talent Coach in 2013, I created the ultimate podcast course. It had everything in it.

The course began with your niche and show focus. We discussed show prep and topic creation.

I taught interviewing and content creation. We talked about editing and publishing. You learned how to promote and grow.

There was a section on monetization.

Everything I had developed over my decades in radio was is in this course.

Then, I discovered nobody wanted everything. Podcasters weren't trying to solve their "everything" problem.

Most podcasters that came to me were either trying to grow their audience or make money with their show.

These podcasters weren't looking for a show prep solution or a show clock. They were searching for a solution to their most pressing problem.

That course was never published. Instead, I created focused courses on the three most pressing problems coaches were facing with their podcasts.

That's when my business took off. I got clear on the urgent problem.

WHAT YOU SELL TO MAKE MONEY

Do you have something to sell?

To make money with your podcast, you need to have something to sell.

This could be your product or service. It could be an affiliate product. Maybe it's a membership.

It doesn't matter what it is. The only thing that matters is that you have something to sell.

AUDIENCE STRATEGY

Next, do you have a strategy to build your audience?

Once you have something to sell and a place to sell it, you need to get that offer in front of more people strategically.

Audience growth doesn't need to eat your entire week. It just needs to be a strategy that you can effectively execute a few minutes each day.

THE SYSTEM

Finally, do you have a system to turn listeners into clients?

This is a system that puts it all together. All six steps we discussed earlier.

Don't let the process eat your entire week. Create a system where each step feeds the next and helps you make money with your podcast.

MAKE MONEY SUMMIT

The Podcast Profits Summit will happen Thursday, November 2nd through Saturday, November 4th.

I am bringing 24 of the smartest and most successful experts in podcasting together to help you build your strategy to make money with your show.

More details will come later this week. I hope you can join us.

View Details

THE BENEFITS OF A PODCAST INTERVIEW

An interview on your podcast can be a powerful way to grow your audience, increase your reputation, and generate revenue.

However, it can't be any interview. Be strategic with your interviews.

Many clients come to me struggling to gain clients from their podcast.

When we first met, my most recent client told me she loves doing her podcast, but it has hit a plateau. The audience wasn't growing and she it wasn't producing any new clients.

It is a struggle I hear quite often. Finding room during the podcast to attract clients is difficult when you are trying to make your guest look great.

When you interview a guest, they are likely on your show to promote their product or service. It is a challenge to find an opportunity to promote your business at the same time.

So, how can you leverage a podcast interview to grow your business.

It start with your selection of guests.

There are four types of guests you can interview on your podcast.

INTERVIEW CURRENT CLIENTS

First, you can interview current clients.

The stories of your current clients will help your listeners envision how they might benefit from the same outcome.

Get your guest to tell the story of where they were before you started to work together. Have them describe what they discovered through your relationship and the transformation they experienced. Finally, have them tell you where they are today.

Your listeners will be able to see themselves in your guest. That will allow you to invite listeners to work with you for the same results.

Shane and Jocelyn Sams do this on their Flipped Lifestyle podcast. They often bring on members of their online community.

The interview is all about the results they are getting in the membership. Shane will ask about their struggles and lead them to even more resources in the program.

This is a great way to demonstrate exactly what your program accomplishes.

INTERVIEW POTENTIAL CLIENTS

Next, you can interview potential clients. This is a great way to open doors.

Rather than doing a free coaching call, invite listeners to be coached on your show.

Zoe Routh interviews potential clients. She works with busy CEOs and finds it difficult to get past the gate keeper to get an appointment.

On the other hand, she has very little trouble inviting those busy CEOs to be interviewed on her podcast. Once she has established a relationship, she can begin discussing the potential of working together.

INTERVIEW PARTNERS

Another option is to interview JV and affiliate partners.

Your podcast is a great stage you can share with others. Interview swaps are a powerful way to get exposure to other audiences.

Not only can you get exposure when you interview partners, you can generate revenue through affiliate commissions. Simply encourage your listeners to purchase your guest's products or services through your affiliate link.

Sadie and Sausha do this on the Meathead Test Kitchen podcast. They talk about the products and services they use and love. Sadie and Sausha will interview the creators of those products. At the end, they direct people to their website to buy it.

INTERVIEW REPUTATION BOOSTERS

Finally, you can interview influencers who can improve your brand and reputation.

These interviews won't directly increase your revenue. However, it will boost your brand.

When you interview a well-known individual in your niche, you benefit by association.

Your mom always told you about guilt by association. When you hang out with the bad kids, people assume you're one of the bad kids.

Same is true with your podcast. When you hang out with the cool kids, people think you're one of the cool kids.

If you can land a big name for your podcast, take the interview. It might help you with search. Your association with the person will elevate your reputation. And it can possibly open doors for you in the future.

INTERVIEW THE CORRECT WAY

Once you have the right person on your show, you need to conduct the interview in a way that engages your listeners.

Make it a conversation rather than a question and answer session. Nobody wants to listen to an interrogation.

Instead, have a meaningful conversation. It only requires a few great questions and attentive listening.

Listen and ask great follow-up questions.

Get your guests to tell great stories through the questions you ask.

Shape the story by learning how to politely interrupt. Prevent your guest from dominating the conversation. Remember, it is your show. Control it.

When they begin to ramble, jump in with something like, "Hold on, let's unwrap that a bit. You said it only takes 15 minutes. If I'm working a full-time job, how can I make that happen?"

With that polite interruption, you're telling the guest you're really interested in something they just said. You stop them from rambling. And, you refocus the conversation.

Control the flow.

INTERVIEW QUESTIONS

You can get help shaping your interview questions. Download my 17 Ultimate Podcast Interview Questions. You can download it for free at http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/interview.

These questions are designed to get your guests to tell stories. The questions can be tailored to any niche or interview.

Over my 30 years in radio, I've had the great fortune of interviewing people like Blake Shelton, Lady Gaga, Taylor Swift, and others.

These questions have been developed and refined from those years of interviewing. You can now benefit without all the trial and error.

LEAVE SPACE

Finally, invite your listeners to work with you.

As you conduct your interviews, leave space to promote yourself.

When I record an interview, I will wrap it with an open and close.

First, I record the interview. At the end, I determine the big takeaway of the conversation.

Then, I will record an introduction to the interview where I teach around that big takeaway. If my client is a visibility expert, I'll teach why it's important to find new listeners by being visible everywhere.

The interview then becomes a case study or "how to" around my teaching. Before I introduce the guest, I'll invite listeners to start down my funnel. I'll offer a lead magnet or invite listeners to a strategy call, so I can serve them even more.

After the interview, I close with the other half of the wrap. I thank the guest, recap the offer the guest made, and invite people to come back next week.

This allows me to get my call to action into the episode before the interview even starts. Now, I don't have to fight for promotion time as I interview.

Get your call to action in your episode early. It needs to happen before the interview.

Do it early, because 50% of your listeners don't make it to the end of your episode. They are listening while they are doing other things. When they done doing whatever they are doing, they stop listening.

Mention your call to action early, so you don't miss your audience.

EFFECTIVELY INTERVIEW

To create powerful interviews, be selective with your guests.

Then, use the right questions to interview effectively.

Finally, promote your business before the interview even starts.

View Details

What is your biggest challenge? I get many questions about all facets of podcasting.

Today we are going to overcome a variety of listener challenges.

Cathy wants to know how long her podcast should be. Behiye is stuggling with echo in the audio. Dave just wants to get started. And Kate's challenge is getting clients.

If you have a challenge with your podcast journey, you can always email me at Coach@PodcastTalentCoach.com. I would love to help you overcome that challenge right here on the show.

HOW LONG

Cathy's challenge:

How long should my podcast be?

There is not such thing as too long, only too boring. My radio coaches have told me that for decades.

It is true in every area of life. Have you ever been in a conversation wondering if it will ever end? You're wondering if there is a point to the story they are telling. That's what I'm talking about.

When I was getting my architecture degree, we had to take Architectural History. Not just one, but three levels of history.

If you love architecture, you love architectural history. The cathedrals, the Greek classics, the modern movement. There is so much beauty.

When I took Architectural History, it was a completely different story.

The professor would stand at the podium at the front of the tiered lecture hall. He would turn off the lights and turn on the slides.

For the next hour and fifteen minutes, he would proceed to read his notes in a monotone voice for each slide as we took notes and sketched the building on the screen.

There was no story. No engagement. Just facts in a monotone voice.

To make it worse, the class was at 8 in the morning. As a college kid, that was never good.

I would sometimes leave class to get a soda from the machine upstairs just to stay awake.

Twice a week, it was the longest hour of my life.

BROADCASTING

In my fourth year of school, I took Broadcast Management as I was considering a degree change to journalism.

Dr. Walklin taught Broadcast Management.

Every class, he would tell us about a great station that created a unique experience for their fans.

Dr. Walklin would tell stories of stations that got in trouble or got sued for something they did. But, people were still talking about it 30 years later.

In that class, we got to design our own fantasy radio station. We discussed why it would work and why it wouldn't. We learned about other station launches.

The conversations in that class were electric.

That's the difference between too long and too boring.

Tell stories and be engaging. As long as the momentum of the show is moving forward and keeping your listeners engaged, length doesn't matter.

Audio host Libsyn did a study of the top podcasts on the platform. They found that half of the podcasts were longer than an hour and half of the shows were shorter than an hour.

There is no magic number. Engage your audience and be consistent.

GARBAGE IN

Behiye's challenge:

It’s about reverb. Twofold need; How to avoid echo in the room from happening and how to edit it once it happened?

Best regards.

Behiye

Unfortunately, you can't do much with audio that is recorded poorly. You can clean it up a bit with some effects. But, you can't make it perfect.

Garbage in equals garbage out.

I once did an interview with Natalie Merchant. It was an opportunity that came my way while I was working at a station that played her solo stuff after she left 10,000 Maniacs.

Natalie was coming to town, and I had the chance to interview her over the phone.

After we completed the chat and I let her go, I listened back to the audio. It was horrible. There was a lot of hiss and fuzz from the phone line.

There was very little I could do to save the conversation. I used bits and pieces that you could understand, but had to throw most of it away.

If you record poor audio, you're stuck with it. So, make sure your audio is clean with a test recording before you do the full show.

CLEAN AUDIO CHALLENGE

Once the echo is recorded, it is difficult to remove it. There are 3 things you can do to get better audio.

Record in a room with soft surfaces. Hard, parallel surfaces like hard countertops, tile floors and bare walls create the echo. If your room has hard surfaces, hang some blankets in front of you to absorb the sound. I sometimes hang a sleeping bag over a stepladder in front of me to help.
Work the mic closely. The microphone should nearly be touching your lips or chin. No more than the width of two fingers away.
Ensure the mic is a directional mic and set up properly. This will prevent it from picking up room noise.

Use those tips and your audio should be much cleaner.

JUST START

Dave's challenge:

Just getting started. That's what I'm struggling with.

Cheers,

-Dave

The first step is the first step. Don't get overwhelmed by the entire process. Just take the first step.

In the Winter of 2015 and again in the Summer 2016, I stop podcasting. For about 8 weeks there was no new episode of Podcast Talent Coach. Life just got in the way.

We were traveling, and it cause me to miss a week. That week turned into two.

Two weeks turned into four. Next thing I know, I hadn't published for 2 months.

I knew I needed to get back at it. But the outline, the topic, the content, the recording, the editing, the posting, the promoting... it all seemed daunting.

Where was I going to find the time.

Well, I just took the first step. I brainstormed 50 different topics. It wasn't about the entire process. I only wanted to get the first step done.

Once I had 50 topics, I selected 3 that really sparked my interest. I created outlines for those 3.

It was a matter of taking the next step. I wasn't concerned with every step. Just the next step.

Let one step lead to the next. Soon, you'll have your episode published.

Just take the first step. Open the mic and start. Schedule it, and get it done.

CONFIDENCE

Greg's challenge:

Time and self confidence are big for me. If it isn't scheduled it didn't happen and we tend to focus on the easy things first. Got my intro done that took about 5 takes now don't seem to find time for first episode and when I do I draw a blank on content.

My Godson plays high school baseball. He is a big boy who plays first base and can really crush the ball.

He was at bat in the first game of the season with bases loaded and jacked a grand slam homerun. 4 runs.

There were two guys on base for his next at bat. He hit another homerun. 3 more runs.

7 runs in two at bats. You don't need to know baseball to know that is pretty good.

He's in another game in the middle of the season a few months later. For his first at bat, he hit a long drive to right center field. The right fielder makes an incredible dive to catch the ball for an out.

On his next at bat, he drive the ball straight up the middle just like you want to do as a batter. The ball ends up hitting the pitchers glove enough to slow it down. The pitcher throws him out at first.

Then for his third and last at bat, he hit a long ball all the way to the center field wall. The center fielder catches it about five feet in front of the fence for another out.

After hitting zero for three in that game, he tells his dad he doesn't believe he is good enough to play college baseball.

His dad made a great point. He said we often compare our results to the highlights of others.

On paper, Joseph went zero for three. Evaluating the game, he nearly went three for three with a home run. It was all a matter of inches.

We are often our toughest critics.

Speak to your younger self. Create content for the person you were a few years ago. Help that person get to where you are without all of the struggles.

RESOURCES

David's Challenge:

I haven’t started a podcast yet but have plans to do so soon. Any resources you can share will be truly appreciated.

Thanks.

-David

There are few resources you can use.

First, visit www.podcasttalentcoach.com/launch. You can find my free podcast launch minicourse. That will show you what it takes.

Next, check out www.podcasttalentcoach.com/workshop. I am holding a podcast fast workshop to help a group of people launch their podcast in a weekend.

Bruce came to me for some coaching. He wanted to launch a podcast around a book he had written.

As we do during my podcast strategy calls, we started talking about his goals. Bruce really wanted to help the world get healthier.

Our next step was to determine where he is today. Bruce tells me he purchased his microphone two years ago and has wanted to start his podcast ever since.

Sometimes the learning can get overwhelming. The more YouTube videos you find, the more different ways to create a podcast you'll find.

To launch, purchase a USB microphone. A Samson Q2U will cost you about $70 in the U.S. Plug the mic into your computer.

Download Audacity. It is free software. You'll record your episode there.

Export it as an .mp3. Upload it to an audio host like Libsyn. Share the RSS feed with the podcast platforms like Apple and Spotify.

That's the basic process.

During the Podcast Fast Workshop, I'll answer your questions and refine the nuances of your process. We'll eliminate the guessing.

WHAT MAKES A PODCAST

Gary's challenge:

I'm struggling with how to actually deploy a podcast. Can I call it a podcast if I do a series of LinkedIn Lives or Facebook Lives interviewing experts offering services to my target market?

Technically, as podcast is distributed through an RSS feed. It stands for real simple syndication.

By definition, a podcast is a digital audio file made available on the internet for downloading to a computer or mobile device, typically available as a series, new installments of which can be received by subscribers automatically.

The automatic part comes through subscription via an RSS feed.

You can do a series of LinkedIn Lives or Facebook Lives and call it a podcast. But it won't technically be a podcast, because people can't subscribe and have it automatically show up on their phone or computer.

To distribute a podcast, you will use an audio host. I am an affiliate for Libsyn. You can get your first month for free at Libsyn.com with the promo code PTC.

An audio host is like a storage unit for your audio. And your RSS feed is like the address to your storage unit.

You give your RSS feed, or your address, to all of the podcast players like Apple and Spotify. Then each time you upload a new episode to your audio host, it is automatically ingested into the podcast players via the RSS feed.

We cover all of that during the Podcast Fast Workshop. You can see all the details at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/workshop.

GET CLIENTS

Kate's challenge:

I have no idea how to convert listeners into clients. I use the books I have written as "sponsors" of the show, but am not sure what else to do without blatantly saying in a show, "I am a brain health coach".

I'm not sure why it's bad to blatantly tell people you're a brain health coach. It is what you do.

As long as you serve people and give them value, it is perfectly acceptable to give them the opportunity to go deeper with you. In fact, you owe it to them to get more if they want it.

I had known my friend Dave for about six months when he mentioned his book.

"Whoa, wait! You have a book?"

Dave says, "Yeah, it has been out for about a year now."

I ask him how I didn't know about that and why he has never mentioned it.

He tells me, "I don't mention it much, because I don't want people to feel I'm beating them over the head with it."

I say, "Dave, you've never mentioned it. How do you expect people to buy it and benefit from it if you never tell them it's available?"

To turn your listeners into clients, offer your listeners value on your show. Inspire them with the why. Then, give them a chance to go deeper with you if they choose.

As long as they benefit from the first part of the show, there is no guilt in giving them the chance to get even more.

I have a great resource for you. It is 7 ways to attract your ideal clients. You can download it for free at www.podcasttalentcoach.com/attract.

LET ME HELP

View Details

I've been receiving a lot of questions lately from listeners like you at coach at podcast talent coach dot com. So this week we are going to answer questions about dedicating time, who pays your fee, and how to increase your visibility.

We are currently in the middle of nowhere at a cabin in Vermont. Luckily the cabin has wi-fi, because there is no cell service up here.

A client joined me for a coaching call on Zoom yesterday. She is struggling to get clients into her group coaching program.

There are currently 6 episodes of her podcast published. And she has a small email list.

However, she has a list of about 24 people who have had a free introduction call with her over the last few months. She also has another list of 25 or 30 who had an introduction call earlier this year.

She wants to send an email to the entire group and let them know she is starting another round of her group coaching program. Then she would invite them to a group intro call.

It won't work. I told her nobody wants to come to a sales pitch.

People want to be served.

I suggested she send all 50 a personal email letting them know she is holding a free info session. Then ask if they are interested. That's it.

No details and no other info. Just, "I have an info session, are you interested."

If they respond with a yes, then send them the registration details with no mention of the group program.

My client thought that was a lot of work and going to take a lot of time.

Yep, it is and it will.

If you want to get your business off the ground, you need to put the time and energy into it at the start to gain some momentum.

Once you start making sales, you can then hire people to help you.

Few people will go the extra mile. That's why it's so effective.

Lucky, the cabin wi-fi held strong, and the coaching call went well.

That's why I love this journey. I can do it whenever and wherever. Even in a rural cabin in the middle of Vermont.

Let's answer a few questions. If you have a question for me, email me at coach at podcast talent coach dot com.

IS THIS RIGHT

My biggest challenge is deciding when to apply energies to this. I need to explore this within my business program. I did a 40-day run of FB Lives to “simulate” a content rhythm.

I’m balancing staying focused and becoming more visible.

Best

Jay

We just talked about selecting your three favorite strategies on Episode 458.

To build an online business, get in front of new potential clients and build a relationship. The best way to do this is content creation.

Where can people find you online?

There are three forms on content. You can create audio, video or the written word.

Pick your favorite and then select a method of sharing.

You might write a blog for your website or articles for another.

Your podcast could serve as your audio distribution method.

Maybe you love video. YouTube, Facebook lives and TikTok are all options for you.

Sure, you can repurpose your content across multiple platforms. But, you need to get proficient with one before you can spread it across multiple.

If you love doing the Facebook lives over that 40-day run, consider compiling a few each week into a podcast. This will allow you to repurpose the content you've already created.

Different people enjoy consuming content in different ways. Being available on different platforms will allow you to serve your content in the form they prefer.

CONFLICT

On the podcast front, my biggest challenge is working with a board of directors that loves a contractor who is defensive and territorial.

The contractor doesn’t understand the difference between an audio file posted to the Wordpress media manager on a single website and an RSS feed.

I pointed out about a half dozen issues that were preventing our "podcast" from reaching our audience.

Anonymous

This one is tough. I suggest you start by putting yourself in their shoes.

I was once hired by a client to launch his podcast to promote his book. We had a clear strategy with defined steps.

Once the project started, he handed it off to one of his assistants. The assistant would host and produce the show. But, my client was the one paying me.

It quickly became a challenge to get the buy-in from the assistant. He thought he knew how to create an effective podcast and didn't see the value of my coaching.

Because he didn't hire me, he didn't implement the coaching I was providing. Therefore, the show wasn't experiencing the success they buyer wanted.

The production services I was providing also took those duties off of the assistants plate leaving him less work to do.

I don't know if he felt I was taking his job. What I do know is that he wasn't invested in the outcome like his boss was.

The boss and I finally had a discussion. I explained the challenge and we agreed that it would probably be best for his company to go all in with one direction.

If he wanted the assistant to do the podcast, let him do it all. If he wanted my assistance, boss should be more involved with the show.

I separated myself from the decision and let the assistant take over the podcast. It was best for all of us.

With your situation, put yourself in the contractor's shoes.

What are they trying to accomplish?

How might you help the contractor see a better path to get there?

Be a partner rather than a competitor. Help the contractor reach the goals. Your life will be less stressful and everybody wins.

VISIBILITY

My biggest challenge is how to increase my visibility? How can I leverage my podcast into other forms such as Club House, Facebook, etc. and also how about summits?

What roles can these play to "weave" our podcast efforts to grow our engaged and "buying" audience more?

Edwin

ChatGPT can help you repurpose your podcast content. Once you've created your amazing episode, use ChatGPT to create short pieces to share across various platforms.

You can use a tool like Opus.pro to create short videos for you. Castmagic will help you transcribe and repurpose your content.

Post it on Facebook, LinkedIn, Instagram, or wherever your ideal clients congregate.

First, determine where your audience lives online.

Next, determine what type of content they like. It could be short videos, quote cards, or some other content.

Finally, ask ChatGPT to create some of that for you from the content you've already created. Repurpose it.

I'm not sure how you would connect your podcast content to appearing on other summits. But, you could use your own summit as podcast episodes.

Interview guests on your summit. Then, repurpose those summit interviews as podcast interviews. Add a quick introduction, and you have a great episode.

It all starts by getting clear on your ideal client. Know as much as you can about that person. Then, go find them online.

View Details

SHOULD YOU BE PODCASTING WITH CHATGPT?

In episode 430, we discussed why ChatGPT means you matter even more today.

WHAT IS CHATGPT?

As a recap, Your podcast cannot simply be information. ChatGPT has nearly all the information anyone could ever need.

An oversimplified explanation of Chat GPT is that it uses artificial intelligence like Siri on your iPhone or your Alexa smart speaker. It is just much more powerful.

GPT is short for Generative Pretrained Transformer.

ChatGPT is an artificial intelligence chatbot developed by OpenAI. They are a startup based in San Francisco. The company was co-founded in 2015 by Elon Musk and Sam Altman.

In regular language, the tool is like Alexa on steroids. It is capable of taking inputs from users and producing human-like responses. The thing that makes it different is the ability of ChatGPT to learn and adjust according to the conversation.

This new artificial intelligence tool can serve up the exact same information you are delivering. Only ChatGPT does it in less time.

Let's say you teach how to write code for computers. I can ask ChatGPT how to write computer code. ChatGPT can now only write code, it can debug it.

THE DANGERS OF CHATGPT

There are concerns when it comes to using ChatGPT to create your podcast or content. It isn't perfect. And, some organizations are concerned the content isn't truly your creation.

According to PublishYourPurpose.com, one of the biggest concerns for using AI for content creation is the risk of plagiarism.

ChatGPT uses the internet to generate a response to prompts by scouring the internet. But, there's no real way to know exactly where the source material comes from.

If you use it as is, you could be plagiarizing others without even realizing it.

When it comes to creating stories, MakeUseOf.com says ChatGPT will create typical storylines. The bot will usually follow plots and themes similar to the books that trained it even when you ask for something unique.

The Guardian and Fortune recently reported that a group of news organizations have blocked the ability for ChatGPT to access their content.

In fact, OpenAI now lets you block the bot from scraping your website. Scraping is the activity that help train GPT models.

According to TheVerge.com, OpenAI said website operators can specifically disallow its GPTBot crawler on their site’s Robots.txt file or block its IP address.

THE BENEFITS

Most any resource can be used for good or bad. Like many tools, there are also many benefits to using ChatGPT for your podcast.

When you do it right, ChatGPT can help you create and refine powerful content.

The prompts can help you with topic ideas, intro framing, and show notes.

There are many other beneficial ways to use ChatGPT. That's why I've invited Christine Bennet-Clark on the show today to help us discover the best way to use ChatGPT for our shows.

CHRISTINE BENNET-CLARK

Christine Bennet-Clark is a leading expert in integrating ChatGPT into the coaching realm. With a deep understanding of both the coaching industry and the capabilities of ChatGPT, she specializes in empowering coaches to harness the potential of this cutting-edge technology.

Through tailored workshops and bootcamps, Christine offers hands-on training, ensuring coaches can seamlessly incorporate ChatGPT into their practices.

Additionally, her Done-For-You (DFY) services provide a hassle-free solution for those looking to fully embed ChatGPT into their business operations without the heavy lifting.

With Christine's guidance, the fusion of coaching and AI becomes not just feasible, but transformative.

She joins us on this episode to help us discover the best ways to use ChatGPT with our podcast and content creation.

Get Christine's guide at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/chat.

LET'S CONNECT

View Details

FOCUS ON THE CHALLENGE

What is your biggest challenge right now?

When coaches come to me for help, they aren't looking for coaching. They are looking for solutions to their biggest challenge.

If you want to succeed, don't try to solve all of your problems. Focus on your next most important challenge. Stay focused until you reach success.

Distraction is the enemy of our success. How many courses and books have your started but never finished? At that time, you had a challenge you were trying to overcome.

Did the challenge just go away? Or, did you get distracted by the next big thing.

LOSING CLIENTS

A year ago, my business hit a plateau. I wasn't gaining clients as fast as I wanted. Things really slowed.

My business expenses hadn't slowed down. And my revenue wasn't growing.

One day I was on a call with a long time client. She was my most tenured client at the time. We had been together for quite some time.

It was time to renew our agreement, and she dropped the bomb on me.

On that call, she let me know she was doubling down on her business coach and did not want to renew with me. She said she appreciated all we've accomplished, but it was time to try something new.

Now, most all business relationships come to an end at some point. In sports, players get traded, cut or retire. In business, leaders leave for other opportunities, get fired for sub-par performance, or leave due to life changes.

Things come to an end and this was no different.

But it felt different. I was getting comfortable with our relationship, but she needed more focus.

Suddenly, I lost an important stream of revenue. And my business wasn't growing.

More importantly, I wasn't growing. I wasn't doing anything to intentionally grow my business.

GETTING CLIENTS

It suddenly hit me that my clients was trimming back to gain focus. She had an important challenge she needed to solve, and focus would help her get there.

When I evaluated my situation, I realized I too was following (and paying) three different experts. They each had a different strategy to achieve a different result.

That's when I decided landing more clients was my number one priority. So, I decided to not renew one of my coaches.

The second mentor was trimmed back tremendously. I remained involved in the group, but not to the level I had been.

And, I doubled down on the one coach that had the clearest path to helping me land more clients.

That was a year ago. In Q4 of 2022, I had my best quarter ever. More clients. Increased revenue. Incredible momentum.

That is the power of focus on your most important challenge.

Are you ready to overcome your challenge?

First, identify your most important challenge that needs to be solved today.

Next, find the one person or resource that can help you overcome that challenge.

Finally, focus on that one challenge until you overcome it. Don't waiver.

Eliminate all other distractions. Be diligent until you succeed.

Coaches recently shared with me their most pressing challenge. Let's give you a few examples of how to overcome your challenge.

LONG CONTENT

My biggest challenge is setting time to prepare long term content, which I am working on, but not efficiently.

Janie

Take time to create a process.

Each quarter, I create a content calendar. This calendar maps out the topics over the next 13 weeks.

By laying out the topics, I have a roadmap to see how each topic connects to the next and supports the long-term strategy.

Next, I create a rough outline for each of the 13 topics. This process takes a few hours.

Block out the time once a quarter and your content creation will be much easier.

Now that I have the outlines, I just need to create the episodes. And I repurpose the content.

Define all of the steps that need to be completed to create your episode each week. You already have the outline. Now you simply need to perform.

These steps will include equipment set up, recording, editing, exporting and publishing.

Finally, schedule it. What gets scheduled gets done.

You don't have to do all of the steps at the same time. In fact, it's wise to split them up.

Recording and performing require a different part of the brain than editing and posting.

There are times of the day when you are better at performing with high energy. And there are other times of the day when you are more focused for the detailed work of editing and posting.

Do the work when you're in your zone of genius for each.

The most important part is scheduling. Put it on your calendar and honor it.

GETTING SALES

My biggest challenge in my author business right now is getting sales for my already published books and also launching myself as a Speaker.

Regards,

Creg

Which is most important? I would think being a speaker would lead to more book sales.

Many coaches spread themselves too thin.

My radio general manager once gave me a great piece of advice.

We were planning our television advertising. Part of that process was deciding which shows to advertise on.

He told me, "It's more important to go deep rather than wide." He wanted us to get in front of a focused audience many times rather than a broad audience once or twice.

Instead of buying every show, we purchased ads on a few shows that we knew our audience was watching. Then, we were on that show multiple times to ensure our audience saw the commercial.

When you are working to grow your podcast audience or grow your business, find three marketing vehicles that can help you get there and go all in.

Don't try to do every strategy. It will take too long to build an audience.

Instead, pick the three that you enjoy most, you can do well, and you can do consistently.

That might include speaking at events, daily email, and podcast appearances.

It might include social media groups, YouTube advertising, and webinars with JV partners.

Pick your favorite three.

Focus on those three only. Don't get distracted by the shiny new strategy. Stick to your three.

REBRANDING

I'm rebranding my podcast to unify my business. My challenge is should I start a new podcast, or just rename the one I have?

Is there a traffic/audience size tipping-point that it makes more sense to do one over the other?

-Ryan

There isn't really a tipping point. It all depends on the audience.

Will the new show have the same audience as the previous show?

If so, just change the name and keep going.

When the new show has a different audience, start a new show.

Cliff Ravenscraft was the Podcast Answer Man. That was also the name of his show.

Podcast Answer Man launched in December 2006 to help podcasters with everything podcasting.

Cliff pivoted to become a life coach rather than simply a podcast coach. After 438 episodes, he rebranded the show to The Cliff Ravenscraft Show.

The new podcast is devoted to helping people take their message, business and life to the next level.

The Podcast Answer Man audience could also be the Cliff Ravenscraft audience. The target just expanded a bit.

However, Cliff has now released a new version of Podcast Answer Man. He launched it in August 2021.

Every episode of the new Podcast Answer Man will be evergreen content on the topic of Podcasting. Unfortunately, he has only posted 14 episodes in 2 years.

Many podcasts have changed the name. It's not the name that matters. It comes down to the audience.

Who are you trying to attract. Does your current audience fit that description? If so, just change the name and keep going.

View Details

You work hard every week to create your podcast. Don't let that work go to waste. By repurposing your content, you can do the work once and benefit again and again.

Many podcasters struggle to grow their audience. When they publish an episode, the share it with their email list and their social media following.

Those people already know you and rarely share your content.

To grow your audience, you need to get in front of people who aren't aware of you. Getting your listeners to share your content is a very powerful way to do that.

WORK-OF-MOUTH

Studies show that the number one way people discover new podcasts is through word-of-mouth. They hear somebody mention the podcast and decide to try it out.

When I first heard about Pat Flynn and Smart Passive Income, I didn't listen. Then I heard the show mentioned by Dave Jackson at School of Podcasting. It was mentioned on Internet Business Mastery. Then I heard Pat mentioned on Dan Miller's podcast 48 Days to the Work You Love.

That's when I decided to give Smart Passive Income a listen. People I trusted were mentioning it.

If you want people to talk about your show, do something work mentioning. Then, make it easy for them to talk about you. That can be accomplished by creating small bites they can share.

But, don't create more content. Start repurposing your content that you've already created.

REPURPOSING CONTENT

There are three modes people can consume content. Those three modes are audio, visual and the written word.

Different people prefer different modes. Therefore, give them options.

Begin by recording your podcast on video. This will give you the most flexibility when it comes to sharing your content.

Now, import the video into your audio editing software. Use the audio for your podcast. Your podcast helps build relationships.

Take the video and post it on YouTube. This will help you get discovered when people search for your topic.

Finally, take the show notes and turn them into a blog post. This will help Google find your website. It also provides those who prefer the written word to scan the text and consume the content.

BITE-SIZED

Now, take those full pieces of content and split it into small chunks to begin repurposing your content even more.

There are a variety of tools you can use to create these bite-sized chunks.

Take small video clips to share on social media. Follow it up with a call to action to either get them on your email list or back to your podcast.

Use pieces of the show notes for quote cards and posts on social media.

Snippets of the audio can be turned into audiograms.

It is really easy when you have the right tools. However, you can also delegate the creation of these pieces to someone else.

My Podcast Profits Concierge program will produce all of this for you. We edit your audio and post it. We edit your video and post it. You also get full show notes that are uploaded to your website.

To help you share the pieces, we create a quote card, a captioned social media video, and an audiogram. You get a blog header image and YouTube thumbnail.

You simply need to show up and perform.

You can see it all at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/editing.

THE TOOLS

If you would like to do it yourself, you need the right tools for repurposing your content.

Mike Abramowitz is the co-founder and CEO of Braid It, Inc. He has built a variety of technology products ranging from fintech to social media.

Mike has had success and failure as an entrepreneur. His main lesson: create so much value that your solution becomes impossible to live without.

With his new product Braid, you can make shareworthy video clips in minutes. It is the easiest way to source, record, edit, and publish video.

Braid gives you the opportunity to leverage customers, experts, audience, or guests to create more content. Prompt them to record a video reply by simply sharing a link.

You can even stitch responses together into editable clips and create a full episode.

Learn all about braid at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/braid.

Today, Mike joins us to discuss repurposing your content and just how easy it can be. Enjoy my conversation with Mike Abramowitz.

BRAID

You can learn all about Braid at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/braid.

View Details

7 WAYS TO HELP YOU BE UNIQUE

Podcasting is growing by leaps and bounds everyday. There are so many podcasts in your niche. That makes it even more critical for your podcast to be unique.

If you want to stand out in the sea of sameness, there are a few things you can do that are easy to implement to make you special.

WHY BE UNIQUE

In the era of artificial intelligence, you can't afford to be information alone. AI can easily reproduce your information.

AI cannot copy you, your story and your personality.

A fews day ago we took a roadtrip to see Duran Duran in concert. It was the opportunity for my wife to cross off one of her bucket list bands.

They put on an amazing show. Nile Rodgers and Chic opened the show. Bastille was the middle act. Then, Duran Duran brought down the house. It was fantastic.

Duran Duran started as a band in the Birmingham, England in 1978 with Nick Rhodes, John Taylor and Stephen Duffy. They struggled for a few years as Stephen left the band.

Seven others came in and out of the band until they found the five that would become the famous Duran Duran as most know it. Simon Le Bon, Nick Rhodes, John Taylor, Roger Taylor, and Andy Taylor.

They were part of a scene known as the New Romatic movement. It was a musical movement influenced by David Bowie, Marc Bolan and Roxy Music. The New Romantic movement developed fashions inspired by the glam rock era coupled with the early Romantic period of the late 18th and early 19th century.

Bands emerging from the New Romantic movement included Spandau Ballet, A Flock of Seagulls, Boy George, and Classix Nouveaux.

Though they had success in the U.K., Spandau Ballet and A Flock of Seagulls both only had one big hit in the U.S. Classix Nouveau were hardly known.

On the other hand, Duran Duran and Boy George had numerous hits. Duran Duran had 13 songs that hit the Top 20 in the U.S. and many others that cracked the Top 40.

DURAN DURAN

So what set Duran Duran apart from the rest of the New Romantics?

The band learned how to be unique better and unlike any other group.

They had John Taylor, Andy Taylor and Roger Taylor in the band. However, none of the three were related, which made a great conversation piece.

Nick and Simon were both heartthrobs who wore makeup and fashion epitomizing the style of the New Romantics. They were interesting, gave great interviews, created unique music, and influenced a style in the 80s unmatched by other bands.

They wrote and recorded "A View To A Kill" to be the title track of the James Bond film of the same name. It was the first Bond theme to hit number one on the U.S. charts.

Duran Duran created fantastic videos to usher in the age of MTV. The iconic videos for "Rio", "Girls on Film" and "Hungry Like the Wolf" were masterpieces in heavy rotation on MTV and still remembered today.

Their popularity was demonstrated by the thousands of people singing every note to their songs nearly 40 years after they were released. It was one big party from start to end.

You can take seven fundamental lessons from Duran Duran to help you be unique. These fundamentals will help you create raving fans rather than being a one-hit wonder.

BE YOURSELF

First, to be unique, be yourself. Be authentic.

Only you can be you. If you try to fit in, you'll blend in. You won't get noticed.

Don't simply copy somebody else. Blaze your own path. Infuse your content with your personality. Nobody can copy you.

Duran Duran blazed the way for the New Romantic movement. Their style was unique. The music was original. Simon Le Bon came out of art school straight into the band and it showed.

STORIES

Next, incorporate your story into your podcast. People love a good story.

More importantly, they love a true story. It is authentic and original.

Listeners will learn about you with stories. Your stories define your character. They help your audience get to know who you are, what you're about, and what you value.

Stories breed friendships. Think of your best friend. How much do you know about your best friend?

You know everything, because your best friend tells you everything. They tell you every great story that happens in their life.

Relationships derive from revelation. The more you reveal about yourself, the more your listener gets to know you. That's how friendships are formed.

TELL THE TRUTH

The third fundamental to be authentic is to tell the truth.

Honesty fosters relationships. When your listeners learn they can count on you, they discover they can trust you.

If you say you will post something on Wednesday, post it on Wednesday. Little deposits in your trust account will go a long way when you tell the truth consistently.

Members of Duran Duran left the band, rejoined the band, left the band and rejoined again. They were always upfront with their fans.

Andy Taylor joined the band in 1980. He left in 1986 before coming back in 2001. Andy left again in 2006.

In 2022, Duran Duran was inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame. The remaining four were there to accept, while Simon Le Bon read a letter from an absent Andy Taylor. The letter revealed Andy was battling prostate cancer.

Earlier this year, the band announced they are working on a new project that will include a collaboration with Andy Taylor.

They are always authentically truthful and their fans love them for that.

BE TRUE TO YOURSELF

You can be unique when you stick to your beliefs. Be true to yourself.

It is impossible to consistently be something you're not. Trying to be like somebody else will eventually fall apart.

It is hard to fake it without tripping up. Your listeners will see through it.

Be proud of your features and your flaws. These all combine to make you the unique person you are. Nobody can duplicate your unique combination of qualities.

Even during the tough times of the early 90s when grunge and hip hop were taking over, Duran Duran stuck to their mod dance style. They had a drought of four years without reaching the Top 40 chart in the U.S., but they kept true to themselves.

It paid off when they hit #3 in 1993 with "Ordinary World" and #7 with "Come Undone".

The band has a powerful fan base, because their fans know exactly what they are going to get at every show.

PERSONAL STYLE

The fifth fundamental to be unique is to use your personal style.

To make your show unique, add your personal style. Duran Duran had their fashion. They had their hair, eye liner, ruffles. They had a swagger unlike any other.

Do it in a way that only you can do it. Not a made up way. Your unique way.

HAVE FUN

Like the party Duran Duran put on, have fun. When you have fun, everybody has fun. You attract the right crowd.

People don't simply want info, they want entertainment. They are here to get away from life for awhile. Help them do that.

It is much more fun to learn when the content is entertaining. Don't be so serious. Lighten up and have a good time.

BE MEMORABLE

Finally, be unique by being memorable. Make them remember you.

Own your category. When your listeners think of your category, they think of you. That happens when your niche is focused.

It is nearly impossible to own the "business" category. However, you could own the "bookkeeper for solopreneurs" category.

Get focused. Then, get listeners to talk about you.

You don't want listeners to casually listen then go away. It is hard to monetize your activities if you are not top-of-mind.

Most marketing is focused on top-of-mind awareness and a strong call to action. Your call to action is powerfully effective when you are the first one that comes to mind.

When Duran Duran hit the scene, nobody said, "Boy, they sound like Band X." Even though they were inspired by David Bowie and Roxy Music, they sounded different. You can hear David Bowie singing "Wild Boys" or "Notorious".

The band knew who they were and stuck to their niche to be memorable.

BE UNIQUE THIS WEEK

This week, I'd love to see you review two of your episodes. See how many of these fundamentals are present in your podcast.

Find one personal story to include in your next podcast. Do one thing in a way only you can do it and make it memorable.

Then, let me know how it goes. Email me.

And if you have a chance, catch Duran Duran next time they are close. You'll have one incredible night that you will be talking about for years.

View Details

LESSONS THAT SKYROCKETED MY BUSINESS

The lessons that come to us on our journey can change our lives if we are open to embracing them. We simply need to see the silver lining.

This week I received an email from a client. She said, "This week I was really wondering if this is worth my time. My life is so out of balance!!"

My heart fell to my stomach. It hurt so much, because I have been there.

Growing your podcast can be lonely. Building a business and being an entrepreneur can often make you feel like you're alone on an island.

Over the years I have realized that it is truly darkest before the light. Just when you think you're on the wrong path, the sun comes over the horizon.

There are four lessons I've learned over the years that can help you when you're ready to throw in the towel.

If you want to talk about your journey and craft your podcast strategy, apply for a free podcast strategy call with me at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply.

THE LESSONS OF CORNERS

First, embrace change. You never know what opportunity is around the corner.

Music was all around me growing up. It really developed my love of every genre.

I grew up listening to Jim Croce, the Beach Boys and Tom Jones from my mom. Dad was listening to Johnny Cash, Kenny Rogers and Marty Robbins.

My older brothers and sisters were all about the Beatles, Elton John and Bachman Turner Overdrive. When it came to my babysitter, we were listening to the Eagles, John Denver and the BeeGees.

Rick was my best friend. He was listening to the Doors, the Cars and the Clash.

RECORD STORE LESSONS

When I was a senior in high school, I played the sax in band and landed a job at a local record store. I loved music and this was perfect.

One night in the fall, a coworker asked me to cover his Saturday night shift at the store. I typically didn't work Saturdays, so I agreed.

Then, our high school band director announced we had the biggest marching band competition of the year on that same day. Suddenly, I couldn't cover the shift.

I called everyone to see if they would fill in. It was Saturday night, and I could find nobody.

When I called the new store manager who had only been there a few weeks, I explained it to him. He told me to either find someone or show up. It was my responsibility.

I had just called every employee. It wasn't happening.

I called the shift manager and told him the situation. When I told him I wouldn't be there, he told me to not worry about it. They could handle it without me.

The band won the competition and it was a great day.

On Sunday, I go to the store and work my regular shift. At the end of the night, the manager calls me into the office.

He asks me why I didn't show up on Saturday. I explain what he already knows.

The manager then tells me that he is letting me go due to my lack of musical knowledge. It was the first time I got fired.

THE NEXT DOOR OPENS

I'm in my drafting class the next day. It was part of my journey to become an architect.

My teacher Mr. Weaver comes over to tell me he received a call from a local drafting firm. The owner is looking for a draftsman and wants Weaver to send his best draftsman.

Weave asks if I'm interested. When I say yes, he gives me the guy's number and tells me to go see him after school.

That afternoon, I was offered a job as a draftsman making nearly twice as much as I was making at the record store. I would start the next Monday.

Embrace change when it comes. You never know what opportunity is around the corner.

THE LESSONS OF CHANCES

The next lesson is take chances and follow your heart. Embrace your passion.

I worked for that drafting firm for two-and-a-half years. It grew from the two of us to hiring 3 other draftsman.

Then, the drafting firm closed. The owner was taking a job with one of our clients to become their in-house drafting department. I was out of a job again.

One Saturday I was hanging around the house when the phone rang. It was my brother's boss.

My brother Keith worked at a radio station in town running the board. Keith and I both worked with the station manager at the local roller skating rink.

Boss needed Keith to fill in for some shifts, but he wasn't home. Boss told me he needed help at the radio station and wondered if I was interested.

I was a broke college student at the time and needed some cash. Radio always sounded fun as well. So, I took the job and started on my journey into radio.

ARCHITECTURE VS RADIO

During the next year, my love for radio grew while my passion for architecture was fading. I started considering switching my degree from architecture to journalism.

After taking a few journalism classes, I realized I knew most of it by already working in a radio station. So, I finished the architecture degree and stayed in radio.

Radio was my new passion. It started out with me working overnights. I had two other jobs just to pay rent and make ends meet. But I was having a blast.

My parents thought I lost my mind. All that work in architecture just to work overnights on the radio.

It wasn't until 7 years later when I started programming the radio station that my dad finally accepted my career.

When things got tough, I had to fight the doubters and follow my passion.

Trust your heart. Take chances. Embrace your passion. Follow your intuition.

THE LESSONS IN CONNECTIONS

The next lesson is all about connection. You never know who you might meet and where you might meet them.

A few years later I was in a temporary radio gig. I was hired to keep the station on the tracks while the owner sold it. After the sale, I was out of a job.

So, I left radio in January and accepted a job as an audio producer at a teleservices company. I was producing the audio on those phone lines that you call to activate your bank card.

During that job, I met the woman who would become my wife and change my world. Jen was an account manager at the company.

After starting in January, our first date was in March. She accepted another job and left the company in April.

By July, I was back in radio at a new station.

Jen and I worked with each other for less than four months. But, it was the start of our lifetime together.

You never know who you might meet and where you might meet them.

As you're on your journey, never say no to a mic. You never know who is in the audience and what might develop.

QUALITY

The final lesson is it's not the size of the audience that matters. It's the quality of those in the audience.

I had just launched my Podcast Profits Concierge program. This allows coaches to show up and perform while leaving all the production, editing, and social medial asset creation up to my team. We do it all for them.

The program also involves one-on-one coaching with me. It's a very powerful program and I was ready to take information experts to the next level.

A few clients had enrolled as I was looking for stages and other opportunities to be in front of clients who could hire me.

MASTERMIND INVITE

I was invited to speak to a mastermind. As I just mentioned, never say no to a mic. She was a friend, and that gave me even more reason to say yes.

When I showed up to the mastermind call, there were six people in the room. Not as many as I had hoped, but I came to deliver.

We had a great conversation. I gave it my all and talked about what I love about podcasting.

Later that day, I got an email from one of the people in the room. He wanted to discuss launching a podcast.

On the call, I told him all about Podcast Fast Blueprint to launch the show. Then we got into Podcast Profits Concierge and all it could do for him and his business.

By the end of the call, I had created a custom program for him that eventually turned him into a $20,000 client.

It isn't the size of the audience that matters. Be more concerned about the quality of the audience.

When you compare your downloads to others, keep this in mind. Not all podcast audiences are created equal.

Fill your audience with quality prospects and turn them into valuable clients.

YOUR STRATEGY

These four lessons can help keep proper perspective when you're ready to throw in the towel.

When your podcast isn't helping you grow your business, it can be frustrating. You're not alone.

Many podcasters tell me they simply can't continue to dump time and energy into a podcast that isn't producing results. That's where I can help you.

If you want to talk about your journey and craft your podcast strategy, apply for a free podcast strategy call with me at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply.

View Details

HOW TO CREATE A SUCCESSFUL PODCAST THAT DOESN'T PODFADE

Creating a successful podcast isn't difficult. You simply need to know where to look and the proper steps to take.

There is a stat that bounces around the podcasting industry that says most podcasts fade away after 7 episodes. It's called podfading.

I thought the number was exaggerated until I was on a coaching call one day.

WHAT I DISCOVERED

Mary Elaine and I were discussing ways to land interviews on other shows to grow her audience.

One of the steps in the process is to ensure the podcast is still actively publishing new episodes. The last thing you want to do is ask for an interview on a show that hasn't published a new episode in two years.

Mary Elaine helps people who are caregivers typically for their elderly parents. She has a great show called Caregiver Cast.

To give her an example of the right shows to find, I opened Apple Podcasts and searched Caregiver.

The top few had solid downloads and appeared to be successful podcasts.

I did the search again this week to give you a real world example. Here are a few that I found this week.

THE RESEARCH

The Caregiver Cup Podcast by Cathy VandenHeuvel has 176 episodes. She just published an episode this week. That's great.

The Happy Healthy Caregiver by Elizabeth Miller has 172 episodes. She also published an episode this week. That's solid.

The Caregiver Life by Mary Hahn Ward has 70 episodes. Her last episode was published on May 24, 2023. However, the prior episode was published on May 1, 2022.

Then we get into the podcasts that have faded into the night.

The Purposeful Caregiver with Emily Reilly and Devon Turnbull has 1 trailer and 10 episodes published. All of these episodes were published in a batch on March 27. So, I'm not sure if they are still active.

Caregiver Wellness Podcast for Alzheimer's and Other Dementias with Melissa Wilkinson has 24 episodes. She hasn't published since September 25, 2022.

The Caregiver Lifehacks from OffScript Health only published 4 episodes. The last one was November 15, 2021.

Caregiver Storyteller has 17 episodes. The most recent is June 10, 2019.

The Senior Caregiver Podcast has 8 episodes. It hasn't published since November 15, 2019.

Caregiver Talk Live with Kim Shea released 4 Episodes back in May of 2016.

The AE Caregiver Series – 7 episodes in March 2022.

Family Caregiver has 5 episodes in 2018.

The Caregivers Lounge put out 10 episodes back in September 2020.

The Caregivers Corner – 6 episodes. Creative Caregivers Podcast 10 episode. Caregiver's Best Friend – 4 episodes.

It goes on and on.

NOT JUST NICHE

It's not just with niche podcasts either. I wanted to get into business podcasts to see if it held true for one of the big 3 niches – health, wealth and relationships.

So, I searched Launch Pad to see if I could niche down in starting a business.

I found the same thing.

Launch Pad from Penn Wharton Entrepreneurship has 180 episodes. However, it was last published July 7, 2022.

Launchpad from YPP Project has published 1 trailer and 3 episodes. The last episode was published Jan 29, 2021.

Launchpad from Launchpad has 1 episode. It came out on July 30, 2023. So, it appears this is a new podcast. We'll see how long it lasts.

The Launch Pad Space Podcast by Paul Ring has 25 episodes. Most recent episodes were released on June 6, April 10 and Feb 20. So, I'm not sure of the status here.

The Social Launch Pad with Qiana Tompkins has posted 1 trailer and 1 episode. They came out on July 27, 2023. Not sure if this is active.

Finally, The Launch Podcast by The Launch Pad has published 12 episodes. No new episodes have been released since March 21, 2021.

Podcasters simply don't have a plan to create a successful podcast. They launch the show and then ask, "Ok, now what?"

YOUR SUCCESSFUL SYSTEM

To be sustainable and successful, you need a system.

There are three reasons podcasters give up on their show and fade away.

First, the podcast is more work than they expected.

Next, the podcast doesn't grow as fast as they expected it to.

Finally, the show isn't making money as fast as they would like.

Does this sound familiar?

There are easy solutions to each of these challenges. When they launch their podcast, many coaches don't know what they don't know.

Let me show you how to quickly and easily overcome these roadblocks, so you can create a successful podcast.

SUCCESS REQUIRES A WORKFLOW

First, the podcast is more work than you expected it to be.

I get that. Creating a podcast takes time and effort. However, there are many ways to reduce the time and effort to make it more efficient for you.

Podcasters who fade away have no process to make it efficient. They haven't created a workflow.

If you're doing an interview show, batch your work. Interview 3 people in a block of time.

Repurpose your content. If you host a summit, use the summit interviews for your podcast.

Keep your work parts, like your show open and sound effects, in a folder that is easy to find. Use templates where possible.

You can always work with a third party to do a lot of the dirty work for you. See www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/editing to see what that would look like.

Spend your time in your zone of genius. Farm out the rest of the work to others.

SUCCESS REQUIRES A GROWTH STRATEGY

Next, podcasts fade away because the audience doesn't grow as fast as they expected.

Podcasters who fade away have no strategy to grow their audience and fill it with ideal clients. They also lack patience.

Russell Brunson from ClickFunnels said he was lucky that he didn't know how to check his stats for the first year of his show. Otherwise, he probably would have given up.

To grow your show, you need to find new listeners who are unaware of you. What are you doing to get in front of new people?

These aren't people already on your email list on following you on social media. You need people who have never heard of you.

Find them and invite them into your world.

You also need to focus on quality over quantity. Having 200 people who love what you do and buy what you offer is much more valuable than 2,000 people who are simply curious.

Committed is much more important than curious. Find those that are committed and super-serve them.

SUCCESS REQUIRES A PROFIT FRAMEWORK

Finally, podcasts fade away because the podcast is not making money as fast as the coach would like.

Simply put, podcasters who fade away have no profit strategy.

You need a framework that will create great content that leads to a lead magnet or some other starting strategy to build rapport.

That lead magnet should make your prospect aware of an even bigger problem. It should then invite your listener to a sales conversation.

This might be a webinar, long-form sales video, discovery call or some other offer.

Don't create content just for the sake of creating content. Have a purpose.

This includes your interviews. How will your interview lead people to your lead magnet and sales conversation?

It is an art that can be learned. Start with the end in mind and build in reverse.

SUCCESSFUL

When you can conquer these three challenges, you'll create a successful podcast that will help grow your coaching business.

Build an efficient process that will help you create your episode in one hour a week. Make it easy on yourself.

Next, have a system that will methodically put you in front of new listeners. Invite them into your world. Spend 15 minutes a day growing your audience.

Finally, build your podcast profit framework so your content has a purpose and you can monetize your show.

The podcast is an amazing way to market your business when you build in the right way. Stop beating your head against the wall and create the framework that will systematically bring in clients.

If you are struggling with any of these three challenges, let me help. You can take advantage of my free podcast strategy call.

You and I can sit down and build your roadmap to free up your time, reach your goals, and create a successful podcast.

If you don't have a mentor who can take your hand and walk you every step of the way, go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply, click the button and apply to have a chat with me.

We will develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

View Details

Conducting interviews is an art. And, you can learn to produce better interviews with just a few steps.

Today, I'll give you four ways to create better interviews. I also have examples for you to help you make progress.

Then, I'm going to give you a great deal on my course How To Crush Your Next Podcast Interview Like A Radio Pro Without Decades Of Training And Hours Of Preparation. Just for being a listener, you'll get over half off the course.

STORIES

The first way to create great interviews is to not make it an interview.

In my course, pop star Jason Derulo says he hates interviews. He would rather have a conversation.

The key to engaging interviews is the art of the story. Get your guest to tell authentic stories.

Shane Sams is the host of the Flipped Lifestyle podcast. He helps real families create a membership site and make their living online.

In this episode, he shares a great story about his son Isaac.

Shane was being real and authentic. It takes courage to be that raw. That's why few people do it and why it will make you stand out from everyone else.

When you share your authentic self with your listeners, you show that you trust them. The law of reciprocity will kick in and they will begin trusting you.

THE SPACE

The next way to create better podcast interviews is that space that Shane left in his episode. So many podcasters want to edit out that silence.

When you edit out the silence, you sterilize the story.

The silence will cause your listener to lean in. It catches their attention.

Your listener will also try to predict what will happen next. That anticipation is exciting. They naturally want to close the loop.

Have you ever watched American Idol, America's Got Talent, or any of the other reality shows like it? You know the host is going to pause longer than natural. Yet you still lean in and want the answer even more.

The same is true with your podcast. Create anticipation by leaving in the pregnant pause.

Let me give you an example.

Alex Hormozi hosts a podcast called The Game. He published a fantastic book called "$100M Offers".

His new book "$100M Leads" will be released during an online event on August 19th. Get the details at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/100M.

Alex was recently interviewed on Diary of a CEO with host Steven Bartlett. He then repurposed an edited, shortened version of that interview on his podcast.

These two versions will give you a great example of how the conversation is affected by removing the silence.

Here is a bit of the original version.

Can you feel the emotion build up in Alex as he is talking about the impact his wife has had on him? You could cut that emotion with a knife.

The host Steven Bartlett did an amazing job NOT talking. Rather than jumping in because he was uncomfortable in the silence, Steven let it sit there. He let the listener feel the emotion. That was fantastic. True pro.

Now, this is a sterilized version from Alex's episode with the silence shortened. Notice how the anticipation is sucked out of this version.

Can you see how removing the silence completely wipes out the emotion.

INCLUDE YOUR LISTENER

Next, treat your listener like they are sitting right there next to you. Bring your listener in as the 3rd party to the conversation.

Your listener isn't part of a group or "everybody out there". They are listening to you typically with ear buds or alone in their car. Your podcast is a very intimate conversation.

They aren't "out there". You are in their head having this conversation.

When you say "everyone" or "hey guys" or use terms like "out there", you separate your listener from the conversation. They will think, "Who is everyone? I'm sitting here by myself."

Include them in the conversation. Don't leave them "out there".

Here is an example from the Flipped Lifestyle podcast again.

By using "everyone out there", the host just removed us from the conversation. We aren't part of the clique.

Now here is another example from the same episode. The host does a great job simply turning his focus from Jason the guest to us as the listener.

When the host says "do what Jason did", he is speaking directly to me as a listener. He speaks to one person rather than everyone.

This will make your interviews connect in a powerful way with your listeners.

FRAME THEN ASK

My final tip is regarding a misstep I hear many podcasters make.

When we are conducting an interview, we spend a lot of time thinking about our next question rather than having a conversation.

When there is a pause or the guest finishes their answer, we jump in with the next question. Then we try to add context to the question or we give multiple choice answers to help the guest better understand what we are trying to say.

By the time we are done qualifying the question, we've either asked two more questions and completely confused our guest, or they have forgotten the original question.

Instead, have a conversation. Give context and set up the question. Then ask it.

Here is a sample from Daymond John's podcast That Moment when he is interviewing Barbara Corcoran.

Daymond says, "Where does the tunnel vision come from?" He then offers a ton of clarifying comments. That eventually leads him to ask, "Do you realize that's a gift or no?"

Add the context and clarifying comments before you ask the question.

THE COURSE

These are just four tips to producing better interviews. If you would like to take your interviews to a whole new level and separate yourself from every other podcast in your niche, check out my interviewing course.

It is called Crush Your Next Podcast Interview Like A Radio Pro Without Decades Of Training And Hours Of Preparation.

If you are a podcaster who conducts interviews with guests on your podcast, this course is for you.

Others can copy your information, interview questions and formula. But when you use the principles you will discover in this course, you will create unique interviews unlike any other.

In this program, you will discover...

Why we conduct interviews
Your personal why
The essential elements of unique interviews
17 most powerful interview questions
How to ask great questions

This course was developed from my experience and interviews over 3 decades in radio. It include examples and tips from my interviews with Lady Gaga, Uncle Kracker, Carrie Underwood and many others.

Many coaches struggle to use their interview style podcast as a marketing tool for their business. Stand out in the crowd by using this powerful method to creating great interviews.

The course is typically $197. You can get it for just $97 until September 30, 2023 by using the coupon code SAVE100. You'll find the course at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/interviewcourse.

This course isn't incredibly long, but it is incredibly powerful. You don't need a lot of steps. You just need the right steps. This course will provide that roadmap.

And for a limited time, you can save $100 off the price by using the coupon code SAVE100.

When you visit www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/interviewcourse, you'll get all the details on the course. Click "get instant access" to get to the checkout page.

On the right side of the page right under the icon of the course, you'll see “add coupon code”. Click that and enter SAVE100. The price will drop by $100 for you. But it is only available at this price until September 30th.

If you would like a free podcast strategy call with me to refine your podcast profit strategy, apply HERE.

View Details

CREATE AN APP FOR YOUR PODCAST, CONTENT AND MORE

Something new is coming. I'm getting ready to launch the Podcast Talent Coach app. It will bring all of my content and tools together in one convenient place.

It takes many platforms and services to build a funnel that will lead your podcast listeners to become clients. When you have a smartphone app, you can bring many of those platforms together in one place.

CONTENT PURPOSE

Your podcast content can drive people to your lead magnet and get them on your email list.

When you create your content with a purpose, it will create a demand for your lead magnet. The content demonstrates the need for the resource.

Show them how to use it and the transformation it makes possible.

Platforms like ClickFunnels and LeadPages help you do this.

LEAD MAGNET

Your lead magnet encourages listeners to come to your webinar or discovery call through your email list allows by nurturing the relationship.

MailChimp and ActiveCampaign are a couple platforms that will help you manage your email list.

Your lead magnet needs to be short and solve one specific problem. It also needs to open your listeners eyes to their next problem that your program will then solve.

Many people giveaway video courses or ebooks as a lead magnet. Those tools take too long to consume.

Solve their first problem quickly and open their eyes to the bigger problem.

Podcasters download my Podcast Fast Checklist to discover the steps to launch their show. It is a quick .pdf that gives them the steps.

Once they consume it, they realize it will be much easier to launch if they have someone to help them down the path. That is the hole my Podcast Fast Blueprint course fills.

SCHEDULE THE CALL

Once your listener is ready to take that next step with you, they need to schedule the call.

A scheduler like Calendly will help you book those calls.

You could also get them on your webinar where you can sell your course.

Once they complete your course, you can then upsell your students into your coaching or high end program.

An app through ACTIONERA replaces these marketing tools. It will replace your CRM, your funnel builder, your email marketing, the calendar, an affiliate tracking system and more.

That's what we are building with the Podcast Talent Coach app, and I can't wait to roll it out for you.

If you are interested in building an app for yourself, you can check out ACTIONERA at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/app.

Using my affiliate link will get you a great deal. You can get their top end app and the mid-tier price and save a ton of money.

Get all the details at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/app.

ACTIONERA

Today, I bring you Robert Evans. He is the Co-Founder and Director of Sales for ACTIONERA. Robert has over 20 years of experience as a digital marketing entrepreneur.

Over the past 20 years the companies Robert created have shipped over a million products, built communities exceeding 130k people from around the world, generated millions of dollars, impacted tens of thousands of people, and trained everyday people to step into their role as a "messenger" to create the biggest ripple of change in the world through their passion and work.

Now, through ACTIONERA, Robert is designing technologies that help experts, authors, speakers, coaches and entrepreneurs build bigger lists, engage with more people and make more money than ever before.

Enjoy my conversation with Robert Evans.

If you are ready to have your own app and replace many of your current marketing and business tools, visit www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/app.

Robert is giving you an amazing deal. They do all of the building for you. You just upload your content into a folder and they add it all to the app. They even designed my app logo for me.

It doesn't get much easier than this. If you've always wanted an app for your business, here is your chance. Visit www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/app and get started today.

View Details

HOW DO YOU MARKET YOUR PODCAST FOR EFFECTIVE RESULTS

When you're creating a business around your podcast, even if it is a side hustle, it feels like there is an endless amount of stuff to do.

When you don't have structured time to do something, it expands to the allotted amount of time. That is where your flexible hours create an issue.

There needs to be time when you work "on" your business.

Michael Gerber's "The E-Myth Revisited" lays this out perfectly.

First, determine the activities that actually drive downloads. This could include online activity in social media, marketing to your list or other activities that get you noticed.

Then, determine the actions that drive your business. Who are your ideal clients? What type of clients make up the top 20% that drive 80% of your business? It is the Pareto Principle. Figure out how to reach those people.

Now that you know the activities that attract listeners, and you know the activities that grow your business, find a day you can dedicate to those activities.

Dedicate time for driving business.

Define the time. Then fill it.

You can't budget your money until you know how much money is there. It is the same with your time. You cannot budget your time until you know how much time you have to work with.

PODFADE

Many podcasts fade after 7 episodes.

There are three reasons coaches give up on their podcast so quickly.

First, they have no strategy to grow their audience. Develop a plan to keep your current listeners coming back episode after episode while you attract new listeners to the show.

Next, they have no strategy to attract their clients and grow their business. Build your podcast into your funnel, so you can get listeners to your email list and bring them to a sales conversation.

Finally, the podcast is more work than they expected. Develop a system to consistently produce your podcast every week without eating up all your time.

3 PILLARS

To grow your audience, you need a strategy that will put you in front of potential clients who are unaware of you.

However, you cannot do everything. You need to focus.

Pick your 3 pillars.

What do you enjoy that you can you do well and consistently?

I know many podcasters don't want to hear it. They see all these other self-made experts who launched and became the overnight success.

Overnight success is usually a farce. Most overnight successes put in years of work before they became the overnight success.

Pat Flynn launched Smart Passive Income in 2010.

Gary Vaynerchuk started Wine Library TV on YouTube in 2006.

Chris Guillebeau started the Art of Non-Conformity in the early 2000s and published his first book in 2010.

Shane & Jocelyn Sams are just hitting their stride. Their Flipped Lifestyle podcast began in 2014.

Dave Ramsey has been doing his show for 25 years.

Dave Jackson has been podcasting since 2005.

Do the work.

If you want it and work for it, success will come. Put in the work consistently.

Create a schedule for yourself. Set aside time each day to participate in online groups. Set a goal and work toward it consistently.

Work to build your e-mail list, so you can communicate with your tribe often.

Finally, find ways to appear on other shows. Work to get your name out there.

COACHING

Today, I want to share with you a coaching call I had with Dr. Barbara Hales.

Barbara hosts the podcast Marketing Tips for Doctors.

Dr. Barbara Hales is a speaker, best selling author, and a successful business consultant who effectively applies SEO & content marketing to your business, boosts your rankings, strengthens your brand, and increases your visibility.

Dr. Hales is not just a speaker. She practiced medicine and grew her practice from an empty office space to more than ten thousand patients by marketing herself.

You can find Dr. Hales and her podcast online at TheMedicalStrategist.com.

On this call, we help Barbara get clear on her audience growth strategy.

Enjoy my coaching call with Dr. Barbara Hales.

View Details

This question has come up multiple times this week. Which is better to build your authority and grow your business – YouTube or a podcast? Should you spend your content time creating videos for YouTube or creating a podcast?

You're not going to like my answer.

I love podcasting. But, YouTube is also amazing.

Your podcast allows you to create powerful relationships with your listeners. YouTube is a powerful search engine that is tough to match.

So, which is better to embrace? Which one is better to grow your business?

Well, it depends. What are you trying to accomplish?

DIFFERENT

Many people see YouTube and podcasting as two strategies to reach the same goal. That's simply not the case.

In 1928 in Schenectady, New York, WRGB became the first television station in the United States. Soon after, people started announcing the death of radio.

Now that you could see your favorite shows on video, why would you ever listen to the radio?

Yet radio adapted and survived. It even thrived. The golden age of radio was the 1930s and 40s.

In 1953, the world changed again. RCA introduced the color television. Surely this would be the demise of radio.

Radio did it again. In 1954 the transistor radio debuted. Television was confined to the home while radio was portable. It served a different need.

In 1950, only 9% of households in America owned a television set. By 1960, that number climed to 90%. However, radio continued to thrive in the 60s and 70s with the explosion of the FM band.

HOW DOES IT SURVIVE

With cable and streaming and the other offerings, how does radio continue to reach over 90% of Americans every week? It serves a different purpose.

The same applies to your podcast and YouTube videos.

Audio and your podcast is a dance in the imagination.

When you and I see a video, we see the exact same thing. There is very little left to the imagination.

Have you ever read a book and then seen the movie? Maybe it was Harry Potter or Jack Ryan. Any book.

When you see the movie, do you say to yourself, "Wow, that's not how I envisioned it." Or do you say, "That's not what I thought he would look like."

That's the power of audio. The stories you tell on your podcast create visions in the theater of the mind that are unique to you in a way that is most pleasurable.

When we see a video of Harry Potter, he is what he is. His glasses, his hair, his robe, and the scar on his head look the same to both you and me. No imagination.

Audio and video are different experiences. Because audio sparks that imagination, it is a very intimate conversation with someone. You are literally in their head.

PORTABLE

Another difference between podcasting and video is the way we use it.

People listen to audio, because they don't want to be alone. You are their companion.

They listen while they are exercising, driving, walking the dog, or home alone so they don't have to do those things by themselves. You keep them company.

Your listeners can consume your content while they are doing something else. It is a little difficult to watch a video while you're taking a shower or mowing the yard. You can do both while listening to a podcast, but probably not both at the same time.

Even though both are portable, podcasting is easier to consume while you take it with you.

RESULTS

But the biggest difference between podcasting and YouTube is the results you get from each of the platforms.

YouTube will get you discovered. Your podcast will build relationships.

YouTube is one of the biggest search engines in the world. Millions of people are on YouTube everyday searching for their solution and being entertained.

If you want to get discovered, there are few better ways than YouTube.

However, you are competing with over 50 million other YouTube channels. The platform changes is algorithm regularly making it difficult to go viral.

It is challenging to build a relationship with your audience on YouTube, because the competition for time is fierce. There is also very little loyalty.

When you subscribe to a channel on YouTube, that channel shows up in your subscription list. You might even get a push notification to your phone when a new video is released.

But when you open YouTube, it isn't guaranteed that the video will be right there waiting for you. To see the video, you'll probably need to go into your subscriptions and into that channel to find the new video.

However when you subscribe to a podcast, every new episode shows up on your phone when you open your podcast app. It's right there waiting for you to listen.

RELATIONSHIPS

We often talk about building know, like and trust with your prospective clients.

Your audience will get to know you, understand what you believe, and learn what you value by listening to your show every week. Your story helps build the friendship with your listeners.

It is difficult to build a relationship through YouTube, because your videos don't become a habit. Listeners or viewers aren't coming to your show every Saturday to enjoy the new episode like they do with podcasts.

With your podcast, you are telling stories of your journey. You are sharing things about yourself with your audience, both successes and failures.

When you trust your audience with your failures and missteps, the law of reciprocity kicks in. They start trusting you in return. Your listeners begin to feel like they know you and a friendship starts to develop before you even meet.

I am the public address announce of our local hockey team. One night after a game, I was walking along the concourse with my family when a couple approached us.

They say, "Hey, Erik! Great game, huh?" We start chatting it up.

After a few minutes, we go on our way. We get a few steps away and my wife smacks me on the arm. I say, "What was that for?"

She says, "Why didn't you introduce me?"

I told her I had no idea who those people were. They just knew me, because they had been listening to me for years.

That's the power of audio. You have a one-on-one conversation with your listeners while they are listening with their ear buds and you're in their heads.

PROS AND CONS

There are pros and cons to both podcasting and YouTube.

Creating a video takes time to look great and set up a lot of gear. You need to have a good hair day and great lighting.

You can record your podcast without much prep. Just turn on the mic. Be in your pajamas if you'd like. There is a lot less headache.

It has been said that a picture, or video in this case, is worth a thousand words. That makes it easier to demonstrate things with video than audio.

Podcasting requires more description and the right choice of words to get your point across and create that vision in the theater of the mind.

Video editing is a bit more involved and challenging than audio. There is also less tech involved with audio.

On the other hand, it is a lot sexier to have video that is produced very well. It can make you look great. However, it is also more expensive in time or money to make that happen.

MY SUGGESTION

So which is better for your business? It depends.

What are you trying to accomplish?

My recommendation is do both.

Use YouTube to get discovered. Then create powerful relationships with your podcast.

Create great videos that will be found when people search the internet for your solution. Then, get them on your email list.

Send the list an email every time you release a new podcast episode and invite them to listen.

Tell great stories on your podcast. Share something about yourself, so your listeners get to know you and you build rapport.

Finally, invite them to work with you.

YouTube and podcasting aren't the same. They each serve different purposes. Use both to achieve their respective results and build them into your strategy.

CONCIERGE

I know it seems like a lot to create both YouTube videos and a podcast. There is a way to do both without doubling your work.

With a little editing, you can use the video audio as your podcast. You'll need a little more introduction for the podcast and a few other nuances. But it is possible to effectively repurpose the content.

My Podcast Profits Concierge package is a full, done-for-you service to create a powerful, effective podcast that attracts your ideal, high-ticket clients while saving you hours of time.

It combines one-on-one coaching, group coaching, full audio and video production, and a full toolkit. You will have more clients and more time to deliver in your zone of genius.

With the Podcast Profits Concierge service, we work with you to build a solid strategy to attract your ideal clients with your content. You are armed with a proven system to create a steady stream of income.

Most importantly, Podcast Profits Concierge prevents you from spending too much time on an ineffective podcast that isn't doing anything to grow your business.

When you build a strategy that attracts an audience and converts those listeners into paying, high-ticket clients, you create a steady stream on income. You build a real business that creates the freedom and lifestyle of your dreams.

But when you spend all of your time producing your podcast, you have no time to have sales conversations, work with clients, or grow your business.

Your podcast gives you the opportunity to serve your clients when you have the right strategy and team behind you.

The Podcast Profits Concierge is your team.

Let's have a conversation to see if Podcast Profits Concierge makes sense for your business. Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply, click the button and apply to have a chat with me.

We will take a look at your situation, develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast and business goals.

It is time you get your time back while publishing both a podcast and YouTube video every week quickly and easily. Take advantage of the free call with me and discover the possibilities.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply, click the button and apply to have a chat with me. I look forward to talking with you.

View Details

HOW TO MAKE YOUR PODCAST PROFITABLE

So many coaches struggle to make their podcast profitable, because they don't have a strategy. A strategy doesn't need to be complicated. It simply needs to be effective.

PROFITABLE STRATEGY

Many podcasters try to monetize their podcast with ads and sponsorships.

MRI-Simmons just released data on podcast listening as it pertains to podcast ads.

In the research, 42% of listeners surveyed say they will skip the ad if it is for something they don’t care about. 22% of those surveyed say they will skip if they don't support the brand being marketed.

More importantly, 27% said they skip ads no matter what. That means over a quarter of your listeners don't want to hear the ads. Commercials are a negative experience for your show. It also doesn't benefit your advertiser.

Why would you do that to your podcast?

BETTER STRATEGY

Rather than attempting to be profitable using ads and sponsors, use your podcast as a marketing vehicle for your own goods and services.

Create great content on your show that will show your listeners what is possible for them.

Let the content lead to the first step in working with you. This could be a lead magnet, webinar or other resource.

Next, get listeners from that first step to a sales conversation. That might be a discovery call, long form sales video, or masterclass.

Finally, enroll them in your program.

Each piece needs to work together to be profitable.

WORKSHOP

I recently held a workshop to help coaches launch their profitable podcast. During that workshop, we discussed three powerful ways to attract your ideal clients with your podcast.

Today, I'll share with you a bit of that workshop to show you those three ways to be profitable.

Enjoy. But more importantly, take action.

DON'T COMPLICATE IT

Don't make it more complicated than it needs to be. After you produce and publish the episode, we need to promote it. We need to go out and tell everybody it's available and bring your audience into your world.

Find your ideal target listener. Get clear on exactly who you're helping. Figure out where we can find them, go get in front of them and bring them into your world.

PROMOTE

So how do we promote it? We could promote it on social media. You can go get on other podcasts and promote it there. Promote it through your email list.

There's a variety of ways to promote it.

When you promote your show, there are two ways to grow your audience. You need to keep your current listeners coming back, and you need to go out and find new listeners who are unaware of you and bring them into your audience.

You have to serve both sides of that equation.

The podcast builds into your funnel, so you're creating content to show your listeners what's possible, getting them to take that first step with you by getting your free resource.

And that free resource leads to your sales conversation. That could be a webinar or a strategy call, a discovery call, a long form sales video, wherever your sales conversation happens.

But a lot of people who create podcasts and teach you how to create podcasts don't teach you a strategy to take your listeners and convert them into clients. They just say, "Talk about whatever you want to talk about. Go interview great people."

GROW YOUR PROFITABLE BUSINESS

I've had a lot of coaches come to me and say, "Erik, my podcast isn't doing anything to grow my business."

When we dig into it, it's this step right here. They don't have a system in place that converts listeners to clients. They're doing a great job interviewing guests, but they have no point or strategy to be profitable.

There's no reason, there's no automatic connection from the interview to working with them. And that's what I help clients do.

PROFITABLE STEP-BY-STEP

So, let's talk a little bit about that. Challenge number two that I talked about is they don't have a strategy. They don't have a step by step process to attract clients with their show.

There are many, many ways to attract your clients with your podcast. I'm going to give you three of my favorite. There are others as well.

These are not by any means an exhaustive list on how to create clients with your podcast. But I'm going to give you three.

AUDIENCE

The first way to attract your ideal clients is to turn your listeners into clients. That's probably the most obvious way. Build an audience, convert them to clients.

This is Oscar Trimboli. Oscar's podcast is called Deep Listening Impact Beyond Words.

Deep Listening is both his podcast and his business. Oscar is a mentor. He's a leadership coach, a speaker. He's an author. He's a podcaster.

His book is called Deep Listening Impact Beyond Words. Oscar helps CEOs and leaders be better listeners.

Typical CEOs and leaders are type A personalities. They like to hear themselves talk. They like to tell people what to do. They don't listen very well.

Oscar goes in and teaches them how to listen. His goal was to bring that authority and that power to his podcast.

Now, when Oscar came to me, I listened to his podcast. He said, "Erik, my podcast isn't doing anything to grow my business. Can you help me out? I've done a complete series of episodes. I have 36 episodes in the can. I'm not getting any clients from it. What am I doing wrong?"

I went and I listened to his show. Oscar is a great listener. He does a phenomenal job interviewing the CEOs that were on his show.

But as I listened to his show, at no point in time did Oscar tell me what he does or invite me to work with him. And that's the problem most podcasters make. They do a great job interviewing their guest, but nowhere in the show does it tell me how I can work with them.

MAKE THE CONNECTION

They do a great job making their guests look amazing, but they don't do anything to make themselves look amazing.

So we restructured Oscar's podcast. We infused more of Oscar into the show, demonstrated Oscar's expertise, and created a way to invite listeners to work with Oscar.

We launched season two of his show in a whole new way, which used Oscar as the main focus and used his interviews to support what Oscar was teaching.

And when we did that, it allowed Oscar to start gaining new clients.

More importantly, he started building that know, like and trust with his audience, because his show was now focused on the same material that his teaching was focused on.

It wasn't simply interviewing great guests. It was demonstrating his expertise and using his guests interviews to support what he was teaching.

Now, Oscar has been named one of the top podcasts by Apple podcasts in his niche. He has been hired to be a keynote speaker at multiple organizations. He goes in, he conducts seminars and workshops at his organizations, and he's top of his game and knocking it out of the park.

So proud of him and everything that he's accomplished simply by making a small tweak in his show.

INVITE THEM

I told you a little bit about TaVona Denise. She now does Conversations with TaVona Denise.

She takes these nurses that she's been helping and brings them to a free workshop that she does through her podcast. Her podcast shows these nurses what's possible.

Then she invites them to the workshop. Then the workshop upsells the nurses and invites them to come work with TaVona in a one on one coaching situation. She takes her listeners and converts them into clients.

PROFITABLE POTENTIAL

My second favorite way to grow your business with your podcast is to interview potential clients.

So many times, we try and get our potential clients to take our call or to get on a conversation with us, and we just can't make that happen. There's too many gatekeepers. Or they have their guard up, and they don't want to let you in.

OPEN DOORS

Zoe Routh came to me. She's an expert on people stuff. Zoe is a consultant.

She helps businesses break down the silos that exist in their business so departments can work better together. However, she was having a tough time getting through the gatekeeper to reach the decision maker in these businesses.

When I started working with Zoe, I said, "Zoe, what kind of downloads are you getting? How many people are listening to your show?"

She said, "Erik, I don't even know. I don't even care about that."

Zoe says, "That's not why I use my podcast." She says, "I use my podcast to open doors to people who won't normally take my call. Rather than inviting them to a sales call or to have coffee or a quick meeting with me.

I reach out to them and invite them on my podcast and I use that opportunity to build a relationship with them, because I email them to invite them on the show.

Then I email them to give them all the details about what the interview will be about and when it will happen and schedule the interview. And we build a relationship there.

We have the conversation where we actually conduct the interview, and then we have a follow up conversation after that when the interview is posted so they can share it with their audience.

So by the time the process is over, I've had four or five conversations with them. We've built a relationship and now they will take my call to discuss working together because they've already got to know who I am and what I do."

Interviewing your prospective clients on your show is an amazing way to grow your business.

AUTHORS

This is Jedlie. He's one of my clients. Jedlie is a clown and a magician.

Jedlie used to do magic shows for schools. He'd go in and teach antibullying to schools, loves working with kids.

He has now launched his podcast called Reading With Your Kids where he helps children's authors get exposure. He will interview these authors on his show, but his authors buy into his program. So these authors' books become certified. A Reading With Your Kids certified book.

He finds books that he loves, that he wants to certify. He has a certification process where he puts a sticker on the front of the books they're certified. Reading With Your Kids certified.

He interviews the authors and all of these people buy into his program that he's interviewing on his show. He interviews the authors as part of the package that he sells.

It's a way to use your podcast to interview prospective clients.

PROFITABLE PARTNERS

And then the third way that I love to monetize your show and to grow your business is to interview your partners. These are partners that are promoting you or your JV partners that you're promoting them.

Sadie and Sausha came to me to launch their podcast. It's called Meathead Test Kitchen.

These two love working out. They're tattooed and when you listen to the show, you get exactly what you think you're going to get. They love working out. They love exercise. They love fitness. That's what it's all about on their show.

They talk about what they use in their fitness routine. So all of the equipment that they use, all of the supplements and nutrients that they use, the healthy cookbooks and recipe ideas that they use.

Then over on their website, they have fulfilled by Amazon connections and links on their website where you can buy all of the things they talk about on their show. So they're not producing anything, they're just selling it through their website.

And they're growing their business in that way, talking about what they love selling products.

PROFITABLE COACHES

Marc Mawhinney runs Natural Born Coaches podcast. He interviews his JV partners, then he does a webinar with them. People buy into his JV package.

If you go to JVwithMarc.com, you'll see all of his details. You buy into a package and being interviewed on his show is part of the package. Getting interviewed in his Facebook group is part of the package. Being on a webinar with Marc to his audience is part of the package.

He interviews potential clients on the show, and that's how he uses it to grow his business.

CAN YOU SEE THE POTENTIAL

Can you see how some of these ideas can help grow your profitable business and attract your ideal clients?

Can you see how you can use podcasting in one of these three ways so you can get out and start making that connection with your audience. How you can build that relationship with them and bring them into what you do, showing them how you can help them?

And whether it's turning your listeners into clients, or you're interviewing prospective clients or your interviewing partners, there's multiple ways you can use podcasting to grow your profitable business, attract your ideal clients, and really take your coaching programs to the next level.

LET'S TALK

Can you see the profitable possibilities for your business?

I would love to give you a free strategy call to help you build a system to make you profitable. There are no strings attached.

We discuss you goals, determine where you are today, and build your system to reach your goals.

If you'd like help implementing that plan, we can discuss how that looks.

View Details

HOW CAN I PRODUCE A PODCAST IN AN HOUR?

To create great content quickly, you're going to need help. Many coaches ask me if they need a podcast editor. It comes down to where you want to spend your time.

Asking if you need a podcast editor is like asking if you need a car. I don't know that anyone "needs" a car. You can take the bus, pay for an Uber, ride your bike, walk, or catch a ride with a friend.

Needing a car comes down to convenience. What do you value more?

To produce a quality podcast episode in an hour, you'll need to spend your time performing and sharing your expertise. You'll then need somebody else to do the editing, uploading and sharing of your episode.

TAYLOR SWIFT

We went to see Taylor Swift this weekend. I've had the great fortune of meeting Taylor a few times and see how her business works from a unique perspective.

Taylor Swift is so successful, because she spends her time overdelivering for her fans while others handle the tasks that don't require her genius.

When my daughter Emma was in grade school, I took her to meet Taylor for the second time. Emma brought her friend Ellerie.

A typical meet and greet with an artist is pretty quick.

The guests all wait for the artist in a room. It's usually a dressing room, meeting room, or locker room at the venue.

The artist will come in. Guests will step up usually in pairs. They express their admiration for the artist. Someone takes a picture, and the guests are ushered out of the room.

Each meet and greet interaction is about 30 to 60 seconds. It's quick.

MEET AND GREET

With Taylor Swift, it's different.

Taylor had a special room set up specifically for radio people and special guests.

Alex, the representative from the record company, gathered us to go back as usual. When we got back there, we met Frank. He is Taylor's personal liaison to people in the radio industry.

Frank and Alex then introduced us to Taylor's mom. She is the host backstage. Taylor's mom ensures everything backstage is a great experience.

We all waited in the room until Taylor came in. Rather than lining up to meet her, she walked around the room and met us, making every guest feel special.

Taylor probably spent 3 or 4 minutes with each guest. We chatted about her music. She talked to Emma about piano lessons. They posed for a nice photo and then some funny photos.

With that, Taylor left us in the hands of her mom to give us a tour of the backstage area while she got ready for the show.

A few days after the concert, I received a hand-written note in the mail. It was from Taylor.

Taylor had written me a note thanking me for taking time out of my week to bring my family to her concert. She appreciated all the support we gave her music.

Now as the Program Director of the radio station at the time, I controlled what music got played on the radio station. It make total sense for Taylor to send me a thank you note.

However, inside my note was another note addressed to Emma.

This note thanked Emma for coming to the show, encouraged Emma to stick with her piano lessons, and asked her to tell Ellerie "hi" for her.

That's the magic of Taylor Swift.

PODCAST EDITOR

So what does this have to do with having a podcast editor?

Taylor Swift delegates the tasks that don't require her attention to other people.

The record rep gathers us and gets us backstage. Her liaison ensures everyone is there. Her mom handles the backstage logistics.

This is just the start of it. For instance, Taylor's dad is the host out front. He is in charge of going up top to the cheap seats, finding super-fans, and upgrading their tickets to the front of the stage.

You might be saying, "Sure, Taylor Swift can have a huge team helping her. I can't afford that."

The truth is you can't afford to NOT have help. You don't have enough time in the week.

You don't need to have a team of a dozen people. But getting one person to do your editing comes with huge benefits.

When Taylor Swift has her mom coordinating backstage, she can focus on her guests.

I'm guessing that when Taylor left that room, she somehow jotted down some notes on everyone she met. Or someone was doing it in real time.

I don't know how she did it. The point is she had time to do it, because the other tasks were handled by other people.

6+ REASONS TO HIRE A PODCAST EDITOR

When it comes time to decide to hire a podcast editor, you need to do some evaluation of your situation.

If you can use the time for more productive results, then hire a podcast editor.

On the other hand if you are going to watch more Netflix while you pay someone to edit your podcast, keep doing your own show.

There are six reasons to hire a podcast editor. See how many of these apply to your podcast and situation.

SAVES TIME

The biggest benefit of hiring a podcast editor is that it saves time.

How much time do you spend editing your podcast?

If you are creating an interview episode, it probably takes an hour to set up the gear and record the conversation.

Then you need to record your episode intro and possibly the close to demonstrate your expertise in your space and invite people to work with you.

Next, you need to edit the podcast open, episode intro, interview and close together. You will need to take out any mistakes and normalize the audio.

Finally, export your file to an .mp3, upload it to your podcast host, and add the show notes.

When you have an editor, you record the interview, open and close. You're done.

Your editing team does the rest. Poof. More time on your calendar.

ZONE OF GENIUS

Now that you have more time, the second benefit of hiring a podcast editor is where you spend your time.

You can now spend your time in your zone of genius. Just like Taylor Swift, you can do what you're best at doing and less time on the menial tasks that don't require your involvement.

This will allow you to book more appearances for exposure, land more clients with sales calls and conversations, and create more content to grow the business.

Do the things that only you can do. Delegate the rest. Spend time in your zone of genius.

FASTER AND BETTER

Now, I don't mean to disparage your editing expertise. But I'm guessing a professional podcast editor can probably edit a show much faster and better than you can.

Speed is the third benefit.

Because I have been editing digital audio for over two decades, I can edit the audio faster than I can explain what I'm doing.

In my audio editing software, I have shortcut keys set up to split, delete, mix down to file, save as an .mp3 and a variety of other tasks.

All of these little tricks save me a ton of time editing a show. And I'm not even a professional editor. My buddy Matt does it for a living. He knows tips and tricks I'll never know, simply because he does it everyday.

YOU KNOW

That brings us to the fourth benefit of hiring a podcast editor is that you don't know what you don't know.

I was on a coaching call the other day walking Janie through editing her show. As we looked at her waveform, I told her exactly where to click to remove the mistake.

She said, "How do you know that's where the mistake is?"

I told her, "I've been looking at these waveforms for 25 years. The mistakes become easy to spot when you've done it that long."

When you turn your editing tasks over to a professional podcast editor, they can edit your show in a fraction of the time it takes you.

They also know little editing tricks, like making the edit after the breath to hide the edit. Or making a cut next to a hard consonant to make it unnoticeable. Or when to use a crossfade or mute.

Your show will sound much more professional when a professional edits it.

THE TECHNOLOGY

Many coaches enjoy working with people and creating. The fifth benefit of hiring a podcast editor is avoiding the tech.

If you don't enjoy tech or detail work, you'll be able to delegate it to your editor.

Performing and creating use a different part of the brain than detailed work. It is difficult to be great at both.

When you delegate the technical and details work to someone else, you will find that you do much better work in your creative space. You won't need to worry about doing the tasks that neither excite you or you're not good at completing.

Somebody loves the details. Leave it to them.

COACHING

The final benefit of hiring a podcast editor is unique to working with me. When you enroll in my Podcast Profits Concierge program, you get full podcast editor services along with coaching from me.

You show up and perform. Leave the rest of the tasks to my team.

This includes editing your audio and video. My team uploads your audio to your podcast host and video to your YouTube channel.

They also create your show notes for you. You get social media assets, like a captioned social media video, quote cards and more.

The team will post your show and notes to your Wordpress website. There is a blog header image for your website, a YouTube thumbnail for your video, and a whole lot more.

Plus, you get one-on-one coaching with me to ensure your podcast is connecting with your audience and make more sales.

Making a real impact on the world with your knowledge and content is a powerful place to be. This is where you change lives and make a difference.

The Podcast Profits Concierge is a powerful program designed to help you grow your business.

If you are ready to explode your impact, this high-level package builds a powerful podcast with coaching, handles your complete audio and video production of four episodes per month to free your time, supports you with a community of like-minded coaches, and pours gas on your fire.

To learn more, visit www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/editing. The full details are there.

View Details

DRIVE TRAFFIC FOR SUCCESS

How many listeners are enough? Just a few more. We all want more listeners. But, how do I drive traffic to my podcast?

My son and I went to the movie theater this weekend to see the new Indiana Jones movie. It was good. I'm a big Harrison Ford fan.

Do you ever wonder why the big movie studios are so quick to jump on the sequel bandwagon? It isn't simply easy money. It's easy marketing.

When they release a sequel, they don't have to work as hard to drive traffic to the movie. The main character is already familiar to the audience. The basic famework of the movie doesn't need explaination.

With a sequel, half the work is already done. They simply need to make fans aware that the movie is available.

The same is true with your podcast. It is much easier to keep current listeners than it is to attract new ones.

When podcasters reach out to me for their free strategy session, they answer a few questions before we get on the call. One question I ask is, "In what ways do you need help with your podcast."

Of all the applications I receive, at least 80% include growing their audience. Most want to discover ways to drive traffic to their podcast.

Growing your audience to increase downloads is usually somewhere in our goals regardless of the length of time we have been podcasting. You're not alone.

Trying to drive traffic isn't clear cut and doesn't happen overnight.

There are a few nuances in the terms we need to understand before we can drive traffic.

CURRENT VS NEW

The first thing we need to understand is there are two sides of the equation.

To drive traffic, you need to attract new listeners while keeping your current listeners coming back.

If you are only attracting new listeners without doing anything to keep your current listeners, it is like putting water in a bucket that has holes in the bottom.

The more you put in, the more that leaks out. You never make gains.

Instead, keep your current listeners coming back. Then, add new listeners to those already at the party. This is how you grow.

LISTENERS VS SUBSCRIBERS

We need to understand the difference between listeners and subscribers if we want to drive traffic.

When your listeners don't convert into subscribers, you need to go find those listeners for every new episode and get new listeners in order to drive traffic.

However when you convert those listeners into subscribers, they automatically get the new episode on their phone as long as they continue to listen and continue to subscribe or follow.

DOWNLOADS VS LISTENS

We also need to understand the difference between a download and a listen.

When your phone downloads your episode, that counts as a download regardless if you've listened or not.

Now, an IAB download is a little different than a download. IAB is short for Interactive Advertising Bureau.

An IAB download removes any IP address or user agent that is on a blacklist. It also ensures at least one minute of playable content is downloaded.

Your IAB downloads will be lower than your regular download number.

Either way, a person doesn't need to actually listen to be counted as a download.

Listens count those users who actually pushed play on your episode.

Your podcast name and description get people interested enough to download your show. The name of your episode will get people to push play.

Therefore, don't call your episode "Episode 72". That will not entice anyone to push play. Plus, nobody is searching for "Episode 72".

Give your episode an exciting title that creates some anticipation and makes the listener push play.

If they stop listening, their podcast player will usually stop downloading episodes after a few episodes. This number is set in the podcast player.

To drive traffic, get your audience to listen. When they listen, episodes will continue to download for them.

CONSISTENCY

The other thing we need to understand in order to drive traffic is consistency and patience. It takes both to drive traffic.

You want to get your listeners in the habit of listening to your show.

In 1960, Dr. Maxwell Maltz said it takes patients "a minimum of about 21 days for an old image to dissolve and a new one to jell." Dr. Maltz published that theory and his thoughts on behavior change in a book called Psycho-Cybernetics.

As with many quotes, over the years it was taken out of context. The stat was eventually quoted as, "It takes 21 days to form a new habit," leaving out the important “minimum”.

A study at University College London and published in the European Journal of Social Psychology says it takes an average of 66 days to form a new habit.

That is why consistency and accountability are important. If you want people to remember your brand, it takes frequency to the target.

DRIVE TRAFFIC LIKE MCDONALD'S

In radio, we talk about top-of-mind awareness. Brand advertising is designed to help make brands memorable.

When Coca-Cola runs their brand advertising campaigns, they don't expect you to drop everything you are doing and run to the store to buy Coke.

When McDonald's creates their branding commercials, they don't think you will suddenly turn around and pull into a drive-thru.

These brands are creating top-of-mind awareness. These companies want to be the first brand you think of when you are hungry or thirsty.

When you pull into a quickie mart for a drink, they want you to think Coke. When you ask your kids where they want to grab a bit to eat, they say McNuggets from McDonald's.

It is all about top-of-mind awareness to build your brand and drive traffic.

How many brands of toothpaste can you name? Quick, off the top of your head. How many come to mind?

You can probably name the toothpaste brand you use and the one you use when your favorite isn't available. Maybe one more. Unless you work in a grocery store, you can probably list 2 or 3.

A quick search of the internet shows there are actually 49 brands of toothpaste. How about Gleem, or Mentadent, or Close-Up?

That list simply includes brands. There are multiple varieties within each brand. When I checked the Crest toothpaste website, I saw 60 different varieties of Crest that were available.

The only way for a brand to win is to create top-of-mind awareness. When people think of your niche, do they think of you? Are you in the top two?

DAILY EMAIL

I send an email everyday to my list. Every email contains a tip that will help you drive traffic to your podcast, improve your show, or grow your business. Each email typically ends with an offer to get more help.

Some people think I'm crazy sending an email everyday. They think if they send a daily email, people will unsubscribe.

First, people will stay subscribed when you send value like I do. Second, people that unsubscribe aren't your ideal client anyway.

The primary reason I send a daily email is for top-of-mind awareness. When people on my list think of podcasting, I want them to think of me.

Then when they are ready to solve a problem where I can help, they reach out to me for a strategy call to build their plan and reach their goals.

Your top-of-mind awareness doesn't happen overnight. It takes consistent work. The same work it takes to drive traffic, increase downloads, and grow your audience.

HOW TO DRIVE TRAFFIC

As I mentioned, there are two sides of the equation when it comes to growing your audience. You need to attract new listeners. Then, you need to keep your current listeners coming back episode after episode.

There are different tactics you can use to drive traffic on each side of the equation.

You don't need to use all of these ideas. But, it's like multiple streams of income. The more you use, the less reliant you are on any particular tactic.

When you use multiple methods to drive traffic, you won't get crushed if one particular method goes away or dries up.

It is similar to when COVID hit. If all of your traffic was coming from live events, that tactic dried up. You would be stuck.

However if you were using live events and virtual events, you would still be able to drive traffic when all of the live events went away.

I would suggest you use at least one on each side of the equations. Two or three will insulate you from big changes in any particular tactic.

Let's start with attracting new listeners.

DRIVE TRAFFIC WITH OTHER STAGES

If you want to drive traffic, you need to get in front of new audiences. Find other stages.

A stage is defined as any time you can get in front of an audience. This could be a live, physical stage such as a conference. It could be a virtual stage, such as a summit or presenting to a mastermind. Getting on another stage could also mean being interviewed on another podcast.

Where are your ideal clients already gathering? Those are the stages where you need to appear.

To drive traffic, reach out to the people who control those stages, and ask what it takes to appear at their event.

DRIVE TRAFFIC WITH ENGAGEMENT

Being in front of your ideal clients and other experts isn't enough to drive traffic. You need to create engagement and get people to take action.

Leave feedback for other shows. Everybody loves attention.

The best way to grow your network is by making contact with others. Start by commenting on podcasts, blogs and discussions of other influencers.

Don't simply be a lurker, reading all the other posts. Get involved. Take action.

You want to be seen as someone who gets things done. By taking action and engaging with others, you send the message that you are active.

You will get seen by more by commenting on other posts rather than creating your own posts. Find conversations with a lot of comments and comment there.

When you comment on others posts, everyone who has already posted will get notified of your comment. However when you create your own post, you need to start from zero to attract attention.

DRIVE TRAFFIC BY NETWORKING

You can also drive traffic by directly networking with other influencers. Find those who have the attention of your ideal client.

Network with other shows talking to the listeners you want to attract. Help each other.

Find people in your niche who compliment what you do. Team up to help each other grow. Look for ways to share each other's content.

If you know where your audience congregates, that would be a good place to look for them. There is a good chance others in your niche are talking to the people you would like to reach. Start making friends.

Start by commenting on their podcast. Send the host questions for their show. Become a familiar name.

Depending on the level of engagement the host receives from her audience, you will become a familiar name after some regular engagement.

Once you are on the radar, reach out with an introduction e-mail or message. Ask how you might help. Give first. See where it goes from there.

HELP OTHERS

On the other side of the equation, we need to keep your current listeners coming back again and again.

Start by helping your listeners.

Do Facebook Live "ask me anything" sessions. Prove that you are willing to help them achieve their goals. Give them direction.

If you become the go-to resource who knows where to find the answers, you become the de facto guru in your space.

Answer questions on your podcast. Reply to email. Give them resources even if they are not your resources.

One resource I share is the 60-second blog planner that I use to organize my content. I got it from Ryan Deiss at Digital Marketer. It is fantastic.

The planner helps ensure I use a variety of topics, I know what call to action I will make on the show, and what type of episode it will be.

If you would like it, just shoot me an email at coach @ podcasttalentcoach.com.

When you are a resource for your audience, they will keep coming back.

BE SOCIAL

Next, use social media to spread your message and drive traffic. Be active on Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, Twitter or any other social platform you love.

The people that follow you on social media are already aware of you. This is not a strategy to attract new listeners.

Consistently interact with others on social media. Avoid always asking. Offer to help.

Don't simply look around. Get involved. Be active.

Have you ever had that person in your life who would only call when they needed something? You know who I mean. They need money or they want an introduction or they need a ride. You don't want to be that person online.

Social media is a great place to grow relationships. If your activity is all one-sided, it will be very difficult to build friendships.

Connect on social media and remind your fans to listen to your podcast.

DRIVE TRAFFIC WITH EMAIL

To drive traffic and keep your current listeners coming back every episode, send them an email and remind them to listen.

Create a process you can follow every time you publish a new episode.

This should include sending out an email and giving your list a reason to listen.

Your email should be more than just telling them the episode is available. Tease them and create some anticipation. Pique their curiosity. Make them want to listen to the episode to hear the rest of the story.

DRIVE TRAFFIC WITH YOUR CONTENT

Finally, you can keep listeners coming back every episode by teasing the next show at the end of every episode.

Plan ahead. At the end of the show, tell listeners what to expect on the next episode.

Again, you want to make this a tease and not simply a promotion.

Saying, "We'll talk about how to drive traffic next week" is promoting what is coming next week. It doesn't create any anticipation.

When I say, "Next week you'll discover how to drive traffic like McDonald's and Coke" it creates some anticipation and an open loop. You need to come back to get the rest of the story.

That's the difference between promoting and teasing. Create anticipation and get your listeners to come back next week.

Take consistent action this week. Pick a few of these strategies and put them to work for you. Let's see what you can do to drive traffic to your podcast.

View Details

Many coaches wonder if they should start a podcast, be a guest on other podcasts, or create a YouTube channel. They treat each platform the same.

Each of these three content platforms serve a different purpose and get a different result.

This topic came up twice in conversations this week.

In one chat, I was talking with the guy who will be running my summit this fal. He mentioned that he was doing another summit for an expert who teaches people how to be a guest on other podcasts.

He said, "Let those hosts pay Erik to learn how to start a podcast and do all the work. She will just teach you how to be a guest."

Being a guest has its place. But being a guest and having your own podcast are two completely different strategies with two completely different purposes.

He clearly didn't understand the benefit you receive when you start a podcast. And many don't have a strategy to success when they do start.

Before we discuss why small businesses should start a podcast, let's talk about the difference between these three strategies.

DISCOVERY

YouTube is one of the largest search engines in the world. Being on YouTube will help you get discovered.

People visit YouTube and enter their challenge. "How to start a podcast." "Homemade pesticide for my garden." "Low-cost marketing ideas."

They come up with a ton of results.

However, most people watch the video without much attention to the person or channel creating the video. People don't subscribe often.

YouTube has neither published the number of YouTube channels on its platform. Tim Queen manually researched the number of channels using open-source intelligence methods and data from various sources. He says there are roughly 113.9 million YouTube channels as of July 29, 2022.

A Tubics article puts that number at 51 million as of 2022.

According to Wyzowl, around 3.7m new videos are uploaded to YouTube every day. That’s around 271,330 hours of video content based on an average length of 4.4 minutes.

Research done by Backlinko reveals that YouTube has 2 billion active users. This figure only measures users who are logged into the platform. The actual number is likely much higher.

You will get discovered on YouTube.

RELATIONSHIPS

When you start a podcast, you begin building relationships and rapport with your listeners.

People subscribe to your podcast and spend time with you every week on a regular basis. It is like a personal conversation.

You are in their ear creating visions in the theater of the mind. Podcasting is a very powerful, intimate relationships.

When you release content, it shows up in the feed of your subscribers. This allows you to strengthen your relationship every week.

Where YouTube gets you discovered, your podcast allows you to build rapport.

PODCAST GUEST

So, where does podcast guesting fit in?

I am currently working with a client to shape her story. She tells me she doesn't want to start a podcast. She just wants to be a guest on other shows.

She has partnered with an agency who will interview her on a streaming show over 5 episodes. They will host her show for her, and she will be the featured guest.

This is basically hosting her own show on this platform. But, we can take the concept and get her on other shows to continue to grow.

Eventually, I hope she will see the benefit her own hosted shows brings to her business.

When you are a guest on a podcast, you are leveraging the attention build by another host.

However, you can't build much of a relationship in a 45 minute interview.

Being a guest on another podcast will help you get discovered. When you partner with podcast hosts already speaking to your idea client, you get discovered by new prospects.

Being a guest differs from YouTube discovery in terms of credibility. When you are a guest on another show, it is an implied endorsement from that host.

The host has built a relationship with the audience. They are now introducing you to their friends. You benefit by association with the host.

That benefit doesn't exist with YouTube. However, the potential YouTube audience is much bigger.

WHICH SHOULD YOU USE

When it comes to selecting the right strategy for you, I suggest you do all three.

Leverage the mass usage of YouTube by posting videos and getting discovered.

Be a guest on other podcasts to benefit from the endorsement of other influencers.

Finally, start a podcast of your own to build the relationship and rapport with your ideal clients and lead them down the path to working with you.

It is most efficient when you begin by recording your podcast on video. Use the audio for the actual podcast. You the video, either clips or the full version, for your YouTube channel.

By repurposing the content, you save a lot of time.

5 REASONS TO START A PODCAST

There are five reasons every small business should start a podcast.

Again, use all three strategies if you have the bandwidth in your week. They each serve a different purpose.

Having your own podcast has big benefits in a variety of ways.

Let's look at each reason to start a podcast.

AUTHORITY

When you have your own podcast, you control all of the content. This allows you to build authority in your niche.

The topics, guests, structure, stories and examples are all up to you. You get to craft the message and how you are perceived.

Your content and stories will demonstrate your expertise in your space. This will help listeners understand your knowledge of your topic.

To be an influencer in your space, very few platforms can match the effectiveness of a podcast.

If you want to get hired for speeches or contacted as an expert for an article, you can direct people to your podcast to experience your knowledge and presentation.

This is similar to the power of a book. When you start a podcast, it gives you credibility.

OFFERS

The second reason every business should start a podcast is offers.

Your podcast is a great platform to showcase your goods and services. You can teach, share and help. Then, you can make an offer to go deeper with you.

Your podcast can be like a webinar without the salesy feel. The content and benefit gets dripped out every episode to build upon each other over time. Eventually, you buyer is ready to engage with you.

Imagine how hard it would be to get someone to attend a webinar with you every week. It is much easier to invite them to subscribe to your podcast.

On your podcast, you can help them solve challenges. You can show them the outcome and transformation you provide.

Your podcast allows you to answer questions and get good at communicating your benefits.

Then, you can make an offer to your audience, so they can get more of that benefit by working with you.

BUILD RAPPORT

The third reason to start a podcast is the relationships and rapport.

Only 3% of your market is buying now. Another 7% could be convinced to buy today.

I mentioned this on a group coaching call the other night. One participant said that didn't sound right.

She said, "I've been at conferences where the speaker makes an offer and half the room runs to the tables in the back to buy. That's a lot more than 3%."

I said, "You're right. But, that room doesn't represent the entire market."

Let's say a podcast coach is giving a presentation on monetizing your podcast. At the end, he makes an offer to join his coaching program and build your podcast profits framework. 50 of the 100 people in the room go back and buy.

Does that mean 50% of the market just bought? No. It means 50% of the people in the room bought.

There are nearly 4 million podcasters today. On average, 3% of those are looking for a solution today. Only 50 were in the room.

WHO IS BUYING

The 7% I mentioned aren't thinking about buying. But when they see the offer, they consider the purchase.

30% aren't in the market today. If you're selling cars, I'm not in the market today. However, I will be in the market a year from now. The timing isn't right.

30% don't think they are in the market today. They need more information.

If you sell mattresses, I'm not in the market today. When you educate me that the average mattress wears out in 8 years and I've had mine for 15, I'm suddenly in the market.

The final 30% aren't in your market. Maybe you sell PCs and they are a Mac users. It is going to be difficult to persuade these prospect to buy from you. Not impossible, but challenging.

If you are only selling in your content, you are missing 90% of your market.

You need to spend quality time building a relationship and educating that 90% so when they are ready to buy they think of you.

If you and I have been having meaningful, useful conversations for a year about car buying, I'm coming to you when it is time to buy a car.

YouTube gets you discovered. It doesn't help you build relationships.

Being a guest on other shows will get you discovered. It doesn't help you build relationships.

When you start a podcast of your own, you build rapport and relationships with your ideal clients in your audience.

CONNECTIONS

The fourth reason to start a podcast is to build connection.

Have you ever wished you could have powerful conversations with experts, influencers and mentors?

If you have ever asked a mentor to lunch or for the opportunity to pick their brain, you know how challenging it can be to get them to give up their time.

However when you invite them on your podcast, they are typically honored to be featured. They see the benefit.

When I worked with Zoe Routh, the only reason she had a podcast was to open doors to CEOs who wouldn't normally take her cold call. This allowed her the opportunity to start a relationship with a decision maker before ever talking business.

Your podcast allows you to connect with others. You can connect with potential partners. It will allow you to have conversations with mentors.

When you interview people on your podcast, you get to talk with high-ticket clients who wouldn't normally take your cold call.

LEGACY

Finally, the fifth reason every business should start a podcast is to leave a legacy.

You are creating something that can last a lifetime.

When you start a podcast, you are documenting your journey. You can let your kids experience where you've been and enjoy your story.

A podcast will help you make your mark on the world.

You may not have a million listeners. But, you will leave a mark on those that do listen.

If you haven't started your podcast yet and want to see what it's all about, go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/launch to get my free launch mini-course. It will show you the exact steps necessary to start a podcast.

I would love to help you along the way. Your first step is the launch mini-course. It is much easier than you think. You can start a podcast in 30 days just by following the steps in that free course. Again, you can access the course for free at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/launch.

View Details

HOW TO ATTACT YOUR IDEAL CLIENTS

Don't just create content. Create content to attract your best listeners.

As you work to grow your coaching business, find those prospects that are perfect for your services.

RAMIT SETHI

I was listening to "I Will Teach You To Be Rich" by Ramit Sethi. He helps couples with their finances and helps them get out of debt.

I’ve been following Ramit since 2012. Over the years, I got a good feel for the content he shared.

So when I started listening to his podcast, I expected the show to be something like Dave Ramsey. People struggling to get out of dept and find financial peace.

However, Ramit's guests seemed to already be rich and successful.

Here are the titles of some of his latest episodes.

Guilt-free travel: How to plan, save and spend on amazing vacations
I’m about to make $300k but we might have to live in our car
We’re worth $1.25M, so why is he afraid to get a $15 gym membership?
We make $280,000. Why does he keep shooting down my dreams?
I make $33,000/month. He makes $3,500. When is he going to step it up?

Please understand I do not have any vested interest in Ramit's content or programs. I am not an affiliate. This is not intended to promote his material. It is just a solid example of attracting your best listeners.

WHO YOU ATTRACT

After listening to a few episodes. I started to see a pattern.

Ramit would interview wealthy individuals, which I though was odd. He was trying to teach wealthy people how to be rich. It didn't make sense on the surface.

It wasn’t until this most recent episode when I realized what Ramit is trying to accomplish.

Ramit is creating content for the exact individuals he wants to attract. His goal is to help wealthy people invest their money and be more successful.

Broke people don’t have money. Wealthy people have a lot of it.

Ramit wants to attract wealthy individuals, because there is more upside for his business. They can afford what he has to offer.

START WITH A TARGET

It is now obvious listening to the show that Ramit is very specific on who he wants to attract.

If you create content for broke people, you’re going to attract broke people. Instead, find people with a little momentum who can pay for your high-end offer. Attract those people.

When you’re creating content, start with the end in mind. Who can you help best and most in your business and with your service?

Who needs what you offer AND can afford to pay what you’re worth?

Your ideal client should have three characteristics.

First they should want what you offer.

Second they should be able to benefit from what you offer. (It will work for them.)

Third they should be willing and able to pay for what you offer. Those that need what you offer, but can’t afford to pay, can benefit from your free stuff.

You don’t need to attract everyone. You just need to attract the right people... the best listeners.

Get clear on who you attract with my ideal target listener development Worksheet. You can download it at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/listener.

Get perfectly clear on your target listeners, and focus on attracting that single individual.

SALES CONVERSATION

Once you’ve identified your ideal client, the second step is to invite them to a sales conversation.

What can you put in their hand to show them the power of working with you? This will be your powerful lead magnet.

The ideal way to create a lead magnet used to peel off small piece of your high-end offer. Help them solve one single specific problem, and open their eyes to the need for more.

CONTENT

Now that you have your lead magnet to lead them to the sales conversation, what content can you create on your show to open their eyes to the need for the lead magnet?

Your content needs to show them what’s possible. Demonstrate the transformation your service provides to your best listeners.

AIM HIGH

Ramit has no preconceived notions about his ideal client.

Many people think wealthy people have no problems. Ramit knows that is not the case.

He shows wealthy people how to manage their money and keep more of it. Then he offers to enroll them in one of his coaching program.

Many financial coaches would make the mistake of thinking wealthy people don’t need coaching help. Ramit knows this is not the case, and he demonstrates that on his show.

He interviews wealthy people and talks about their struggles and problems. The wealthy listeners of the say, "That sounds just like me." Then they reach out to Ramit for help as well.

QUALITY OVER QUANTITY

We all think we want as many clients as we can get. The truth is we only need a handful of the right clients to create a very successful business that generates a lot of revenue.

It takes as much time and effort to close a $25,000 client as it does to close a $250 client. You still have the same phone calls, the same emails, the same headaches, the same bookkeeping, and the same back-and-forth.

If you can show your potential client the transformation that you offer, and it’s worth 10 times what you’re charging for it, you will find people to pay.

Spend your week finding two clients to pay you $25,000 each instead of trying to find 100 clients that will pay you $500 each. The outcome is $50,000 in each case. However, The two high-ticket clients are your best listeners and easier to serve.

When you create content for a highly successful individual like this, it attracts many more. The less successful people want to be successful, so they listen. And successful people want to be more successful, so they listen.

When you create content for less successful people, the less successful people will listen. They want to solve their problems. But the highly successful people have no use for it and don't listen. You are missing your best listeners..

RESEARCH WITH BEST LISTENERS

So how do you know what successful people need?

Have conversations with your best listeners. Do market research.

Ask them about their challenges and struggles. Discuss their pain points. Ask them about their fears, their hopes, their desires, and their dreams.

When you have 20 conversations with your best listeners, they will tell you exactly what they need, and how you can help them. They become your best clients.

You will then know what content to create, what sort of lead magnet to develop, and what sort of sales conversation to have. You can now help them achieve their dreams and goals.

MY FIRST CLIENTS

When I first began coaching, I was charging $307 a month for four phone calls.

I had no idea what to charge and thought that sounded good. It was no surprise that I was closing nearly every sales call I had.

My coach told me I was crazy. She encourged me to increase that quite a bit. I only bumped it up a little.

Today, my Podcast Profits Concierge Program is my high-end program. It is designed for successful coaches who are frustrated with their ineffective podcast. They don’t have the time to spend on a podcast that isn’t attracting clients.

In this program, I help them refine their content to attract their ideal clients. Then, my team handles all of their production tasks to free up their time to land more clients.

Just think how many more clients they could land. If they are spending 2 hours a week producing their show, and they produce a weekly podcast, that is 8 hours a month. They could save nearly 100 hours a year.

How many clients could you land if you spent an extra 100 hours a year having sales conversations?

This program is $20,000 a year, because it delivers a valuable outcome.

OVERCOMING THE DOUBT

You are probably thinking you could never sell a $20,000 program. That little voice was in my head as well.

My coach encouraged me to increase the value, demonstrate the outcome, and raise the price. So, I did.

When I started offering this $20,000 program, I closed the first sale during my third sales call. It all happened because I found the right person with the right pain points and demonstrated the value.

GET STARTED

Get started attracting your best listeners by getting focused. Get the Listener Development Worksheet at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/listener.

Complete the worksheet, and get hyper-focused on your best listeners. Then, create content specifically for that person.

View Details

AS A CONTENT CREATOR, WHERE DO YOU FIND INSPIRATION?

Creating great content begins with strong topics. And strong topics come from inspiration.

Inspiration is available in many areas of life. In this episode, you will discover 7 ways to inspire you with great content ideas.

PASSION

Before you begin looking for ideas and inspiration, ensure you are passionate about your topic.

If you are not a fanatic about your niche, you'll find it difficult to create any content. When you are passionate about your niche, content ideas tend to flow naturally.

You can't create content simply because you think others will enjoy it. The idea well runs dry when you chase the passion of other.

Don't worry about what others love. To be interesting, be interested.

Talk about ideas that stir your passion.

TWO ELEMENTS OF INSPIRATION

Before you begin creating content ideas, you need to remember the two critical elements of great content.

First, everything interesting is about people.

When you create content, it cannot be information alone. How does the infomration affect your listeners? Make it about people.

Next, tell stories. Let people get to know you and your guest through the stories that you tell.

When I first started interviewing bands and musicians on the radio, I would ask the typical questions. It would be about the album release date, when they are on the road, and how long they worked on the new record.

One day I was listening to our morning show interview a band. He got the band to tell some great stories that had me sitting in my car until the interview was over.

That's when I realized it wasn't about the information. It was about the stories.

Sure, it's important to talk about your guest's new book or course. But your listeners want to hear the stories.

Engage with great stories.

I have a resource that will help you get great stories from your guests. It is called "17 Most Powerful Podcast Interview Questions Ever". You can download it for free at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/interview.

LIFE

The first way to find content inspiration is to take notice of the things that happen in life that pique your interest.

JOURNAL

The next way to find content ideas and inspiration is to Journal at the end of the day. What did you learn or discover? What story can you tell from today?

QUESTIONS

One strategy I use to find content inspiration is searching through Facebook groups to see what questions are being asked.

ARTICLES

About 20 years ago, my radio coach taught me how to take any article and turn it into dozens of content ideas.

Take an article from anywhere. I've selected one from the October 2022 issue of USA Hockey magazine called, "Pucks With A Purpose". Here is the opening paragraph.

"As one of the two preeminent powers in women's hockey, she knew her responsibility as the general manager was more than simply winning games and Olympic medals. It was about establishing a culture that would help to continue to grow the game and create oppoprtunities for young girls around the country."

Step two is to highlight any words and phrases that capture your attention and pique your interest.

Here are the lines words that caught my eye.

Preeminent powers.

Her responsibility.

More than simply winning.

Establishing a culture.

Grow the game.

Create oppoprtunities.

Opportunities for young girls.

Next, apply those words to your niche. I am creating content to help podcasters create a more effective show. Here is how I turn each of these phrases into a content idea.

Preeminent powers becomes "The most influential forces in podcasting."

Her responsibility becomes "What is our responsibility as podcast hosts?"

More than simply winning becomes "Success is more than downloads."

Establishing a culture becomes "How to create culture with your podcast."

Grow the game becomes "How to grow the podcasting game."

Create oppoprtunities becomes "Creating opportunities for podcasters."

Opportunities for young girls becomes "Getting more young women into podcasting."

I now have 7 episode ideas from the first paragraph of an article. Even if only half are decent ideas, that still gives me three or four episodes or content posts.

And, I still have the rest of the article to spark ideas.

Remember, the article doesn't need to come from your niche. That's what makes this strategy so powerful.

Have fun with this one.

PROMPTS

To find content inspiration, use a variety of prompts to inspire you.

There are at least ten that I use frequently.

How did you get into your field? How does your expertise help people? What do you love about it? How can people get started?

Tell me about the first time you did it. Describe the best time. When was the craziest time?

What are some of the things you didn’t know when you started? If you were starting again, what is the first thing you’d do? Who inspired you the most?

All of these prompts can spark inspiration and story. Remember, everything interesting is about people.

BOOK TITLES

Book titles are a great resource for inspiration.

Looking at the popularity of a book on Amazon can tell you how hot the topic is.

Find your niche on Amazon, look at the top sellers, and use those titles to brainstorm content ideas.

SIX POWERFUL AREAS

In radio, we always tried to include content in each of six areas.

Those six areas are health, heart, money, time, safety, and local.

What can people do in each of these areas to have more success in their life?

You may think "local" doesn't pertain to your niche. However, anything can be local.

Just because it is a global topic doesn't mean you can't make it local. Just answer the question, "What's in it for me?"

If you are talking about artificial intelligence, how can that affect me locally?

Does it affect how kids write papers for school? How does it affect jobs at your local newspaper? Is the information kiosk at the airport still relevant?

THE WRONG SIZE

I was in the store the other day looking for a torsion spring. Do you know what a torsion spring is? Neither did I.

The spring on my hockey target broke. I remove the spring off the second target and took it to the store to find a replacement.

When I showed the guy what I needed, he pulled it up on his computer and ordered it.

3 days later, the spring arrived. I went to the store to get it. It was the wrong size.

We went through the process again. He measured the length, thickness and diameter. Then he entered the info in the computer and ordered a different spring.

3 days later, the spring arrived. I went to the store to get it. And, it was the wrong size again.

The manager finally told me to go home, sit on the couch with my computer, and search the internet for a spring that matched the one I needed.

If the artificial intelligence of Google will solve my problem, why do I need the guy behind the counter at the local store?

That's how you make a global topic local.

PICK ONE

There are seven ways to find content inspiration. Select the one that you find most interesting and can do most consistently.

Give it a try for three or four episodes to see how it works for you.

If it doesn't work, try another.

Ideas are everywhere. You simply need to be aware and notice the things that capture your attention.

Everything interesting is about people. And to be interesting, be interested. Engage by telling stories.

View Details

Do you feel like you're always editing a podcast? You're an expert in your niche. You don't need to spend all of your time editing. Live in your zone of genius.

On this episode, I want to give you some tips about editing a podcast.

There are five steps to producing a podcast each week. Those steps are plan, record, edit, publish and promote.

You need to do these steps for every episode. But, you don't need to do these steps every week. What you need is a system.

Let's see how you can save time in each of those areas to make your system more efficient and give you more time to work with your clients.

GET HELP

First, let me show you an option. You can always get someone to do all of the dirty work for you.

How much time do you spend each week creating your podcast?

If you could cut your podcast production time in half or more, how could you better spend the time you save?

You could spend time finding clients. Use the time to serve your clients better. Spend time creating more digital products to sell. Double down on your promotion time to grow your show and your business.

Let's do some quick math.

Take the time you spend each week producing your show. Divide that time by two.

Now, multiply that time by four for the four weeks in the month.

If you dedicated those hours to revenue generation, how much money do you think you could make? Could you find a few clients to pay you each month by reallocating that time?

When you do that every month for a year, how much more revenue would you generate for your business?

My team can produce your podcast every week and give you that time back. In addition to the editing, you get coaching with me to improve the effectiveness of your content to grow your business.

EDITING A PODCAST

The editing and coaching plan will make your show sound great. You record the episode and send the team your audio and video. My team handles the rest.

You simply show up and perform.

With coaching and editing, you get professional audio editing. The team takes your audio and does the editing. They include noise reduction, volume leveling, mixing and mastering. You will sound great.

We will put all of the pieces together, including adding your open and close. We'll put in any sound effects and transitions. You get the finished .mp3 ready to be posted.

But, we handle that too. The team uploads your podcast to your audio host. Don't worry about it.

You also get professional video editing. The show was recorded as a video. The audio is being used as your podcast. The video can be posted on YouTube to get you discovered.

Video editing includes creating your YouTube thumbnail, so your video is ready to be uploaded to your YouTube account.

Yep, we handle that too. The team gets your podcast uploaded to your YouTube channel.

On top of that, my team will take care of your show notes. How much time do you spend writing show notes? We got you covered.

PROMOTION ASSETS

Now, we need to promote the show. So, My team also creates an audiogram for you from your show. This is a short clip of audio from the podcast over a graphic representing the episode. You can use this on your social media sites.

You will also receive a captioned social media video from your video to help you grow your audience and attract more clients.

To make your content stronger and more effective in growing your business, you also get two 60-minute group coaching calls with me each month.

We build your podcast profits framework. You get to ask questions and get the help you need. Plus, you get full access to the Podcast Profits Accelerator membership that provides powerful tools and videos to help you succeed.

You can spend your time editing a podcast. Or, you can spend your time working with clients and generating revenue.

The editing package is just $750 per month for four episodes and videos along with all of the supporting assets.

If we go back to the math you just did, how much revenue do you think you could generate if you dedicated those editing, producing, publishing, and promoting hours to revenue generation?

You can see the full details and enroll to work with me and my team at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/editing.

Imagine what you could do with all of that time back. Let's get started.

PLAN

Now, if you decide to continue doing it on your own, find ways to save time.

The first of the five steps is plan.

It takes time to get ready to do each step. For instance when you are ready to record, it takes time to set up the gear, open the program, adjust your mic and headphones, find your production pieces, get in the right mindset, make sure you have some water and all of the other details.

On the surface, it doesn't seem like a lot of time. I bet if you were to time the set up prep time and the time it takes you to shut it all down, you would be surprised that it is probably around 15 minutes.

YOUR TIME

Next time you are ready to record an episode, time it. Start the clock as soon as you decide to record the episode.

Let's say at 2 you decide it's time to head in and record. As soon as you get off the couch and start walking toward the mic, the clock starts. It stops as soon as you hit record.

As soon as you have saved the file and finished the session, start the clock again. It stops when you turn off the light and leave the room.

The total of those two periods is at least 15 minutes. Four episodes a month is costing you an hour in set up and tear down. If you record all four episodes in one session, you only set up and tear down once. You just saved 45 minutes in your month.

This is just one example. The more you can batch your work like this, the more time you will save.

Remember, you don't have to do any of these steps at the same time. You don't have to record and edit in the same sitting. You are better off recording four episodes at the same time and then editing all four at another time. Doing the same actions together is where you will save time.

CONTENT

Planning your episode creation is critical when saving time. Break up planning into four parts. Then, do each part for multiple episodes at the same time.

Find the time in your day and week when you are most creative. For some of us that is morning. Others do best at night. Some are better on a weekday at lunch. Others find their creative muse on Sunday mornings. Find your right time.

The first part of content planning is creating topics. Spend ten minutes brainstorming as many topics for your podcast as possible. Shoot for 50 different topics.

What does your audience what to learn? If you interview guests, who can help you teach them that topic?

The second part is selecting your ideal five. Pick five of the 50 topics that you would like to build out as episodes. These could have a theme or they could stand alone. Your choice.

Part three of content planning is outlining each episode. For each topic, list three to seven points you could discuss on this topic.

Finally the fourth part is adding important details to each point.

This episode is a perfect example. I am covering five areas where you can save time. That was the outline I started to build out. Each of the five areas have a few important details, like these four steps of planning.

With your planning, you now have five episodes ready to be recorded.

You don't have to fight writer's block trying to figure out what this week's episode will be all about. Grab the outline and start recording.

RECORD

The next step in your process is recording. There are a few ways to save time when you record.

We already discussed the idea of saving set up and tear down time by recording multiple episodes at the same time. This is a big time saver.

You can also save time recording by setting up a studio that doesn't need to be dismantled each time. If you can swing it, removing the need to set up and tear down can make you more efficient.

Finally, you can save time recording interviews by preparing your guest ahead of time. I do not mean you should provide them the questions.

Before your interview, you should give them a recording checklist to minimize the time it takes to troubleshoot their tech issues.

EDIT

You now have your show recorded. If you are using my editing services, you can stop here. You're done. Everything else is being handled by my team.

If you're still spending your time editing, let's find ways to save you more time.

Editing is probably the area where you can save the most time. The first thing you should do is stop worrying about saying uh and um so much. Very few people notice. It is natural in most conversation.

Make it easy to locate your editing points. If there is something you know you want to edit out of your show, leave a short gap of five to ten seconds. This will allow you to visually find your edit.

Create a palate for your show. If there are things you use for each episode, such as your open and close, put those pieces in a place you can find quickly each time you edit. Create a system to organize your audio so you can easily find it.

We typically inhale before we start speaking. There is a tip you can use to make your edits unnoticable. When you are creating an edit, keep the original inhale.

Let's say you're talking, you end a sentence, and begin the next. You suddenly mess up. You start that sentence over and continue on. Now you need to make that edit.

Keep the inhale before the original sentence that was messed up. Delete up to the start of the new, correct sentence removing the new inhale. It will sound much more natural.

Edit your video first. Then, import the video into your audio editor. You've already done the hard work editing the video. Just use that audio as your podcast adding in your show open and any other necessary podcast elements.

I use Hindenburg as my audio software. Some others don't accept video files. Investing in some good, flexible software can save you a ton of time.

Finally, create a checklist. This will allow you to know quickly which pieces need to be completed each and every time. You just follow the process.

PUBLISH

Step four is publishing your episode to your audio host and publishing your video to your YouTube channel. Again, my team is handling this for you if you're using my editing services at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/editing.

When it comes to publishing your episode, what do you do each and every time that can be streamlined? I have created a template for my episode artwork. I can easily populate the template for each episode. It saves a ton of time.

Create a show note template that you can fill in with the critical information your audience needs. Repurpose your show prep and outline for your show notes. Show notes take a lot of time.

Find ways to give your listener what she needs in your show notes without spending a full day on it. Ask yourself why a listener might come to your show notes in the first place. Put that in there. Then, add some content that will attract search engines.

To save time, create a process that is easy to follow.

PROMOTE

The final step is promoting your show. Create the right elements.

When it comes to promoting your show, create a consistent way to get the podcast in front of new listeners while reminding current listeners to come back.

Don't try to do everything. Start by doing the things that will make a difference.

Use the 80/20 rule when it comes to promoting your show. If you get more listeners by appearing on other shows, spend your time there. If Twitter isn't where your audience hangs out, don't waste your time.

Take some time to list the 20% of your promotion activities that make up 80% of the results. Do those things and eliminate the others.

GET RID OF IT

You can remove all of the editing headache from your weekly "to do" list and have my team help.

Let my team produce your podcast every week and give you back time to work with clients and generate revenue for your business.

You can see your editing options at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/editing.

Do you need help with your podcast? E-mail me any time at Coach@PodcastTalentCoach.com. Let's see what we can do.

Let's turn your information into engaging entertainment.

View Details

HOW TO IMPROVE YOUR PODCAST INTERVIEWS

I was listening to a podcast interview today and got caught up in the nuances of the interview rather than enjoying the conversation. It inspired me to share with you these 7 ways to create better podcast interviews.

Podcast Talent Coach was created to help coaches create better content. I saw so many podcasters struggling to create an effective show, because they didn't know what they didn't know.

In 2009, I started listening to a lot of podcasts. At the time, there were about 80,000 podcasts. Many of them were hobby podcasts.

I had been coaching radio hosts for over two decades while programming various radio stations and building winning shows.

As I listened to these podcasts, I thought, "If only these hosts used a few of the tactics we use in radio, their shows would be much more effective at attracting an audience and growing their business."

That's when I started coaching podcasters. Over the years, I really started to focus on coaches and information experts. How can we create powerful content to build relationships with our audience and convert those listeners into clients?

This is what we had been doing in radio since the late 80s. Now it was time to help these experts do the same with their podcasts.

THE INTERVIEW STRUGGLE

The show today was making a lot of little mistakes. And, it probably wasn't his fault. He most likely had no one to show him the right way.

That interview inspired this episode. I don't want to see you make the same mistakes.

You have a powerful show that can grow your business if you create the episodes the right way.

I will share some specific examples with you. However, I don't want to reveal the name of the podcast in order to protect his identity. It is not my intention to criticize him. I simply want to help you improve.

So, let's get into the 7 ways to improve your podcast interviews.

PURPOSE

First, know the one thing you want to accomplish.

This particular interview meandered through a variety of questions with no real purpose.

This podcast is about building a business and creating great content. Here is the order of his questions.

Was there a point where you decided to become more popular?
How did the shift of balance of work happen?
When do you have time to create so much content?
How do you have so much time in the day?
If you had a different life partner, would it have changed you? (Guest says he won't speak in terms of "have to".)
Should single entrepreneurs focus on themselves and not try to have balance? (Again, guest says he won't use the word "should".)
How do you find the right partner?
Is there a financial number you have in your head that will satisfy you?
What is the dumbest thing you've ever spent your money on?
Is your brain that analytical when you do anything?
Why are you so bullish on AI?
What are the basic entry-level jobs when AI is taking them?
What do you think of the future of the race if everyone is perfect?
What are things people should let go of? (For a third time, the guest says he won't tell anyone what they "should" do.)
What is the one thing people shouldn't delegate? (Again, the guest says he won't "should" on anyone.)
Do you think people should find a career they're passionate about? (For the fifth time, the guest says he won't use the word "should". Finally, the host says, "You hate the word should".)
What is the biggest trait that has allowed you to get where you are now?
What would you tell people who don't have the luck you've had?
What's next for you?

That is roughly 20 questions with some dialogue mixed in. But it doesn't really go anywhere.

He starts with creating content. Then the questions move into finding a partner, the guests finances and artificial intelligence. They finally get into career and the future.

There was no single big takeaway from this conversation. We have no idea what the host wanted to accomplish.

If you want to make your interviews effective, decide what you want to accomplish before you start.

PREPARE YOUR GUEST

To improve your podcast interviews, prepare your guest.

You know your show much better than your guest. Don't leave it to your guest to understand your audience.

Before you begin your interview, describe your audience to your guest. If you want the interview to benefit your listeners, your guest needs to know the context of the conversation to tailor it for the audience.

Let your guest know if profanity is allowed, how the conversation will unfold, and where they should promote anything.

On this particular interview, the host kept making awkward jokes. There were times he would be facetious or sarcastic. The guest wasn't sure what to make of it.

Don't assume your guest has heard your show before. If there is something you do on the show, make your guest aware before the conversation begins.

STORIES

The third way to improve your podcast interviews is through stories. Ask open-ended questions that elicit stories from your guests.

This host asked a few questions that had the potential to elicit great stories from his guest. Here are a few:

How did the shift of balance of work happen?
What is the dumbest thing you've ever spent your money on?

When your guest tells stories, it engages your audience. Stories pull in your listener.

Facts and information is boring.

There are three things you need avoid during your interview.

Avoid numbers. It can get confusing and hard to follow in audio form.

Next, avoid multiple guests who sound the same unless you use their names often during the interview. This helps the audience follow along.

Finally, avoid questions that can be answered with one word, like yes/no questions.

Here are a few examples of questions our host asked that can be answered with one word:

Was there a point where you decided to become more popular?
If you had a different life partner, would it have changed you?
Should single entrepreneurs focus on themselves and not try to have balance?
Is there a financial number you have in your head that will satisfy you?
Do you think people should find a career they're passionate about?

Instead, you can ask the same questions like this.

Tell me about the point in time where you realized becoming more popular online would grow your business.
How were your business results different with former relationship partners than it is now that you've found your wife who enjoys business as much as you?
Where was your attention focused with regard to work/life balance when you were a single entrepreneur?
What satisfaction did you get when you reached your last financial benchmark?
How does passion for a career determine success in business?

Shape your questions to create stories on your podcast.

CONVERSATION

The fourth way to improve your interviews is to create a conversations by listening.

If you noticed in the list of questions earlier, there were five times the guest had to say he didn't speak in terms of "should".

The host finally noticed after the fifth time. It appears he wasn't listening to the answers. He was just getting through his list of questions.

Three powerful questions combined with active listening will create a powerful interview.

One possible group of questions could be where were you, what transformation did you experience, and where are you today. You simply need to ask great follow up questions to fill in the gaps.

When you listen, you'll discover great questions you didn't even consider asking.

STRUCTURE

That leads us to the next way to improve your podcast interviews. Have a beginning, middle and end to the structure of your interview.

Like we just discussed, you could use where were you, what transformation did you experience, and where are you today.

A process could be another structure. What is the first, next and last step to take. Give me an example of success. End with, "Where do I start?"

Once you have your purpose and know what you would like your listener to take from the podcast interview, create an interview structure that will get you there.

GREAT GUESTS

Nex, make your guest look great.

So many hosts sound like they want the guest to recognize how much they know. The host will give the entire story of the guest and then ask a question.

When this happens, the guest has nothing left to say. The host just gave the entire story.

When you know the story, set your guest up to look great.

I once had the pleasure to interview country artist Miranda Lambert when she and Blake Shelton were a couple. Before Miranda joined me, I was having a conversation with her representative from the record label.

The rep told me Miranda had recently hurt her knee. She had been night hunting with Blake Shelton and got hurt.

Host often say, "I heard you hurt your knee night hunting with Blake Shelton. Tell me about that." Well, what is left to say? You just gave away the punchline.

Instead, I used that information to let Miranda tell a great story. It sounded like this.

YOUR EXPERTISE

Finally, leave time to demonstrate your area of expertise. If you want your podcast interviews to help grow your business, you need to look great without taking away from your guest.

To do this, offer some great content from you before the interview starts.

Don't record this while the guest waits. Instead, edit the pieces together in post production.

Include a great call to action. Get people to take their first step with you. Then, use the interview to support what you just taught.

GET STARTED

I hope this helps. These seven steps can help you create powerful and effective podcast interviews.

If you would like to get even more help with your interviews, check out my course "How To Crush Your Next Podcast Interview Like A Radio Pro... Without Decades Of Training And Hours Of Preparation".

If you are a podcaster who conducts interviews with guests on your podcast, this course is for you.

Others can copy your information, interview questions and formula. But when you use the principles you will discover in this course, you will create unique interviews unlike any other.

In this program, you will learn …

Why we conduct interviews
Your personal why
The essential elements of unique interviews
17 most powerful interview questions
How to ask great questions

You can see the full course at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/crush.

Inside the course, you will hear examples just like the one I played for you from Miranda Lambert. I ask pop artist Jason Derulo what he loves about interviews. There are examples with Carrie Underwood and more.

These are the exact strategies I have used over the last three decades interviewing superstars like Lady Gaga, Zac Brown, Mariah Carey and more.

You can see the full course at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/crush.

Would you like information on coaching with Podcast Talent Coach? Apply for a free podcast strategy session with Erik K. Johnson by clicking HERE.

View Details

ENSURE YOUR PODCAST IS NOT A WASTE OF TIME

Are podcasts a waste of time? Many coaches ask me about the return on investment for their podcast.

Your return on investment is defined by two sides of the equation. We want to increase the return while decreasing the investment.

So, what is your goal with your podcast?

This is the best place to start. You can't determind if your podcast is a waste of time until you determine what you want to accomplish.

This is the most common problem with coaches. They are using the wrong strategy, or worse no strategy.

You can't hit a target you can't see.

ADS ARE A WASTE OF TIME

Many podcasts try to make money through ads and sponsorships.

If you struggle to generate revenue with your podcast, stop chasing ads.

With sponsors, you only make money once.

Most podcasts aren't big enough to attract large sponsors with big dollars.

And, your audience doesn't want to sit through a bunch of ads.

Instead, use your podcast to market your services, network with others, and connect with prospects.

When you use this strategy, you get paid every time something sells. You create relationships with experts who can put you infront of other potential clients, and you connect with people who can pay you.

Use your podcast to build relationships.

PEOPLE AREN'T BUYING NOW

Research shows that only 3% of your market is buying now. They have an issue and are searching for a solution today.

Another 7% of the market could be talked into buying today. These people may not be thinking about their problem as much as the first group. But if you mention it, they remember they have the problem and need the solution.

The other 90% aren't in the market for a variety of reason. These people may not need a solution today, but could in the future. They might not think they need it, because they need more education and information. Or, they could be loyal to another brand and need a lot of nurturing.

If you are only selling, you are missing this critical 90%.

However, you connect with this group when you focus on creating relationships.

Nurture over time.

NOT A WASTE OF TIME

The other side of the ROI equation is decreasing your time. There are a few ways to do this.

First, batch your work. Don't try to outline, write, record, edit and publish your show all in one sitting. It requires different parts of the brain.

Instead, outline and write a few episodes at one time. Record a few episodes at one time.

When your brain is in the creative zone, maximize the output with multiple episodes. You will be much more productive.

Next, create a folder of recurring files. This would include your prerecorded show open, your close and any sound effects. A dedicated folder makes them easy to find.

To save time, do what only you can do. If somebody else can do it, delegate those tasks to others.

Only you can share your superpower. You are the only one that can be you.

However, others can edit and publish your show. Others can create your show notes and graphics. This is a waste of time.

Let's say you spend 8 hours a month editing and publishing your show, creating your graphics and writing show notes. What kind of difference would it mean for your business if you spent a full workday having sales conversations and serving clients?

Spend your time doing money-making activities as much as possible. Move the other activities to other people whenever possible.

CREATE A PROCESS

Let me help you create a strategy to attract your ideal clients while saving hours of time and energy every month. Register for my next workshop.

We will build your podcast profits strategy and save you a ton of time.

During the powerful "How To Get More Clients With Your Podcast" Workshop, you will:

Discover FIVE unique ways to attract your ideal clients
Walk away with your custom strategy to consistently gain clients with your podcast
Be perfectly clear on the exact next steps to take to implement your plan
Get individualized help to get your questions answered live and ensure you are on the right track to implement your strategy
Understand exactly how to get started

Though I am always creating new workshops at that link, this next event happens on Monday, June 19th 2023. You can register to join this workshop at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/workshop.

I can't wait to see you there.

View Details

HOW TO MONETIZE YOUR MESSAGE

We know who we help and what we help them do. But, have you ever considered how you monetize your message?

You might say, "Yeah, Erik. I'm a coach." Or you might say, "I help people find a new career or launch a business."

Those concepts are "what" you do, and not necessarily "how" you do it.

Your "how" might include one-on-one coaching for six months at a time. You might offer a six-week course that helps clients achieve success.

Those ideas would be your how. It is the vehicle that you actually sell.

There are a variety of ways to monetize your message.

MONETIZE YOUR PODCAST

Your podcast gives you a great opportunity to attract your ideal clients.

You can interview potential clients and open the door to that relationship.

Your podcast content could demonstrate how you help people. Then, you could invite them to work with you.

I have clients that use their podcast to sell affiliate products and services.

You can't monetize your podcast until you figure out what you're selling. How will you monetize your message?

To generate revenue, you need to determine how you will package your knowledge for people to buy.

HIGH-LEVEL MONETIZE

My business really took a turn when I developed my high-level, Podcast Profits Concierge offer.

I often heard experts say it is just as easy to sell a $9,997 offer as it is to sell a $97 offer. That sounded crazy to me.

Surely more people would buy a $97 offer than a $9,997 offer. And, that may be true.

However, it takes a sales conversation to sell either one. It also takes great follow-up.

When people invest in a $9,997 offer, they are more likely to take action. They have more skin in the game.

When people invest in a $97 offer, it doesn't hurt as much if they don't implement.

I find that people don't use the program as much when it is inexpensive or free.

But the biggest difference in selling the $97 offer and the $9,997 offer is the quantity you need to close. You need to close over 100 $97 offers to earn as much as one $9,997 offer will generate.

And, you still need to follow-up with, onboard, nurture, and deliver the offer to all 100 people that purchased the $97 offer. Or, you can do it all once with your $9,997 client.

Rather than selling more of my $29 workbook, or $197 recorded course, or $497 group coaching program, I spend more time trying to find high-end clients for my Podcast Profits Concierge program.

PODCAST PROFITS CONCIERGE

The Podcast Profits Concierge program is a full done-for-you program that will produce and post your podcast, YouTube video, and show notes. We also create your social media assets. You simply show up and perform. Our team does the rest.

Podcast Profits Concierge also comes with one-on-one coaching with me and group coaching inside the Pocast Profits Accelerator. All for $2,000 a month.

Imagine how many clients you could serve if you weren't spending all of your time producing your podcast. You just show up and perform. Then spend the rest of your time growing your business.

Enrolling one client in Podcast Profits Concierge is equal to enrolling 40 people in my 6-week group coaching program.

To monetize your message, develop your high-end offer. Then, warm up potential clients with your smaller offers. Treat them well and serve.

Once they see your magic, they'll understand the transformation you offer with your high-end program.

On this episode, I have a great conversation with two of my colleagues. I've worked with these two in a variety of ways over the years. What they offer is true gold.

It was my goal to interview each of them. I was lucky enough to get them both at the same time for a powerful conversation around how to monetize your message.

MONIQUE MCDONALD

Monique McDonald is known to many as "The Magnetic Voice". She is a Grammy-nominated, award-winning vocal specialist and charisma coach and the Founder and Director of The Magnetic Voice Group.

Monique and the Magnetic Voice Group provide a safe space for performers, public speakers, ministers, and visionaries to explore and develop the power and unique colors of the human voice and charismatic communication.

You can find her at https://www.themagneticvoice.com.

She is here to show us how to monetize your message through speaking.

JAY FAIRBROTHER

Jay Fairbrother is the Mastermind Guy. He runs SixFigureMasterminds.com. This is where he teaches Coaches, Speakers and Solopreneurs how to create and launch mastermind groups to scale their business while creating more impact.

The signature program of Six Figure Masterminds is Mastermind Mastery: Create and Launch Your High-End Mastermind in 60 Days!

Jay recently registered a few hundred for his latest workshop. He is here to show us how to monetize your message with masterminds.

CONNECT TO MONETIZE YOUR MESSAGE

You can find Monique McDonald at https://www.themagneticvoice.com. Jay can be found at SixFigureMasterminds.com.

These are just two of the powerful ways to monetize your message.

If you want to start using your podcast to generate revenue, you need to first determine exactly how you will monetize your message. Define your high-end program. What bleeding-neck problem can you solve quickly?

People will pay for quick and easy. Make it fast, and make it easy. Then, price it accoringly. You will generate cash.

View Details

If you want to grow your audience and attract your ideal clients, you need to get in front of new prospects. You need publicity and visibility.

If you keep talking to your current audience, your current email list and your current social media network, you won't grow. Those people are already in your circle. You need new connections.

LINKS

Here are the links mentioned in this episode:

Jill's Publicity Crash Course free gift - www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/Jill.

Apply for a strategy call with me - www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply.

PUBLICITY

Many think publicity is getting mentioned in the media. But, it is much more than that.

Publicity is defined as extensive mention in the news media or by word of mouth or other means of communication.

It's all about getting other people to talk about you.

Studies show that most podcast listeners discover a new podcast through word of mouth. They hear someone mention it.

This doesn't necessarily mean somebody personally told them. They may have heard about it on another podcast, saw somebody mention the show on social media, read about it in an article, or various other ways.

If you want to grow, get people to mention you in other forums.

Appearing on other podcasts is a great way to get discovered.

YOUR STRUGGLES

So many coaches struggle to grow their business with their podcast, because they don't have a strategy. They have no strategy to grow their audience. There is no strategy to keep listeners coming back every episode. And they have no strategy to turn those listeners into clients.

If you are frustrated by the ineffectiveness of your podcast, if you feel like you can't keep dumping time and effort into a show that isn't growing your business, you and I need to talk.

Let me show you how to turn your listeners into clients. I'll show you how you can show up and perform while leaving the editing and publishing work to others. Spend your time working with your clients and growing your business.

You've wasted enough time trying to figure it out on your own.

Let me give you a strategy call as my gift. If you are a coach who loves their podcast, but is frustrated with the weak return on investment, there is a better way.

Apply for a strategy call with me at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply. You and I can develop a plan for you to get more clients, have more time and make more money.

You can apply at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply. Let's talk.

JILL LUBLIN

On this episode, let's start by growing your audience.

Jill Lublin is an international speaker on the topics of Publicity, Networking, Kindness and Referrals.

She is the author of 4 Best Selling books including Get Noticed...Get Referrals (McGraw Hill) and co-author of Guerrilla Publicity and Networking Magic. Her latest book, Profit of Kindness went #1 in four categories.

Jill is a master strategist on how to position your business for more profitability and more visibility in the marketplace.

She is CEO of a strategic consulting firm and has over 25 years experience working with over 100,000 people plus national and international media. Jill teaches a virtual Publicity Crash Course and consults and speaks all over the world.

Jill leads an intentional kindness community and hosts the Jill Lublin Show. It is a podcast where Jill highlights the achievements of coaches, speakers, and authors.

Today, she gives you some of her best publicity tips and strategies.

Enjoy my conversation with Jill Lublin.

You can get Jill's Publicity Crash Course free gift at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/Jill.

View Details

Coaches will often tell me they struggle to create engagement with their audience. Does that sound familiar?

People don't opt in for your lead magnet. Nobody is emailing you with questions. You aren't getting any discovery calls with clients.

Does it sometimes feel like you are talking to yourself with nobody on the other end of the line?

MORE DIFFICULT

On this episode, I want to give you 7 steps to generate more engagement with your audience.

I also want to give you 75 Ways to Drive Engagement. It is a free download at http://www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/engage.

You might be making the problem more difficult than it needs to be?

The solution is easy to understand, yet difficult to execute properly.

Through all of my research and years of experience in both radio and podcasting, I've discovered a few key steps to create interaction. We are going to cover 7 steps to create more listener engagement.

Some of these steps may sound a little too simplistic. Just remember … don't make it harder than it needs to be. Step back and ask yourself if you are truly executing on each step to the fullest.

ASK THEM TO ENGAGE

When Oscar came to me for coaching, he had a great podcast. But, he was struggling to get any clients from the show.

His podcast is called "Deep Listening – Impact Beyond Words". Oscar helps leaders be better listeners.

As I listened to his episodes, it occurred to me that Oscar did a great job interviewing his guests and make them look amazing. However, he never explained what he did or made an invitation for listeners to work with him.

We restructured his podcast, and he now uses it to introduce prospective clients to his services and lead them to hiring his consultancy.

If you're not getting engagement, you may not be making enough invitations.

How do you expect your listeners to know you want them to be part of your show or work with you if you don't ask?

Be sure to make your request specific. Tell your listener exactly what you want her to do.

If you want engagement, you need to ask for it.

MAKE IT EASY TO ENGAGE

Your listeners don't want to jump through a lot of hoops to create engagement.

I was working with a client earlier this week. He helps leaders and organizations thrive by facing their challenges. His podcast is built around his book with the same content.

On his podcast, he would suggest people go to Amazon and search for his book. Unfortunately, there are about six other books with a similar title. If you made a subtle change to the title, you end up with the wrong book.

If you have ever searched Amazon for anything, you know how challenging it can be.

We added a redirect with his website that takes people straight to the book. Rather than searching for it, people could go straight to a URL and get the book. One step and super easy.

When you ask your listeners to connect with you, you might be using social media, your website, e-mail, voicemail, or a number of other methods. Simplify it.

Create one contact page on your website containing the info to avoid the need for a laundry list during your show. Then, always provide that one contact source. You can see my contact page at https://podcasttalentcoach.com/contact/.

NO CHOICE

By using that one page, you also prevent your listener from getting caught in the decision paradox.

If a listener is given the choice between multiple options, they don't want to be wrong. So, they make no decision to avoid making a mistake. Only give them one option.

Also, make your questions specific, so they don't have to think. Give your listener a question to answer or specific piece of information to provide.

My client I just referenced would end his show by telling his listeners to email him if they have any questions. We restructured that to ask a specific question around the topic of the episode.

If he was talking about motivating a team, he would invite listeners to reach out with their motivation struggles. This is much more specific.

If your listener isn't forced to be creative and "work" to create content for your show, you will have more success creating engagement.

BE A STORYTELLER FOR SUCCESS

As you create your podcast, become a great storyteller. Great storytellers create fans.

One of my favorite podcasts to learn the art of storytelling is Speak Up Storytelling with Matthew Dicks. Matthew is an internation bestselling author. He has been published in many magazines. But best of all, he is a 56-time Moth StorySLAM champion and 9-time GrandSLAM champion.

Matthew is hilarious. And his stories are amazing. You can learn a lot about storytelling by listening to his podcast.

https://matthewdicks.com/podcasts/

Your podcast cannot survive on information alone. Artificial Intelligence has the information market cornered. You need to separate yourself by using your story and personality. That's how you become unique.

Interest in your story never remains constant. Your information can only become entertainment when interest is rising.

If interest is falling, the show is becoming boring and is no longer entertainment. A great story continues to develop the plot and raise the interest.

Have you ever sat through a long, monotonous story that never seems to end? You stare and wonder if the speaker actually has a point to this monologue. You pray for your cell phone to ring and save you.

That scenario is exactly what you want to avoid with your podcast. Practice becoming a great storyteller.

Stories help define your character and personality. You should always be yourself. It is difficult to play a character consistently and tell great stories. Your true feelings and identity will always be revealed in the stories you tell.

If you are successful hiding your true self, you simply are not telling great stories. Vivid details and interesting points that stir emotions in your listeners can only come from your true feelings. Reveal your true character.

Storytellers create raving fans.

FOCUS ON HELPING OTHERS

Zig Ziglar had many great quotes. One of my favorites is, "You can have anything you want in life just as long as you help enough other people get what they want." How true that is.

As you turn your information into engaging entertainment with your podcast, keep in mind that helping people is part of the foundation of a strong relationship.

If you take, take, take, your relationship won’t last long. If you are there to give and help, you will develop friends for life.

Ziglar is a great example of helping people. His speeches always offered great tips to improve your life, sales or attitude. He also had great books, CDs and other products he sold.

I'm currently reading "Secrets to Closing the Sale". I had the great fortune of seeing him live before he passed away. His recordings fill my library. He has so much good stuff.

However, most of Zig's time was spent on helping others. There is a lot of free Ziglar information available. He would always help others and eventually sales would come his way.

Get what you want out of life. Focus on helping others.

MAKE IT ABOUT THEM

If you want people to engage, there has to be something in it for them. Make them care.

Have you ever had a conversation where the other person only talks about themselves?

We had a competitor in radio. He attended a lot of the same events we did.

Everytime we would run into him, he would always steer the conversation to him. He was the kind of guy that couldn't read a room to save his life.

One time we were backstage to meet an artist. There were about 10 of us in the room waiting for the band to come in. We were all standing around making small talk.

Finally, the band came in and started their introductions with him. Big handshake and hug as if they were best friends.

The band makes their way around the circle and finally get to us. Now, my wife and I had known these guys for years – well over a decade. They know our kids, we know their kids. We were there when one of them started dating his wife, who we knew her before he did. We really go way back.

He asks us about our kids. We mention that the last one just graduated high school. He says he can't believe it. It was just yesterday they were this high. You know how time flies.

My wife says, ?Yeah, you've seen them grow up. It's crazy. And you're expecting your third child." A big smile comes over his face.

Just then, the competitor guy jumps in. "Yeah, we go way back to the club days, remember that? Remember when you played Bob's Country Bunker?" Or whatever the club was.

CELEBRATE OTHERS

Here was a great time to celebrate this artist and a huge moment in his life of expecting another child. In fact, it wasn't really general knowledge. He was a bit surprised that we knew. My wife has just chatted with his wife about it on Facebook.

So instead of making the moment about the guest of honor, radio guy jumps in and makes it all about him.

People don't want to hear about you. They want to hear about themselves.

Here is a great video about making your message about your audience. This is from BJ Bueno, author of "The Power of Cult Branding".

https://cultbranding.com/ceo/mirrors-vs-bullhorns/

This shows the great power of focusing on your listeners and clients rather than focusing on you.

TEASE AND SET UP THE NEXT EPISODE

Prepare your audience to participate. Let them know the topic for next week.

Then, ask them if they have a question about that particular topic. If you have a guest, ask if there is a question they would like you to ask. Michael Hyatt does a great job at this on his podcast.

I had a morning show team that would say, "We are interviewing Blake Shelton tomorrow. If you have a question you'd like us to ask him, send it to us."

This would create great engagement with the audience. It promoted the interview on the next show. But more importantly, it got the listener invested in the interview. They were part of it.

Even if you don't use the question, you still create engagement. You can't use every question. But you can interact with every email.

THANK YOUR AUDIENCE

Thanks for listening. I appreciate the time and help you give me every week.

It is such an easy way to strengthen your relationship with your audience. Your listeners have given you something they can never get back. That is their time.

Show your appreciation. A simple thank you will go a long way with your listener. If they know you are honestly grateful for giving you their time, the chance they will listen again goes way up.

It must be honest and authentic. You can't thank them like gas station attendant who will never see you again.

You must deliver your thanks from the heart. It should be the kind of thank you that you would give a stranger who stopped to help when you ran out of gas.

I once saw Michael Buble in concert. Toward the end of his show before his last number, he stopped and addressed the audience.

He told us he knows how hard we work for our money. And times are tough. He gets that.

Michael then says he couldn't possibly thank us enough for spending some of that hard-earned money to see his show and support his family. His wife and kids at home appreciate it. He appreciates it. And he can't wait to come back and do it all again.

He then rolls into "Song For You", which he sings partially acapella. If you have never experienced it, check it out on YouTube. It is amazing.

https://youtu.be/uiUz36uWmy0

The most powerful part is Michael's authentic gratitude to his audience.

Your listener is your lifeblood. Without your listener you have no show. She has many, many choices when allocating her time. Let her know you appreciate her for spending her time with you.

THANKS

… And thank you for stopping by. You have done a ton for me just by being here.

View Details

On this episode, we are answering podcasting questions. What is the difference between downloads and listens? How can I see around the mic? What is the best way to approach guests? Should I rerecord old episodes. Plus other great questions.

YOUR QUESTIONS

If you have a question, you can always shoot me a message. You can find my contact info at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/contact.

Or better yet, let's have a conversation. If you have a published at least a dozen episodes and aren't sure where to go from here, or you're not seeing the progress you'd like, apply to have a complimentary strategy call with me.

You and I will get on a call, determine where you are, define where you'd like to go, and develop your strategy to get there.

You can apply www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply.

If we like each other and I have a resource that will help you, we can have that discussion. But this call is all about creating your strategy and getting clarity.

HOW OFTEN?

I’m just staring to podcast. How often can one record a postcast? One episode per week or more?

-Jay

This is one of those questions I get quite often. There is no secret answer.

People are creatures of habit. Your goal should be getting them in the habit of listening to your show.

If you publish less than once a week, it is hard to build a habit.

Humans are built around the workweek. Things happen on a weekly basis.

Our recycling gets picked up every other week. I can't tell you how many times we have forgotten to put it out. We always ask, "Is it this week or next?"

The recycling bin is right in front of me and I can't remember. Imagine how difficult it is for your listeners to remember.

On the other hand, more than once a week is a challenge for you to maintain. Multiple episodes require more time.

If you have the bandwidth, feel free to do more than once a week. But one episode a week should be the minimum.

Create habits.

DOWNLOADS VS. LISTENS

This might be a silly question, but are downloads and listens the same metric?

-Travis

No questions are silly.

Downloads and listens are not the same.

When your phone downloads your episode, that counts as a download regardless if you've listened or not.

Now, an a IAB download is a little different than a download. IAB is short for Interactive Advertising Bureau.

An IAB download removes any IP addresses or user agents that are on blacklists. It also ensures at least one minute of playable content is downloaded.

Your IAB downloads will be lower than your standard download number.

Listens count those users who actually pushed play on your episode.

Your podcast name and description get people interested enough to download your show. The name of your episode will get people to push play.

Therefore, don't call your episode "Episode 72". That will not entice anyone to push play. Plus, nobody is searching for “Episode 72".

Give your episode an exciting title that creates some anticipation and makes the listener push play.

ARTWORK

Do you recommend me putting my photo on my podcast artwork?

-Jeanette

This is sort of an extention of the last question.

The purpose of your artwork is to get listeners to stop scrolling through their app when they are looking for something to consume.

You want your artwork to catch the eye of your listener. A few things will do that.

First, use your photo. Faces capture attention.

Next, use a big font. Too many podcasters want to add the description of the show and the tag line on the artwork. Keep it clean.

Finally, use white space. It doesn't necessarily need to be white, but it does need to be blank. Space will catch the eye.

Open your favorite podast app. Scroll through a niche to see which artwork catches your attention.

WHAT'S MY TOPIC

I started the process of starting a podcast about 2 years ago. Bought everything I needed, set up all my accounts and software. Then, I sat down and started trying to come up with my niche and topic for the podcast. That’s as far as I got. I have gotten very discouraged with not being able to pick one thing to talk about, so much so I actually spent 4 months not doing anything related to a podcast. Can you help?

-Austin

You're starting at the wrong spot. Rather than starting with a podcast, start with a topic that you love.

First, find a subject that consumes your conversations.

When you are sitting around with friends, where does the conversation typically go?

In your spare time, what do you do? What do you typically read? What shows do you watch?

These are the topics you love. Start there.

Once you have a topic, how will you make it unique? What is your unique approach? How can you incorporate your story? What opinion do you have?

Nobody lacks information. It is at our fingertips at the blink of an eye.

You need to add your story, personality and opinion.

Here is the bottom line. This isn't forever. If it doesn't work, you can try something new.

But, nothing will happen until you get started. Pick a topic you love and push "go". Just get started and see what happens. You can always adjust as you go.

GUESTS

How should I approach guests to be on my podcast?

-Reynard

Reach out with the benefit for them.

Ask yourself a few questions. Why would they want to be on your show? What do they have to promote?

Many podcasters feel they are too small to attract guests. Now, you might be too small for Seth Godin or Gary Vaynerchuk or the President of the United States.

But, most smart marketers will take the opportunity to appear on a show. They understand the long tail benefit of an interview.

People might find the interview years down the road. It also helps their search results.

Podcasters make the mistake of saying, "I think you would be a perfect guest for my show, my audience would love you, and your content is perfect for my show."

Your potential guest doesn't care.

Instead, tell them, "I see you have a new book coming out. I would love to help you promote it." Or, "Your new course looks amazing. I would love to help you get it in front of my audience."

Nobody has ever asked me about the size of my audience before they accepted an invite to appear on my show.

You can also sweeten the pot by telling them how you promote the episode. If you share it with your email list or social media following, take credit for that.

At the end of the day, you won't get a "yes" from everyone. Send out a few invites and adjust the strategy based on the results.

REFERRALS

Finally, ask each guest for a referral for a couple more guests. "I've had a great time today. This was such a great conversation. I'm always looking for great guests. Who do you know that should be on this podcast?"

When they give you a few names, ask them to send an introductory email. You can take it from there.

If you're doing an episode a week, you only need 52 interviews for the entire year.

RERECORD

Should I go back and remaster/rerecord earlier episodes now that I've got a better setup/equipment and learned more on the recording program I use?

-Crystal

No. There is no need.

You will get much more traction by focusing on your new content rather than trying to make old content sound better.

Many podcast listeners understand that episode 100 will be much better than episode 10. And episode 400 will be better than episode 100.

If you watch the first season of Shark Tank, the set is clunky. The hosts are clunky. The camera shots are sharp.

Is Shark Tank recreating those episodes? Would the creators of the Simpsons go back and refresh the first two seasons now that the show is in syndication?

Nope. They just move on.

Spend your time creating new content. You'll make more progress.

MIC POSITION

How can I position my microphone in such a way that I can see my screen? I want to be able to read my notes without shuffling papers around. The mic is right in front of me and I cannot see the screen in front of me.

-Edwin

You shouldn't talk directly into your mic. This create plosives and other issues.

Instead, move your mic a little to one side so it is aimed at roughly 60 degrees to your mouth.

This angle will prevent the plosives. It will also move it out of your line of sight.

Using a boom arm will help. This suspends the mic in the air. It will help you move your mic out of the way.

ANSWER YOUR QUESTIONS

Let's get your questions answered.

View Details

The first step to grow your audience is obvious. You've heard it many times before. But, it is likely you have done it thoroughly enough.

Maybe you've done it, but it has been a long time since you've considered it.

YOUR FILTER

This critical step serves as the filter for all of your content. It makes your audience growth strategy crystal clear. When you've completed the step, you'll know exactly which experts will make the perfect partners.

If you hope to grow your podcast audience, your first step is to identify your ideal listener.

And your ideal listener isn't entrepreneurs, or athletes, or anyone who wants to invest, or Christians.

You don't have enough time, energy and money to find "anyone who wants to invest". That is everyone. You can't afford to reach everyone.

THE RADIO AUDIENCE

When I first started in radio in the late 80s, my first full-time gig was doing overnights at a Hot Adult Contemporary station. We basically played top 40 music after it was deemed same enough for your mom.

Let's say I tell you we target moms between 25- and 45-years-old. Can you picture her in your head? Do you know where to find her online? Do you know what she needs, wants and fears?

Our ideal listener wanted to be cool, but not so cool that she was listening to the lastest hits from some brand new artists. After Bobby Brown and Paula Abdul became superstars on Top 40 back in the late 80s, they were safe enough for Hot AC.

At this radio station, we targeted a 36-year-old woman who worked in healthcare. She had a college degree.

Our ideal listener was married, and had 2 kids. One kid was in middle school and one in grade school. Combined, her household income was $80,000 a year.

She loved music when she was younger, but with kids was unable to keep up with the latest and newest bands. Most of her discretionary income was spent on family activities with the kids.

The biggest fear of our listener was getting old and being the uncool mom. Turning into her mom was not something she wanted to do. So, she would attend two big concerts a year to stay connected and feel young.

Can you envision her in your mind's eye? Do you have an understanding of what she needs and wants?

How much clearer that definition than moms between 25- and 45-years-old?

OUR FILTER

Now that we had our ideal listener clearly defined, we knew what content to provide. We knew what music to play, what contests to conduct, and what topics to discuss.

When it came to advertising our radio station, we knew exactly where to find her. We knew what television shows to advertise on and what events to sponsor.

Everything we did went through that filter.

As we develop our business around our podcast, we strive to build trust. In order to build trust, we must develop relationships with our listeners.

In order to build the relationships, you need to know the person.

Friendships are created when you truly know as much as possible about a person. This is the reason it is crucial that you define your single target listener.

Think of your best friend. How much do you know about that person? Hometown, birthplace, high school, favorite food, pets, siblings, that time she got in trouble in college.

I'm guessing you weren't there for every event. She probably told you the stories. It is about trust.

AVATAR

Many podcasters refer to their target listener as their avatar. This person is the single individual around which you create all of your content.

To develop your business, you need to define your niche. Your focus on your niche helps grow your community. The ideal customers within that niche gives the focus the power.

Many people use niche, target and avatar interchangably. The there are actually quite different.

Your niche is a focused segment of a bigger market. In my radio example, our niche would be moms.

The target audience is part of that niche who share similar demographics. In our example, our target are moms between 25- and 45-years-old who enjoy current, pop music.

Your avatar or ideal client is a detailed profile of a single individual. In our example, our ideal listener is the woman we just described.

You can download my free Ideal Target Listener Worksheet at PodcastTalentCoach.com/listener.

ONE PERSON

Your audience is comprised of individuals. Regardless of the number of listeners you have, you are creating one-on-one conversations with each of them.

Audio is a very personal medium. Most people listen with headphones and while they are alone.

You are literally in their head.

Your listener is exercising, or walking the dog, or driving. And, they don't want to be by themselves. She listens to you for companionship. Talk to her that way.

This is not a group of listeners. This is one, single listener.

You cannot hit a target you can't see. Decide what the bullseye looks like.

When you identify a single person so clearly that you can see him in your mind, you then know where to find him online. You can clearly speak to his struggles and challenges.

NOT JUST NURSES

TaVona Denise worked with me to build a strong foundation and a powerful "why" for her show. Part of that foundation was defining her ideal listener.

TaVona worked as a nurse, but no longer loved the profession. She transitioned out of nursing into a new career and launched her own business.

Soon, other nurses came to her asking how she did it. They also wanted to get out, but didn't know how. Nursing was no longer the career they imagined.

She wasn't just coaching nurses. She was specifically helping burnd out nurses who wanted to get out and start their own venture. We then got so clear on her ideal client that she could picture that person in her head.

TaVona began coaching these other nurses to make the transition and find the career they loved. This quickly became her purpose in life.

We got perfectly clear on the woman she helped, what she helped them do and why. Their pains and struggles where perfectly clear. TaVona then built her show around helping these nurses launch their own businesses.

After some time, TaVona realized it wasn't launching the business that was her passion. She wanted to help these women launch their next big thing.

She pivoted a bit, and now coaches women while living the dream on the beaches in Mexico.

That's was a clear focus on your ideal client can do for you.

Creating a message that attracts your ideal client to your world is much easier when you have a crystal clear picture of her.

Start by completing the free Ideal Target Listener Worksheet. You can download it at PodcastTalentCoach.com/listener.

NOT GROUPS

Your podcast is for people, not groups.

You can learn more about your audience by using a survey like Survey Monkey. However, define the person you want to attract rather than people who are already in your audience.

If you want to coach motivatied individuals who are willing to invest in themselves to launch their own business, but your audience is full of people got there looking for something for free and want to get rich quick, we don't want to find more people like them.

Define your ideal client.

Be careful that you ask questions that your audience will be comfortable answering. Specific income might be too personal. A range might be better.

FILL YOUR AUDIENCE

Once you have your ideal client clearly defined, you need to build a strategy to bring her to your show and convert her into a client.

If you could fill your audience with your ideal clients who want exactly what you offer, how would that change your life?

What could that pipeline of leads do for your business?

Let me show you how to attract your ideal clients with a strategy.

Join me for this free training:

How To Attract Your Ideal Clients

And Make Money With Your Podcast

Saturday, April. 29th

8 AM Pacific Time, 10 AM Central Time

You will discover the exact step-by-step process to attract your ideal clients and drive your business. At the end, I'll invite you to get more help with my Audience Explosion Blueprint.

But, this isn't an empty webinar. It is a training where you will walk away with a blueprint to grow your audience.

Let's build your strategy. Carve out 60 minutes, and join us for this free training.

Get registered at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/workshop.

I can't wait to see you there.

View Details

Most podcasts don't grow, because they lack an audience growth strategy. And if the host does have a strategy, they are probably making it more difficult than it needs to be.

To grow your audience, you need to do 2 things – Attract new listeners and keep them coming back for more.

WHY DO WE PODCAST?

When coaches come to me for help with their shows, one of our first steps is to determine where they are today.

Why do you have a podcast?

The answer to that question varies. The most common answer I hear is impact and influence. Coaches want to leave their mark on the world.

One coach told me, "If we are able to generate leads, that is awesome. If we are helping change people's lives, and they are reaching out to us, that would be a success. Becoming a resource is the goal."

What does success look like to you?

You may want to spread your message or make an impact. Your podcast might exist because you want to grow your influence or leave a legacy.

Having a strong "why" is an important ingredient to your success.

When you have a strong purpose, you'll find the motivation to create your podcast each and every week for your listeners. Your content will also be much more powerful.

YOUR IDEAL CLIENT

One you have your purpose, you need to define your ideal client.

You can't hit a target you can't see.

Who is your audience? You can't sell to everyone.

Get so clear on your listener that you can put a name and a face to the avatar. Once you have the picture of that individual, you can filter your content specifically for your ideal client.

WHY YOU DON'T GROW

There are 4 reasons podcasts don't grow. Those four reasons are lack of new listeners, a podcast that is not engaging, a show that is not unique, and a podcast that doesn't get listeners to return episode over episode.

To get grow your audience, execute the 3 Ps that bring people to you. Those 3 Ps are promotion, programming, and personality. They conquer the four reasons you aren't seeing growth.

Build your strategy around these three pillars.

PROMOTION

The first is Promotion. How will you get in front of new listeners? You need to find people who are not yet in your world.

This conquers the first reason you aren't growing. Get new listeners.

When coaches come to me struggling to grow their audience, this is my first question. What are you doing to grow the audience.

Those coaches typically tell me they email their list and post on social media.

Those people already know you. If they were going to listen to your podcast, they would already be listeners.

There are many ways for you to get discovered by new listeners.

You can find a new audience by appearing on other podcasts, getting on YouTube (one of the largest search engines in the world), appearing on stages like summits and conferences, getting people to refer your podcast, getting mentioned in newsletters and more.

Greg Payne is the host of the Cool Grandpa podcast. When we started working together, Greg needed a strategy to grow his audience.

We worked to find other experts who were already speaking to grandpas. I encouraged him to think big and reach out to some big names.

Sure, he got turned down quite a bit. But some landed.

He started connecting with a variety of influences. Within a month, Greg doubled his downloads.

Then one day, Greg was featured in an article in the New York times. That one opportunity to get in front of his ideal listener earned him a month's worth of downloads in one weekend.

That's what a strategy can do for you.

Select a couple of these tactics that you enjoy and can do consistently. Then, take action.

PROGRAMMING

Once you get in front of people, you need to get them to your show.

Your engaging programming, or content, will attract your ideal clients.

This conquers the second reason you aren't growing. Be engaging by asking for engagement.

Get 75 ways to create engagement at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/engage.

Rather than inviting the audience to listen to your show, get them on your email list. Offer a lead magnet in exchange for the name and email address.

Once they are on your email list, you can nurture the list and invite them to listen each time you release a new episode.

Again, be consistent. Emailing your list is important to bring those new email subscribers to the show.

If people got on the email list from the podcast, sending an email to the list won't grow the show. Get new people on the list and email with each new episode.

PERSONALITY

There are two sides to the audience growth equation. First, get in front of new listeners and bring them to your show. We did that with promotion.

The other side of the equation involves bringing your listener back episode after episode.

This conquers reasons three and four why you aren't growing. Be unique and keep them coming back.

If you don't bring your current listeners back, all the promotion in the world won't grow your audience. It's like putting water in a bucket that has holes in the bottom.

Your listeners come to your podcast for your content. They come back and stay for you, your story and your personality. This is what makes you unique.

Artificial intelligence has the information market cornered. Your podcast can't survive let alone grow by providing information alone.

To separate yourself from the pack, and survive the A.I. wave, infuse your content with your story and personality. It is the only thing that can't be copied.

YOUR GROWTH STRATEGY

Now it's time to build your growth strategy. It will be unique to you and your podcast.

First, select two or three promotion tactics. These should be tactics that you both enjoy and will do consistenly.

Get in front of new listeners. Get discovered.

Next, deliver great content that super-serves your ideal client. Your content attracts people to your show.

Finally, infuse your content with your story and personality. It is the only way to separate yourself from the rest of the pack and create a unique podcast.

YOU ARE THE STRATEGY

Those are the three steps to your strategy. Your promotion, programming and personality.

Don't make it harder than it needs to be. Be intentional. Be consistent. You'll see growth when you consistently implement your strategy.

CHALLENGE

One big reason coaches struggle to grow their audience is because they lack a mentor who has been there and can show them the way.

I would love to give you a call with me as my gift for being a listener. If you are a coach who would like to use your podcast to attract your ideal clients and grow your business, let's talk.

I have set aside a few spots on my calendar for these calls. If you would like one, you can apply at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply. Let me help you build your strategy as my gift to you.

You can apply go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply. Just click the button and apply to have a chat with me. We will develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

View Details

Podcasters often ask me how long their podcast should be. It isn't as easy as most would like. We'll get into that along with other questions like the legality of using TV audio on your show, finding intro music, and how to record.

If you have questions, you can always email me at Coach@PodcastTalentCoach.com.

INFLUENCE TO INCOME

Before we start, I'd like to remind you that early bird registration for Influence to Income is open.

Right now more than ever, your voice matters. Because you and your message are unique.

I am teaming with two other podcast experts to help you build your message, marketing and monetization for your podcast. Let's market your message and make money with your show.

Are you ready to go from being the best-kept-secret in your niche to the epicenter of your industry?

Now's the time to make podcasting profitable. Master our proven blueprint that will ensure you build a profitable podcast.

Join us for this powerful, 3-day event to build your podcast profit roadmap. It's Influence to Income.

This roadmap will save you time, build your wealth and give you the freedom you've been seeking.

Visit PodcastProfitsWorkshop.com and register today.

Remember, your podcast is the catalyst for your influence. And your influence is the key to your income.

Influence to Income happens September 22-24, 2023. We will be live from Austin, Texas. But, you can join virtually from anywhere.

Early bird pricing is available now if you register before the deadline. You will save a ton.

This powerful, 3-day event will show you how to grow your audience, income and impact.

If you've had little success finding ways to attract your idea clients and generate income with your podcast, this is the event you need.

Get all the details at PodcastProfitsWorkshop.com and register today.

We can't wait to see you there.

Let's get into the questions.

HOW LONG SHOULD IT BE?

If my podcast episode usually take 50 minutes to a hour typically. I have episode with a special guest it went longer for a total of two hours because guests wanted to keep going . Do I just post the episode as normal or cut it into two parts for two episodes?

-Robert

There isn't a clear answer to these questions. Before you decide, consider a few things.

First, there is no magic length to your episode. A study of the top 200 podcasts in Apple Podcasts show 50% are longer than an hour and 50% are shorter.

Radio coach Valerie Geller says, "There is no such thing as too long, only too boring." Ensure your podcast is engaging regardless of length.

Next, be consistent. People like what they know and know what they like. Humans are also creatures of habit.

Deliver a consistent length to build habit.

Finally, break the rules when necessary.

If the interview is so engaging that listeners won't be able to turn it off, publishing the full episode won't be a concern.

However if you are working to grow downloads, leaving an open loop will get listeners coming back for the next episode. This will help drive downloads.

If you cut it into two parts, do 3 things.

One … cut at a natural spot, so each episode can stand on its own.

Two … clearly label part one and part two.

And three … be aware that some people will not consume both. Include your call to action in each of the episodes.

TV AUDIO

Can I use audio from TV shows on podcasts without infringing copyright? We recap a reality TV show and we'd like to use a little bit of audio from the show here and there.

-Carla

The short answer is no.

TV audio is copyrighted just like music, books and another other content.

In radio, we would use audio drops from TV shows and movies. The copyright holders of that material soon had their attorneys contacting big radio companies to inform them of the copyright issues.

We had to remove all of those pieces from our imaging and production.

THE FAIR USE QUESTIONS

When it comes to copyright questions, there is a term that people like to use when discussing this issue. It is Fair Use.

According to the U.S. Copyright Office, Fair Use is a legal doctrine that promotes the freedom of expression by permitting the unlicensed use of copyright-protected works in certain circumstances.

The Copyright Act identifies certain types of uses—such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship, and research—as examples of activities that may qualify as fair use.

It also identifies four factors in evaluating Fair Use.

Purpose and character of the use, including whether the use is of a commercial nature or is for nonprofit educational purposes
Nature of the copyrighted work
Amount and substantiality of the portion used in relation to the copyrighted work as a whole
Effect of the use upon the potential market for or value of the copyrighted work

The thing to remember is that anyone can sue you for copyright infringement regardless of your claim. You'll need to spend the money to fight it in court.

Just like most governmental laws and regulations, there are other questions and exceptions. In addition to the four factors mentions, the courts may also consider other factors in weighing a fair use question, depending upon the circumstances.

Do you want to go through the headache of a court battle that isn't black and white to prove your Fair Use? Or, would you rather just play it safe and find another strategy?

INTRO MUSIC

We are looking to find intro music. Where should we look? How does it work?

-Jackie

As we just discussed, do not use any music that is copyrighted if you don't have permission.

Many think they can simply get permission from the band to use a piece of music. That's not typically the case.

If music is published on a legitimate record lable like Columbia or Warner Brothers, there are many people who have rights to the music.

The biggest rights holder is the publishing company. They own the composition.

Then you have the performer … all of them. The producer may have rights. Often, the record company has rights.

Many times the band didn't write the music. You'll need permission from every involved in the writing.

Getting permission to use music from a traditional publisher is difficult.

Instead, look for royalty free music.

Royalty free music refers to a type of music licensing that allows the purchaser to pay for the music license only once and use the music for specific reasons for a length of time.

It is best to find royalty free music for your specific use for an unlimited length of time.

I typically use Bandcamp by Jewel Beat. You can find a link to that at https://podcasttalentcoach.com/royaltyfree. I have no affiliate relationship with them. I just find them inexpensive. Many are around $2.

There is also PremiumBeat.com and StockMusic.net. However, many of these sites charge $40 or $50 for a piece of music. It comes with different permissions and uses.

If you have questions regarding how to create your custom theme and intro, my friend Rick Stewart has put together a great guide. You can get it for free at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/theme.

There are many other options. Just search Royalty Free Music. You'll find options.

USING AUDACITY

I'm in the process of getting my podcast started, but I'm nervous about recording because I am not tech savvy. What are the best apps/recording equipment for a beginner like me? I downloaded Audacity, but even that seems daunting.

-Jasmine

You're not alone. I get questions like this a lot.

Audacity looks menacing. Once you start using it, the software is quite simple.

As you edit audio, you'll use the same commands you use when editing a Word document. Copy, paste, delete and insert are all there.

You can use separate tracks to layer your audio. The tracks can be dragged forward, backward and to other tracks.

When the project is complete, you simply export it as an .mp3. This is just like saving your Word document as a text file or exporting it as a .pdf.

To quickly learn Audacity, I suggest you hit record and start. Document what you are doing by saying it right into the mic. Say things like, "This is what I sound like when the mic is at 60 degrees to my right. This is what I sound like when I'm touching the mic."

When you listen back to the audio, you can tell exactly how your actions affect the audio.

If you want to see a video I did on using Audacity, you can watch it by visiting www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/Audacity.

Do you have questions? You can email me at coach@podcasttalentcoach.com. I'll do my best to answer your questions here on the show.

View Details

The introduction of your podcast is probably the most critical part of your show. A custom intro takes it to a whole new level.

A typical listener will give you between 90 seconds and a few minutes to entice them to stick around. Don't blow it. You can't catch up to a slow start.

When you create your intro, tell your listener how they will be better after listening to an episode. Your listener is asking, "What's in it for me?"

A custom intro adds show biz. It is unique to your show. And, it can be very affordable.

HIGHLIGHT CLIP

A sample highlight clip isn't required. If you plan to use a clip to tease the episode, you need to do it properly. A teaser clip should create some anticipation.

If you are going to use a highlight clip from the episode at the beginning, be sure to open a conversation loop. It should open the loop that needs to be closed by listening to the show.

Tease the content to come by creating some intrigue. Make your listener want to stick around. If you can't do this, don't use a clip.

VOICEOVER

The voiceover intro is the part that is the same on every episode. This piece should tell your listener who you help, what you help them do and why.

You do not need to structure it in those exact words. However, your intro should answer those questions.

Your custom intro should always include a voiceover. This could be you or a professional voice talent.

EPISODE INTRO

The intro to your episode changes for each episode. This tells the listeners what makes this particular episode special. It is like the table of contents for the episode, similar to an introduction to a speech.

Your custom intro for every episode needs to capture the attention of your listener and get them excited about the content. Start strong. Set the stage. Suck in your listener. Give her a reason to care.

You cannot catch up to a slow start. Be sure to edit your intro. Keep it short. Let your episode intro give your episode momentum.

Don't coast and wander your way into the show. Start quickly.

TEMPLATE

The voiceover introduction is the one piece that remains constant on each episode.

I have built a fill-in-the-blank template to help you create your custom intro. Get your podcast introduction template at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/intro.

RICK STEWART

On this episode, I want to show you how you can get your own custom theme music and voiceover without breaking the bank. He helps podcasters create their custom intro that is unlike any other podcast.

Rick Stewart founded his own Jingle Company right out of college. He eventually moved to Nashville and spent years singing backup on recordings for Country Music Icons and Christian Artists.

Rick has partnered with his son T.J. to create custom themes and voiceovers for podcasters. T.J. is a multi-instument musician and music producer. His writing and producing skills are amazing.

You will discover why you need a powerful intro, why a custom intro is so important and how to get started.

Enjoy my conversation with Rick Stewart.

GET STARTED

Big thanks to Rick Stewart for being on the show today.

Be sure to grab your free Themes and Voiceovers Guide at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/themes.

Don't do another podcast until you get this free guide to create your custom intro.

You will discover how to create a custom intro for your podcast to immediately hook your listeners.

This guide will help you sound like a podcast pro. Your podcast intro will match your brand.

That "show biz" factor will add instant credibility to your podcast.

The best part … you'll own it forever. No royalty fees. You won't need to worry about somebody else using your music. It is your theme.

Get the guide at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/themes.

View Details

On this episode, we're going to answer a few questions from podcasters. We will cover income from ads, giving up on a dud podcast, what time is the best time to publish, and if you should have a co-host.

SPONSORS FOR INCOME

How soon is too soon to reach out to potential sponsors? My podcast is still young and I’m only getting about 200 downloads a week between YouTube and podcast platforms.

-Landon

THE CEILING

If you have listened to Podcast Talent Coach for any length of time, you know I am not a fan of sponsors on your podcast. But, let me give you some facts and data to back that up.

First, people are fleeing traditional media to escape the crazy, long commercial breaks.

Radio has typically reached most of the population in the United States. In 1998, radio reached over 95% of Americans over the age of 12 each week. In 2011, that reach was down a bit to 93%.

According to Neilsen Media Research, in 2020, that percentage dropped to 83%.

The audience is getting fragmented.

How many ads can you possibly include on your podcast. I listen to Marketing with Brendon Burchard. He has 3 or 4 minutes at the beginning, a few more in the middle and 3 or 4 again at the end. I skip them all.

Even if he sells 12 commercials in his show, there is still a ceiling on the revenue he can generate. Why would you cap your revenue.

But, that isn't even the most compelling reason to avoid ads and sponsors.

CPM MINIMIZES YOUR INCOME

This is the wrong strategy, because it is a race to the bottom for the cheapest rate.

According to Influencer Marketing Hub, when it comes to podcast advertising, there are different ways that the pricing can be structured. Most commonly, it will be a fixed rate or calculated using the cost-per-mille (MEE-luh). CPM is cost per mille or cost per 1,000 listeners.

According to AdvertiseCast.com, here are the average rates based on orders within AdvertiseCast's marketplace. Please note these are marketplace averages.

As of today, 30-second CPM is $18. 60-second ad CPM is $25.

According to Inside Radio, the average podcast CPM dropped 12% in January, 2023. This was not due to seasonality. This was down 12% compared to a year earlier.

THE BETTER PATH

Instead of wasting your time and spinning your wheels trying to find sponsors to pay you a few dollars for your ad, sell your own products or services. You could also look for affiliate relationships to generate money.

Are you sick of not making the money your deserve?

Did you launch a podcast hoping it would increase your influence, but heard nothing but crickets?

Are you frustrated spending a lot of time, energy and money trying to get noticed with very little to show for it?

You're not alone. The sad news is that most podcast journeys end before they ever get started. Many shows fade away by the 7th episode.

In fact, studies show over 50% of all podcasts have stopped publishing new episodes. These stats definitely don't support your intentions to grow your reach, generate leads and enroll new clients!!

I get it.

Here's the secret, it's not what you know. It's who knows you.

You won't get known using information alone.

Artificial Intelligence now owns information. It's distrupting everything, and it's growing at lighting speed.

It's your influence that will create your impact. And your impact creates your income … simply by BEING Authentically You.

AUTHENTICITY

That's great news because, I'm going to let you in on a secret.

Influence is the key to income. and your podcast can be your greatest asset!

Podcasting is about giving you a platform for your authentic voice, to share your message and make an impact.

Podcasting is exploding, and there aren't any signs of it slowing down.

Not even AI will slow it down. Because, your authentic voice & your influence can't be replicated.

The one thing you need for your podcast is a proven blueprint that grows your audience, influence and income quickly and easily, without wasting your time, effort and money.

With a step-by-step blueprint, you won't end up like hundreds of thousands of business owners with an under-performing, or worse yet, long-forgotten podcast.

INFLUENCE TO INCOME

Let me help you get on the path from influence to income.

I am teaming up with two amazing experts in the podcast industry for a powerful event the help you implement the fastest path to profitable podcasting.

Dr. Fred Moss has 4 decades of experience in the mental health industry. He has been helping people become their most authentic self, define their purpose, and find their true voice so they could get out of the "traditional medical system" and begin living a life they love.

Dr. Fred will show you how to craft your message and do it in an authentic way. He is our message expert.

Tony Guarnaccia has 25 years in the digital space. He has managed $400 million dollar marketing budgets, been named Google Partner of the Year, and grown a dozen Fortune 500 companies like Ford, ADP and Auto Nation.

Tony is the marketing guy that helped launch Google Radio and YouTube ads.

He is the real deal and is our marketing expert.

And as you've heard before, I've spent 35 years building successful radio stations and coaching successful radio shows. Over the last 10 years, I've been helping business owners just like you use podcasting to grow revenue.

I will help you create your profit framework and get clear on monetization.

Influence to Income is all about message, marketing and monetization.

Between the 3 of us, we have transformed the lives of hundreds of thousands of people, impacted over 10,000 businesses, and generated millions of dollars in revenue using our expertise in messaging, marketing and broadcasting.

Join us at Influence to Income and get your podcast profit roadmap built.

UNIQUE

Right now more than ever, your voice matters. Because you and your message are unique.

Let's market your message and make money with your podcast.

Are you ready to go from being the best-kept-secret in your niche to the epicenter of your industry?

Now's the time to make podcasting profitable. Discover our proven blueprint that will ensure you build a profitable podcast.

Join us for a powerful 3-day event to build your podcast profit roadmap.

This roadmap will save you time, build your wealth and give you the freedom you've been seeking.

Visit PodcastProfitsWorkshop.com and register today.

Remember, your podcast is the catalyst for your influence. And your influence is the key to your income.

Influence to Income happens September 22-24, 2023. We will be live from Austin, Texas. But, you can join virtually from anywhere.

Early bird pricing is available now if you register before the deadline. You will save a ton.

This powerful, 3-day event will show you how to grow your audience, income and impact.

If you've had little success finding ways to attract your idea clients and generate income with your podcast, this is the event you need.

Get all the details at PodcastProfitsWorkshop.com and register today.

We can't wait to see you there.

IS MY SHOW A DUD?

Need some advice (for context I have a very small podcast audiance like average 20 regular listeners) I'm about 19 episodes in and I just have a feeling the show may be a dud. My question isn't really about growth. I'm wondering what you do to get past the thoughts of just scrapping a show and starting fresh.

-Michael

Why are you doing the podcast?

If you are trying to attract clients and generate income, focus on quality over quantity.

Do you enjoy doing the podcast?

If so, keep your head down and do the work for the first year. You can evaluate at that point.

What are you doing to actively attract new listeners?

You can't simply post on social media and email your list. Those people are already aware of your show.

Find new audiences and invite them to the show.

With 19 episodes, I imagine the show hasn't even had 5 months to build an audience. Your audience only grows with dedicated focus.

Give it time, and build relationships.

WHAT TIME?

What time do you usually publish your podcast? I have a show 2-3 times per week and I generally have it scheduled to publish right after midnite (12:05am each time). I'm thinking that I'd probably be better off publising in the early morning (6 or 7am EST)

-Patrick

The time of day doesn't matter.

One of the strengths podcasting enjoys is being on demand. Poeple listen when it is most convenient for them.

Your podcast isn't like a television show that succeeds because it airs Thursdays at 8pm rather than Saturdays at 9pm.

It is more important to be consistent. Be there at the same time every week.

I listen to my favorite podcast every Saturday while I'm working around the house. He publishes that show on Fridays.

I have no idea what time it is released on Fridays. And it doesn't matter. Changing the time won't get me to listen on Friday. My days is Saturday.

Don't worry about the time. Just be consistent. Develop a habit in your audience.

ALONE OR CO-HOST

I've been going through a lot of back-and-forth about whether to do a podcast alone or have a co-host (or just have invited guests). I recorded myself this week just to see what it sounded like and it felt a little dry to have it just be me talking on the subject. Just wondering how you ultimately made a decision about this.

-Rebecca

One great thing about podcasting is flexibility. It is your show. If you want to change mid-stream, change.

There are no rules that say if you do a solo show it must always be a solo show.

Experiement with a few styles.

Try a solo show. Bring in a co-host to see how it feels. Interview a few people to see if you like it.

After 50 or 60 episodes, you'll get into a rhythm and discover which you like best.

This podcast was a solo show for the first 275 episodes. It was then that I decided to start interviewing people.

When you are doing a solo show, talk directly to your ideal listener. Have a conversation with that person.

When you talk to your listener, it will give your show more energy and connect with your audience. You won't sound so flat.

Don't feel like you are locked into one style or format. Change when you're ready to change.

Above all, don't let it hold you back.

View Details

We often get stuck trying to start our next thing. Sometimes we don't know where to start. Other times we let the tech derail us. There are times we spend too much time learning and preparing.

Most of the time, we don't start because we fail to determine the right next step and take action.

Action, any action, is so powerful. One step will lead to the next.

My mentor always says, "If you wait for all of the lights to turn green, you will never press the gas pedal." Perfect conditions rarely happen.

Take the first step and start the next thing.

START A PODCAST

TaVona Denise wanted to launch a podcast to grow her coaching business.

She was looking for a solid plan and foundation for growth. Her idea for the podcast would transform the people working in the healthcare industry. Tavona just needed help with content strategy, structure and launch.

TaVona didn't know where to start.

She told me she had the idea for awhile, but would always back out. Figuring out what to talk about always stopped her in her tracks.

TaVona is a Physical therapist by trade. After leaving the traditional job, she had been doing burn out coaching for other therapists. She would help them start their wellness coaching business.

There lies the issue. She had the idea for awhile, but didn't take action.

Once we talked, we followed the step-by-step plan and launched in 30 days.

TaVona has since pivoted the show. Instead of helping healthcare professionals start their coaching business, she now helps entrepreneurial women launch their next course, program or big thing.

The plan wasn't perfect out of the gate. She got started and refined along the way.

START GROWING A MEMBERSHIP

Mary Elaine Petrucci helps women in the sandwich generation. These women are taking care of their family while also caring for an elderly parent or family member.

Mary Elaine's goal was to grow her caregiver conference. She was also starting an evergreen program and membership.

Her ultimate goal is to start a family foundation to advocate for health care needs.

Mary Elaine said she had been on my list longer than she could remember. She just needed to start.

Around Christmastime, Mary Elaine launched her podcast. She started doing interviews over the next 4 months.

Unfortunately, full-time work and working on the conference took her away from the podcast. She couldn't find the time to start again.

Mary Elaine finally called me in September. It was 9 months after starting and 6 months spinning her wheels trying to figure it out.

We worked together and got her show back up and running. The podcast now promotes her conference, which she has put on a few times. She also now has a membership site as well.

It all happened because she took action. Determine the next step and start.

ATTRACTING CLIENTS

Gobinder Gill is an expert in equity and diversity. His idea for a podcast would interview someone in HR or diversity. He would discuss the important workplace issues around diversity, equity and inclusion.

The goal for podcast with Gobinder was to get the audience to understand the importance of diversity as an investment, not hinderance.

Ultimately, the podcast would promote his business and educate employers. He does keynote talks, seminars, workshops, and other events. Gobinder was working to get referrals to grow the business.

He also understood that the podcast could build his credibility. He would be able to demonstrate his authority and be known as someone who knows what he is talking about.

Gobinder just didn't know where to start. He was doing a million things.

He started in radio back in the day. Gobinder eventually spread out in journalism, writing for papers and working in television. He wrote a book called Achieving Prosperity Through Diversity. Then, he got into film working behind the scenes.

Oh, and Gobinder had over 300 blog posts on his website.

As you can imagine, his challege was focus. Where does he start?

When I asked him why he hadn't started the podcast, Gobinder told me, "There is always tomorrow. There is always something else. When do I do it?"

After working together, we got him focused on the step-by-step process and launched his podcast in 30 days.

He is now well on his way to building his authority, getting speaking gigs and landing clients.

It all started with taking action.

WHERE DO YOU START?

On the show today, we talk with Cindy Burns about starting.

Cindy wants a podcast that will lead listeners into her membership. But, how can she convert those listeners into paying members? Where does she start?

We talk about promoting in groups without getting kicked out for promoting.

She is looking for great ideas to grow, like referrals and sharing.

Most of all, she wants to know to get listeners and how to convert them to clients.

We talk about the Podcast Fast Worksheet. You can dowload the worksheet and accompanying video at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/launch.

When you are done with this episode, take action. Determine your next step and start.

START TODAY

What is your next big thing? Determine the first step and take action.

Don't wait for perfect conditions. You'll be waiting forever.

If you wait for all of the lights to turn green, you will never press the gas pedal. Perfect conditions rarely happen.

You can always pivot down the road. Your first idea is never your best idea.

But, you need to get through the first idea to get to the next and eventually get to the best idea.

Take the first step and start your next big thing.

Do you need help taking that first step? Let's talk.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply, click the button and apply to have a chat with me. It is my gift to you. No charge.

We will determine your ideal outcome, develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals. Most importantly, we determine your next step to get you to start.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply, click the button and apply. I can't wait to talk to you.

View Details

ChatGPT is all the rage. It's also the reason why you now matter even more than ever.

As an oversimplified definition, Chat GPT uses artificial intelligence like Siri on your iPhone or your Alexa smart speaker. It is just much more powerful.

GPT is short for Generative Pretrained Transformer.

We'll get into a deeper definition in a bit.

What I want you to understand is the impact it will have on your podcast.

NOT ALL INFO

Your podcast cannot simply be information. ChatGPT has nearly all the information anyone could ever need. It is the depth of the internet with the conversation of Alexa.

It was an early Monday morning in March of 1995. I had just started my new job as Program Director of an alternative radio station in Lincoln, Nebraska.

I was standing in the jock lounge. It was basically an open room with a countertop around the perimiter. All the DJs kept their stuff in there.

Sitting on the countertop was a big, bulky, desktop computer. It was primarily used to schedule music logs for the stations.

However, this particular computer was connected to the World Wide Web. The mid-90s was when the internet really started taking off.

We would pull up a site called Webcrawler. It was the first search engine to be widely used. It was also the first to fully index the content on web pages.

One of the primary investors in Webcrawler was Paul Allen of Microsoft. But, we'll get to that connection in a minute.

As we played with Webcrawler, we could find anything we wanted. I typed in all sorts of words and phrases to see what would come up. Baseball, bullfrogs, blues music. It was all there.

IT'S ABOUT TO CHANGE

And that's when I realized the world was about to change. The Encyclopedia Britannica set and the World Books we had in the basement of my mom's house were no longer relevant.

Why would I search the encylopedia when I could use Webcrawler?

Now, I know you're probably thinking the use of an encyclopedia sounds ludacris. Or I just sound old. Either way, it was the dawn of a new day.

This also meant my radio show could no longer be the interesting bits of trivia or music news I typically shared. I would need to serve my listeners something Webcrawler couldn't.

That something turned out to be me, my story and my personality. Webcrawler couldn't copy that.

Thanks to Webcrawler and the World Wide Web in 1995, it was indeed a different world and time for a new approach.

HERE WE GO AGAIN

And that's where we are again today.

ChatGPT has the information. If you are only serving information on your podcast, you are the new version of the Encyclopedia Britannica.

This new artificial intelligence tool can serve up the exact same information you are delivering. Only ChatGPT does it in less time.

Let's say you teach how to write code for computers. I can ask ChatGPT how to write computer code. ChatGPT can now only write code, it can debug it.

You need to move into your new world.

Share your story. Give listeners your personality. Build relationships. Offer something more that ChatGPT cannot give your audience.

WHAT IS CHATGPT?

So, what is ChatGPT?

ChatGPT is an artificial intelligence chatbot developed by OpenAI. They are a startup based in San Francisco. The company was co-founded in 2015 by Elon Musk and Sam Altman.

OpenAI also has other backers and investors. One of those investors happens to be Microsoft, just like Webcrawler.

The OpenAI website says, "We’ve trained a model called ChatGPT which interacts in a conversational way. The dialogue format makes it possible for ChatGPT to answer followup questions, admit its mistakes, challenge incorrect premises, and reject inappropriate requests."

CNBC asked ChatGPT to give its own description. ChatGPT said it is "an AI-powered chatbot developed by OpenAI, based on the GPT (Generative Pretrained Transformer) language model. It uses deep learning techniques to generate human-like responses to text inputs in a conversational manner."

Microsoft isn't simply an investor in the company.

According to Fox Business, Microsoft has added the technology to its products, including search engine Bing.

GARBAGE IN, GARBAGE OUT

ChatGPT does have some serious limitations. The biggest concern is misinformation and infringing on intellectual property.

ChatGPT is trained on a vast compilation of articles, websites and social-media posts scraped from the internet as well as real-time conversations. As you know, the information on the internet isn't always perfect. Therefore, the information coming out of ChatGPT also isn't flawless.

According to Business Insider, Chat bots like GPT are powered by large amounts of data and computing techniques to make predictions. Those predictions string words together in a meaningful way.

These chat bots not only tap into a vast amount of vocabulary and information, but also understand words in context. This helps them mimic speech patterns while offering up an encyclopedic knowledge.

It's just like my day with Webcrawler.

Unlike most chatbots and your Alexa, ChatGPT remembers previous prompts given to it in the same conversation. It learns as it goes.

ChatGPT has the ability to log context from earlier messages in a thread. The tool can then use that information to form responses later in the conversation.

Inputs are filtered so potentially racist or sexist prompts are dismissed. OpenAI believes this should prevent offensive outputs from being presented to and produced from ChatGPT.

Although the core function of a chatbot is to mimic human conversation, ChatGPT is versatile. For example, it can write and debug computer programs, compose music, and write student essays. ChatGPT can answer test questions, write poetry, and simulate an ATM.

Can you see where the concern might come in?

The tool has sparked concerns over potential abuses in many of these areas. Students have already used ChatGPT to generate entire essays, while hackers have used it to write code for the bad guys.

GETTING BIGGER

It's only getting bigger.

ChatGPT is growing faster than any other app.

By January 2023, ChatGPT had amassed 100 million monthly active users. That was only two months into its launch. That skyrocking growth also made ChatGPT the fastest-growing consumer application in history, according to UBS.

It took TikTok nine months to reach 100 million users. Instagram didn't hit 100 million for two and a half years.

If you have an Open AI account, you can try ChatGPT for free while they test it and it learns.

Find OpenAI at OpenAI.com.

MORE YOU

So, how do you stay relevant on your show?

There are 3 ways.

STORIES

First, tell stories. Everything interesting is about people.

Stop teaching your six steps to success. Be you. Share something as if you were telling your best friend.

Stories sell. People remember stories. Stories make you human.

It is also the most powerful way to build relationships.

PERSONALITY

Next, let your personality shine.

You don't need to be Howard Stern or Gary Vaynerchuk. You just need to be you.

Stand for something and stand out.

If I asked a group to rate you on a one to five scale and they all gave you a three, you would be dead in the water. Three means I could take it or leave it. I really have no preference.

Lots of fives and lots of ones mean you are making people care.

Get noticed.

AUTHENTIC

Finally, be authentic. Don't try to be someone or something you are not.

When I was coming up in radio, I learned this the hard way.

It was a few years before the Webcrawler incident. I was doing nights at that same radio station. We had just signed it on a few months earlier.

It was late afternoon and I was sitting in the office of my Program Director for my weekly show review. We would review a recording of my show once a week to help me improve.

Her office was right next to the studio. My show started at 7. We were meeting at 4.

As the tape played, it was a typical show. Nothing crazy. Same sorts of breaks I always did.

Melinda sat there listening, not saying anything. She was just taking it in.

Finally, she reached over and turned it off. She looked at me and said, "When are you going to start being yourself?"

I asked her what she meant.

She said, "You are using all these phrases and words and cliches that the guys on the rock station use. That's not you. It's not even our station. Why don't you leave that to them and just start being real?"

Now, I worked on the rock station before moving over to this one. So I still had a little of the rock in me. But the truth is... that wasn't me then either.

That was the night I started sharing my authentic self on the radio. It was also the day my radio career started to take off.

Instead of being a poor imitation of some other DJ, I was now crafting my own personality. It was something nobody could copy. I was becoming one of a kind.

YOUR CHOICE

You can do it as well. Just be true to yourself.

So, now you have a choice. You can continue to deliver information episode after episode and end up fading away like the Encyclopedia Brittanica. Or you can share a little bit of you on every episode and build long-lasting, powerful relationships with your listeners.

If you would like help developing stories for your show, grab my Story Development Worksheet at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/story.

Developing your personality is a little more involved. I would love to help you walk through that process.

We can talk about that during your Podcast Strategy call. It is my gift to you. No charge. We just develop a powerful strategy for your show.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply, click the button and apply to have a chat with me. We will develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

View Details

It sounds so easy. So, why is it so difficult to create a profitable podcast?

The gurus make more money by making it sound quick and easy for you. The truth is... It is easy to understand.

However, the implementation becomes difficult when you are trying to do it yourself without a step-by-step system.

Get the full details and enroll in Podcast Proftis Accelerator at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/accelerator.

YOUR PROFITABLE SYSTEM

On this episode, I am going to give you the 6 steps to build a profitable podcast.

Just keep in mind that it will take diligent, consistent effort to reach your goals.

These 6 steps will sound easy. You will find yourself saying, "Everybody knows that, Erik. This doesn't sound like magic."

That's because it isn't magic. It is a system.

Stop throwing things against the wall to see what sticks. Instead, Focus.

Follow one course until successful.

At the end of this episode, I will invite you join me in a program that will walk you through this entire system to create your profitable podcast.

WHERE TO START

Let's dive into it.

There are 6 steps to build a profitable podcast.

Your podcast allows you a great opportunity to demonstrate your authority while talking about a topic that you love. How great is that?

If you structure the focus of your podcast properly, it can be an amazing tool to drive your business and generate revenue by building rapport.

Using what I learned attaining my Masters in Business Administration, I have spent the last 30 years in radio refining how to create effective marketing campaigns to attract listeners and clients alike. I have used those skills to teach podcasters how to do the same since 2013.

Publishing a podcast is a powerful way to let your potential clients to get to know, like and trust you.

Your content helps build your authority in your niche and turn you into an influencer.

Rapport and authority are critical pieces of a profitable show.

But, how do you get noticed? How can you stand out in that sea of sameness?

CHALLENGES

The three big challenges podcasters face when building a profitable podcast are ...

They make it more complicated than it needs to be.
Coaches have a poor strategy to attract their ideal clients and make money with their podcast.
They have no mentor to show them the way and hold them accountable. They simply don't know where to start.

Let's talk about how you can easily overcome those three big challenges.

TOO COMPLICATED

The first challenge I mentioned is that podcasters often make it more complicated than it needs to be. Simplify the process.

There are 6 steps to creating a profitable podcast.

First, define your platform. Who you help, what you help them do and why.

Next, grow your audience.

Third, create great content.

Next, shape that content in a way that builds trust with your audience.

Then, give your listeners a resource to help them overcome their struggles.

Finally, offer them additional help where they can pay you, and then convert clients.

6 steps. It doesn't need to be any harder than that. Streamline your process and make it simple. Don't overcomplicate it. And stop chasing sponsors.

ATTRACT CLIENTS

One of the big challenges I mentioned is many podcasters don't have a strategy to attract their ideal clients and make money with their content.

Many people believe sponsorships and advertising are the easiest ways to make money with a podcast. Untrue.

In fact, ads and sponsors are the hardest way to monetize your podcast. Don't clutter your show with ads.

Instead, use it as a powerful marketing tool for your business and attract your ideal clients rather than clients for sponsors.

Let me show you some reasons why sponsorships are the worst strategy you can take.

First, it will eat all of your time. Radio stations have full teams that spend their entire day selling ads that listeners don't want. At my last station, we had a team of 18 selling ads 40 hours a week.

Listeners are also fleeing traditional media, because there are tired of sitting through all of the ads when there were other options. Don't jump into a market that is shrinking.

Next, you only get paid once while your sponsors get paid over and over again. When you advertise for a sponsor, they pay you one time. They get paid every time a product is sold. You then need to go land another client to get paid again.

Finally, few podcasts are big enough. Studies show that it takes roughly 5,000 downloads per episode to attract the big sponsors. Less than 7% of all podcasts are at that level. That means if you are like the 93% of the rest of us, you aren't even in the sponsorship game. You need another strategy.

To make money with your podcast, you need to create a strategy that you can repeat over and over again. Focus on one strategy step-by-step until you reach success.

PODCAST PLATFORM

Let's look at each of the steps.

First, create your podcast platform. Who do you help, what do you help them do, and why?

TaVona Denise worked with me to build a strong foundation and a powerful "why" for her show "Conversations With TaVona Denise". She worked as a nurse, but no longer loved the profession. She transitioned out of nursing into a new career.

Soon, she began coaching other nurses to do the same and find the career they loved. This quickly became her purpose in life and she built her show around helping nurses launch their own businesses.

AUDIENCE ATTRACTION

Next, attract your audience.

You want to find influencers who are already speaking to your ideal clients and partner with them.

Greg Payne is the host of the "Cool Grandpa" podcast. He was around 350 downloads per month. After implementing the Audience Explosion Blueprint, his monthly downloads hit 854.

When I put this step into place with my own show, I was able to double my downloads in the span of three months. I basically doubled my audience in 90 days. That was after 275 episodes as well.

CONTENT CREATION

Step three is your Content Creation. This is what you podcast. Your content gets people to listen to your show. You content builds your authority and trust. This is how your ideal clients gets to know, like and trust you when you do it right.

Sadie and Sausha created the "Meathead Test Kitchen" podcast. They talk about content they love and interview influencers in their niche. They've interviewed Olympic athletes, MMA fighters, renowned chefs, and various other powerful people in the niche.

The two of them do it with a flair and sense of personality only these two tatooed ladies could deliver. In the first episode, you know exactly who they are and what you get. There's no holding back.

RELATIONSHIP ROADMAP

Step four is your Relationship Roadmap. People may come for your content. They keep coming back for your personality. Build relationships with your listeners.

Jedlie is one of my clients. He has the "Reading With Your Kids" podcast. Jedlie is a magician, clown and performer. He brings that personality to his show and builds relationships with his audience.

STARTING STRATEGY

Step five is your Starting Strategy. Without a roadmap, you can't hope to get where you're going. You need a strategy.

Let me show you a case study that will show you how this works.

When Oscar Trimboli came to me for coaching, he had the desire to strengthen the connection between his podcast and his consulting business.

Season one of his podcast consisted of interviews. He was headed into season two and wanted this season to be more about teaching his five levels of listening.

Oscar Trimboli is a mentor, leadership coach, speaker, author and podcaster. His podcast and book are both entitled "Deep Listening – Impact Beyond Words".

Oscar Trimboli has 30 years’ experience in bringing out the best in senior executives and next generation leaders.

As we worked together, our challenge was to bring that power and authority to Oscar's podcast.

Our goal was to create engagement with his audience and demonstrate his authority in the space. Over time, this would help him grow his consultancy.

He could demonstrate his authority on his show and gain new clients.

To build his authority in his space, I suggested that Oscar interject himself more into the episodes, so listeners get to know, like and trust him.

Oscar Trimboli is now the author of 3 books. He has coached, mentored and advised people in a wide range of roles from founders, CEOs and CFOs . He has also been asked to speak to leadership teams and their organizations.

His podcast is now focused on the same material. Oscar demonstrates his authority in and mastery of the space. This allows potential clients to experience what his coaching, mentoring and consulting is all about.

CLIENT CONVERSION

Finally, step six is Converting Clients. This is where get your listeners to your sales conversation and invite them to work with you.

This comes in a variety of ways. This could be a discovery call, a webinar, a long form sales video, or any other conversation.

You need to find ways to have conversion conversations with your listeners if you hope to convert them to clients.

IMPLEMENTATION

Here is the problem...

Information doesn't generate change. It is the implementation that creates transformation.

The third challenge many podcasters face is that they don't have a mentor who can show them the step-by-step process and hold them accountable. They don't know where to start. Let me show you.

What would it mean to your podcast if you had an easy way to grow your audience?

What would it mean to your income if you had an easy way to connect with the big fish that were your ideal clients?

I can't guarantee you will make money from your podcast. Only you know the viability of your topic, your abilities and your willingness to work. However, this blueprint will definitely help you build a framework to see what is possible.

Creating a profitable podcast is a challenge for many. I've been there. I get it.

Let's talk about using a podcast to grow your business. You have been trying to find unique ways to build your audience and make money with your show.

Over the last few minutes we've been together, I hope you have written down a few ideas on how you might create a profitable podcast and incorporate it into your marketing plan.

You have the blueprint that can help you.

By now, you've got to know I love helping people.

You know how I communicate. You know how I teach. Let's figure out what you are doing right and find ways to do more of that.

HERE IS YOUR HELP

Here's what I know. If you want another level of success in your business, you're gonna need help. There's no way to get different results by doing the same thing.

There's no way you're gonna get to another level on your own. You need help, and I'd like to be that mentor to show you the step-by-step process.

I have created a group called "The Podcast Profits Accelerator". It is designed to help you build and implement your audience growth and podcast monetization strategy.

Let's build a profitable podcast for you.

In this program, you will...

Grow your audience, increase your downloads and add subscribers to your podcast
Increase your impact and influence in your niche to monetize your show
Build a strategy that will attract your ideal clients on a consistent basis

If you want real help building and implementing this podcast profit framework, you really need to be in the Podcast Profits Accelerator.

Enrollment just opened at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/accelerator.

This powerful group helps you clearly and easily grow your audience, increase your impact, and consistently attract your ideal clients. Learn the step-by-step process to reach your goals.

You get coaching calls, a video library, tools, templates, support and more.

3 BONUSES

BONUS: Audience Explosion Blueprint ($997 value)

BONUS: Podcast Fast Blueprint ($997 value)

AND BONUS: One-on-one coaching call with Erik K. Johnson ($250 value)

I can't wait to see what you accomplish in your business. Get enrolled today.

Get the full details and enroll at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/accelerator.

View Details

When you conduct interviews on your podcast, how do you use those opportunities to attract clients?

Interviews create wonderful podcast content. They also provide tremendous promotion for your guest.

But, it is also possible for you to use those interviews to grow your own business.

THE GUEST

I had a coach come to me for help one time. He conducted fantastic interviews.

In fact he told me, "My superpower is the cloak of invisibility. I make the guest the star."

However, his podcast was not bringing clients into his business.

He was getting great feedback on his amazing interviews. But, that feedback wasn't turning into business.

The issue with his strategy was his superpower. I definitely want you to make the guest the star. However, you absolutely cannot wear a cloak of invisibility.

If you only prop up your guest, you can't be upset when your listeners flock to your guest. We need to find other ways to ensure we build your credibility by association with your guest.

Our solution was to interject more of him into the episodes. This would allow him to make his guest look great while also demonstrating his expertise.

YOUR EXPERTISE WITHIN

There are two ways you can incorporate more of you in the interview without taking away from your guest.

You can use pieces of the interview as you teach and tell the story. Or you can demonstrate your expertise before the interview begins.

Ramit Sethi weaves himself throughout his podcast "I Will Teach You To Be Rich".

Ramit's episodes give you access to couples sharing the most intimate aspects of their lives as he helps them with their finances. These are real stories about love and money from behind closed doors.

The conversation are actually coaching sessions with these couples. As the conversation unfolds, Ramit jumps in and out of the interview explaining what he is trying to accomplish, why he is asking particular questions, and what you should notice in the answers.

Through his explainations, Ramit is demonstrating his coaching expertise and helping listeners discover the solution as well.

This style of interview is a lot more editing work than a tradition interview.

YOUR EXPERTISE BEFORE

Your other option is to demonstrate your expertise before the conversation begins.

On my podcast, I teach a bit before the interview begins.

Guests don't appear on every episode of my podcast, such as this one. But when I have guests, I spend the first five or ten minutes teaching something.

The interview becomes the case study for what I just taught.

This style of interview episode is much easier to create, because there is less editing involved.

THREE WAYS TO ATTRACT CLIENTS

There are three effective ways to attract clients with interviews.

You can interview clients, potential clients, or partners who can put you in front of your ideal client.

Whichever you choose, be sure to leave room to demonstrate your expertise.

Let's looks at each of these.

CURRENT CLIENTS

You can interview current clients. Shane and Jocelyn Sams do this on the Flipped Lifestyle podcast.

The podcast is about how they make money online through internet business and how it lets them live a lifestyle other people can hardly imagine. Their goal is to help other families create, market, and sell digital products on the internet.

Their offer is their Flipped Lifestyle membership where they help families create their own membership.

On the podcast, Shane will typically interview current Flipped Lifestyle members.

They discuss where the member was, how the membership helped them create their own membership, and where they are today. It is a great way to demonstrate the transformation members experience by joining.

This is a great way to show your prospective clients what is possible and then inviting them to work with you.

POTENTIAL CLIENTS

The second way you can attract clients is by interviewing potential clients.

Zoë Routh often does this on the Zoë Routh Leadership Podcast.

When I first spoke to Zoë about her show, I asked her how many downloads her podcast was getting each month. She said, "I have no idea. I don't even look at that."

That completely surprised me. I thought all podcasters looked at their stats at least every now and then.

Zoë said, "That's not how I use my podcast."

She went on to tell me that her podcast is a way to open doors to those business leaders she'd like to work with.

Zoë helps businesses break down the silos that often form within companies. She helps the various departments better communicate and work together.

It is hard to get a business leader on the phone to offer your services. There are gate keepers, caller ID and unreturned calls. People just have their guard up.

Instead of trying to make a cold call or get a few minutes to offer what she does, Zoë reaches out to business leaders and invites them on her show.

Rather than calling and asking for a few minutes of their time to show how her services could help their teams work together better, she calls and asks if they would like to be interviewed on her podcast.

Who wouldn't want to be featured on a podcast?

And here is the kicker. None of them ask about the size of her audience or the number of downloads she has.

It's just a way to open the door and start the conversation without the threat of the sale.

PARTNERS

Partners is the third way to attract your ideal clients.

You can interview partners who can put you in front of your ideal client.

Swap inteviews with experts in your niche who complement what you do. If you help small business owners build funnels, partner with someone who helps small business owners with their finances.

Web developers can partner with search engine optimization experts or graphic designers.

Who serves your ideal client in a different way? Find those experts, and inverview them on your podcast. Then, get them to interview you on their show.

You not only benefit from the exposure on their show. The benefit also comes by offering your listeners additional help, being a resource for the audience, and by association with more experts.

SHARE IT

When you have these experts on your show, make it easy for your guest to share your episode.

Write the email for them. Tag them in the social post and ask them to share it. Create graphics they can share.

Do everything except hit the send button for them. Even connect with their virtual assistant if they have one.

The easier you can make it to share your interview with them, the more likely they will share it with their followers.

When your guests share your interview, you get in front of new listeners. When these new listeners come to your show to hear the interview, get them on your email list. This will allow you to invite them to listen each time a new episode is released.

CALL TO ACTION

There is one thing many coaches miss when trying to attract clients on an interview episode.

I hear this so often. Coaches come to me frustrated that the podcast is doing nothing to bring in new business.

A review of an episode quickly reveals the problem. If you fix this, you will solve most of your issue.

Most coaches struggle to attract clients with the podcast, because there is no clear call to action on the episode inviting listeners to work with the coach.

So many interviews do a great job making the guest look great. The interview directs listeners to the guest's website, products and services.

But many times there is no clear call to action directing listeners to the coach's website to learn how to work together.

You build all of this goodwill during the interview. The guest makes you look good by association. Your content helps and serves the listener. Then you fail to close the gap.

BEFORE AND AFTER

Before the interview even begins, tell your listeners who you help, what you help them do, and why they would want to do it. Then, tell them how to get more of you.

After the interview is over, thank you guest. Tease the next episode. Then, invite people to work with you again.

Stop giving your listeners a laundry list of things to do. So many podcasts end with, "Rate and review us. Follow us on Facebook. Send me an email if you have a question. Find my resources on the website. Share this episode with a friend. Did I mention Twitter. Subscribe to my newsletter. Blah, blah, blah."

Nobody will remember all of that. Get rid of it.

Instead, give your listeners one, clear call to action. What is the one thing you want them to do when the episode is over?

If you want clients, get them to take that first step toward your sales conversation.

Where does your sales conversation happen? What is the one thing people do before they have that sales conversation? Get listeners to take that step. That's your call to action.

HOW TO GET MORE CLIENTS

Let me show you how to build this process. I'd like to offer you a free strategy call with me. You and I will sit down and lay out a strategy to attract your ideal clients that you can repeat again and again.

Go to www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply, click the button and apply to have a chat with me. We will develop your plan and see how I can help and support you to achieve your podcast goals.

View Details

Let's talk about your image. What are you doing to make your podcast image stand out from the others?

If you want to stand out in the sea of sameness in your niche, find ways to make yourself unique. When people hear your name, they need to think of something specific.

That is the power of a unique podcast image and brand.

IMAGE VS. BRAND

The word brand is defined as "a kind or variety of something distinguished by some distinctive characteristic."

Image is defined as "a representation of the external form of a person or thing in art". It is also "the general impression that a person, organization, or product presents to the public".

Where brand is characteristic that tend to be more physical, image is more of an impression and representation that are more mental.

To be unique, stand for something. Don't try to be all things to all people.

If you try to be everything to everyone, your podcast won't have an identity. You will not have a distinct brand or image.

Don't try to be all things to all people. It diminishes your brand. If you try to be everything, your podcast brand won't have an identity.

FORD

In 2017, Ford announced they would stop making all passenger cars except the Mustang. People simply weren't buying sedans like they did in the past.

When you visit Ford.com today, there is still a pull-down menu for cars. But the only car listed is the Ford Mustang.

The company is now solely focused on the pickup, SUV and crossover markets. Those are the healthy parts of their business.

What Ford is really doing is focusing the brand of the company.

Ford's F-series truck has been America's best-selling vehicle for the past 40 years. That is among ALL vehicles. It has also been the best-selling truck in the U.S. for over 40 years.

Ford is known for trucks. The company is going all in on its brand.

POSITION

Brands occupy a position in the mind. McDonald's sells hamburgers. Nike is known for running shoes. Ford is known for pickup trucks.

When people think of your brand, what comes to mind?

How are you making your image unique from everyone else?

When people see you, is your image consistent? Does it convey a message consistent with your business?

Everything about you contributes to your brand. That includes your clothing, the colors in your logo, the words you choose and more.

Creating an image can separate you from all other experts in your niche. Be intentional.

AMY JANECE

Let's get you started building your image.

Amy Janece is an image consultant and stylist. She is also an international best selling author.

She helps speakers, authors, coaches, and other experts discover their element and look like a million bucks so they can sell a million.

When Amy works with clients to build their image, she goes beyond using basic hair, eye, and skin tone. Her goal is to help you see the masterpiece that you are, from the inside out, and help you frame it so that you shine.

Most importantly, she helps you stand out from everyone else.

Enjoy my conversation with image expert Amy Janece.

GET STARTED WITH IMAGE

Get her "3 Secrets To Look And Feel Great". You can download those at www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/3secrets.

Find Amy at EmbodyYourElement.com.

View Details

To make money with your podcast, you need to create a strategy that you can repeat over and over again. Focus on one strategy step-by-step until you reach success to grow your business.

That step-by-step process is my Podcast Profits Framework. It consists of six steps.

COACHING

Before we jump into it, let me invite you to get some help building your strategy.

You know how most podcasters don't make money with their show? They waste a lot of time on their podcast when it doesn't do anything to grow the business?

I am a content coach. I help you build powerful, sales relationships with your podcast.

If you want to try it, the process is really simple.

First, we have a 30-minute conversation where we get clear on your podcast goals, what you hope to accomplish and how the podcast works into that plan.

Next, we figure out where you are today, determine what you've tried in the past, and build the strategy to get you to your goals.

And if you like what we've built, and you want some help implementing your strategy, I can show you what that would look like.

You can only continue to dump so much time and effort into an ineffective podcast that isn't bringing you clients and growing your business. Doing what you're doing isn't getting you to your goals.

My clients enjoy the freedom, success and financial gain by attracting clients through their podcast.

They free up their time and relax with a real strategy to consistently and easily attract clients with their podcast.

Implementation of the strategy helps them quickly and easily grow their revenue without the frustration, hard sales and guess work.

I have a few slots on my calendar if you want to meet, find the holes in your strategy, and craft your strategy to make money with your podcast. Visit www.PodcastTalentCoach.com/apply and we'll talk.

PODCAST PLATFORM

Let's take a look at each of the six steps to build your podcast profits framework.

Step one is your Podcast Platform. This is your foundation and your why.

TaVona Denise worked with me to build a strong foundation and a powerful "why" for her show. She worked as a nurse, but no longer loved the profession. She transitioned out of nursing into a new career.

Soon, she began coaching other nurses to do the same and find the career they loved. This quickly became her purpose in life and she built her show around helping nurses launch their own businesses.

AUDIENCE ATTRACTION

You want to find influencers who are already speaking to your ideal clients and partner with them.

Greg Payne is the host of the Cool Grandpa podcast. He was around 350 downloads per month. After implementing the Audience Explosion Blueprint, his monthly downloads hit 854.

When I put this step into place with my own show, I was able to double my downloads in the span of three months. I basically doubled my audience in 90 days. That was after 275 episodes as well.

CONTENT CREATION

Sadie and Sausha created the Meathead Test Kitchen podcast. They talk about content they love and interview influencers in their niche. They've interviewed Olympic athletes, MMA fighters, renowned chefs, and various other powerful people in the niche.